DC8-037-2.02 Unrestricted
SICAM A8000 Series
CP-8000, CP-8021, CP-8022
User Manual
Preface
Open Sour ce Software
Table of Contents
General Information
1
System Overv iew
2
Function Packages
3
Ambient Conditions
4
System Components and Technical Dat a
5
Installation and Circuitry
6
Preparing the Engineering
7
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
8
Engineering via S ICAM WEB
9
Engineering via SICAM Device Manager
10
Service
11
Order Informati on
A
Examples for Instruction Lists
B
Error Handling
C
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on
Engineering
PC
D
Use Cases
E
Glossary
Unrestricted
Siemens AG Order No.: DC8-037-2. 02
Energy Automation
Hum b old ts traße 59
90459 Nürnberg
Deutschland
Note
Pl ease take notice of the not es and w arnings for your safety in t he pr efac e.
Disclaimer of Liability
Although we have carefully checked the contents of this publication
for conformity with
the hardware and software described, we cannot
guarantee complete conformity since errors cannot be excluded.
The information provided in this manual is checked at regular
intervals and any corrections that might become necessary are
included in the next
releases. Any suggestions for improvement are
welcome.
Subject to change without prior notice.
Document Label: SIC8000-HBCP802xCP8000-ENG_V2.02
Release Date: 2017-10-05
Copyright
Cop yright © Si emens AG 2017
The reproduction, transmission or use of this document or its
contents is not permitted without express written authority. Of-
fenders will be liable for damages. All rights, including rights
created by patent grant or registration of a utility model or design,
are reserv ed.
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 3
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Preface
Purpose of this manual
This manual describes the characteristics and functions of the follow ing products:
• CP-8000
• CP-8021
• CP-8022 (GPRS)
Particularly it contains the following information:
• Safety instructions
• Fields of application and advantages of the system
• Configuration possibilities
• Functional overviews
• Technical specifications
• Order information
• Installation instructions
• Hardware descriptions (modules)
• Engineering options
• Parameterization of telecontrol applications
• Programming of open-/closed-loop control functions
• Saving and loading of application data
• Test functions
• Loading of firmware
• Diagnosis
Target Grou p
The d ocument yo u are read ing right now is address ed to us ers, who are in c harg e of the fol-
lowing engineering tasks:
• Evaluation of the suitability of the system
• Evaluation of the module specifications
• Evaluation of quotation criteria, such as technical specifications of the system or environ-
m ental conditions
• Conceptual activities, such as design and configuration
• Mechanical installation
• Creation of the assembly technical documentation
• Engineering and testing with the designated engineering tools
• Technical system maintenance and service, module handling
Within this manual there are hints how to obtain information or files by means of the website
http://www.siemens.com/sicam. If you have no access please consult your project manager at
Siemens.
Preface
4Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Recommendations for Third-party Products
Siemens does neither receive liability nor warranty for recommendations which are gi ven or
implied by this manual. For the correct and intended use of the respect ive product the associ-
ated technical descriptions mus t be pai d attention to in any case.
Links to Third-Party Websites
Siemens is not responsible for the contents of third-party websites mentioned in this docu-
ment, as well as the correctness of the publications and links. For al l product information the
respective manufacturer is respons ible.
Conventions Used
• Manuals to be referred to are represented in italics, such as for instance SICAM RTUs
Common Functions Protocol Elements, chapter "Dial-Up Tr affic (DIA)".
• Outputs visible on the screen are descri bed in thi s font.
• Inputs via keyboard or mouse keys and visible on the screen are d escrib ed in this
font.
• Menu positions visible on the screen are described in this font.
• Unchangeable texts that are contained in windows and are visible on the screen ARE
DESCR IBED IN T HIS FO NT .
• Butt ons in windows visible on the screen and to be operated by keyboard or m ouse
are described in this font.
• Operation code from programs and variable names are descri bed in thi s font.
• Path statements in the directory tree, which lead to parameters, are described in this
font.
• Names of parameters are described in this font.
• Names of values are desc ribed in th is font.
• Sym bolic names, program names and file nam e extensions are described in this font .
Note
Within this manual described functions for operation, d iagnosis and test of CP-8000/CP-802x have b een
r ecorded by means of an i ndus tr ial PC with operatin g syst em Microsoft Windows 7 Enterprise ® (Service
P ack 1) [64 bit] and web browser Microsoft Internet Explorer ® 10. The y are valid likew ise –
sometimes with
inessent ial devi ati ons – for oth er operati ng systems and w eb browsers .
Preface
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 5
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Placement into the Information Landscape
Docu ment name Item number
SICAM RTUs IEC 60 870-5-101/ 104 Interoperability DC0-013-2
SICAM RTUs I EC 60870-5-103 Int eroper ability DC0-026-2
SICAM RTUs TG800 Interoperability DC0-041-2
SICAM RTUs DNP3 Interoperability DC0-046-2
SICAM RTUs MODBUS Interoperability DC0-073-2
Da ta Sheet CM-0819 MC0-043-2
Da ta Sheet CM-0821 MC0-031-2
Da ta Sheet CM-0822 MC0-033-2
Da ta Sheet CM-0823 MC0-035-2
Da ta Sheet CM-0827 MA0-025-2
SICAM TM System Data Sheet MC6-007-2
SICAM T M I/O Modu les Manual DC6-041-2
SICAM I/O Mod ules Manual DC8-012-2
SICAM RTUs Comm on F unctions Peripheral Elements According t o
IEC 60870-5-101/104 DC0-011-2
SICAM RTUs Common Functions S ystem and Basic System Elements DC0-015-2
SICAM RTUs • Ax 1703 Common Functions Protocol Elements DC0-023-2
SICAM RTUs Common Functions MODBUS DC0-088-2
SICAM RTUs Common Functions DNP3 DC0-090-2
SICAM RTUs Common Functi ons Pr inter Logging (ASCII) and S MS Alarms DC0-096-2
SICAM RTUs Common Functions Landis & Gyr TELEGYR 800 GV-S DC0-103-2
SICAM RTUs Common Functions ABB RP5UT1 MPT-S DC0-105-2
SICAM RTUs • SICAM TOOLBOX II Administrator Security Manual DC0-115-2
Folder SICAM TOOLBOX II M30-001-5
SICAM T OOLBOX II License Catalog D30-017-5
SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help *)
CAEx plus Online Help *)
SICAM Device Manager Product Information D51-001
SICAM Device Manager User Manual D51-00 3
PC Products Reference List D95-003-1
*) available in the engineering system SICAM TOOLBOX II
Preface
6Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Further Support
For more information, plea se co ntact our Customer Support Center:
Phone: +49 (0)180 524 70 00
Fax: +49 (0)180 524 24 71
(charges depending on provider)
e-mail: support.energy@siemens.com
The Siemens Power Ac ademy of fers a comprehens iv e pro gram of profess iona l training ev ents
in the fields of power generation, distribution and transmission.
Main training centers are:
Nuremberg, Germany (Head Office)
Phone: +49 911 433 7415
Fax: +49 911 433 5482
power-academy.ptd@siemens.com
Vienna, Austria
Phone: +43 51707 31143
Fax: +43 51707 55243
power-academy.at@siemens.com
Schenectady, NY, USA
Phone: +1 518 395 5005
Fax: +1 518 346 2777
pti-edpro.ptd@siemens.com
Hebburn, United Kingdom
Phone: +44 1914 953449
Fax: +44 1914 953693
pti-training.stdl.uk@siemens.com
Notes on Safety
This manual does not constitute a complete catalog of all safety measures required for operat-
ing the equipment (module, device) in question because special operating conditions might
require additional m easures. However, it does contain notes that must be adhered to for your
own personal safety and to avoid damage to property. These notes are highlighted with a
warning triangle and different keywords indicating different degrees of danger.
Danger
means that deat h, serious bod ily injur y or considerabl e property dam age will occur, if the appropriate
pr ec auti onary m eas ures are not c arr ied out .
Warning
means that deat h, serious bod ily injur y or considerabl e property dam age can occur, if the appropri ate
pr ec auti onary m eas ures are not c arr ied out .
Caution
means that min or bodily injury or p roperty dam age could occu r, if the appropriate pr ecauti onary m easures
ar e n ot carr ied out .
Note
is im portant inform ation ab out the product, the handling of the product or the respect ive part of the d ocu-
mentati on, to which special attention is t o be given.
Preface
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 7
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Qualified Electrical Engineering Personnel
Qualified elec trical en gineerin g p erso nn el may c ommi ssion an d o perate th e device desc rib ed
in this document. Qualified electrical engineering personnel in the sens e of this d ocumen t are
peop le who can demo nstrate up to da te technical q uali fications as electrical tech nici an s in-
cluding safety and first aid training. These person may commission, isolate, ground and label
devices, systems and circuits according to the standards of safety engineering.
Use as Prescribed
The device may only be used for such applications as set out in the catalogs and the technical
description, and only in combin ation with third-p arty equipment recommended and approved
by Siemens.
Correct and safe operation of the product requires adequate transportation, storage, installa-
tion and mounting in a control cabi net, as well as appropriate use and maintenance.
During operation of electrical equipment, it is unavoidable that certain parts of this equipment
will carry dangerous voltages. Severe injury or damage to property can occur if the appropri-
ate measures are not taken:
• Before making any connections, ground the equipment and the grounding terminal.
• Hazardous voltages can be present on all switching components connected to the power
supply.
• The device does not represent a safety-oriented application.
• Even aft er the supply voltage has been disconnected, hazardous voltages can still be pre-
sent in the equipment (capacitor storage).
• LED display does not ensure that the connectors are free of voltage.
• The limit values indicated in the m anual must not be exceeded; that al so applies to testing
and commissi oning.
Danger
Cons id er obl igat or y the safety rules for the accomplishm ent of w or ks at elect rical plants :
1. Sw itch off el ectric ity all-p ole and on all sides!
2. Ensur e t hat electr icit y cannot be switched on ag ain!
3. Doubl e check that no elec trical curr ent is f lowing!
4. Discharge, ground, short circuit!
5. Cover or otherwise is olat e componen ts that are still el ectricall y active!
Preface
8Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Information on Conformit y
T he prod uct described conforms to the regulati ons of the following European Directives:
• 2014/30/EU
Directi ve of t he Eur opean Parli amen t and of t he Cou nc il of 2 6 Februar y 2014 on t he harmon izat ion of
th e laws of the Member Stat es relating t o electromagnetic compati bility; Off ici al Journal of the EU L96,
29/ 03 /2 01 4, p. 79– 10 6
• 2014/35/EU
Directi ve of t he Eur opean Parli amen t and of t he Cou nc il of 2 6 Februar y 2014 on t he harmon izat ion of
th e l aws of the Member States relating to the mak ing avai labl e on the market of el ectrical equi pm ent
design ed f or use wit hin certain volt age limits ; Official Journal of the EU L96, 29/03/ 2014 , p. 357–374
• 20 14/ 53 /EU (ap pl i es f or C P-8 02 2)
Directi ve of the Europ ean Parliam ent and of the Counc il of 1 6 April 2 014 on the h armonisati on of the
laws of the Mem ber S tates relati ng to the m aking avail abl e on th e market of r adio equi pment and rep eal-
ing Directi ve 1999/ 5/EC; Official Journal of th e EC L 153, 22/05/2014, p. 62–10 6
• 2011/65/EU
Directi ve of t he European Parli amen t and of the Counc il of 8 J un e 2 011 on t he restricti on of th e use of
cer tain hazardous su bst ances i n elec tr ical and el ectronic equip ment ; O fficial J ournal of t he EU L174,
01/ 07 /2 01 1, p. 88– 11 0
T he conformi ty of the product with the regul ations of the above mention ed directi ves is proven t hrough the
observance of the foll owing har mon ized st andards:
• EN 608 70- 2- 1:199 6 f or 2014 /30/E U
• EN 6 1010- 1: 20 10 for 201 4/ 35/ EU
• EN 301 48 9-1 :201 1 an d EN 301 51 1:20 03 f or 201 4/5 3/EU
• EN 505 81: 201 2 for 2011/ 65/E U
T his declaration certifies the confor mity with the specifi ed directives, but is not an assurance of character-
istics in the sense of the product liability law.
T he pr oduc t is intend ed exc lusivel y for use in an ind ustrial en vironment.
Maintenance, Cl eaning and Disposal
• Maintenance
─ The device is maintenance-free.
─ With handling on the bus – or i ts vicini ty – a sufficient ESD protection must be consid-
ered.
• Cleaning
─ If necessary, wish the device with a clean, dry, soft and fluff-free cotton cloth.
─ Det erg ent s m ay caus e dam age. Do not use a det erg ent.
─ Humidity and wetness may impair the functionality of the components . Make sure that
humidity or wetness does n ot enter into the device.
• Disposal
─ For the disposal of the devi ce it is necessary to observe the local and national direc-
tives.
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 9
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Open Source Software
This product contains, among other things, Open Source Software developed by third parties.
The Op en Source Software used in this product an d the license agr eements concer ning this
s oftw are c an be found in the Readme_ OSS. Th ese Op en S ourc e So ftware f iles are protec ted
by copyright.
Your compliance with those license conditions will entitle you to use the Open Source Soft-
ware as fores een in the relevant license. In the even t of conflicts between Siemens l icens e
c on ditio ns and the Open So urce Software licen se conditions, t he Op en Sourc e Software co n-
ditions shall prevail with respect to the Open Source Software portions of the software. The
Open S our ce S oftw are is lic ens ed roy alty-free.
Insofar as the applicable Open Source Software License Conditions provide for it you can or-
der the source code of the Open Source Software from your Siemens s ales contact - against
payment of the shipping and handling charges - for a period of at l east 3 years since purchase
of the Product.
We are liable for this product includi ng the Open Source Software contained in it pursuant to
the license conditions applicable to the Product. Any liabi lity for the Open Source Software
beyond the program flow intended for this product is explicitly excluded. Furthermore any lia-
bility for defects resulting from modifications to the Open Source Software by you or third par-
ties is excluded. We do not provide any technical support for this Product if it has been modi-
fied.
The Op en Source Software used in this product an d the license agr eements concer ning this
software can be found on the SICAM RTUs SD card in the file ReadmOSS.htm.
Path for Readme_OSS: SD card:\OSS\<Firmwarenumber>\ <Revision>\ReadmOSS.htm
(e.g.: SD card:\OSS\CPC80\01.01\ReadmOSS.htm).
You need a SD card reader and a webbrowser to read the htm fil e.
Open Source Software
10 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 11
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Table of Contents
1General Information .................................................................................................... 27
1.1 Th e Ba s ic Un its CP- 80 00 , CP-8 02 1, CP- 80 22 ................................................ 28
1.1.1 High Per for ming ........................................................................................ 29
1.1.2 Differe n t Fie lds of App lica tion .................................................................... 30
1.1.3 Mechanical Design .................................................................................... 31
1.1.4 Loca l Ope rat ion with CP- 800 0 ................................................................... 31
1.1.5 Vers atile Co mmunication, Integrated Node Function ality ............................ 32
1.1.6 Expandibility .............................................................................................. 33
1.1.7 Data Stora ge on SD Card .......................................................................... 34
1.1.8 Compatibility .............................................................................................. 34
1.2 Performance Characteristics ........................................................................... 35
1.3 System Arch itecture ....................................................................................... 36
1.3.1 CP-8000 .................................................................................................... 36
1.3.2 CP-8 021 and CP- 802 2 .............................................................................. 36
2Sys tem Overview ........................................................................................................ 37
2.1 Modules ......................................................................................................... 38
2.1.1 Power Supply ............................................................................................ 38
2.1.1.1 CP-8000 ............................................................................................... 38
2.1.1.2 CP- 802 1 and CP- 802 2 ......................................................................... 38
2.1.2 Master Module........................................................................................... 40
2.1.3 Protocol Elements ..................................................................................... 41
2.1.3.1 Supported Protocols ............................................................................. 41
2.1.4 I/O Master Module ..................................................................................... 42
2.1.5 I/O Modules ............................................................................................... 43
2.1.5.1 Internal I/O Modules ............................................................................. 43
2.1.5.2 Exte rnal SICAM I/O Modu les ................................................................ 44
2.1.5.3 Exte rna l SICA M TM I/O Mo dules .......................................................... 45
2.1.5.4 Co nfigu rat ion Ru les for I/O Mo dules ..................................................... 46
2.2 Communication .............................................................................................. 47
2.2.1 Interfaces .................................................................................................. 47
2.2.2 Configuration Examples ............................................................................. 49
2.2.3 Transmis sion Facilities .............................................................................. 50
2.3 Firmware Structure and Data Flow .................................................................. 51
2.4 Engineering .................................................................................................... 52
2.4.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II .................................................................................. 52
2.4.2 SICAM WE B for Si mp le App lica tion s ......................................................... 53
2.4 .3 Di ffere nce s w ith the Eng inee r ing Too ls ...................................................... 54
T able of Contents
12 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
3Func tion Pa ckages ..................................................................................................... 55
3.1 System Services............................................................................................. 56
3.1.1 IPSec VPN ................................................................................................ 56
3.1.2 Security Logging ........................................................................................ 56
3.1.3 Communicat ion with the Eng ine e r ing Syste m (SICAM TOOL B OX II) ......... 57
3.1.4 Simplified Engineer ing via SICAM WEB ..................................................... 57
3.1.5 Data Flow Control ...................................................................................... 58
3.1.5.1 Messages with Process Information ...................................................... 58
3.1.6 Addressing ................................................................................................ 59
3.1.6.1 Addressing of Auto mation Units ............................................................ 59
3.1.6.2 Ad dre ss ing of Pro ces s Infor ma tion ....................................................... 59
3.1.7 Time Manage ment..................................................................................... 59
3.1.7.1 Clock .................................................................................................... 59
3.1.7.2 Time Se tting a nd Syn chro n iza tion ......................................................... 60
3.1.8 General Interrogation ................................................................................. 60
3.1.9 Monitoring Func tions ................................................................................. 60
3.1.10 Failure Management .................................................................................. 61
3.1.11 Diag no stics and Signa ling .......................................................................... 61
3.1.12 Sto rag e of App lica tion Data ....................................................................... 61
3.1.13 Storage of Firmware .................................................................................. 62
3.1.14 Autonomy .................................................................................................. 62
3.2 Telecontrol ..................................................................................................... 63
3.2.1 Commun ication with other Stations ............................................................ 63
3.2.1.1 Protocol Elements ................................................................................ 63
3.2.1.2 Au to mat ic or Selecti ve D ata F low R o u ting ............................................ 64
3.2.1.3 Data Storage ........................................................................................ 64
3.2.1.4 Prior ity Control...................................................................................... 65
3.2.2 Commun ica tion with in the Auto mat ion Un it ................................................ 65
3.2.3 Proto co l E le men t Con trol and Re tu rn Info r ma t ion ...................................... 65
3.2.4 Decentralized Archive ................................................................................ 66
3.2.5 Proce ss Data Archive ................................................................................ 66
3.2.6 Tes t Funct ion s via SICAM WEB ................................................................ 67
3.2.7 Proce ss Data Input and Output .................................................................. 67
3.3 Automation ..................................................................................................... 68
3.3.1 Telecontrol Interface .................................................................................. 68
3.3.1.1 Tra ns fer o f Mes s ages w ith Pro ces s In fo rmat ion .................................... 68
3.3.1.1.1 Treatment for Commands According to IEC 60870-101/104 ............. 68
3.3.1.2 Change Monitoring and Generation o f Messages with Time Tag ........... 69
3.3.2 Open-/Closed-Loop Control Function ......................................................... 70
3.3.2.1 No n-Volati le Storage ............................................................................ 70
3.3.2.2 Task Management ................................................................................ 70
3.3.2.3 Loading Application Program ................................................................ 71
3.3.2.4 Test Functions ...................................................................................... 71
3.3.3 Proce ss Data Input and Output .................................................................. 73
T able of Contents
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 13
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
4Ambient Conditions .................................................................................................... 75
4.1 Protection Type .............................................................................................. 76
4.2 Mechanical Ambient Conditions ...................................................................... 77
4.3 Climatic Ambient Conditions ........................................................................... 78
4.4 Electromagnetic Compatibility ......................................................................... 79
4.4.1 System Properties ..................................................................................... 79
4.4.2 Power Supply ............................................................................................ 80
4.4.3 Digital I/Os................................................................................................. 82
4.4.4 Analog I/Os ............................................................................................... 83
4.4.5 Commun icat ion with Ins ulation: RS-48 5/RS-232 ........................................ 84
4.4.6 Commun ication without Ins ulation : RS-232 ................................................ 84
4.4.7 Commun ication with Insulation: LAN .......................................................... 85
4.4.8 Storage and Transport ............................................................................... 86
5Sys tem Com pone nts an d Tech nical Data .................................................................. 87
5.1 Power Consumption Tota l System .................................................................. 88
5.1.1 Mas ter Modu le witho ut Extern al Con su me rs .............................................. 88
5.1.2 Mas ter Mo dule w ith Exte rna l Con su mers ................................................... 88
5.2 Mechanical Design ......................................................................................... 89
5.3 Power Supply Modules ................................................................................... 90
5.3.1 CP-8000 (integrated) ................................................................................. 90
5.3.1.1 Tech nical Data ..................................................................................... 90
5.3.2 PS-8620, PS-8622 ..................................................................................... 91
5.3.2.1 Tech nical Data ..................................................................................... 91
5.3.3 PS-8640, PS-8642 ..................................................................................... 92
5.3.3.1 Tech nical Data ..................................................................................... 92
5.4 Master Modules .............................................................................................. 93
5.4.1 CP-8000 .................................................................................................... 93
5.4.1.1 Tech nical Data ..................................................................................... 93
5.4.2 CP-8 021 and CP- 802 2 .............................................................................. 95
5.4.2.1 Tech nical Data ..................................................................................... 95
5.5 Protocol Elements .......................................................................................... 98
5.5.1 UMPMT0, UMPST0 ................................................................................... 98
5.5.1.1 Functions ............................................................................................. 98
5.5.1.2 Operating Modes ................................................................................ 101
5.5.1.3 Communication .................................................................................. 102
5.5.2 DIAST0 ................................................................................................... 103
5.5.2.1 Functions ........................................................................................... 103
5.5.2.2 Operating Modes ................................................................................ 104
5.5.2.3 Communication .................................................................................. 104
5.5.3 103MT0 ................................................................................................... 105
5.5.3.1 Functions ........................................................................................... 105
5.5.3.2 Operating Modes ................................................................................ 107
5.5.3.3 Communication .................................................................................. 107
T able of Contents
14 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.4 BPPT0 .................................................................................................... 108
5.5.4.1 Functions ........................................................................................... 108
5.5.4.2 Operating Modes ................................................................................ 109
5.5.4.3 Communication .................................................................................. 110
5.5.5 ET84 ....................................................................................................... 111
5.5.5.1 Functions ........................................................................................... 111
5.5.5.2 Operating Modes ................................................................................ 113
5.5.5.3 Communication .................................................................................. 113
5.5.6 ET85 ....................................................................................................... 114
5.5.6.1 Functions ........................................................................................... 114
5.5.6.2 Operating Modes ................................................................................ 117
5.5.6.3 Communication .................................................................................. 118
5.5.6.3.1 ET8 5 Clien t ................................................................................... 11 8
5.5.6.3.2 ET85 Server .................................................................................. 118
5.5.7 COUMT0 ................................................................................................. 119
5.5.7.1 Functions ........................................................................................... 119
5.5.7.2 Operating Modes ................................................................................ 120
5.5.7.3 Communication .................................................................................. 121
5.5.8 MODMT2, MODST0 ................................................................................ 122
5.5.8.1 Functions ........................................................................................... 122
5.5.8.2 Operating Modes ................................................................................ 124
5.5.8.3 Communication .................................................................................. 125
5.5.9 DNPMT0, DNPST0.................................................................................. 126
5.5.9.1 Functions ........................................................................................... 126
5.5.9.2 Operating Modes ................................................................................ 126
5.5.9.3 Communication .................................................................................. 127
5.5.10 DNPiT1, DNPiT2 ..................................................................................... 128
5.5.10.1 Functions ........................................................................................... 128
5.5.10.2 Operating Modes ................................................................................ 129
5.5.10.3 Communication .................................................................................. 129
5.5.11 ST1ST0 ................................................................................................... 131
5.5.11.1 Functions ........................................................................................... 131
5.5.11.2 Operating Modes ................................................................................ 131
5.5.11.3 Communication .................................................................................. 132
5.5.12 TG8ST0 .................................................................................................. 133
5.5.12.1 Functions ........................................................................................... 133
5.5.12.2 Operating Modes ................................................................................ 133
5.5.12.3 Communication .................................................................................. 134
5.5.13 SMST0 .................................................................................................... 135
5.5.13.1 Functions ........................................................................................... 135
5.5.13.2 Operating Modes ................................................................................ 135
5.5.13.3 Communication .................................................................................. 136
5.5.13.3.1 Printer control ................................................................................ 136
5.5.13.3.2 SMS Alert an d Contro l ................................................................... 13 6
T able of Contents
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 15
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.14 PCBST0 .................................................................................................. 137
5.5.14.1 Functions ........................................................................................... 137
5.5.14.2 Operating Modes ................................................................................ 138
5.5.14.3 Communication .................................................................................. 138
5.5.15 RP5UT1 .................................................................................................. 139
5.5.15.1 Functions ........................................................................................... 139
5.5.15.2 Operating Modes ................................................................................ 139
5.5.15.3 Communication .................................................................................. 140
5.6 Integrated Protocol SNMP ............................................................................ 141
5.6.1 Overview ................................................................................................. 141
5.7 I/O Ma s te r Mod u le an d I/O Mo d ules ............................................................. 142
5.7.1 Intern al I/O Modules ................................................................................ 143
5.7.1.1 DI-8100 .............................................................................................. 143
5.7.1.1.1 Functions ....................................................................................... 143
5.7.1.1.2 Technical Data............................................................................... 144
5.7.1.2 DO-8203 ............................................................................................ 145
5.7.1.2.1 Functions ....................................................................................... 145
5.7.1.2.2 Technical Data............................................................................... 146
5.7.2 Extern al SICA M I/O Modu les ................................................................... 14 7
5.7.2.1 DI-8 11 0, DI-8 11 1, D I-81 12 , DI-81 13 ................................................... 148
5.7.2.1.1 Functions ....................................................................................... 148
5.7.2.2 DO-8212 ............................................................................................ 149
5.7.2.2.1 Functions ....................................................................................... 149
5.7.2.3 AI-8310 .............................................................................................. 150
5.7.2.3.1 Functions ....................................................................................... 150
5.7.2.4 AI-8320 .............................................................................................. 151
5.7.2.4.1 Functions ....................................................................................... 151
5.7.2.5 AI-8510 .............................................................................................. 152
5.7.2.5.1 Functions ....................................................................................... 152
5.7.2.6 AI-8511 .............................................................................................. 153
5.7.2.6.1 Functions ....................................................................................... 153
5.7.2.7 AO-8380 ............................................................................................. 154
5.7.2.7.1 Functions ....................................................................................... 154
5.7.2.8 CM-8820 ............................................................................................ 154
5.7.2.8.1 Functions ....................................................................................... 154
5.7.3 Extern al SICA M TM I/ O Mod ules (on ly with CP- 800 0) .............................. 154
5.7.3.1 DI-6100, DI-6101, DI-6104 .................................................................. 155
5.7.3.1.1 Functions ....................................................................................... 155
5.7.3.2 DI-6102, DI-6103 ................................................................................ 156
5.7.3.2.1 Functions ....................................................................................... 156
5.7.3.3 AI-6 300, AI-6 307, AI-6 308 .................................................................. 157
5.7.3.3.1 Functions ....................................................................................... 157
5.7.3.4 AI-6310 .............................................................................................. 158
5.7.3.4.1 Functions ....................................................................................... 158
T able of Contents
16 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.3.5 TE-6430 ............................................................................................. 159
5.7.3.5.1 Functions....................................................................................... 159
5.7.3.6 DO-6200 ............................................................................................ 160
5.7.3.6.1 Functions....................................................................................... 160
5.7.3.7 DO-6212 ............................................................................................ 161
5.7.3.7.1 Functions....................................................................................... 161
5.7.3.8 DO-6 22 0, DO-6 221 , DO-6 230 ............................................................ 162
5.7.3.8.1 Functions....................................................................................... 162
5.7.3.9 AO-6380............................................................................................. 163
5.7.3.9.1 Functions....................................................................................... 163
5.8 MTB F Va lues of the SIC AM A8000 Modu les ................................................. 164
6Insta lla ti on and Cir cu itry .......................................................................................... 16 5
6.1 Mechanical Design ....................................................................................... 166
6.1.1 CP-8000 .................................................................................................. 166
6.1.1.1 Lo cking Hook ..................................................................................... 167
6.1.1.2 Type Plate .......................................................................................... 168
6.1.2 CP-802x .................................................................................................. 169
6.1.2.1 Lo cking Hook ..................................................................................... 169
6.1.2.2 Type Plate .......................................................................................... 170
6.2 Dimensions .................................................................................................. 171
6.2.1 CP-8 000 Front View ................................................................................ 171
6.2.2 CP-8 00 0 Side V iew ................................................................................. 17 1
6.2.3 CP-802x Front and Side View .................................................................. 172
6.3 Installation Location and Position .................................................................. 173
6.3.1 DIN Ra il (TS3 5 Ra il) ................................................................................ 173
6.3.2 Cable Duct .............................................................................................. 174
6.4 Mo unting CP-80 00 ....................................................................................... 175
6.4.1 Space Requirement ................................................................................. 175
6.4.1.1 Sp ace Req uire ment with SICA M I/O Modu les ..................................... 17 6
6.4.1.2 Sp ace Req uire men t w ith SICA M TM I/ O Mod u les ............................... 177
6.4.2 Mounting of the Master Module ................................................................ 178
6.4.3 Remova l/Shifting of the Master Module .................................................... 179
6.4.4 Cou pling o f e xtern al S ICAM I/O Mod ules ................................................. 180
6.4.4.1 Mo un ting of th e Co up ling Mo du le for SIC AM I/ O Mod u le s ................... 180
6.4.4.2 Mo un ting of the Bus Con ne cto r for S ICAM I/ O Mod ules ...................... 181
6.4.4.3 Mo unting o f the S ICAM I/O Mod ules ................................................... 18 1
6.4.5 Cou p ling of E xternal SIC AM T M I /O Mo d u les........................................... 18 3
6.4.5.1 Mo un ting of the Co up ling Mo d ule for SIC AM TM I/O Mo d ules ............. 18 3
6.4.5.2 Mo un ting o f the SIC AM TM I/O Mod ules ............................................. 18 4
6.4.6 Sep a ra ting of Master Modu le an d I/O Cou p l ing Mo d u le............................ 186
6.5 Mounting CP-802x ........................................................................................ 187
6.5.1 Spa ce Re qu ire me nt fo r the Mas te r Mod ule .............................................. 187
6.5 .1.1 Sp ace Req uire men t with SIC AM I/O Modu les ..................................... 188
T able of Contents
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 17
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.5.2 Mounting of the Master Module ................................................................ 189
6.5.3 Remova l/Shifting of the Master Module .................................................... 190
6.5.3.1 Mo unting o f the Po we r Supp ly Mod ule ................................................ 191
6.5 .4 Co upling of e xterna l SIC AM I/ O Mod ules ................................................. 19 2
6.5.4.1 Mo un ting of the Bus Con ne cto r for S ICAM I/ O Mod ules ...................... 192
6.5.4.2 Mo unting o f the S ICAM I/O Mod ules ................................................... 19 3
6.6 Memory Cards .............................................................................................. 194
6.6.1 SD Card .................................................................................................. 194
6.6.1.1 Ins erting the SD Card ......................................................................... 194
6.6.1.2 Removing the SD Card ....................................................................... 194
6.6.2 SIM Card (o nly CP-8 022 )......................................................................... 19 5
6.6.2.1 Ins erting the SIM Card ........................................................................ 195
6.6.2.2 Re movin g the SIM Ca rd ..................................................................... 19 5
6.7 Wiring ........................................................................................................... 196
6.7.1 Power Supply .......................................................................................... 196
6.7.2 Communication RS-485 ........................................................................... 196
6.7.3 Proce ss Peripherals ................................................................................ 197
6.7.4 Shielding ................................................................................................. 197
6.7.5 Protective Earth/Ground .......................................................................... 197
6.8 Switching th e De vice On and Off .................................................................. 198
6.9 Blo ck Diag ra ms and E xtern a l Circu itry .......................................................... 199
6.9.1 CP-8000 .................................................................................................. 199
6.9.1.1 Overview ............................................................................................ 199
6.9.1.2 Power Supply ..................................................................................... 199
6.9.1.3 Master Module CP-8000 ..................................................................... 200
6.9.1.4 Digital Input DI-8100 ........................................................................... 201
6.9.1.5 Digi tal Outp ut D O-820 3 ...................................................................... 202
6.9.1.5.1 1 and 2-pole Circuitry ..................................................................... 202
6.9.1.5.2 1 ½-pole Circu itry ........................................................................... 203
6.9.2 CP-802x .................................................................................................. 204
6.9.2.1 Po w e r Su pp ly Mo du les PS-8 6 20 an d PS-86 22 ................................... 204
6.9 .2.2 Power Supp ly Mo du les PS-8 6 40 an d PS-86 42 ................................... 20 5
6.9.2.3 Ma s ter Mod ule CP- 80 21 an d CP-8 02 2 ............................................... 20 6
6.10 Interfaces ..................................................................................................... 207
6.10.1 CP-8000 .................................................................................................. 207
6.10.1.1 Pos ition of the Inter face s on the Ho us ing ............................................ 20 7
6.10.1.2 Pin As signment .................................................................................. 208
6.10.2 CP-802x .................................................................................................. 210
6.10.2.1 Pos ition o f the Inter faces .................................................................... 210
6.10.2.2 Pin As signment .................................................................................. 210
6.11 Ins tallation of Exte rna l Co mmunica tion Conn ection s ..................................... 212
6.11.1 Serial Communication.............................................................................. 213
6.11.1.1 Multi-Po int Tra ffic via Leased Line Modem/VFT Channel Modem ........ 213
6.11.1.1.1 CP-8000 ........................................................................................ 213
T able of Contents
18 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.11.1.1.2 CP-802x ........................................................................................ 214
6.11.1.2 Mult i-Po int Tra ffic via Glass Fib er Opt ic .............................................. 21 5
6.11.1.2.1 CP-8000 ........................................................................................ 215
6.11.1.2.2 CP-802x ........................................................................................ 217
6.11.1.3 Dial-u p Tra ffi c An a log w ith Wes te r mo TD-3 6 (TDW-33) ...................... 227
6.11.1.3.1 CP-8000 ........................................................................................ 227
6.11.1.3.2 CP-802x ........................................................................................ 228
6.11.1.4 Dial-u p Tra ffic ISD N w ith Wes ter mo ID W-90 ....................................... 229
6.11.1.4.1 CP-8000 ........................................................................................ 229
6.11.1.4.2 CP-802x ........................................................................................ 230
6.11.1.5 Dial-up Traffic GSM , SMS Sender/Receiver ........................................ 231
6.11.1.5.1 CP-8000 ........................................................................................ 231
6.11.1.5.2 CP-802x ........................................................................................ 232
6.11.1.6 Point- to Po int Traffic with ano the r AU .................................................. 233
6.11.1.6.1 CP-8000 ........................................................................................ 233
6.11.1.6.2 CP-802x ........................................................................................ 234
6.11.2 Ethernet TCP/I P ...................................................................................... 235
6.11.2.1 Commun ication via LAN /WAN ............................................................ 235
6.11.2.1.1 CP-8000 ........................................................................................ 235
6.11.2.2 Commun icaton via GPRS ................................................................... 236
6.11.2.2.1 CP-8000, CP-8021 ........................................................................ 236
6.11.2.2.2 CP-8022 ........................................................................................ 236
7Preparing the Engineering ........................................................................................ 237
7.1 Engineering Tools ........................................................................................ 238
7.1.1 Differences .............................................................................................. 238
7.1.2 Interlocking .............................................................................................. 238
7.2 So ftw are for the En gine ering ........................................................................ 239
7.2.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II ................................................................................ 239
7.2.1.1 Prerequisites ...................................................................................... 240
7.2.2 SICAM WEB ............................................................................................ 241
7.2.2.1 Prerequisites ...................................................................................... 241
7.2.2.2 Program Sicam_First_Startup ............................................................. 242
7.2.3 SICAM De vice Mana ger .......................................................................... 242
7.2.3.1 Prerequisites ...................................................................................... 243
7.3 Loadable Firmwares ..................................................................................... 244
7.4 Integrated Protocol SNMP ............................................................................ 245
7.4.1 Download of the MIB-Files ....................................................................... 245
7.4.2 Impo rt o f the MIB -Files in MIB- Brow s er .................................................... 245
7.4.3 Dis play o f SNMP-V ar iables in MIB- Brow s er ............................................. 246
7.5 Memory Cards .............................................................................................. 248
7.5.1 SD Card .................................................................................................. 248
7.5.1.1 SD Card Read er/ Wr iter ....................................................................... 248
7.5.2 SIM Ca rd (o nly CP-8 02 2) ........................................................................ 248
T able of Contents
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 19
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.6 In terface s for the Co mmun ication ................................................................. 249
7.6.1 Required Accessories .............................................................................. 249
7.7 C on ne cting Engine e r ing PC w ith the Targ e t De vice ...................................... 250
7.7.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II ................................................................................ 250
7.7.1.1 Physical Connection ........................................................................... 251
7.7.1.1.1 Se rial Po int-to -Poin t Connect ion .................................................... 251
7.7.1.1.2 Se rial Con ne ction via Te leco mmun ica tion Fa cil ities ....................... 253
7.7.1.1.3 L AN/ WAN Conn ection via Ethe rne t Inte rface ................................. 254
7.7.1.1.4 LAN/WAN Connection via Serial Interface and Terminalserver ....... 255
7.7.1.1.5 R emote Conn ection via furth er Automat ion Un it(s) ......................... 256
7.7.2 SICAM WEB ............................................................................................ 257
7.7.2.1 Physical Connection ........................................................................... 258
7.7.2.1.1 Po int- to -Po in t Co nn ect ion via Se r ial Inter face ................................ 2 58
7.7.2.1.2 Po int- to-P oin t Conn ect ion via Ethe rne t Inte rfa ce ............................ 260
7.7 .2.1.3 LAN /WAN Con nectio n via Ethe rn et Inte r face ................................. 261
7.7.2.2 Co mmun ication with the Target De vice ............................................... 262
7.7.2.2.1 Po int- to -Po in t Co nn ect ion via Se r ial Inter face ................................ 2 63
7.7.2.2.2 Po int- to-P oin t Conn ect ion via Ethe rne t Inte rfa ce ............................ 264
7.7 .2.2.3 LAN /WAN Con nectio n via Ethe rn et Inte r face ................................. 265
7.8 In teract ion with the En ginee ring Too l ............................................................ 269
7.8.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II ................................................................................ 269
7.8.1.1 Structure ............................................................................................ 269
7.8.2 SICAM WEB ............................................................................................ 270
7.8.2.1 Dashboard.......................................................................................... 270
7.8.2.2 Gen eral Bu ttons ................................................................................. 272
7.8.2.3 Parameter Entry ................................................................................. 274
7.8.2.3.1 Sh ow Expert Para me ters ............................................................... 278
7.8.2.4 Automatic Restart Request ................................................................. 279
7.8.2.5 SICAM TOOLBOX II Lock ing .............................................................. 279
7.8.2.6 Language Versions ............................................................................. 279
7.8.2.7 Na viga tion w ith the Web Bro ws er ....................................................... 280
7.8.2.8 Session Monitoring ............................................................................. 281
7.8.2.9 Exce ptions with Eng inee ring via SICAM WE B ..................................... 282
8Eng ineer ing via S ICA M TOOLBOX I I ........................................................................ 283
8.1 Telecontrol ................................................................................................... 284
8.1.1 Presets .................................................................................................... 286
8.1.1.1 User and Rights .................................................................................. 286
8.1.1.2 Password ........................................................................................... 287
8.1.1.3 Language ........................................................................................... 287
8.1.2 Entra nce into th e Projec t.......................................................................... 287
8.1.2.1 Logon ................................................................................................. 287
8.1.2.2 Logoff ................................................................................................. 287
8.1.2.3 Change Password .............................................................................. 288
T able of Contents
20 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.1.3 Plant Configuration .................................................................................. 288
8.1.4 Import Firmware ...................................................................................... 288
8.1.5 Con figu rat ion and Sett ing s for Teleco nt rol ............................................... 289
8.1.5.1 Hardware Configuration ...................................................................... 290
8.1.5.2 Sys tem-Technical Settings ................................................................. 291
8.1.5.2.1 Communication.............................................................................. 291
8.1.5.2.2 Periphery ....................................................................................... 291
8.1.5.3 Pro cess-Te chnical Settings ................................................................ 292
8.1.5.3.1 Levels ............................................................................................ 292
8.1.5.3.2 Types ............................................................................................ 292
8.1.5.3.3 Images .......................................................................................... 293
8.1.5.4 Decentralize d Arch iving (DEAR) ......................................................... 294
8.1.6 Transform Parameters ............................................................................. 294
8.1.7 Impo rt, E xport an d Back up o f Eng inee ring Data ....................................... 29 4
8.1.8 Documentation ........................................................................................ 294
8.1.8.1 Hardware Configuration ...................................................................... 295
8.1.8.2 Assembly Techn ique .......................................................................... 295
8.1.8.3 Inte rface to ELCAD ............................................................................. 295
8.1.8.4 Telecontrol Function ........................................................................... 296
8.1.8.4.1 Sy ste m-Technica l Con figura tion .................................................... 296
8.1.8.4.2 Process-Technical Settings............................................................ 296
8.1.9 Commis s ioning and Tes t ......................................................................... 296
8.1 .9.1 Loading En ginee ring Data .................................................................. 296
8.1.9.2 Parameter Comparison....................................................................... 297
8.1.9.3 Test Functions .................................................................................... 298
8.1.9.3.1 Sta tus Of Spon taneo us Da ta Points ............................................... 298
8.1.9.3.2 Si mu lat ion O f Sp on tan eo us Da ta Points ........................................ 299
8.1.9.3.3 C he ck The Co nne ction To Au tomat ion Un its .................................. 299
8.1.9.4 Displaying Decentralized Archive (DEAR) ........................................... 300
8.2 Automation ................................................................................................... 301
8.2.1 Creating a Function Diagram with CAEx plus ........................................... 302
8.2.1.1 Re striction s with the Creation of a Function Diag ram .......................... 303
8.2.1.2 Configuring External Signals ............................................................... 304
8.2.1.3 Program Code Generation .................................................................. 304
8.2.2 Documentation ........................................................................................ 306
8.2.2.1 Cro ss Reference List .......................................................................... 306
8.2.2.2 Open-/Closed-Loop Control Function .................................................. 306
8.2.3 Commis s ioning and Tes t ......................................................................... 307
8.2.3.1 Lo ad ing Prog ram Co de....................................................................... 307
8.2.3.2 Test Functions .................................................................................... 307
8.2.3.2.1 Si mulat ing Function Diag ra m Offl ine .............................................. 30 7
8.2.3.2.2 Testing Function Diagra m Online ................................................... 308
T able of Contents
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 21
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9Eng ineering via SICAM W EB .................................................................................... 309
9.1 Telecontrol ................................................................................................... 310
9.1.1 Start a nd Ter minate Ses sion .................................................................... 31 1
9.1.1.1 Logon ................................................................................................. 311
9.1.1.1.1 R ights o f the Us ers ........................................................................ 31 2
9.1.1.2 Logoff ................................................................................................. 313
9.1.2 Basic Settings.......................................................................................... 313
9.1.2.1 Authentication Procedure.................................................................... 314
9.1.2.1.1 Au thentication via Locally Stored Credentials ................................. 314
9.1.2.1.2 Au thentication via Externa l Ser vice ................................................ 315
9.1.2.2 Change Web Ser ver Password ........................................................... 316
9.1.2.3 Differentiation Secure/Non-Secure Passwords .................................... 317
9.1.2.4 Set IP Addresses ................................................................................ 320
9.1.2.4.1 MA C Add res ses of the Ethe rnet Inter fa ces ..................................... 321
9.1.2.4.2 Ac ces s Option s for the Eng ineering PC in Ope ration ...................... 322
9.1.2.5 Se curity Set ting s for Internet Secu rity (IPSe c) ..................................... 322
9.1.2.6 Se tting s for Inte rna l GPRS Mod e m (CP- 802 2) .................................... 32 3
9.1 .2.6.1 Mon itor ing o f the GPR S Mode m..................................................... 32 4
9.1.2.6.2 Mo nitor ing o f the Mob ile R adio N etw o rk ......................................... 32 4
9.1.2.7 Autoconfiguration................................................................................ 325
9.1.3 Common Settings .................................................................................... 328
9.1.3.1 Configurat ion of the Target De vice ...................................................... 328
9.1.3.1.1 Ap plication Progra m ...................................................................... 328
9.1.3.2 Topology ............................................................................................ 329
9.1.3.3 Failure Behavior upon Fau lt ................................................................ 329
9.1.4 Con figurat ion o f Optional Modules ........................................................... 330
9.1.4.1 Overview ............................................................................................ 330
9.1.4.2 Protocol Elements .............................................................................. 332
9.1.4.3 I/O Master Module .............................................................................. 333
9.1.5 Con figura t ion o f the Time Man ag ement ................................................... 335
9.1.5.1 Time Synchronization ......................................................................... 335
9.1.5.1.1 Ti me Synch ron iza tion w ith Mu lti- Point T ra ffic ................................. 33 6
9.1.5.1.2 Time Synchronization with Dial-up Traffic ....................................... 336
9.1.5.1.3 Ti me Synch ron izat ion with E thern et ............................................... 33 6
9.1.5.2 Daylight Saving Time Rule .................................................................. 337
9.1.6 Local Time Setting ................................................................................... 338
9.1.7 Con figuration o f the Co mmunication ........................................................ 339
9.1.7.1 Common Settings ............................................................................... 339
9.1.7.2 Ph ysica l Inter face for the Co mmun icat ion ........................................... 340
9.1.7.2.1 Protocols via Ethernet .................................................................... 341
9.1.7.3 Se lect ion o f the Trans mis sion Faci lity ................................................. 342
9.1.7.4 Se tting s of the Mes sa ges.................................................................... 343
9.1.7.5 Da ta Mana ge ment and Pr iori ty Con t rol ............................................... 34 4
9.1.8 Con figu rat ion o f the Dece ntralized Archive ............................................... 345
T able of Contents
22 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.9 Con figura tion of the Proce ss Data Arch ive ............................................... 347
9.1.10 Configuration of the Local Process Data Display (only CP-8000) ............. 348
9.1.11 Co n figu ra t ion o f Periph e ra l and Inte rn al Sign a ls....................................... 349
9.1.11.1 Defining Signals ................................................................................. 349
9.1.11.1.1 Duplicate and Delete Rows ............................................................ 352
9.1.11.1.2 Auto matic Fill ing and Auto matic Incre men tat ion ............................. 353
9.1.11.2 As s ign Sign als to the Ma s ter Modu le .................................................. 354
9.1.11.2.1 Configu ra b le Logg ing an d Dis p lay o f S ign al State s ........................ 35 6
9.1.11.2.2 Parame ters w ith Ass ign me nt on the Mas ter Modu le ....................... 360
9.1.11.3 As sign ing Signa ls to the I/O Mas ter Mo du le ........................................ 366
9.1.11.3.1 Parameters with As s ignmen t on th e I/O Ma s te r Mod u le ................. 369
9.1.11.4 As s ign ing Sign a ls to th e I/O Mo d ule ................................................... 370
9.1.11.4.1 Auto mat ic D is play o f S ign al State s ................................................. 37 3
9.1.11.4.2 Parame te rs w ith As s ign ment on the DI Mod u le .............................. 373
9.1.11.4.3 Parame te rs with As signment on th e DO Mod u le ............................ 37 6
9.1.11.4.4 Parame te rs w ith As s ign ment on the AI Mod u le .............................. 387
9.1.11.4.5 Parameters with As signmen t on th e A O Module ............................ 39 2
9.1.11.5 Circu itry o f Signa ls.............................................................................. 394
9.1.11.5.1 Binary Information Acquisition ........................................................ 395
9.1.11.5.2 Coun ting Puls e Acqu isit ion ............................................................ 39 5
9.1.11.5.3 Current/Voltage Acquisition............................................................ 396
9.1.11.5.4 Temperature Acquisition ................................................................ 397
9.1.11.5.5 Command Output .......................................................................... 398
9.1.11.5.6 Binary Information Output .............................................................. 403
9.1.11.5.7 Current/Voltage Output .................................................................. 403
9.1.11.6 Impo rt and Expo r t of the Sign a l Lis t .................................................... 40 4
9.1.11.6.1 Export Signal List ........................................................................... 404
9.1.11.6.2 Import Signal List ........................................................................... 405
9.1.12 Usage of CP- 8 0 00 /C P-8 0 2x as S ICAM P AS I/O ..................................... 406
9.1.12.1 Synchroniza t ion of the I/O Co nfigura t ion in SICAM PAS ..................... 407
9.1.13 Test Functions ......................................................................................... 408
9.1.13.1.1 Supp orted Signa l Typ es................................................................. 409
9.1.13.2 Display Process Values ...................................................................... 410
9.1.13.2.1 Supp orte d Typ e Iden t ifications an d Possible Value s ...................... 413
9.1.13.3 Cha nge Pro cess Va lues ..................................................................... 4 14
9.1.14 Logging ................................................................................................... 418
9.1.14.1 Sho w E vent L ist.................................................................................. 41 8
9.1.14.1.1 Expor t E ven t Lis t ........................................................................... 420
9.1.14.2 Sho w Alarm Lis t ................................................................................. 421
9.1.14.2.1 Export Alar m List ........................................................................... 423
9.2 Automation ................................................................................................... 424
9.2.1 Cre ating an Ins truct ion L ist (IL) ................................................................ 42 5
9.2.1.1 Stru ctu re o f the Ins tru ct ion Lis t ........................................................... 42 5
9.2.1.2 Syntax for Instructions ........................................................................ 426
T able of Contents
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 23
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.2.1.2.1 General ......................................................................................... 426
9.2.1.2.2 Ad re ss ing of I /O Va r iables ............................................................. 426
9.2.1.2.3 Address ing of Flags ....................................................................... 427
9.2.1.2.4 Call of Functions ............................................................................ 427
9.2.1.2.5 C all o f Funct ion Blocks .................................................................. 428
9.2.1.3 Instruction Comments ......................................................................... 429
9.2.1.4 Se tting s in the App licat ion Prog ra m .................................................... 42 9
9.2.1.4.1 Setting the Cycle Time ................................................................... 429
9.2.1.4.2 Spontaneous Program Execution ................................................... 430
9.2.1.5 System Information ............................................................................. 432
9.2.1.6 Command Processing According to IEC 60870-5-101/104 .................. 433
9.2.1.7 Gen era tion o f In teg rate d To ta ls .......................................................... 434
9.2.2 Commis s ioning and Tes t ......................................................................... 434
9.2.2.1 Common Functions ............................................................................ 435
9.2.2.1.1 Import Application Program ............................................................ 435
9.2.2.1.2 Load Applica tion Programm Offline ................................................ 437
9.2.2.1.3 Expo r t App lica t ion Prog ra m ........................................................... 438
9.2.2.1.4 Synta x Check ................................................................................ 438
9.2.2.2 Test Functions .................................................................................... 439
9.2.2.2.1 Statistic Information ....................................................................... 440
9.2.2.2.2 D is play Curre nt Value o f Se lec ted Var iab les .................................. 441
9.2.2.2.3 C han ge Statu s of the Ap plica t ion Prog ra m ..................................... 442
9.2.2.2.4 Change Value of Selected Variab le ................................................ 445
9.3 Administrative Functions ............................................................................... 448
9.3.1 Restart Device ......................................................................................... 448
9.3.2 Download De vice Settings ....................................................................... 450
9.3.3 Res tore De vice Settings .......................................................................... 451
9.3.3.1 Lo ading De vice Se tting s Offl ine .......................................................... 45 3
9.3.4 Upload ICD/IID File .................................................................................. 455
9.3.5 Dow nloa d SICAM PAS I/O C on figu ration ................................................. 45 7
9.3.6 Download Process Data Archive .............................................................. 461
9.3.7 Update Firmware ..................................................................................... 464
9.3.8 Upd ate SICAM WEB................................................................................ 465
9.3.9 Install Language Package ........................................................................ 466
10 Engineer ing via SICA M Dev ice Mana ger .................................................................. 469
10.1 General Information ...................................................................................... 470
11 Service ....................................................................................................................... 471
11.1 Operation and Display Elements ................................................................... 472
11.1.1 De s cr iption o f th e LED Dis p lay ................................................................ 47 3
11.1.2 De s criptio n o f the LCD Dis p lay (only CP -80 00 ) ........................................ 47 5
11.1.2.1 Navigation .......................................................................................... 476
11.1.2.2 Device Information .............................................................................. 476
T able of Contents
24 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.1.2.2.1 Device ........................................................................................... 477
11.1.2.2.2 Language ...................................................................................... 477
11.1.2.2.3 Display .......................................................................................... 478
11.1.2.2.4 Start Page ..................................................................................... 479
11.1.2.3 Configuration ...................................................................................... 480
11.1.2.3.1 I/O Modules ................................................................................... 480
11.1.2.3.2 Protocols ....................................................................................... 482
11.1.2.3.3 Version .......................................................................................... 484
11.1.2.4 Monitoring .......................................................................................... 484
11.1.2.4.1 Even ts | ALL E vents ...................................................................... 485
11.1.2.4.2 Events | DEF Events ...................................................................... 487
11.1.2.4.3 Events | DIA Events ....................................................................... 488
11.1.2.4.4 Alarms ........................................................................................... 489
11.1.2.4.5 Cockpit .......................................................................................... 490
11.1.2.4.6 I/O Modules ................................................................................... 491
11.2 Che cks a nd Sys tem D isplay ......................................................................... 49 2
11.2.1 Checks during Startup ............................................................................. 492
11.2.2 Checks after Startup ................................................................................ 494
11.2.3 Be h avior of the Proces s Ou tp u ts upon Sta rtu p and Failu re ...................... 495
11.3 Diagnosis ..................................................................................................... 496
11.3.1 Dis tinction o f the Error Types ................................................................... 496
11.3.2 SICAM TOOLBOX II ................................................................................ 497
11.3.2.1 Con nection Poss ibilities for the Diag nos is ........................................... 49 7
11.3.2.2 Diagnosis Overview ............................................................................ 499
11.3.2.3 System Performance .......................................................................... 501
11.3.2.4 Diag nos is of the Open -/C los ed-L oop Con trol Funct ion ........................ 50 1
11.3.3 SICAM WEB ............................................................................................ 503
11.3.3.1 Con nection Poss ibilities for the Diag nos is ........................................... 50 3
11.3.3.2 Diagnosis Overview ............................................................................ 504
11.3.3.3 Device Information.............................................................................. 505
11.3.3.4 Diagnosis ........................................................................................... 507
11.3.3.4.1 Diagnosis Status............................................................................ 507
11.3.3.4.2 Diagnosis Logbook ........................................................................ 509
11.3.3.4.3 Export Diagnosis Logbook ............................................................. 511
11.3.3.4.4 Security Logbook ........................................................................... 512
11.3.3.4.5 Export Security Logbook ................................................................ 513
11.3.3.5 Diagnos is of the Time ......................................................................... 514
11.3.3.6 Diag nos is of the Open -/C los ed-L oop Con trol Funct ion ........................ 51 4
11.4 Maintenance of the Hardw are ....................................................................... 515
11.4.1 Recog nition o f Hardw are Errors ............................................................... 515
11.4.1.1 Internal Modules ................................................................................. 515
11.4.1.2 SD Card ............................................................................................. 515
11.4.2 Replacemen t of a Module ........................................................................ 5 16
11.4.3 Ad a p t New E q u ipp e d I/O Mod u les in the P a rameter iza t i o n ....................... 517
T able of Contents
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 25
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.4.3.1 Adding I/O Modules ............................................................................ 517
11.4.4 Re plac emen t of the SD Card ................................................................... 51 7
11.4.4.1 Initia liza tion of the Firmw are ............................................................... 51 8
11.4.5 Re p lac e ment o f the S IM C ard (o n ly CP -8022 ) ......................................... 5 18
11.5 Firmware Update .......................................................................................... 519
11.5.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II ................................................................................ 519
11.5.1.1 Interro gation of the Firmw are Revision ................................................ 519
11.5.1.2 Impo rt ing Master Data into the S ICAM T OOL B OX II ........................... 520
11.5.1.3 Loa ding Fir mw are Co des into th e Targ et D evice ................................. 52 0
11.5.1.3.1 Loading Firmware Online ............................................................... 520
11.5.1.3.2 Loading Firmware Offline ............................................................... 521
11.5.2 SICAM WEB ............................................................................................ 521
11.5.2.1 Loa ding Fir mw are Co des into th e Targ et D evice ................................. 52 1
11.5.2.1.1 Loading Firmware Online ............................................................... 521
11.5.2.1.2 Loading Firmware Offline ............................................................... 522
11.5.3 Erro rs w ith L oad ing of Fir mw a re .............................................................. 52 2
11.6 Remote Main tenan ce ................................................................................... 523
11.6.1 Co nfigu ra tion o f Se rver and C lients.......................................................... 523
AOrder Information ...................................................................................................... 525
A.1 Basic Units ................................................................................................... 526
A.2 Pow er Supply Modules ................................................................................. 527
A.3 SICAM I/O Modules ...................................................................................... 528
A.3.1 Accessory................................................................................................ 530
A.4 SICAM TM I/O Modules ................................................................................ 531
A.4.1 Accessory................................................................................................ 534
A.5 Interface Modules ......................................................................................... 535
A.6 Transmiss ion Facilities ................................................................................. 536
A.6.1 Recommended Third-Party Products ....................................................... 537
A.7 Re commen de d Up stre am Pow er Supp ly De vices ......................................... 538
A.8 Cables and Plugs ......................................................................................... 539
A.8.1 Recommended Third-Party Products ....................................................... 540
A.9 Memory Cards .............................................................................................. 541
A.10 Engineering Tools ........................................................................................ 542
A.10.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II ..................................................................................... 542
A.10.2 SICAM WEB ................................................................................................. 542
A.10.3 SICAM De vice Manager ............................................................................... 542
BExa mples for Instructi on Lists (IL) ........................................................................... 54 3
B.1 Transfer an Input to a Signalling Output and to a Co mmand Output .............. 544
B.2 Co mbine tw o Inpu ts w ith AND ...................................................................... 54 5
B.3 Line ar Ada ptat ion w ith Va lue Se lect ion ......................................................... 546
B.4 Operating Hours Counter .............................................................................. 547
B.5 Bou nce Suppress ion .................................................................................... 549
T able of Contents
26 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
B.6 Setpoint Command ....................................................................................... 551
B.7 Speed Comparison ....................................................................................... 552
CError Handling ........................................................................................................... 553
C.1 Er ro rs w ith the Engine e r ing via S ICAM WE B ................................................ 55 4
DSet Up D ial-U p Con nec tio n o n Eng ine eri ng PC ....................................................... 557
D.1 Se tting s in M icros oft Wind ows 8 ................................................................... 55 8
D.1.1 Modem Installation .................................................................................. 558
D.1.2 Network Configuration ............................................................................. 560
D.2 Se tting s in M icros oft Wind ows 7 ................................................................... 56 8
D.2.1 Modem Installation .................................................................................. 568
D.2.2 Network Configuration ............................................................................. 570
D.3 Se tt ings in M icros o ft Wind ows Vis ta ............................................................. 577
D.3.1 Modem Installation .................................................................................. 577
D.3.2 Network Configuration ............................................................................. 579
D.4 R es tore Setting s for the Intern et Us e ............................................................ 58 6
EUse Cases.................................................................................................................. 587
E.1 Us ag e as Telec ontro l Sub sta tion .................................................................. 588
E.2 Usage as Telecontrol Substation with Node Function (Protocol Converter) ... 589
E.3 Usage as Telecontrol Substation with Integrated Switch for External System
Connection ................................................................................................... 590
E.4 Usage as Telecontrol Substation with Integrated Switch for SICAM TOOLBOX II
Connection ................................................................................................... 591
E.5 Usage with Static Routes .............................................................................. 592
E.5.1 General ................................................................................................... 592
E.5.2 Configuration ........................................................................................... 592
E.6 Us age with IPSec VPN ................................................................................. 595
E.6.1 U sage as Te lec o n tro l Su b station w ith IPSec VPN via fixed Network ........ 596
E.6.2 Usage as Telecontrol Substation with IPSec VPN via GPRS Rout er and
ADSL Network ......................................................................................... 597
E.6.3 U s a ge as Teleco n trol Su bs ta tion w ith IP Se c VPN via GPR S Netw o rk ...... 598
E.7 Us ag e of the Intern al GPR S Mo de m (CP- 80 22) ............................................ 59 9
E.7.1 GPR S Co mmu nica tion w ithou t IPSe c VPN .............................................. 600
E.7.2 GPR S Co mmun ica tion w ith 1 IPS ec VPN Tun nel ..................................... 601
E.7.3 GPRS C ommu nica tion w ith 2 IPSe c V PN Tunne l ..................................... 60 2
Glossary .............................................................................................................................. 605
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 27
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
1General Information
Contents
1.1 Th e Ba s ic Un its CP- 80 00 , CP-8 02 1, CP- 80 22 ................................................ 28
1.2 Performance Characteristics ........................................................................... 35
1.3 System Arch itecture ....................................................................................... 36
General Information
28 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
1.1 The Basic Units CP-8000, CP-8021, CP-8022
CP-8000
CP-8021 CP-8022
General Information
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 29
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
1.1.1 High Performing
W ith CP-8000/CP-802x you can impl ement different applications, depending on the require-
ments: telecontrol appl ications and automation solutions. Evidently all applications can be
c ombin ed with ea ch other .
CP-8000/CP-802x can be deployed universally and is suitable for elect rical distribution substa-
ti ons, gas distribution substations, hydropower plants, pipelines, railway power supplies, as
well as in building protection or for alarm signaling.
Your advan tages at a glance:
• Local operation via display and function keys (only CP-8000)
• Coupling of additional devices thanks to integrated node functionality
• Expandable with external I/O Modules
• Configuration, diagnostics and tests via the engineering system SICAM TOOLBOX II, al-
ternatively via a Web server
• User-friendly through remote maintenance, remote diagnosis and remote parameterization
• Int erlocking and l ocal control in compliance with IEC 61131-3 thanks to smart user pro-
grams
• Data storage on SD card; plug-and-play for start-up and service
• Use of CP-8000/CP-802x under varied ambient conditions thanks to wide temperature
range and extr emel y high degree of EMC
Note
Pl ease consid er the performance features of the systems and of its c omp onents in chapter 5,System
Components and Technical D ata.
General Information
30 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
1.1.2 Different Fields of Application
Due to their node functionality, CP-8000/CP-802x can be used in a variety of ways:
• Classical small telecontrol unit
• Remote terminal unit with manifold communication to the central station
• Automation and supervision of local network stations
• Transformer control
• Automation in the fields of gas, water and waste water
In principle, for this all n eces sar y fun ctiona lities are a vailab le. The actu al applic atio n is defi ned
through the corresponding configuration and parameterization.
Main Field of Application: Local Network Control
W ith this application, CP-8000/CP-802x enables a three-stage intelligence:
• Supervision
─ High availability
─ Rapid fault location
• Telecontrol
─ Minimizing downtime
• Load flow control
─ Management of distributed infeeds
─ Minimizing losses
SMART METER
F1 F2 F3 F4
SICAM CP-8000
HIGH VOLTAGE
SICAM A8000 series
General Information
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 31
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
1.1.3 Mechanical Design
The mechanical design is focused on achieving highest ease in handling. As a result,
CP-8000/CP-802x is designated for mounting on a DIN rail (TS35).
The communication interfaces are desi gned according to the RJ45 standard or as removable
terminals.
Process signals can be connected via removable screw terminals directl y at CP-8000 or at
additionally e quipped I/O Modules. This efficient and simple way of interfacing permits a direct
sensor/actuator wiring without requiring the use of intermediate terminals. Wherethrough the
peripheral signals can be acquired very close to their point of ori gin, a wide cabling can be re-
duced t o a minim um.
W hen the system is exchanged no connections need to be detached, since the screw termi-
nals carry the wiring. Thereby the assembly effort required for the connection is considerable
less.
Wi th delivery, the scr ew termina ls are p lu gged o n the d evice.
1.1.4 Local Operation with CP-8000
In addition to status LEDs, CP-8000 provides function keys and a display on the front of the
housing in order to enable a variety of .
General Information
32 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
1.1.5 Versatile Communication, Integrated Node Functionality
There are s everal p ossible means of commu nicating wi th the control center:
• Multi-point communications
You can connect external communications modul es via the RS-232 or via the RS-485 in-
terface for transmission in joint traffic. The standard protocols are freely selectable
(IEC 80870-5-101, DNP 3.0, Modbus RTU). Additional protocols are available on request.
• Dial-up traffic
Various connection-oriented transmissi on medi a are supported as standard via dial-up
traffic (PSTN, ISDN, GSM, TETRA).
• LAN/WAN
In the case of communication via LAN/WAN networks, transmission is implemented in ac-
cordance with the standards IEC 60870-5-104 or IEC 61850 or DNP(i) – based on Ether-
net TCP/IP.
Further local devices can be connected in a very simple way via the further communication in-
terfaces, in order to connect them to an entire unit.
Networked Plant (Example)
SIPROTEC
CP-8000
CP-802x
IEC 60870-5-101
CP-802x
CP-802x
IEC 60870-5-101
CP-802x
CP-8000
CP-8000
IEC 60870-5-101
Ethernet TCP/IP - IEC 60870-5-104
Ethernet TCP/IP - IEC 60870-5-104
SICAM TOOLBOX II
CP-8000
DNS
Server
TFTP
Server
NTP
Server
RADIUS
Server
SICAM AK 3
Station Operation
Control Center
PSTN/ISDN/GSM
based on
IEC 60870-5-101
General Information
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 33
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
1.1.6 Expandibility
If the scope of signals of a substation should ever be insufficient, additional I/O Modules can
be equipped or further CP-8000/CP-802x can be connected via the communic ation interfaces.
Freely programmable user p rograms for loca l control or regulating functions round out the
versatile attributes of the system.
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RS-485
OH3
ETH
LK4
PK4 SD
X4
CP-8000
max. 6 I/O modules
TS3 5 rail
Coupling modul e
CP-8021
max. 8 I/O modules
TS 35 r ai l
CP-8022
max. 8 I/O modules
TS 35 r ai l
General Information
34 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
1.1.7 Data Storage on SD Card
Wi th the engineering, all data of a d evice – such as f irmware an d p arameters – are stored
centrally on an exchangeable SD card in a non-volatile manner.
Upon startup of the device, all required data i s checked and is - in case of differences to the
device settings - automatically transferred from the SD card. The transfer only occurs in case
of valid firmware and parameter signatures. Thus, when the device is exchanged with the
same type, no subsequent loading process, this means, no engineering tool, will be required.
The configuration is transferred directly to the replacement device (plug and play).
1.1.8 Compatibility
CP-8000/CP-802x is i n the range of IEC 60870-5-101/103/104, when usi ng standard proto-
cols, compatible with the hitherto existing SICAM RTUs system family (SICAM AK,
SICAM TM, SICAM EMIC, SICAM MIC, SICAM BC).
General Information
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 35
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
1.2 Performance Characteristics
General features CP-8000 CP-8021 CP-8022
Maintenance-free, small compac t device for mounting on DIN r ail ü ü ü
Local op eration vi a f unct ion k eys and dis play (LC D) ü- -
Int ernal digi tal inputs for binary inform ation acquisit ion 12 - -
Int ernal digit al outputs for comm and outpu t 8 - -
E xpan dab l e with ext ernal S IC AM I/O Mod ul es 6 8 8
Expand abl e with external SIC AM TM I/O Modules 6 - -
Com bin ed automation and telecontrol fu ncti on ü ü ü
Freely programmable applicati on progr ams according to
IEC 61131-3 ü ü ü
Communication
Eth ernet int erfac es 10/ 100B as e-TX with p aram et er-settab l e pr ot o-
cols accordi ng to IEC 6087 0-5-104, IEC 6 1850 Ed. 2 Cli ent/Ser ver,
DNP 3 TCP/IP Slave
21) 21) 21)
S eri al interfac es with par ameter-sett abl e prot ocols accord ing t o
IEC 60870-5-101/-103, Modbus RTU , DNP 3 and others 22) 22) 32) 3)
Int egrated GPRS modem - - ü
Eng ineer ing, diag nosis and test vi a S ICA M T O O LBOX II
• SICAM TOO LBOX II conn ec ti on vi a LAN/WAN (“rem ot e c onn ec-
tion”)
• C onn ect i on vi a pr op riet ar y T C P/I P protocol ( on e
SICAM TOOLBOX II session can be s er ved at the same time)
ü ü ü
Int egrated w eb server for the en gin eering, diag nosis and test via
web browser (application SICAM WEB)
• Ac c ess to the web s erver wit h st an d ard web browser vi a htt p(s)
ü ü ü
Eng ineerin g via SI CA M Device Manager ü ü ü
Optional autoconfig uration vi a DH CP ser vice ü ü ü
Optional dynamic IP settings via DHCP server ü ü ü
Int egrated protocol SNMP ü ü ü
Time synchroniz ation via SNTP server ü ü ü
Sim plified m aintenance operati on by means of data storag e on SD
card ü ü ü
Optional authentication via RADIUS server ü ü ü
Secure password storage ü ü ü
Security
• BD EW White Paper c onform ity and i ntegr ated cr ypto ch ip
• IPSec
• Securi ty Logging
ü ü ü
Process sig nal status disp lay vi a LCD ü- -
Functi on and er ror dis play vi a LE D ü ü ü
1) c ommon or s ep ar ate IP addr ess c onf igur ab le ( 2 MAC address es reser ved , s ee t ype lab el of t he de-
vice)
2) 1x RS-232 and 1x RS-485
3) 1x selectable RS-232 or RS-485
General Information
36 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
1.3 System Architecture
1.3.1 CP-8000
CP-8000 consists of a power supply, a Master Modul e, up to 4 protocol elements, and
2 internal I/O Modules.
Additionally, up to 6 external I/O Modules can be attached via a coupling module.
1.3.2 CP-8021 and CP-8022
CP-8021 and CP-8022 consist each of a Master Module with up to 4 optional protocol ele-
ments. The power supply is provided by an external power supply module. For purpose of re-
dundancy also 2 power supply modules are possibl e.
Additionally, up to 8 external I/O Modules can be att ached.
SICAM CP-8000
up to
alternatively up to 6
SICAM I/O modules
TM
external SICAM I/O module 7
external SICAM I/O module 2
ProcessProcess
Keys
Display
SD card
Bus
Master module
Protocol element
internal I/O module 1
internal I/O module 0
internal power supply
Higher-level automation unit
or control center
Bus
Bus
SICAM
CP-802x
Bus
up to
external SICAM I/O module 7
external SICAM I/O module 0
Process
SD Card
Master module
Protocol element
Higher-level
automation unit
or control center
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 37
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
2System Overview
Contents
2.1 Modules ......................................................................................................... 38
2.2 Communication .............................................................................................. 47
2.3 Firmware Structure and Data Flow .................................................................. 51
2.4 Engineering .................................................................................................... 52
System Overview
38 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
2.1 Modules
2.1.1 Power Supply
2.1.1.1 CP-8000
Wit h CP-8000 the supply is carried out v ia an internal powe r supply module . T his provides the
operating voltage for the internal modules (Master Module and I/O Modules) and for select ed
transmission facilities with multi-point traffic and dial-up traffic, as well as for the external
I/O Modules.
Features
• Input voltage DC 24…60 V
• System output voltages
─ DC 5.2/10 V for internal supply and for external modem
─ DC 5.2 V for external I/O Modules
─ Wiring block for contact wetting
• Monitoring of the output voltage
• Environmental conditions with enhanced electromagnetic compatibility
• Withdrawable srew terminals
• Function display via LED
2.1.1.2 CP-8021 and CP-8022
W ith CP-8021 and CP-8022 the power suppl y is carried out by the external power supply
modules PS-862x and PS-864x. These provide the operati ng voltage for the Master Module
and for selected transmissi on facilities with multi-point traffic and dial-up traffic, as well as for
the external I/O Modules.
PS-8620 PS-8622
System Overview
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 39
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
PS-8640 PS-8642
Features PS-86xx
• Different input voltages as according to the following table
─ PS-862x: DC voltage input
─ PS-864x: AC or DC voltage input
• Output voltages for system-internal use
─ DC 5 V/28 V
• Output voltages for external use (only PS-8642)
─ DC 24 V
• Monitoring of the output voltages
• Monitoring of the input voltage
• 2 redundant power supply modules possible (not for power enhancement)
• Environmental conditions with enhanced electromagnetic compatibility
• Withdrawable srew terminals
• Function display via LED
Product Overview
Type Designation
PS-8620 Power supply DC 24 to 60 V, 12 W
PS-8622 Power supply DC 110 to 220 V, 12 W
PS-8640 Power supply DC 24 to 60 V, 45 W
PS-8642 Power supply DC 100 to 240 V, AC 100 to 240 V, 45 W
System Overview
40 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
2.1.2 Master Module
The Master Module is the central processing unit. Its functionality is provid ed by means of a
load able a nd p arameter-setta ble firmw are.
The Master Module integrates the function packages for the telecontrol function (spontaneous
processing and communication) and the open-/closed-loop control function ( periodical pr o-
cessing and periphe ral functions) into one common device.
Additionally, it serves as centrally coordinating element for all syst em services.
Features
• Data node functionality
• Organization of the data flow from and to the communication interfaces
─ Ethernet (TCP/IP) for LAN/WAN connections according to IEC 60870-5-104
─ RS-232 for multi-point, point-to-point or di al-up traffic according to IEC 60870-5-101
with supply for an external transmission facility
─ RS-485 for multi-point traffic
• Main focus in telecontrol
─ Parameter-settable telecontrol function according to IEC 61 131-3
─ Parameter-settable communication protocols
─ T im e m a nag em en t an d t im e s ync hr on iza ti o n vi a SNTP (Sim ple Netw ork Tim e Pr otocol )
− Up to 4 different NTP servers (redundancy)
− Cycli cal, can be set in a seconds grid, self-adapting
─ Monitoring and simulation of process signals
• Automation
─ Freely programmable open-/close d- loop contro l function
─ Deterministic behavior of the open-/closed-loop control function with guaranteed reaction
times and thereby time-consistent
─ Test and diagnosis of the open-/closed-loop control function
• Autonomous behavior (for instance in the case of communication failure)
• Logging and display of events and alarms
• Dec entr alized archive (DEAR) for the avoidance of data l oss during communication fault
• Loadable firmware
• Storage of application data and firmware on SD card
Product Overview
Type Designation
CP-8000 Master module with I/O
CP-8021 M ast er modu l e
CP-8022 M aster modu le wit h GPRS
CPC80 Firmware Central Processing and Communication
SWEB00 Firmware SICAM WEB
Sicam_first_s
tartup Init iali z ation tool for the detection of d evices an d IP addr ess allocatio n
SD card Memory card for parameters and firmware
Note
In a system of t he SICAM A8000 seri es onl y 1 Mast er Mod ule m ay be used.
System Overview
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 41
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
2.1.3 Protocol Elements
A protocol elem ent serv es for the exchange of data – and thus for the transmission of mes-
s ag es – via a communication in terfa ce to other autom ation units or process control systems.
The hardware for the protocol elements is integrated on the Master Modul e, and their func-
tionality is provided by means of loadable and parameter-s ettable firmwares.
Via the communic ation interfaces the Master Mod ule is able to communicate with an arbitrary
superior or subordinate automation unit in multi-point, point-to-point or dial-up traffic (with the
aid of an external transmission facility), or via LAN/WAN.
2.1.3.1 Supported Protocols
CP-8000/CP-802x supports the following protocols and interfaces.
Type Designation Interface
Standard protocols
103MT0 IEC 608 70-5-103 M aster RS-232, RS-485
BPPT0 IE C 60870-5-101 point-t o- poin t RS-232, RS-422
DIAST0 Dial-up traffic Slave RS-232
ET83 IEC 61850 Ed. 1 (Client, Server, GOOSE) LAN
ET84 IEC 60870-5-104 LAN
ET85 IEC 61850 Ed. 2 (Client, Server, GO OSE), E d. 1
(Client) LAN
UMPMT0 IEC 608 70-5-10 1 Master RS-232, RS-485
UMPST0 IEC 60870-5-101 Slave RS-232, RS-485
Third-par ty protocol s
AGPMT0 AGP coupl ing Master RS-232, RS-485
BMCUT0 Benning MCU ASCII protocol RS-232, RS-422
COUMT0 IEC 62056-21 (IEC 1107) Master RS-232, RS-485
DNPST0 DNP3 Slave RS-232, RS-485
DNPMT0 DNP3 Mast er RS-232, RS-485
DNPiT1 DNP3 TCP/IP Slave LAN
DNPiT2 DNP3 TCP/IP Master LAN
MODST0 MODBUS RTU Slave RS-232, RS-485
MODMT2 MODBUS RTU Master RS-232, RS-485
PCBST0 SAT SK 1703 PCMBA Slave RS-232, RS-485
RP5UT1 ABB RP570/571 Slave RS-232, RS-485
SMST0 ASC II prot ocol f or SMS alerting RS-232
ST1ST0 Siemens SINAUT-ST1 Slave RS-232, RS-485
TG8ST0 L&G Telegyr 800 Slav e RS-232, RS-485
Additional i nformation on interfacing to third-party systems and further protocols is available
on request.
System Overview
42 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
2.1.4 I/O Master Module
The virtual I/O Master Modul e serv es for the acquisition or output of process signal s and per-
forms the process-compli ant adaptati on, monitoring and processi ng of the process signals at
each point of entrance or exit of the system. Its functionality is provided by means of a
load able a nd p arameter-setta ble firmw are.
Features
• Support of I/O Modules
─ CP-8000: 2 i nternal and up to 6 external I/O Modules (maximal 116 I/Os)
─ CP-802x: up to 8 external I/O Modules (maximal 128 I/Os)
• Acquisition and preprocessing of process data according to IEC 60870-5-101/104 with and
without time tag
─ Transmission of process information to the telecont rol fun ction (for further distribution )
and to the open-/closed-loop control function (for further processing)
− Single-point and double-point information items
− Count pulses
− Measured values
─ Transmissi on of system inf ormati on (exampl e: diagnosis data)
• Postprocessing and output of process data according to IEC 60870-5-101/104
─ Reception of process information from the telecontrol function and from the open-/closed-
loop control function
− Single-point information items
− Single-point and double-point commands
− Setpoint commands
─ Reception of system inform ation (example: parameters)
• Test functions for process signals
• Secured data exchange with the I/O Modules
• Supervision of the I/O Modules and failure handling
• Status for process signals via display (CP-8000 only)
• Error display via LED
Product Overview
Type Designation
USIO80 Firmware Universal Signal Input and Output for the connection of
SICAM TM I/O Modules (only with CP-8000)
USIO81 Firmware Universal Signal Input and Output for the connection of
SICAM I/O Modules
System Overview
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 43
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
2.1.5 I/O Modules
The I/O Modules support the I/O Master Module with the input and output of process data.
The I/O Modules communicate with the Master Module via an internal bus. This bus transports
data of different classes:
• Spontaneous data for the spontaneous telecontrol function including communica tion
Process information and system information that is transmitted acknowledged between the
Master Module and the I/O Modules within the acquisition and output grid
• Periodical data for the function package Automation
Is transmitted between the Master Module and the I/O Modules in the cycle of the
open-/closed-loop control function
Features
• Acquisition of process signals and preprocessing by means of hardware
─ Binary inputs
─ Analog inputs (currents, voltages, temperatures)
• Output of process signals and postprocessing by means of hardware
─ Binary outputs
─ Analog outputs (currents and voltages)
Types and Field of Operation
CP-8000 CP-8021 CP-8022
S ystem-internal I/O Mod ules 2 - -
External SICAM A8000 I/O Modules max. 6 1) max. 8 max. 8
External SICAM TM I/O Modules max. 6 2) - -
1) connectable via coupling module CM-8811
2) connectable via coupling module CM-6811
2.1.5.1 Internal I/O Modules
Internal I/O Mod ules are a vailab le only w i th CP-8000. Th ey are fixed integ rated.
Product Overview
Type Designation
DI-8100 Binar y input 12x DC 24 to 60 V, 1 ms
DO-8203 Binary output relays 8x DC 24 to 220 V / AC 230 V
System Overview
44 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
2.1.5.2 External SICAM I/O Modules
The external SICAM I/O Modules can be used with all products of the SICAM A8000 series:
• With CP-8000, up to 6 external SICAM I/O Modules can be used
• With CP-8021 and CP-8022, up to 8 external SICAM I/O Modules can be used
Note
With CP-8000 the coupling module CM-8811 is required.
SICAM I/O Modules (type ov erview)
Product Overview
Type Designation Max. power
DI-8110 Binary input 2x8 DC 24 V 130 mW
DI-8111 Binary input 2x8 DC 48/60 V 130 mW
DI-8112 Binary input 2x8 DC 110 V 13 0 mW
DI-8113 Binary input 2x8 DC 220 V 13 0 mW
DO-8212 Binary output relays 8x DC 24 to 220 V / AC 230 V 800 mW
AI-8310 Analog input 2x2 Pt100/Pt1000 500 mW
AI-8320 Analog input 4x ±20 mA/±10 V 180 mW
AI-8510 Analog input 3x V (230 V), 3x I (LoPo) 800 mW
AI-8511 Analog input 3x V (LoPo), 3x I (LoPo) 800 mW
AO-8380 Analog output 4 x ±20 mA /±10 V 2200 mW
CM-8811 Cou pling modu le for SICAM I/O M odu les –
CM-8812 *) Bus connector for SICAM I/O M odules –
CM-8820 Current t rans form er adapter for AI-8510 (1 A /5 A ) –
*) supplied with each I/O Module
SICAM A8000 DI-8110
X2
X1
SICAM A8000
AI-8320
RY
X4
X3
X2
X1
SICAM A8000 CM-8820
X2
X1
System Overview
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 45
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
2.1.5.3 External SICAM TM I/O Modules
The external SICAM TM I/O Modules can be used only wi th CP-8000.
Up to 6 external SICAM TM I/O Modules can be used. Thereby, also a 2-line arrangement is
possible with TM I/O Modules extension cable CM-6810.
Note
With CP-8000 the coupling module CM-6811 is required.
SICAM TM I/O M odul es (typ e overview)
Product Overview
Type Designation Max. power
DI-6100 Binar y i nput 2x8 DC 24 to 60 V 170 mW
DI-6101 Binary input 2x8 DC 110 /220 V 170 mW
DI-6102 Binary inp ut 2x8 DC 24 to 60 V, 1 ms 170 mW
DI-6103 Binar y input 2x8 DC 1 10/2 20 V , 1 ms 170 mW
DI-6104 Binary input 2x8 DC 220 V 170 mW
DO-6200 Binary output trans istor 2x8 DC 24 to 60 V 600 mW
DO-6212 Binary output relays 8x DC 24 to 220 V / AC 230 V 800 mW
DO-6220 C hecked com m and out basic m odul e 56 0 mW
DO-6221 C hecked com mand out basic m odul e m easurement 1380 mW
DO-6230 Checked command outp ut relay module 130 mW
AI-6300 Analog input 2x2 ±20 mA/±10 V 480 mW
AI-6307 Analog input 2x2 ±2.5 mA/±5 mA/±10 V 48 0 mW
AI-6308 Analog input 2x2 ±1 mA/±2 mA/±10 V 480 mW
AI-6310 Analog input 2x2 Pt100/Ni100 480 mW
AO-6380 Anal og output 4x ±20 mA /±1 0 mA /±10 V 1900 mW
TE-6430 C ounter input 2x DC 24 to 60 V 600 mW
CM-6811 Coupling m odule for SICAM TM I/O Modules
System Overview
46 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
2.1.5.4 Configuration Rules for I/O Modules
W ith use of external I/O Modules please pay attention to the following rules.
General
• The tot al power of all m odules must not exceed the avail abl e power of the power suppl y
module
• The total power of the external I/O Modules must not exceed the following values:
─ CP-8000: 5 W
─ CP-802x: 7 W (PS-862x), 8 W (PS-864 x)
(when using the fiberoptical interface CM-0847, 1 W is less available)
• I/O Modules with a power consumption >800 mW must be mounted as of the first slot
• Maxim al 2 AO modules possible, with 2-line arrangem ent only in the first line permitted
• Mixing of current and voltage on the sam e AI m odule i s not possi bl e
• Mixing of binary information and pulse commands on the same DO module is not possible,
except with usage of the categories DO_SX and DO_DX (for detai ls refer to manual
SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral Elements According to IEC 60870-5-
101/104, chapter "Binary Information and Command Output"
Mixing of signals on one module DO- 820x or DO-821x:
─ Mixing of DO_SX, DO_DX, DO_SC_1.5POL and DO_DC_1.5POL possible
─ Mixing of DO_SC_1POL and DO_DC_1POL possible
─ Mixing of DO_SC_2POL and DO_DC_2POL possible
─ Mixing of DO_SX and/or DO_DX with DO_SC_1POL and/or DO_DC_1POL not possi-
ble
• With use of AI-8510 (with current m easurem ent) , for each module a CM-8820 must be
equipped; the modules CM-8820 must be always equipped at the end of a module line or
at a separate line
Option “Assignment of Return I nformation to Pulse Command”
• W ith t he p aram eter- set tabl e assi gnm ent the sequ ence of DI mod ules an d DO m odules i s
arbitrary
• With the fixed assignm ent respectively after a DI-811 x (DI-610x) a DO-821x (DO-62xx)
must be equipped
For further details refer to section 9.1.11.5.5,Command Output.
Option “Checked Command Output” (applies for CP-8000 with SICAM TM I/O Modules)
• Only 1 command output basic module may be connected, alternatively
─ DO-6220, command output according to IC1
─ DO-6221, command output according to RC1
• The command output via DO-6220 or DO-6221 without a DO-6230 is not possible
• Up to 7 command output relay modules DO-6230 may be connected
• The command output vi a DO-6230 without a DO-6220 or DO-6221 i s not possible
• On a DO-6230 either 1-, or 1.5- or 2-pole impulse commands can be assigned (mixture on
the same module is not pe rmitted)
• Additionally, further DO module types can be used
For further details refer to section 9.1.11.5.5,Command Output.
System Overview
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 47
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
2.2 Communication
2.2.1 Interfaces
For a multitude of communication possibilities CP-8000/CP-802 x provides the following inter-
faces:
• 2 Ethernet TCP/IP interfaces LAN/WAN (X1 and X4)
both Ethernet interfaces have optionally one common IP address or t wo independent
IP add ress es (2 s epa rate MAC ad dress es
• 1 serial interface according to standard RS-232 (X2)
• 1 serial interface according to standard RS-485 (X3)
CP-8022 provides moreover
• 1 serial interface configurable for standard RS-232 or RS-485 (X6)
• 1 GPRS antenna connection for integrated GPRS modem (X7)
All interfaces can be operated simultaneously.
X1: RJ 45 Eth er ne t
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RS-485
OH3
ETH
LK4
PK4 SD
X4
F4F3F2F1
ESC
Main menu
Device information
Alarms
Monitoring
1.0
Configuration
X2: RS-232
CP-8000
X3: RS-485
X4: RJ45 Etherne t
X2: RS-232
X4: RJ45
Ethernet
X7: GPRS
X1: RJ45
Ethernet
X3: RS-485
X6: RS-485/
RS-232
CP-8021
CP-8022
X2: RS-232
X4: RJ45
Ethernet
X1: RJ45
Ethernet
X3: RS-485
System Overview
48 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
The protocols are a vai lable via the respective interfaces at the Mas ter Module.
Firmware Proto col na me
CP-8000 CP-8021 CP-8022
LAN
RS-232
RS-485
LAN
RS-232
RS-485
LAN
RS-232
RS-485
GPRS
Integrated st and ard protoco ls
CPC80 Remot e oper ation X1, X4 X2 X1, X4 X2 X1, X4 X2 X7
CPC80 SNMP X1, X4 X1, X4 X1, X4 X7
CPC80 SysLog client X1, X4 X1, X4 X1, X4 X7
CPC80 NTP/SNTP X1, X4 X1, X4 X1, X4 X7
CPC80 RADIUS X1, X4 X1, X4 X1, X4 X7
Equipable standard protocols
103MT0 IEC 608 70-5-103 M aster X2 X3 X2 X3 X2, X6 X3, X6
BPPT0 IE C 60870-5-101 point-t o-
point X2 3) X2 3) X2, X6 3)
DIAST0 Dial-up traffic Slave X2 X2 X2, X6
ET83 IEC 61850 Ed. 1 (Cl ient,
Server, GOOSE) 1) X1, X4 X1, X4 X1, X4
ET84 IEC 60870-5-104 2) X1, X4 X1, X4 X1, X4 X7
ET85 IEC 61850 Ed. 2 (Cl ient,
Server, GOOSE), Ed. 1
(Client)
X1, X4 X1, X4 X1, X4
UMPMT0 IEC 608 70-5-10 1 Master X2 X3 X2 X3 X2, X6 X3, X6
UMPST0 IEC 60870-5-101 Slave X2 X3 X2 X3 X2, X6 X3, X6
Equipable third-party protocols
AGPMT0 AGP interfacing Master X2 X3 X2 X3 X2, X6 X3, X6
BMCUT0 Benning MCU ASCII
protocol X2 3) X2 3) X2, X6 3), X6
COUMT0 IEC 62056- 21 (IEC 1107)
Master X2 X3 X2 X3 X2, X6 X3, X6
DNPST0 DNP3 Slave X2 X3 X2 X3 X2, X6 X3, X6
DNPMT0 DNP3 Mast er X2 X3 X2 X3 X2, X6 X3, X6
DNPiT1 DNP3 TCP/IP Slave X1, X4 X1, X4 X1, X4
DNPiT2 DNP3 TCP/IP Master X1, X4 X1, X4 X1, X4
MODST0 MODBUS RTU Slave X2 X3 X2 X3 X2, X6 X3, X6
MODMT2 MODBUS RTU Master X2 X3 X2 X3 X2, X6 X3, X6
PCBST0 SAT SK 1703 PCMBA
Slave X2 X3 X2 X3 X2, X6 X3, X6
RP5UT1 ABB RP570/571 Slave X2 X3 X2 X3 X2, X6 X3, X6
SMST0 ASCII protoc ol f or SMS
alerting X2 X2 X2, X6
ST1ST0 Siemens SINAUT-ST1
Slave X2 X3 X2 X3 X2, X6 X3, X6
TG8ST0 L&G Telegyr 800 Slav e X2 X3 X2 X3 X2, X6 X3, X6
1) only if S erver E d. 1 is requir ed, els e is ET 85 t o be used
2) GPRS communic ation possible via X1, X4 and external GPRS modem
3) X3 in RS-422 mode
System Overview
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 49
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
2.2.2 Configuration Examples
ESC
Switch/ Rout er etc.
Modem
Interface to central station:
IEC 60870-5-101,
(RS-232) unbalanced
IEC 60870-5-101, balanced (RS-485)
Interface to control center
IEC 60870-5 -104, Ethernet
(10/100 Mbp s)
further SICAM A 8000 or
any other local IED possible
Switch/Router etc.
Interface to local devices:
IEC 60870-5-103, Modbus
(RS-485)
Interface to remote devices:
GPRS
IEC 60870-5-101, balanced (RS-485)
Interface to control center
IEC 60870-5-10 4, Ethernet
(10/100 Mbps)
Further SICAM A8000 or
any other local IED possible
System Overview
50 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
2.2.3 Transmission Facilities
CP-8000/CP-802x supports the following transmission facilities.
Connection Transmission facility Protocol
Multi-point
traffic
Point-to-point
traffic
(serial)
CE- 070 0 V.23 Leased lin e m odem 1) PCBST0, RP5UT1, ST1ST0, TG8ST0,
UMPMT0, UMPST0
CE- 0701 VFT Chann el modem 1) PCBST0, RP5UT1, ST1ST0, TG8ST0,
UMPMT0, UMPST0
CM-0819 co nverter RS-232/RS-485
(galvanically insulated) 103MT0, DNPST0, MODMT2, ST1ST0,
TG8ST0, UMPMT0
CM-0821 field bus interface ring (3x FO,
1x elec tr ical) 103MT0, DNPST0, MODMT2, MODST0,
UMPMT0, UMPST0
CM-0822 field bus interface star (4x FO) 103MT0, MODMT2, MODST0, UMPMT0,
UMPST0
CM-0823 field bus interface ring (3x FO,
1x RS-485) 103MT0, MODMT2, MODST0, UMPMT0,
UMPST0
CM-0829 converte r RS-232/RS-422;-485 MODST0, PCBST0, RP5UT1
CM-08 47 (CM-0827) fiber optical interface
(electrical-FO) 2) 103MT0, DNPST0, MODMT2, MODST0,
UMPMT0, UMPST0
Westermo TD-23 (analog) 3) UMPMT0, UMPST0
SATELLINE 2ASxE PCBST0, ST1ST0, TG8ST0, UMPMT0
TP Radio WDM 8000 UMPST0
R adi o digital PCBST0 , ST1S T0, TG8ST0, UMPM T0,
UMPST0
R adi o anal og PCBST0, ST1ST0, TG 8ST0, UMPMT0,
UMPST0,
Direct connect ion RS-232 103MT0, BPPT0, DNPMT0, DNPST0,
MODMT2, MODST0, PCBST0, RP5UT1,
ST1ST0, TG8ST0, UMPMT0, UMPST0,
Direct connect ion RS-485 DNPMT0, DNPST0, MODMT2, ST1ST0,
UMPMT0, UMPST0
Dial- up traffic
(serial) Weste rmo TD-36 / TDW-33 (analog) DIAST0
Westermo IDW-90 (ISDN) DIAST0
Westermo GDW-11 (GSM) DIAST0
Cinterion MC52iT (dualband GSM) 4) DIAST0
SMS MC Technologies MC55iw Terminal SMST0
GPRS int egrated GPRS m odem (CP-8022) ET84
Si emens SCA LANCE M874-2 ET84
Si em ens MD7 41-1 4) ET84
Dr. Neuhaus Tainy EMOD-V2-IO ET84
Dr. Neuhaus Tainy EMOD-L1-IO 5) ET84
Welotech TK701G / TK704G ET84
Ethernet ET84, ET85
1) supply 5 V via modem cable f or CE-070x
2) s upply 5 V via RS -23 2 int erf ac e (in c as e of CP -8 022 as of prod uction level CC )
3) provides RS-232 and RS-485 interface
4) transmission of SMS possible
5) without IPsec VPN tunnel
System Overview
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 51
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
2.3 Firmware Structure and Data Flow
The basis for CP-8000/CP-802x is a modular, open, and thus non-technology-dependent sys-
tem architecture for processing, communication, and peripherals (single-processor system,
firmware).
The adaptation to the specific needs of the application is accomplished by relying on an indi-
vidual hardware configuration and by loadi ng standard firmware and parameters. The parame-
ters influence, within their defined limits, not only the behavior of the firmware functions, but
also that of the hardware functions. As a result, mechanical parameterizations such as the
changing of jumpers or loads are no longer necessary on any of the module types. This per-
mits not on l y online rec on fig uration b ut also the ga pless do cumentation of s et parameters b y
the engineering system, as well as simplified inventory management.
Due to the different requirements in terms of functionality, also different data flow concepts are
produced:
• Telecontrol
For telecontrol tasks and the distribution of user data in networked plants, the use of spon-
taneous transmission proves advantageous for optimizing the utilization of the in many
cases limited communication bandwidth. This helps avoid constant burdening of the data
s inks with unnecess ary data.
• Automation
For the implementation of a freely definable open-/close d-loop control function a determinis-
tic guaranteed reaction time is needed. This is achieved by using the consistently periodic
concept with regard to data acquisition, execution of functions, and data transfer, regard-
less of the number of changing signals.
As interface to the process serve the integrated I/O Modules. The input/output and processi ng
of the process signals is performed by means of the I/O Master Module.
Internal Data Flow
I/O Master Module
Protocol
Element
P R O C E S S
Acquisition /
output
Automation
Telecontrol
periodical data
spontaneous data
System Services
Preprocessing /
postprocessing
Master Module
Communication
interfaces
Open-/cl osed loop
control function
Communication
I/O bus
System Overview
52 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
2.4 Engineering
Engineering, diagnosis and test of CP-8000/CP-802x takes place alternatively via
• SICAM TOOLBOX II (as of Version 6.01)
• SICAM WEB
• SICAM Device Manager
2.4.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II
The integrated engineering system SICAM TOOLBOX II comprises all stages of plant configu-
ration and maintenance, this means data collection, configuring, parameter setting, expand-
ing, changing, testing, system diagnosis , and documentation.
The in tro duction of object orientation allo ws p roject en gineers to describe r eal units an d piec-
es of eq uipment i n the configuration p rocess (circ uit breaker s, feeders, etc.). Projec t engi-
neers can take advantage of these structural advantages especially in cases where syst ems
are constituted of a plurality of primary units and pieces of equipment of equal type (for exam-
ple a transformer substation). This yiel ds enormous streamlining eff ects for the engineering
process.
The SICAM TOOLBOX II stores all information in one central database. Once a piece of in-
formation has been ent ered, i t will im mediately and always be a vail able in its latest up dated
form to all tools of the SICAM TOOLBOX II and to all people working on a project.
This reaches from stand-alone terminal solutions all the way t o complex network solutions . In
networks, several engineers may work on one or more projects at the same time. Whether on
a standalone terminal or in a network, always the same SICAM TOOLBOX II is used.
Im plementation of Application Programs
When configuring via the SICAM TOOLBOX II, application programs (open-/closed-loop control
function) can be created as function diagram (FUD) with the tool CAEx plus. Optionally, also
an existing instruction list can be imported into the SICAM TOOLBOX II.
In view of its conformity with IEC 61131-3, CAEx plus grants the user access to a well-
established and generally acknowledged standard. This helps shorten staff training times con-
siderably.
By means of the available standard-conformal module libraries and standard-conformal data
types, the engineering becomes more transparent and is possible with high application quality.
System Overview
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 53
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
2.4.2 SICAM WEB for Simple Applications
A top priority wa s als o a si mplified engineer ing possibility.
For the configuration, diagnosis and testing, CP-8000/CP-802x provides an integ rated web
server that is operated with a standard web browser (Microsoft Internet Explorer® as of Ver-
sion 9). By means of that, no special tools or additional licenses are needed.
When configuring via web browser, there are some restrictions in the engineering options.
You can find more details thereto in the following section.
Im plementation of Application Programs
Simple application programs can be created with an ASCII text editor as instruction list (IL),
based on the standard IEC 61131-3. Via the web browser, the instruction list can be uploaded
into the automation unit for execution.
System Overview
54 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
2.4.3 Differences with the Engineering Tools
SICAM TOOLBOX II SICAM WEB
License required ü–
Interfacing • D irectl y vi a R S-232
• R emot el y via T oolb ox c ab l e and
f urther SICAM RTUs automati on
units
• Vi a Eth er net
• Directl y via R S-232
• Vi a Eth er net
Addressing Via regi on, component V ia IP add ress
Eng in eerin g m od e Offline, subse quently transform
parameters and load into target
system
Online in t he targ et system
R emot e m ainten ance ü–
HW configuration I/O M odul es must be configur ed in
the OPM II after configuring the
I/O M aster Module
I/O Modul es will be “learnt” auto-
maticall y after conf igurati on of th e
I/O M aster Module and restart
Pr oc ess -tech nical p ar am et eri-
zation • Im ages can be c r eat ed f or the
instancing of object types
• Bulk edit f or the values of the
images possible
• Pr oc es s s ign als are c onf ig ur ed
individually per hardware I/O
• N o aut om atic prot ocol par am e-
terization
App lication pr ogram Based on IEC 61131-3, with re-
strictions (memory)
• Func ti on ch art via C AE x plus
• Instruction list
Based on IEC 61131-3, with re-
strictions (memory)
• Instruction list
Test functions for Telecontrol • D at a f low t est
• Topology test
• I/O test
I/O test (with restrictions)
T est of appl ication prog ram • Onli ne test
• Off line sim ulation Online test (with restrictions)
Diagnosis üWith restrictions
Sum diagnosis information üVia instruction list
Via SNMP traps
Extras Program Sicam_first_startup
(find all CP-8000/CP-8 02x devices
in a network and preset IP ad-
dresses)
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 55
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
3Function Packages
Contents
3.1 System Services ............................................................................................. 56
3.2 Telecontrol ..................................................................................................... 63
3.3 Automation ..................................................................................................... 68
Function Packages
56 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
3.1 Sy stem Services
The function package Sy stem Servi ces provides general functions and basic services that are
required by other function packages. It contains
• IPSec VPN
• Security Logging
• Communication with the engineering system
• Integrated webserver
• Data flow control
• Addressing
• Real-time concept
• General interrogation
• Monitoring functions
• Failure management
• Diagnostics and signaling
• Autonomy
• Storage of application data
• Storage of firmware
3.1.1 IPSec VPN
IPSec VPN (Internet Protocol Security – Virtual Private Network) is an extension of the Inter-
net Protoc ol (IP) for encryption and authentication mechanisms. IPSec VPN actively estab-
lishes a VPN tunnel (initiator), which guarantees the required confidentiality, authenticity and
integrity of data transmission in IP networks. The termination of the IPSec VPN tunnel takes
place in a router. CP-8000/CP-802x supports one IPSec VPN tunnel.
Thu s, it is e.g. possible, to completely sec ure the IEC 60870-1 04 c ommu nicatio n betw een
CP-8000/CP-802x and a higher-level control center, even if the connection is running over a
public network.
CP-8000/CP-802x uses the IKE protocol (Internet Key Exchange) and the PSK
authentification process (Pre-Shared Key). The used pre-shared key can be set by means of
the engineering tool (e.g. SICAM TOOLBOX II) and is securely stored in SICAM TOOLBOX II
and also in CP-8000/CP-802x.
3.1.2 Security Logging
CP-8000/CP-802x provides a security logbook which acquires security-relevant events and
transmits it by means of a SysLog client to a SysLog server. One automation unit can operate
several SysLog clients (up to 20).
Function Packages
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 57
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
3.1.3 Communication with the Engineering System
(SICA M TOOLBOX II)
For the communication between the SICAM TOOLBOX II and CP-8000/CP-802x exist differ-
ent variants:
• Physical connection
─ Locally by m eans of a direct cable (RS-232 interface)
─ Remotely
− Serial communication link via modems (RS-232 or RS-485 interface)
− Ethernet connection (TCP/IP) and Terminal Server (RS-232 interface)
− Ethernet connection (TCP/IP)
• Logical connection of the SICAM TOOLBOX II with that automation unit, that is the subject
of the engineering task:
─ Local automation unit
(that is that one, to which the physical connection exists, regardless in which of the
previously mentione d for ms)
─ Remote automation unit
(automation unit that can be reached via the local aut omation unit; consistent remote
communication according to IEC 60870-5-101 or -104 is required)
Except for first-time initialization processes, all tasks are possible in each of the variants listed
above:
• Parameter setting
• Diagnostics
• Test
• Load firmware, load parameters
3.1.4 Simplified Engineering via SICAM WEB
For si mple engineering tasks a webserver resides on the Master Module. The w ebserver pro-
vides the menus for the engineering and maintenance designed as websites. The engineering
takes pla ce online via the Microsoft Internet Explorer ®.
The foll owing functions are supported:
• Configuration of I/O Master Module and protocol elements
• System-technical parameter-setting
• Diagnosis
• Event list, alarm list
• Process display, process simulation
• Load backup file, save backup file
• Application program handling (IL)
─ Configuration
─ Load code
─ Diagnosis
─ Online test
Function Packages
58 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
3.1.5 Data Flow Control
The data flo w control is th at system function which coordinates the com munication o f mes-
sages within the automation unit.
This functi on supports:
•Messages with Process Information
•Messages with System Information
For the tr acking of messa ges within an automation unit th e following test functions are availa-
ble:
• Data Flow Test
• Message Simulation
3.1.5.1 Messages with Process Information
IEC 60870-5 distinguishes between t he foll owing classes of messages. The type identific ation
of each message provides i nformation about the class to which a message belongs and wi th
which methods it is to be d istributed:
•Messages with process information in monitor direction
─ binary inform ation, measured values, integrated totals and bit patterns
•Messages with process information in co ntrol direction
─ commands, setpoint values and bit patterns
The di stribution of messages with process information takes place by way of routing (telecontrol
function) or assignment (open/closed-loop control function) based on the message address and
type identification in the me ssage.
Messages with process information , that are to be transmitted to other automation units via pro-
tocol elements, are distributed with the help of the functi on Automatic Data Flow Routing.
For messages with process information that are to reach sinks within the automation unit
( I/O Mod ules, open-/closed-loop control function) the routing information or as-signments are au-
tomatically derived from parameters (datapoint address).
Predominantly used are message formats according to IEC 60870-5-101/104 in the public
rang e with th e exception of u ser data containers . T herefo re, for their part the mes sages are
compatible and interope rable with many other manufacturers.
Messages with process information have a 5-stage message address. Message addresses must
be parameterized at the sour ces (I /O Modules, open-/closed-loop control function).
Function Packages
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 59
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
3.1.6 Addressing
3.1.6.1 Addressing of Automation Units
Each device CP-8000/CP-802x forms an automation unit and i s addressed with
• Region number (0…249)
• Component number (0…255)
Within a system-technical plant, the automation unit must be uni quely addressed, which
makes the maximum size of a system-technical plant 64000 automation units.
3.1.6.2 Addressing of Process Information
Addressing and the structure of the process information to be passed on by CP-8000/CP-802x
are consistent with the IEC 60870-5-101/104 standard. Therefore, the information is in turn
compatibl e and interoperabl e with many other vendors.
In the automation network, each data point i s addressed by means of
CASDU 1………Common address of ASDU, octet 1
CASDU 2………Common address of ASDU, octet 2
IOA 1……………Information object address, octet 1
IOA 2……………Information object address, octet 2
IOA 3……………Information object address, octet 3
TI……… ………..Type identification
3.1.7 Time Management
3.1.7.1 Clock
General ly, CP-8000/CP-802x supports automatical time tagging for all data. On the Master
Module resides the central clock of the automation unit.
Time tagging takes place automatically at each point in the system where spontaneous data
originates. Data is transferred priority-controlled, in standard protocols with 7 octet date and
time with resolution of 1 ms.
Function Packages
60 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
3.1.7.2 Time Setting and Synchronization
For time setting and synchronization, the following possibilities are available:
• Time setting and synchronization via serial communication
• Time setting and synchronization via LAN/WAN (NTP)
NTP/SNTP Client
Up to 4 different NTP servers can be param eterized for the time setting. The time for the syn-
c hro nization is determin ed via a defined algorithm from the received times of the N TP ser vers.
Integrated NTP Server
Wi th the in tegrated NTP serv er time can b e prov id ed to further d evi ces v ia LA N communica-
tion lines.
3.1.8 General Interrogation
During startup and after errors in the system (communication errors, FIFO overflow events),
the automation units involved en sure that operation s are resumed autom atical ly in a coordi-
nated manner.
This means that the communication connection is established and all data concerned as well
as relevant system information are transfer red from their source all the way to their sink, in or-
der to update the process images throughout the system (taking a multi-hierarchical network
into account). This is done by prompting a general interrogation of the respective portion of
the au tomatio n network where the error has occurr ed.
3.1.9 Monitoring Functions
Monitoring of an automation unit
• Fun cti onali ty of t he pr oc ess or a nd of the m em ori es ( peri o dic al t est of t he pr ogr am, dat a,
and parameter memories, as well as watch dog functio n)
• Internal communication capability (periodical internal test messages with monitoring func-
tion)
• Data integrity (internally secured data transmission with parity, plausibility check at the in-
ternal interfaces, identification of data of failing modules)
• Information loss due to a buffer overflow
• Correctness of internal workflow sequences
Monitoring of system environment
• Plausibility of process states
• Plausibility of process sequences
• Availability of process circuits
Monitoring of communication
• Functionality (periodical call messages with monitoring function, monitoring of transmis-
sion qualit y)
• Data integrity (secured transmission, identification through failure of data concerned)
Function Packages
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 61
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
3.1.10 Failure Management
The failure management system concept implemented in CP-8000/CP-802x ensures the indi-
vidual identification of data of failing system components and the correct system and proc ess
behavior in disturbance events. For this purpose, the failure management function incl udes
• a system function for failure detection (for instance for modules, communication)
• d eri ved t her efr om a syst em si gnali ng i n t he form of sta tus i nf orm ati on i n s pon tan eou s
messages and in the form of special data points for the open-/closed loop control function
• a parameter-settable behavior of I/O Master Modules wi th output functi on.
This way, the state for each process information is availabl e at all data sinks (peripheral out-
puts, open-/closed-loop control function, process control syst em), and it is possible - depending
on the requirement and functionality - to elicit an appropriate counterreaction therefrom.
3.1.11 Diagnostics and Signaling
The diagnostics function manages the system states and error information detected by the
various functions and their watchdogs. It permits the indication of the internal system and error
information, and of the process states by means of the engineering tool.
System and error states are fil ed in tables as current and saved information. This information
can be displayed i n detail locally and from remote locati ons. The saved information can be
acknowledged and can therefore be updated again. For the sake of better clarity, these tables
are divided into various classes.
The internal I/O Modules supply the detected system and error states together with additional
information (for instance cau se of error, originator description).
A sum information about the detailed errors is transmitted via the communication to the clos-
est automation units, where it is managed.
Important detailed and sum information is indicated by means of LEDs, process states via the
display at the f ront panel.
3.1.12 Storage of Application Data
With engineering via the SICAM TOOLBOX II, application data are stored in a data base on
the engineering PC. From there they can be loaded into a target system, or else be written on
a suitable SD card.
With engineerin g via the web browser, ap plic ation data are written directly on th e SD card in
the target system.
The application data of a proj ect created via the web br owser can be saved in a file on the en-
gineering PC . With the aid of the program Sicam_first_startup this data can be written on a
suitable SD card (for instance for the duplication of a project).
After putting a written SD card into a target system, the target system transfers changed or
added data into its main memory during a subsequent startup.
Function Packages
62 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
3.1.13 Storage of Firmware
Current firmware revisions for CP-8000/CP-802x can be loaded as binary files
• online into a target system with an equipped SD card
• offline through storage on a suitable SD card
In both cases, the target system unpackes the corresponding files and stores the firmwares in
the main memory during startup.
3.1.14 Autonomy
This system concept ensures that, if central parts succumb to a failure, as much of the func-
tionality as possible will remain intact. CP-8000/CP-802x is capable of function ing autono-
mously – this means, it will continue carrying out its defined local f unction even where the en-
tire communicat ion is disturbed.
In such events, the system invariably ensures that the failure is detected and signaled. Based
thereon, a functional behavior may be defined, if necessary, that is adapted to the disturbance
event at hand.
Function Packages
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 63
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
3.2 Telecontrol
The function package Telecontrol includes the following functions:
• Communication with other stations via selectable protocols
─ Protocol elements
─ Automatic or selective data flow routing
─ Data storage
─ Priority control
─ Monitoring of the communication links upon failure
• Communication within the Automation Unit
• Protocol element control and return information
• Archiving of events (DEAR)
• Process data archive
• Test functions
• Process data input and output
Note
The listed functions are described in detail in the document SICAM SICAM RTUs Common Functions
Sy stem and Basic Sys tem Elements.
3.2.1 Communication with other Stations
3.2.1.1 Protocol Elements
The communication function controls the transmission of messages via protocol elements to
other automation units or control systems.
A protocol elem ent is based on hardware integrated in the Master Module for serial or
LAN/WAN communication, and supports protocols according to IEC 60870-5-101/103/104, as
well as various protocols for the communication with third-party systems.
Communication in Transmit Direction
• The m essages to be transmitted are l earned through the automatic data flow routing and
stored in the data storage
• T he t rans fer of t he m ess ag es f r om t h e d ata sto r age t o t he prot oc ol el em en ts tak es pla ce
via a priority control in order to optimally utilize the transmission route
Communication in Receive Direction
•Messages with process information a re distrib uted to all functions wit hin the automation unit
•Messages with system information ar e either proc essed directly (e xample: station interro ga-
tion) or distributed further based on their destination address (CASDU) ( example: mes-
sages for remote maintenance)
Function Packages
64 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
3.2.1.2 Automatic or Selective Data Flow Routing
For the data flow routing, a routing of individual process information items is not necessary.
Simply only the direction (monitor direction, control direction, both directions) in which the
messages are to be transmitted must be parameterized.
The type identification of each message provides information about the class (refer to Mes-
sages with Process Information) to wh ich a message belongs and with which methods it is to
be distri buted:
•Messages with process information in monitor direction
─ For simple applications, the m essages can be distributed via an entry in the topology
─ F or mor e com pl ex a ppl ic atio ns, t he mess ag es ca n b e di s tri b ut ed sel ect i vel y by mea ns
of data flow filters
For each communication interface, pass-through filters or blocking filters can be set;
since wildcards can also be used for all address attributes of the message, it is possi-
ble to control the data flow very specifically with simple means
•Messages with process information in co ntrol direction
─ T he m es s ag es ar e dist ri b ut ed t o t he des t i nati o ns det erm i n ed by t hei r CAS DU ov er i n-
terfaces that are defined in the topology; the CASDU is interpreted as destination ad-
dress
3.2.1.3 Data Storage
The mess ages t hat are intended for transmissio n over communication interfac es, are in prin-
c iple stored c hron ological ly in rings. Th ere is a process image both before and after a ring.
The arrangem ent, consisting of one ring and two process images, is called a priorit y channel
(priority channels for transparent data do not have any process images).
Depending on the data communic ation mode of the protocol element ov er which the c ommu-
nication is processed, priority channels are provided for every priority of the messages to be
transmitted and for every station that can be reached via the protocol element:
• Data communication mode "multi-point" (e.g. multi-point traffic, LAN )
One priority channel for every transmis sion priority, for every station and for ev ery protocol
element
• Data communication mode "single-point"
One priority chann el for ev ery tran smis sion priority an d fo r every protocol element
With regard to the data that they transport, priority channels are distinguished as foll ows:
• Time synchronization
• System information
• Process information in control direction
• Process information in monitor direction priority HIGH with class 1 data
• Process information in monitor direction priority MEDIUM with class 2 data
• Process information in monitor direction priority LOW with class 2 data
• Transparent information
Function Packages
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 65
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Functions for priority channels:
• St at e c ompr ess ion f or m ea sur ed values (can be s et usi ng p aram eters) for th e r educt io n of
the flood of messages, that can continuously generate fluctuating measured values
• Behavior with a priority channel overload
• Behavior during a communication failure (transmit direction)
• Monitoring of the dwell time (parameter-settable) of messages with process information in
control di rection
Messages that are stored too long in the priority channel are discarded
• Answering of station interrogations
• Behavior during failure of I/O Master Modules, communication interfaces etc.
• Blocking (series of information elements)
3.2.1.4 Priority Control
The priority controller has the task of selecting messages recorded in the data memories in-
dependently and indi vidually for each interface and station, and to direct the transmission of
the messages via t he protocol elements in acc orda nce with their priority. Th is ensures that
with simultaneous existence of several active information items, the higher-priority, highly im-
portant information is transmitted first.
The prioritization does not however represent an absolute priority status, but rather a measure
for dividing up the channel capacity. This ensures that even with continuously available high-
er-priority data, those of lower priority can also be transmitted.
3.2.2 Communication within the Automation Unit
Within the automation unit, the function package Telecontrol communicates with the function
package Automation via its Telecontrol Interface.
3.2.3 Protocol Element Control and Return Information
This function is used for the user-specific infl uencing of the functions of the protocol elements.
The main applicati on lies wi th protocol el ements with multi-point data communication mode
and especially for dial-up traffic configurations.
This function contains two separate independent parts:
• Protocol element control
─ Test if stations are reachable
─ Suppression of errors with intentionally switched-off stations
• Protocol element return information
─ Cost control of telephone charges
─ Cost-efficient utilization of the telephone line
(for instance command initiation only if a connection has already been established)
Function Packages
66 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
3.2.4 Decentralized Archive
In c ase o f a commu nication fault, occurrin g events can be reco rded in a d ecentr alized archive.
After elimination of the fault the superior control system can demand the archive of the re-
spective target system. By means of this function, a possible data loss will be prevented .
• Reconstruction of all process-relevant data during a communication fault
• Transmission of the archive to the control system
─ Automatic initiation by the control system
─ File transfer acc. to IEC 60870-5-101, section 7.4.11
• Data saving
─ Datapoint-specific parameter-settable
─ Number of fi les, memory size parameter-settable
─ Spontaneous for binary information items and i ntegrated totals
─ Definable cycle for measured values
─ Non-volatile on flash card
• Configuration acc. to IEC 60870-5-101/104 (point-to-point, multi-point traffic, dial-up traffic,
Ethernet), also multi-hierarchical configurations possible
• Also multi-hierarchical configurations are possible
• Reading of the archive via SICAM TOOLBOX II possible
• Front-end: SICAM AK3, optionally redundant
• Supported by SICAM 230 (also third-party control system possible)
─ Update of the archive in the control system
─ Own status marking
─ Automatic subsequent billing of
− Counter differencies
− Secondary values
− Mean values and extreme values
3.2.5 Process Data Archive
Binary information states, measured values and i ntegrated totals can be recorded in a process
data archive. This archive comprises up to 5.000.000 records over a maximal period of
3 months.
• Data saving
─ Datapoint-specific parameter-settable
─ Spontaneous for binary information items and i ntegrated totals
─ Definable cycle for measured values
─ Non-volatile on flash card
• Reading of the archive vi a SICAM W EB by m eans of file downl oad possible
Function Packages
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 67
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
3.2.6 Test Functions via SICAM WEB
The test functions provide a status display with the actual process values at each optional
I/O Module. Addi tionally, process data outputs can be changed manually
3.2.7 Process Data Input and Output
The process data input and output comprises
• Acquisition and preprocessing of the process data from the process image of the
I/O Modules
• Generation and spontaneous transfer of messages with process information to the com muni-
c ation for further processing
therein included are
─ time information (resolution 1 ms)
─ processed input signals
− change-monitored conditioned values
−change-monitore d derive d infor mation
• Spontaneous reception of me ssages with process inform ation from the communication
• Postprocessing and forwarding of the process data for the output via I/O Modules
Function Packages
68 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
3.3 Automation
The function package Automation contains the foll owing functions:
• Telecontrol interface
─ Reception of messages with process information
─ Handling of commands according to IEC 60870-5-101/104
─ Change m anagem ent and generation of messages with tim e tag
•Open-/ closed-loop control function
─ Test functions
• Process data input and output
3.3.1 Telecontrol Interface
3.3.1.1 Transfer of Messages with Process Information
Rec epti on of messages with process information and transfer to the open-/closed-loop control func-
tion for the purpose of further processing.
Messages with process information in monito r dire ction:
• Single-point information, double-point information, step position information
• Measured values
• Integrated totals
• Bitstring of 32 bit
Messages with process information in co ntrol direction:
• Single commands, double commands, regulating step commands
• Setpoint commands
• Bitstring of 32 bit
3.3.1.1.1 Treatment for Commands According to IEC 60870-101/104
The treatment f or commands serves for the check of the spontaneous information objects to
be processed with the help of the open-/closed loop control function and transmission of the con-
firmation for:
• Pulse commands (single commands, double commands, regulating step commands)
• Setpoint values (setpoint command)
• Bitstring of 32 bit
The data transfer of the spontaneous information objects to the open-/closed-loop control func-
tion for further processing is dependent on the result of the checks.
Function Packages
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 69
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
The activation of the element or function to be controlled is the task of the open-/closed-loop
contro l function.
For the proper operation of this function, information is required by the open- /close d-loop con tro l
function (e.g. from an interlockin g log ic) for the choice of a pos i-tive o r negative c onfirmation .
The treatment for commands can be activated individually for each command via a parameter.
The treatment for pulse c omma nd comprises the following p rocess ing functions:
• Prepare command output procedure
─ Formal check
─ Retry suppression
─ 1 out of n check
─ Direct command or
─ Select and execute command
─ Control location check
─ Command locking
• Initiate command output procedure
─ Command to application program
• Monitor pulse duration (only pulse commands)
─ Command output time
─ Return information monitoring
• Terminate command output procedure
3.3.1.2 Change Monitoring and Generation of Messages with Time Tag
For the generation of messages with p roces s information, the signal s in the output process imag-
es that are assigned to an element of a spontaneous information object, are monitored for
change.
The change monitoring takes place in the grid of the cycle time of the open-/closed-loop control
function, in which the signal is assigned to a spontaneous information object .
On a change of the state in a corresponding element of the spontaneous information object ,
the generation of the message is initiated.
If a spontaneous information object has been activated for transmission due to a change, a
message with pro cess information is generated . The time ta g c orres po nds either cycle-
synchronous with the current tim e (resolution corresponds with the cycle time) or the time in-
formation from an assigned spontaneous information object.
Function Packages
70 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
3.3.2 Open-/Closed-Loop Control Function
The open-/closed-loop control function is used for the management of automation tasks wi th the
help of a freely programmable application program.
The creation of the application program is carried out by the SICAM TOOLBOX II with the tool
CAEx plus predominantly in function diagram technology according to IEC 61131-3. Alterna-
tively, the application program can be created as instruction list with an ASCII editor.
The application program processes process info rmation (so-ca lled signals) from t he connect-
ed I/O Modules and/or from other system elements in the automation network of the specific
process-techni cal plant.
Process images form the interface of the applic ation program to the outside world. It is distin-
guished between input process images and output process images.
The exchange of the process information can take place in two ways:
• Transmission of periodical information objects from and to the I/O Master Module (process
data input and output)
• Transmission of spontaneous information objects from and to functions within the automa-
tion unit, other automation units or control systems via the telecontrol interface
3.3.2.1 Non-Volatile Storage
Variables, signals (input process images for spontaneous information objects) and function
blocks can be saved non-volatile. That means, that after a power failure these variables and
s ign als are immediately availa ble again with t heir values before th e power failure.
3.3.2.2 Task Management
The open-/closed-loop control function manages the application program in a periodically run-
ning tas k.
Coordination of the Sequences of a Task
• Periodical start in the selected cycle
• Programmabl e single-run upon change of a signal from the communication or from the
I/O Modules (no hardware interrupt)
• Input handling
• Program processing
• Output handling
Cycle Time
• Within the cycle tim e, the application programs must process the input handling and the
output handling
• The cycle time can be set in the application program
Function Packages
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 71
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Watchdog Timer
This function monitors the proper sequence of the task within its set cycle time. If the task is
not finished with its input handling, program processing and its output handling within thi s
time, the next cycle for this task is omitted and a time-out is signaled.
With serious time-outs, for example due to a malfunction, the reliability of the application pro-
gram becomes questionable. A time scale can be defined for such cases, the exceeding of
whic h lea ds to an error messa ge and a controlled shutdo wn of p arts or the entire applic ation
program as well as all I/O Master Modul es connected.
3.3.2.3 Loading Application Program
The initial loading of an application program is always associated with a startup.
Funda mentally however, the fault-free operation and consequently the availability of every
control or controller depends on the quality of the program – in other words the measure of
how free they are of formal and logical errors. The loading of err or-burdened changes can al-
ways lead to interruptions to ope ration.
3.3.2.4 Test Functions
The entire functionality of the test functions applies to
• the engineering tool ("CAEx plus Online Test" of the SICAM TOOLBOX II or SICAM WEB)
• the online test function of the open-/closed-loop control function of the automation unit
While in the engineering tool all functions of the user interface can be found, the open-/closed-
loop control function provides functions for the execution of the operator inputs.
If for example a value is to be displayed, the selection of the value and its display takes place
in the engineering tool. For this purpose, the open-/closed-loop control function is given the task
of reading out the selected value and transmit it to the user interface.
In the following, those functions are listed that the test function of the open-/close d- loop control
function provides.
Display and Setting of Variables and Signals
• Display of variables and signals
• Single setting of variables (single forcing)
─ The value of a variable can change again at any time after setting, due to the function
of the program (“CAEx plus Online Test”)
─ Th e v a l ue of a vari a bl e rem a in s mai nt ai n ed u nt il t he t es t m o de is ac tiv e ( SI CA M W E B)
Function Packages
72 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Blocking and Enabling of Messages with Process Informati on and Periodical
Information
The copy operation of messages with process information and peri odical information can be
blocked and enabled:
• in the input-side process images
• in the output-side process images
This can take place with the followi ng granularity:
• Per message
• All messages
• Per periodical information
• I/O Master Module
Changing the Execution Status of the Open-/Closed-Loop Control Function
• Halt and continue program
• Perform cold start or warm start of the program
Test Means
The available test means are:
(a) Halting of the execution due to a trigger condition (breakpoint)
(b) Execution of the task in cycle steps
The function (a) is not supported by SICAM W EB.
For the function (a) a trigger condition is defined in the tool "CAEx plus Online Test". A trigger
conditions consi sts of up to 4 conditions. The conditions of a tri gger condition are combined
equal-ranking with AND or OR.
A co ndition c ompares a variab le with a consta nt value to be sp ecified:
Varia ble of the Type Condition <operator>
BOOL variable <operator> value =<>
INT or REAL variable <ope rator> value < = <> >
The function "halting the execution due to a trigger condition" halts the task, if the tri gger con-
dition is satisfied. The trigger condition is e valuated at the end of the task.
Display Statistic Information
The following information on the application program is made available:
• Parameterized cycle time
• Current run time
• Maximum run time
• Number of time-outs that the system has registered
• Used memory space
• Compiler errors
During the course of the interrogation, the current run time and the number of time-outs can
be optionally reset (does not apply for SICAM WEB).
Function Packages
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 73
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
3.3.3 Process Data Input and Output
The peri pheral functions comprise the process signal input and output.
• Acquisition and preprocessing of the process data from the process image of the
I/O Modules
• Periodical transfer of the process inform ation to the open-/closed-loop control function
therein included are
─ Processed input signals as not change-monitored conditioned values
─ Processed input signals as change-monitored conditioned values
─ For processing, operations-relevant error information of the processed input signals
(for instance "mea sured value fau lty ")
• Periodical reception of the process information from the open-/closed-loop control function
therein included are
─ Derived information items
─ Processing results
─ Operations-relevant error information (for instance “command output fault”)
• Postprocessing and forwarding of the process data for the output via I/O Modules
Function Packages
74 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 75
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
4Ambient Conditions
Contents
4.1 Protection Type .............................................................................................. 76
4.2 Mechanical Ambient Conditions ...................................................................... 77
4.3 Climatic Ambient Conditions ........................................................................... 78
4.4 Electromagnetic Compatibility ......................................................................... 79
Note
The following data applies f or CP-8000/CP-802x wit h out external SICAM TM I/O Modules.
If CP-8000/CP-802x is expanded with external SICAM TM I/O Modules, the corresponding data of the
SICAM TM system apply. Refer to SICAM TM System Datasheet, MC6-007-2.
Ambient Conditions
76 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
4.1 Protection Type
Oper at ional equipme nt Protection type acc. to
IEC 60529 Protection class acc. to
IEC 61140
CP-8000
CP-8021
CP-8022
• Front: IP 40
• Oth er h ousi ng sid es: IP 20
(incl. terminals)
Class II
Protec tion throu gh double or
r einf orced insul ation
PS-8620
PS-8622
PS-8640
PS-8642
• Fr ont: IP 40
• Oth er h ousi ng sid es: IP 20
(incl. terminals)
Class II
Protec tion throu gh double or
r einf orced insul ation
SICAM I/O Modules
SICAM TM I/O Modules • Fr ont: IP 40
• Oth er h ousi ng sid es: IP 20
(incl. terminals)
Class II
Protec tion throu gh double or
r einf orced insul ation
Ambient Conditions
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 77
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
4.2 M echanical Ambient Co ndition s
Parameter Value Test standard Product st a ndar d Class
Harmonic
Am plitu de of th e excurs ion
1…9 Hz
Acceleration 9…200 Hz
Ac celeration 200…500 Hz
±3.0 mm
10 m/s²
15 m/s²
IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60870-2-2 Bm
Amplitude 10…60 Hz
Acceleration 60…150 Hz ±0.07 5 mm
1 g IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60255-21-1 2
Shock
Acceleration; 11 ms dura-
tion (functional capability) 100 m/s ² IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60870-2-2 Bm
Acceleration; 11 ms dura-
tion (resistivity) 15 g IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60255-21-2 1
Conti nuo us sh oc k
Acceler ation; 16 ms
duration 10 g IEC 60068-2-27 I EC 60255-21-2 1
Sei smi c harmonic
Amplitu de 1…8 Hz
(horizontal)
Amplitu de 1…8 Hz
(vertical)
Acceleration 8…35 Hz
(horizontal)
Acceleration 8…35 Hz
(vertical)
±7.5 mm
±3.5 mm
2 g
1 g
IEC 60068-3-3 IEC 60255-21-3 2
The listed values cover or exceed the required seismic loading according to IEC 60870-2-2
Cl.S3 and IEC 60255-21-3 Cl.1. The values appl y i n operation and for storage.
The permitt ed mechanical stresses during transport depend on the tr ansport packaging.
The device packaging is not a transport packaging.
Ambient Conditions
78 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
4.3 Clim atic Ambie nt Conditions
Parameter Value Test standard Product st a ndar d Class
Minimu m air temperature
(cold) -25° C/96 h 1)
-40° C /9 6 h 2) IEC 60068-2-1
Ad IEC 60870-2-2
IEC 60654-1 C2/C3
C2/C3
Maximum air temperature
(dry heat) 70°C /9 6 h
10% rH IEC 60068-2-2
Bd IEC 60870-2-2
IEC 60654-1 C3
C3
Cyc lic damp heat 25/40°C/120 h
95% rH IEC 60068-2-30
T emp er ature gradi ent ≤ 30°C/h IEC 60870-2-2
IEC 60654-1 C2
C2
R elati ve ai r humi dity 5…95% IEC 60870-2-2
IEC 60654-1 C1
C1
Absolut e air humi di ty ≤ 35 g/m3IEC 60870-2-2
IEC 60654-1 C2
C2
Air pressure 70… 10 6 kP a
(up to 3000 m) IEC 60870-2-2
IEC 60654-1 C2
C2
T emperatur e with st or age
and transport -30…+85°C
P ollut i on degr ee 2 IEC 6101 0-1
1) applies for CP-8000 (6MF21010AB100AA0)
2) applies f or CP-8000 (6MF21011AB100AA0), CP-8021, CP- 8022, S ICAM I/O Modules
SICAM TM I/O modules are tested partially against deviating values. You will find the details
in the SICAM TM System Datasheet.
The listed values apply for the use in open-air cabinets for bay devices. The products can be
exposed to sun and heat. They can be exposed as well to air flow caused by draught in build-
ings, e.g. by open windows or infl uences of technical processes.
Bedewing is possible for a short time, e.g. during the course of maintenance tasks (not in op-
eration). Condensation, precipitations, water and icing are not permitted i n operation.
Heating and cooling is used to maintain the necessary conditions, especially in case of great
differences between indoor and outdoor climate.
The conditions of this class normally occur in living and working areas, as well as in produc-
tion room s for electronic and electrotechn ical products, telecontrol rooms, storage rooms for
valuable and sensible devi ces.
Note
CP- 8000: With cold temperatu res the display becomes mor e sluggish and the legibili ty may be restricted
( at –25°C the react ion time is 5 s).
Ambient Conditions
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 79
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
4.4 Electromagnetic Compatibility
4.4.1 System Properties
Parameter Value Test standard Product st a ndar d Class
Discharge of static elec-
tricity (ESD) 8 kV-A
6 kV-C IEC 61000-4-2 IEC 60870-2-1
IEC 60255-26 3
Electromagnetic fields 10 V/m
80 MHz…1 GHz
3 V/m
1…6 GHz
IEC 61000-4-3 IEC 60870-2-1
IEC 60255-26 3
50 H z magn et ic fields 100 A/m (cont.)
1000 A/ m (3 s) IEC 61000-4-8 IEC 60870-2-1 4
Pulse-s hap ed m agn et ic
fields 1000 A/m IEC 61000-4-9
R adi o interference voltag e
approx. p eak val u e 79 dBµV
(0.1 5…0. 5 MHz)
73 dBµ V
(0.5 …30 MH z)
CISPR22 IEC 60870-2-1
CISPR22 A
A
R adi o interference voltag e
mean val ue 66 dBµ V
(0.1 5…0. 5 MHz)
60 dBµ V
(0.5 …30 MH z)
CISPR22 IEC 60870-2-1
CISPR22 A
A
Radio interference field
strength (10 m) appr ox.
peak val ue
40 dBµ V/m
(30… 230 MH z)
47 dBµ V/m
(0.23…2 GHz)
CISPR22 IEC 60870-2-1
CISPR22 A
A
The characteristics required according to the standards IEC 61000-6-2 and IEC 61000-6-4 are
c overed by the listed values .
Warning
T his is a clas s A produc t. In a domestic environment this product may c ause radio interference in which
case the user m ay be requir ed to take ad equat e meas ures .
Ambient Conditions
80 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
4.4.2 Power Supply
Parameter Value Test standard Product st a ndar d Class
Dielectrical test (50 Hz)
U ≤ DC 70 V/AC 33 V 3.0 kVeff 60 s IEC 61010-1 IEC 61010-1 VW3
Dielectrical test (50 Hz)
DC 70 V/AC 33 V ≤ U ≤
DC 286 V/AC 253 V
(220 VDC+30%/230 VAC+10%)
3.0 kVeff 60 s
3.8 kVeff 5 s IEC 61010-1 IEC 61010-1 VW3
Impulse volt age 1.2/50 µs
common 5.0 kVp IEC 60255- 27 IEC 60870-2-1 VW3
Impulse volt age 1.2/50 µs
normal 5.0 kVp IE C 60255- 27 IEC 60870-2-1 VW3
V olt age tolerance DC +30/-25% IEC 60870-2-1
IEC 60654-2 DC3
DC4
V olt age tolerance AC +10/-15% IEC 60870-2-1
IEC 60654-2 AC2
AC3
Sta rting current Klass e S1 IEC 60870-4
F ast transient burst
common 4.0 kVs 5 kHz IEC 61000-4-4 IEC 60870-2-1 4
F ast transient burst (fas t
repitition) 4.0 kVp 1 00 kHz IEC 61000-4-4
F ast transient burst
common 4.0 kV IEEE C37.90.1
F ast transient burst
transvers e 4.0 kV IEEE C37.90.1
Surg e 1.2/5 0 µs
common 4.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-5 IEC 60870-2-1 4
Surg e 1.2/5 0 µs
normal 4.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-5 IEC 60870-2-1 >4
Ind uced HF volt age 10 V 0.15… 80 MHz
80% AM 1 kHz IEC 61000-4-6 IEC 60870-2-1 3
V olt age dips, short -tim e
int errupt i on an d vol tag e
f luctu ations on AC inp ut
connections
Einbrüche: (∆UN)
20% 5s
30% 20ms
30% 500ms
40% 200ms
60% 200ms
60% 1s
70% 500ms
Unterbrechungen:
(∆UN)
100% 10ms
100% 20ms
100% 50ms
100% 100ms
100% 1s
100% 5s
Schwa nkungen: (∆UN)
±8% 5s
IEC 61000-4-11 IEC 60870-2-1
IEC 61850-3 Ed.2
Frequency fluctuations AC 10% IEC 61000-4-11 IEC 60870-2-1 >F3
Rin g wav es 100 kHz
common 2.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-12 IEC 60870-2-1 3
Ambient Conditions
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 81
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Parameter Value Test standard Product st a ndar d Class
Rin g wav es 100 kHz
normal 2.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-12 IEC 60870-2-1 >3
Co nducted common mode
disturb ances common 30…3 V
15 Hz…150 kHz
30 V
16⅔/50/60 Hz 60 s
300 V
16⅔/50/60 Hz 1 s
IEC 61000-4-16
Voltage ripple DC 10% UNIEC 61000-4-17 IEC 60870-2-1 >VR3
D amp ed oscill otor y waves
1 MHz c ommon 2.5 kVp IEC 61000-4-18 IEC 60870-2-1 4
D amp ed oscill otor y waves
1 MHz norm al 2.5 kVp IEC 61000-4-18 IEC 60870-2-1 >4
D amp ed oscill otor y waves
1 MHz c ommon 2.5 kVp IEEE C37.90.1
D amp ed oscill otor y waves
1 MHz transverse 2.5 kVp IEEE C37.90.1
V olt age dips, short -tim e
int errupt i on an d vol tag e
f luctu ations on DC inp ut
connections
Dikps: (∆Un)
30% 100ms
30% 500ms
60% 100ms
60% 500ms
Interruptions: (∆Un)
100% 10ms
100% 50ms
100% 100ms
100% 500ms
100% 5s
IEC 61000-4-29 IEC60870-2-1
IEC 61850-3 Ed.2
*) for int errupt ions/f luctuations > 50 ms appli es criterion B : r est art of the device all owed
(CP-8000: > 100 ms)
Ambient Conditions
82 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
4.4.3 Digital I/Os
Parameter Value Test standard Product st a ndar d Class
Dielectrical test (50 Hz)
U ≤ DC 70 V/AC 33 V 3.0 kVeff 60 s I EC 61010-1 IEC 61010-1 VW3
Dielectrical test (50 Hz)
DC 70 V/AC 33 V ≤ U ≤
DC 286 V/AC 253 V
(220 VDC+30%/230 VAC+10%)
3.0 kVeff 60 s
3.8 kVeff 5 s IEC 61 010-1 IEC 61010-1 VW3
Impulse volt age 1.2/50 µs
common 5.0 kVp IEC 60255- 27 IEC 60870-2-1 VW3
Impulse volt age 1.2/50 µs
normal 5.0 kVp IE C 60255- 27 IEC 60870-2-1 VW3
F ast transient burst
common 4.0 kVp 5 kHz IEC 61000-4-4 IEC 60870-2-1 4
F ast transient burst (fas t
repitition) 4.0 kVp 1 00 kHz IEC 61000-4-4
F ast transient burst
common 4.0 kVp IEEE C37.90.1
F ast transient burst
transvers e 4.0 kVp IEEE C37.90.1
Surg e 1.2/5 0µs
common 4.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-5 IEC 60870-2-1 4
Surg e 1.2/5 0µs
normal 4.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-5 IEC 60870-2-1 >4
C onduc t ed dis turb ances
(induced HF) 10 V 0.15…80 MHz
80% AM 1 kHz IEC 61000-4-6 IEC 60870-2-1 3
Rin g wav es 100 kHz
common 2.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-12 IEC 60870-2-1 4
Rin g wav es 100 kHz
normal 2.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-12 IEC 60870-2-1 4
Co nducted common mode
disturbance s (induced HF) 30…3 V
15 Hz…150 kHz
30 V
16⅔/50/60 Hz 60 s
300 V
16⅔/50/60 Hz 1 s
IEC 61000-4-16
D amp ed oscill otor y waves
1 MHz c ommon 2.5 kVp IEC 61000-4-18 IEC 60870-2-1 4
D amp ed oscill otor y waves
1 MHz norm al 2.5 kVp IEC 61000-4-18 IEC 60870-2-1 >4
D amp ed oscill otor y waves
1 MHz c ommon 2.5 kVp IEEE C37.90.1
D amp ed oscill otor y waves
1 MHz transverse 2.5 kVp IEEE C37.90.1
Ambient Conditions
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 83
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
4.4.4 Analog I/Os
Parameter Value Test standard Product st a ndar d Class
Dielectrical test (50 Hz)
U ≤ DC 70 V/AC 33 V 1.6 kVeff 60 s
1.8 kVeff 5 s IEC 61 010-1 IEC 61010-1
IEC 60870-2-1 >VW2
Impulse volt age 1.2/50 µs
common 2.5 kVp IEC 60255- 27 IEC 60870-2-1 >VW2
Impulse volt age 1.2/50 µs
normal 2.5 kVp IE C 60255- 27 IEC 60870-2-1 >VW2
F ast transient burst
common 4.0 kVp 5 kHz IEC 61000-4-4 IEC 60870-2-1 3
F ast transient burst (fas t
repetition) 4.0 kVp 1 00 kHz IEC 61000-4-4
F ast transient burst
common 4.0 kVp IEEE C37.90.1
Surg e 1.2/5 0µs
common 2.0 kVp 1) IEC 61000-4-5 IEC 60870-2-1 4
Surg e 1.2/5 0µs
normal 2.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-5 IEC 60870-2-1 4
C onduc t ed dis turb ances
(induced HF) 10 V 0.15…80 MHz
80% AM 1 kHz IEC 61000-4-6
Rin g wav es 100 kHz
common 2.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-12 IEC 60870-2-1 4
Rin g wav es 100 kHz
normal 2.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-12 IEC 60870-2-1 4
Co nducted common mode
disturb ances common 30…3 V 2)
15 Hz…150 kHz
30 V 3)
16⅔/50/60 Hz 60 s
300 V 4)
16⅔/50/60 Hz 1 s
IEC 61000-4-16
D amp ed oscill ator y waves
1 MHz c ommon 2.5 kVp IEC 61000-4-18 IEC 60870-2-1 4
D amp ed oscill ator y waves
1 MHz norm al 1.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-18 IEC 60870-2-1 4
D amp ed oscill ator y waves
1 MHz c ommon 2.5 kVp IEEE C37.90.1
1) AO-8380: tested with 4.0 kVp
2) AI-8310: tested with 10…1 V
3) AI-8310: tested with 10 V
4) AI-8310: tested with 100 V
Ambient Conditions
84 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
4.4.5 Communication with Insulation: RS-485/RS-232
Parameter Value Test standard Product st a ndar d Class
Dielectrical test (50 Hz)
U ≤ DC 70 V/AC 33 V 1.5 kVeff 60 s I EC 60255-27 IEC 60870-2-1 >VW2
Impulse volt age 1.2/50 µs
common 2.5 kVp IEC 60255- 27 IEC 60870-2-1 >VW2
Impulse volt age 1.2/50 µs
normal 2.5 kVp IE C 60255- 27 IEC 60870-2-1 >VW2
F ast transient burst
common 4.0 kVp 5 kHz *) IEC 61000-4-4 IEC 60870-2-1 3
F ast transient burst
common 4.0 kVp IEEE C37.90.1
F ast transient burst
normal 4.0 kVp IEEE C37.90.1
Surg e 1.2/5 0µs
common 2.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-5 IEC 60870-2-1 3
Surg e 1.2/5 0µs
normal 2.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-5 IEC 60870-2-1 3
C onduc t ed dis turb ances
(induced HF) 10 V 0.15…80 MHz
80% AM 1 kHz IEC 61000-4-6 IEC 60870-2-1 3
Rin g wav es 100 kHz
common 2.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-12 IEC 60870-2-1 4
Rin g wav es 100 kHz
normal 2.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-12 IEC 60870-2-1 4
Co nducted common mode
disturb ances common 30…3 V
15 Hz…150 kHz
30 V
16⅔/50/60 Hz 60 s
300 V
16⅔/50/60 Hz 1 s
IEC 61000-4-16 IEC 61850-3 Ed.2
D amp ed oscill ator y waves
1 MHz c ommon 2.5 kVp IEC 61000-4-18 IEC 60870-2-1 4
D amp ed oscill ator y waves
1 MHz common 2.5 kVp IEEE C37.90.1
*) CP-8000: tested with 2.0 kVp
The li sted values are v alid fo r shielded cables.
4.4.6 Communication without Insulation: RS-232
The communication via RS-232 is des igned only for dista nces ≤ 2.5 m. Therefore this inter-
face does not need to show an immunity. The immunity and the galvanic insulation is as-
sumed by the external data communi cations equi pment.
You can find the electrical ambient conditions of data transmission equipment in the related
data sheets.
Ambient Conditions
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 85
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
4.4.7 Communication with Insulation: LAN
Parameter Value Test standard Produ ct stand. Class
Dielectrical test (50 Hz)
U ≤ DC 70 V/AC 33 V 1.5 kVeff 60 s I EC 60255-27 IEC 60870-2-1 >VW2
Impulse volt age 1.2/50 µs
common 2.5 kVp IEC 60255- 27 IEC 60870-2-1 >VW2
Impulse volt age 1.2/50 µs
normal 2.5 kVp IE C 60255- 27 IEC 60870-2-1 >VW2
F ast transient burst
common 4.0 kVp 5 kHz *) IEC 61000-4-4 IEC 60870-2-1 3
F ast transient burst
normal 4.0 kVp IEEE C37.90.1
Surg e 1.2/5 0µs
common 2.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-5 IEC 60870-2-1 3
Surg e 1.2/5 0µs
normal 2.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-5 IEC 60870-2-1 3
C onduc t ed dis turb ances
(induced HF) 10 V 0.15…80 MHz
80% AM 1 kHz IEC 61000-4-6 IEC 61850-3
Rin g wav es 100 kHz
common 2.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-12 IEC 60870-2-1 4
Rin g wav es 100 kHz
normal 2.0 kVp IEC 61000-4-12 IEC 60870-2-1 4
Co nducted common mode
disturb ances common 30…3 V
15 Hz…150 kHz
30 V
16⅔/50/60 Hz 60 s
300 V
16⅔/50/60 Hz 1 s
IEC 61000-4-16 IEC 61850-3 Ed.2
D amp ed oscill ator y waves
1 MHz c ommon 2.5 kVp IEC 61000-4-18 IEC 60870-2-1 4
D amp ed oscill ator y waves
1 MHz c ommon 2.5 kVp IEEE C37.90.1
*) CP-8000: tested with 2.0 kVp
The listed values are valid for shielded cat.5 cables with a length of up to 100 m.
Ambient Conditions
86 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
4.4.8 Storage and Transport
Storage
Store the devic e in dry and c lean rooms. T he relative humidity must not lead to the formation
of either condensation water or ice.
For storage Siemens recommends that you maintain a limited temperature range of between
+10°C and +35°C, in order to prevent premature ageing of the elect rolytic capacitors used.
For a l onger storage period Siemens also recommends connecting the device to the supply
voltage once a year for 1 to 2 days, in order to form the electrolytic capacitors used. You
s ho uld pro ceed likewise before a plan ned use of the d evice.
Transport
The transport packaging of the devices can be re-used for forwarding. If other packaging is
used the observance of the transport requirements according to ISO 2248 must be ensured.
Storage packaging of the individual devices is not adequate for transport.
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 87
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5System Components and Technical Data
Contents
5.1 Power Consumption Tota l System .................................................................. 88
5.2 Mechanical Design ......................................................................................... 89
5.3 Power Supply Modules ................................................................................... 90
5.4 Master Modules .............................................................................................. 93
5.5 Protocol Elements .......................................................................................... 98
5.6 Integrated Protocol SNMP ............................................................................ 141
5.7 I/O Ma s te r Mod u le an d I/O Mo d ules ............................................................. 142
5.8 MTB F Va lues of the SIC AM A8000 Modu les ................................................. 16 4
System Components and Technical Data
88 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.1 Power Consumption To tal System
5.1.1 Master Module without External Consumers
Designation Article number Power con-
sumption
CP- 80 00 Master M odul e with I/O -25 to +70°C 6MF21010AB100AA0 4.3 W *)
CP- 80 00 Master M odul e with I/O -40 to +70°C 6MF21011AB100AA0 4.3 W *)
CP- 8021 M aster M odul e 6MF28021AA00 1.6 W
CP- 802 2 M aster Mod ule wit h GPRS 6MF28022AA00 BB
6MF28022AA00 CC 12 W
6 W
*) inclusive internal periphery
5.1.2 Master Module with External Consumers
If a Master Module is expanded with external consumers (modem, I/O Modul es) then you
have to add their power consumption to that of the Master Module.
With the power supply modules ( with CP-8000 internal ), it must be considered that due to the
efficien cy factor (typical 80%; sub -zero temper ature 77%) the power c onsumption v alues of
the external co nsumers must be c orrect ed.
Example:
External consumer DO-8212 0.8 W
Addition based on P S efficienc y factor 0.2 W
Power consumption for DO-8212 1.0 W
This results in fo llowing power consumption:
Power consumption CP-8000 4.3 W
Power consumption for DO-8212 1.0 W
Power consumption for system 5.3 W
Note
F or the power consu mption val ues of the external I/O Modules please r efer to the sections 2.1.5.2,Ex-
ternal SICAM I/O Modules and 2.1.5.3,External SICAM TM I/O Modules.
F or the val ues of the used mod ems see th e doc umen tati on of th e respecti ve m odem.
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 89
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.2 Mechanical Design
CP-8000 CP-8021 CP-8022
Mechanics
Structure System for mounting on
35 mm DIN rail System for mounting on
35 mm DIN rail System for mounting on
35 mm DIN rail
Dimension (HxWxD) 124 x 128 x 123 mm 132 x 30 x 142 mm 13 2 x 30 x 142 mm
Weight ca . 800 g ca. 210 g ca. 260 g
Connections
Co nnection system
for peripheral signals
and power supply
Removeable screw
terminals, wire cross
secti on up to 2.5 mm²
(applies for wires wi th
realiza tion rigid/multi-
wire/fine- wir e with con-
ductor end sleeve)
– –
Ethernet/LAN Com-
municati on vi a 2x RJ45 socket connect-
or 8-pole, for connecting
cat.5 ca ble
X1, X4
2x RJ45 socket connect-
or 8-pole, for connecting
cat.5 ca ble
X1, X4
2x RJ45 socket connect-
or 8-pole, for connecting
cat.5 ca ble
X1, X4
Communication via
RS-232 D-S U B 9-pole, male,
with additi onal supply
out put for ext ernal
tra nsmission facility
X2
1x RJ 45 sock et 8-pol e,
with supply output for
external transmission
facility
X2
1x RJ 45 sock et 8-pol e,
with supply output for
external transmission
facility
X2
1x r em ov ab l e pus h-in
terminal 8-pole
X6 1)
Communication via
RS-485 (RS-422) 1x removab le s crew
terminal 6-pole
X3
1x r em ov ab l e pus h-in
terminal 8-pole
X3
2x r em ov ab l e pus h-in
terminal 8-pole
X3, X6 1)
P eriph eral bus 5-pole connecto r for
SICAM I/O coupling
modu le or
SICAM TM I/O coupling
module
18-pole connector for
bus connecto r 18-pole connector for
bus connecto r
Communication via
GPRS 2) 2) SMA connector
X7
1) interf ace can be used optionally f or RS -232 or RS-485 c ommunic ation
2) ext. GPRS modem/router with Ethernet/LAN interface
System Components and Technical Data
90 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.3 Power Supply Modules
5.3.1 CP-8000 (integrated)
5.3.1.1 Technical Data
Voltage input
Inp ut v olt ag e DC 24…60 V +15%/-25% *)
+30%/-25% **)
*) caused by the connecti on between input voltage and AUXV0
the input voltage must be < DC 70 V
**) the r eliable functi on of the power supply is guaranteed up to
DC 78 V
Inp ut p ow er 34 W
Protec tion type Do uble insulation
R ated im pu lse volt ag e 4 kV
Voltage outputs
Output v oltage 1 (internal) DC 5.2 V ±3%
Output v oltage 2 (internal) DC 12 V +30/-5%
Output v oltage 3 (extern al) DC 5.2 V 1) ±3%
Output v oltage for c ontact wetti ng Equals in put vol tag e 3x eac h 100 mA 2)
Outp ut power 1 2.5 W
Outp ut power 2 3 W
Outp ut power 3 5 W
Gu ar ant eed interrup ti on tim e 10 0 ms
Mechanics
Connections Removable screw terminals for direct conductor assembly
cross-section up to 2.5 mm²
1) not short-circuit proof and not overload proof
2) pr otective mechanism is a self resetting fuse (PTC)
statistical values: operation voltage: DC 60 V max.
switching capacity: < 40 A
ohmic res istance: < 5 Ω
per man ent fl oating current after acti vati on of th e fuse: < 1. 3 A
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 91
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.3.2 PS-8620, PS-8622
Ex ternal power supply modules for
• CP-8021
• CP-8022 (as of production level CC)
5.3.2.1 Technical Data
Voltage input
( voltage is provi ded via termi nals ) PS-8620 PS-8622
Inp ut v olt ag e DC 24…60 V DC 110…220 V
Op er ati ng volt age DC 18…70 V (78 V 1))DC 82.5…253 V (286 V 1))
Input current 0.8 A at DC 24 V
0.4 A at DC 48 V
0.3 A at DC 60 V
0.16 A at DC 110 V
0.08 A at DC 220 V
R everse voltage pr otecti on Yes
O verload pr otect i on Yes
Sh ort-c irc u it protec ti on Yes
Can be connecte d in para llel Yes (for r edundancy, not for power enhancem ent) 1)
Inrush peak current Specified acc. to IEC 60870-4 (90) class S1
Voltage outputs
Outp ut nom in al vol tag e 1 DC 5.15 V ± 2% static, ±3% d ynamic
Outp ut nom inal current 1 0…1 .8 A
Outp ut nom in al vol tag e 2 DC 28 V ±1 0%static , ±3% dynamic 2)
Outp ut nom inal current 2 0…0.43 A
Output p ower 1 (Pout 1)9 W
Output p ower 2 (Pout 2)12 W - Pout 1 (12 W if Pout 1 = 0 W)
T otal ou tp ut pow er 12 W
Gu ar ant eed interrup ti on tim e 50 ms
Startup time < 2 s
Permanent short-circuit proof Yes
Mechanics
Connections Removable screw terminals, 4-pole (grid size 5.08)
wire cross sections up t o 2.5 mm²
Dimension (LxWxH) 124 x 30 x 132 mm (m easure wit hout D IN rail)
Weight Appr o x. 240 g (incl. bus m odul e 12 g)
1) as of production level CC
2) for the gener ation of the auxiliar y volt age f or specific tr ansmission f ac iliti es
System Components and Technical Data
92 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.3.3 PS-8640, PS-8642
External power supply modules for CP-8021 and CP-8022.
5.3.3.1 Technical Data
Voltage input
( voltage is provi ded via termi nals ) PS-8640 PS-8642
Inp ut v olt ag e DC 24…60 V DC 100…240 V AC 100…2 40 V
Op er ati ng volt age DC 18…78 V DC 82.5…2 86 V AC 85…264 V
(45…66 Hz)
Input current 3.05 A at DC 18 V
2.20 A at DC 24 V
0.90 A at DC 60 V
0.67 A at DC 78 V
0.68 A at DC 82,5 V
0.55 A at DC 100 V
0.24 A at DC 240 V
0.20 A at DC 286 V
0.66 A at AC 85 V
0.56 A at AC 100 V
0.26 A at AC 240 V
0.25 A at AC 264 V
Power consumption 55 W at DC 18 V
52.9 W at DC 48 V
52.5 W at DC 78 V
55.5 W at DC 82 ,5 V
55.1 W at DC 220 V
55.3 W at DC 286 V
55.2 W at AC 85 V
55.0 W at AC 1 00 V
54.8 W at AC 2 64 V
R everse voltage pr otecti on Yes
O verload pr otect i on Yes
Sh ort-c irc u it protec ti on Yes
Can be connecte d in para llel Yes (for r edundancy, not for power enhancem ent)
Inrush peak current Specified acc. to IEC 60870-4 (90) class S1
Voltage outputs
Outp ut nom in al vol tag e 1 DC 5.15 V ± 2% st atic, ±3% dynamic
Outp ut nom inal current 1 0…2 A
Outp ut nom in al vol tag e 2 DC 28 V ±10%static, ±3% dynamic 1)
Outp ut nom inal current 2 0…1.79 A
Outp ut nom in al vol tag e 3 DC 24 V +0%/-15% 2)
Outp ut nom inal current 3 0.42 A 2)
Output p ower 1 (Pout 1)10 W
Output p ower 2 (Pout 2)45 W - Pout 1 – PAUX (45 W if Pout 1/AUX = 0 W)
Output p ower 3 (PAUX)10 W (30 W peak) 2)
T otal ou tp ut pow er 45 W
Gu ar ant eed interrup ti on tim e 50 ms
Startup time < 2 s
Permanent short-circuit proof Yes
Mechanics
Connections Removable screw terminals, 4-pole (grid size 5.08)
wire cross sections up t o 2.5 mm²
Dimension (LxWxH) 124 x 30 x 132 mm (m easure wit hout D IN rail)
Weight Appr o x. 400 g (inkl. bus m odul e 12 g)
1) for the gener ation of the auxiliar y volt age f or specific tr ansmission f ac iliti es
2) applies only for PS-8642
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 93
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.4 Master Modules
5.4.1 CP-8000
5.4.1.1 Technical Data
Proc essor an d m emory
Processor Blackfin BF536
Clo ck pulse frequency Core clock approx. 40 0 MHz
System clock ap prox. 13 3 MHz
Accura cy clock pulse ± 3.5 pp m (-40°C to +80°C), ± 2 ppm (0°C to 40°C)
Int ernal real tim e cl ock and exter-
nal synchronization • Buf f er ed maint en anc e-f ree (72 h)
• Aut om at ic al d aylig ht-savin g t im e/n orm al tim e ch ang e
• (S)NT P ti me s erver
Free run accuracy 12. 6 ms /h
Pr ogr am m em or y Fl ash-PR OM 16 MB (p arallel connected)
Main m em ory SDRAM 32 MB
Local non-volatile memory FRAM 8 KB
Changeabl e non-volatile mem ory SD card up to 2 GB
Max. num ber of d ata points 20000 (s um of proc ess images over all 4 in terfac es)
Memor y f or application program 12 8 KB, ther eof 4 KB temporary memory for variabl es
Num ber of vari abl es for applica-
ti on pr ogram 512 vari abl es possibl e, t h ereof 256 b ytes n on-vol at ile
(variables: BOOL = 1 bit, DINT = 4 bytes, REAL = 4 bytes)
Program sampling • C yclical 10… 2 00 0 ms (settab l e r ast er 1 ms)
• Sp ont an eous ( s ett abl e; run n ot bas ed on int errup t)
Ac quis ition grid di gital I/O 10 ms
D ec entrali z ed archi ve Rec ording rast er for measured val ues 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 15, 30,
60 mi n, settabl e
Max. messag e length of a s egmen t 1…2 00 bytes , settable
Memory configuration, settable
10 files of 10 00 records eac h (= 10000 records)
20 files of 500 r ecords each (= 10000 records)
50 files of 400 r ecords each (= 20000 records)
80 files of 450 r ecords each (= 36000 records)
100 fil es of 100 records eac h (= 1000 0 records)
100 files of 25 records each (= 2500 r ecords)
200 fil es of 50 records each (= 10000 records )
200 files of 25 records each (= 5000 r ecords)
System Components and Technical Data
94 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Communication
2 Ethernet/LAN interfac es
(X1, X4)
• Et h ern et acc . t o IEE E 80 2.3 (10B as e-T or 100Bas e-TX)
• Gal vanic ally insulat ed
• T rans miss ion r at e 10 M bit/s or 100 Mbit /s
• Half dup l ex or f ull dup l ex
• Auto-MDI(X)
• T im e sync hr on i zati on via NT P ser ver
• Sub st at ion f unct ion
• Lin e l ength 0…10 0 m
• R ated impu ls e volt ag e 2 kV
1 serial interface (X2) • Unb al anc ed interc h ang e c irc uit RS- 232, V.2 4/V .2 8
• Gal vanic all y n ot insul at ed
• ESD protection
• T rans mis s i on rat e up to 115. 2 kbit/s ( d ep en din g on prot oc ol)
• Lin e leng th up to 2.5 m
1 serial interface (X3) • B al anc ed interc h ang e c irc uit RS- 422/R S- 485
• Gal vanic ally insulat ed
• ESD protection
• Config ur ati on 4- wir e/2-w ir e with/ with ou t ter min at ing res is tor
(parameter-settable)
• Trans mis s i on r at e up to 115. 2 kb it/s ( dep en din g on pr ot ocol)
• R ated impu ls e volt ag e 2 kV
Power supply
Power supply DC 5.2 V 1.5 W
Int ern al oper ating vol t ages Logic D C 3.3 /2. 5/1.2 V
LCD DC 12 V
Option al power supply f or exter-
nal m odem via X2 *) • D e- energi z ed (for mod em reset)
• DC 5.2 V ± 5 % 2.5 W
• DC 12 V ± 5 % 2.5 W
Connections/mechanics
Eth ernet/LAN (X1, X4) RJ45 socket connector 8-p ole ( IEC 60603-7)
Serial RS-232 (X2) Conn ecti on D-SU B 9-p ole, mal e (D IN 41 652)
Serial RS-485 (X3) Screw terminal 6- pole with shield intercept ion
Ethernet/LAN (X4) RJ45 socket conn ector 8-p ole ( IEC 603.7)
Dimension (LxWxH) 124 x 128 x 123 mm (m easur e without DIN rail)
Weight Appr o x. 80 0 g
*) only for specific transmission facilities
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 95
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.4.2 CP-8021 and CP-8022
5.4.2.1 Technical Data
Proc essor an d m emory
Processor Blackfin BF536
Clo ck pulse frequency Core clock approx. 40 0 MHz
System clock ap prox. 13 3 MHz
Accura cy clock pulse ± 3.5 pp m (-40°C to +80°C), ± 2 ppm (0°C to 40°C)
Int ernal real tim e cl ock and exter-
nal synchronization • Buf f er ed maint en anc e-f ree (72 h)
• Aut om at ic al d aylig ht-savin g t im e/n orm al tim e ch ang e
• (S)NT P ti me s erver
Free run accuracy 12. 6 ms /h
Pr ogr am m em or y Fl as h-PROM 1 6 MB
Main m em ory SDRAM 32 MB
Local non-volatile memory FRAM 8 KB
Changeabl e non-volatile mem ory • SD c ard up to 2 GB
• SIM card standard ( m ini SIM) for GPRS commun icat ion 1)
Max. num ber of d ata points 20000 (sum of process images over all 4 interfaces)
Memor y f or application program 12 8 KB, ther eof 4 KB temporary memory for variabl es
Num ber of vari abl es for applica-
ti on pr ogram 512 vari abl es possibl e, t h ereof 256 b ytes n on-vol at ile
(variables: BOOL = 1 bit, DINT = 4 bytes, REAL = 4 bytes)
Program sampling • Cyclical 10… 2 00 0 ms (sett abl e rast er 1 ms )
• Sp ont an eous (settabl e; run n ot b as ed on i nt err u pt)
Ac quis ition grid di gital I/O 10 ms
D ec entrali z ed archi ve Rec ording rast er for measured val ues 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 15, 30,
60 mi n, settabl e
Max. messag e length of a s egmen t 1…2 00 bytes , settable
Memory configuration, settable
10 files of 10 00 records eac h (= 10000 records)
20 files of 500 r ecords each (= 10000 records)
50 files of 400 r ecords each (= 20000 records)
80 files of 450 r ecords each (= 36000 records)
100 fil es of 100 records eac h (= 1000 0 records)
100 files of 25 records each (= 2500 r ecords)
200 fil es of 50 records each (= 10000 records )
200 files of 25 records each (= 5000 r ecords)
System Components and Technical Data
96 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Communication
2 Ethernet/LAN interfac es
(X1, X4)
• Et h ern et acc . t o IEE E 80 2.3 (10B as e-T or 100Bas e-TX)
• Gal vanic ally insulat ed
• T rans miss ion r at e 10 M bit/s or 100 Mbit /s
• Half dup l ex or f ull dup l ex
• Auto-MDI(X)
• T im e sync hr on i zati on via NT P ser ver
• Lin e l ength 0…10 0 m
• R ated impu ls e volt ag e 2 kV
1 serial interface (X2) • Unb al anc ed interc h ang e c irc uit RS- 232, V.2 4/V .2 8
• Gal vanic all y n ot insul at ed
• ESD protection
• T rans mis s i on rat e up to 115. 2 kbit/s ( d ep en din g on prot oc ol)
• Time synchr onization
• Lin e leng th up to 2.5 m
1 serial interface (X3) • B al anc ed interc h ang e c irc uit RS- 422/R S- 485
• Gal vanic ally insulat ed
• ESD protection
• Config ur ati on 4- wir e/2-w ir e with/ with ou t ter min at ing res is tor
(parameter-settable)
• Trans mis s i on r at e up to 115. 2 kb it/s ( dep en din g on pr ot ocol)
• R ated impu ls e volt ag e 2 kV
1 serial interface (X6) 1) RS- 23 2 M od e:
• U nbal anc ed int erc han g e c irc uit RS- 23 2, V.28
• Gal vanic ally insulat ed
• ESD protection
• T rans mis s i on rat e up to 115. 2 kbit/s ( d ep en din g on prot o-
col)Rated impu lse voltage 2 kV
• Lin e leng th up to 2.5 m
RS- 48 5 M od e:
• B alanc ed interc h ang e c ircui t RS- 42 2/R S-4 85
• Gal vanic ally insulat ed
• ESD protection
• Config ur ati on 4- wir e/2-w ir e with/ with ou t ter min at ing res is tor
(parameter-settable)
• Trans mis s i on r at e up to 115. 2 kb it/s ( dep en din g on pr ot ocol)
• R ated impu ls e volt ag e 2 kV
1 radio interface (X7) 1) GPRS
• Q uad ban d EGSM 8 50/ 9 00/ 1800 /1 90 0 MH z
• GPRS multislot class 10 2)
• C oding sch em e C S 1-4
• Upli nk up to 80 k bit/s (HW rev. BB: 60 kbit/s)
• D ownli nk u p to 40 kb it/s (Hw rev. BB : 20 kb it/s )
• M axim um tr ans mitted RF power :
− 2 W (33 dBm) for GSM 850 and GSM 900
− 1 W (30 dBm) for GSM 1800 and GSM 1900
• P er mit ted ant enn a gai n:
− GSM 850 MHz ≤ 6 dBi
− GSM 900 MHz ≤ 6 dBi
− GSM 1800 MHz ≤ 2 .25 dB i
− GSM 1900 MHz ≤ 2 .25 dB i
• ESD protection
• Lic ens ing RED 2 014/ 53/EU
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 97
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Power supply
Op er ati ng volt age Input DC 5 V:
DC 4.75…5.5 V 1.5 W
Input DC 28 V:
DC 25.2…30.8 V 3.5 W (CP-8021)
5.5 W (CP-8022)
Int ern al oper ating vol t ages Logic DC 3.3 /2.5/1.2 V
Option al power supply f or exter-
nal m odem via X2 3)
(CP- 802 1; CP-802 2 with deac-
ti vated internal GPRS m odem 4))
• D e-en ergi zed (f or res et of m od em)
• DC 5.2 V ± 5 % 2.5 W
• DC 12 V ± 5 % 2.5 W
Option al power supply f or exter-
nal m odem via X2 3)
(CP- 802 2 with ac tivated i nternal
GPRS modem)
• De- ener giz ed (for reset of mod em)
• DC 5.2 V ± 5 % 0.75 W
Connections/mechanics
Eth ernet/LAN (X1, X4) RJ45 socket 8-pole (IEC 60603-7)
Serial RS-232 (X2) RJ45 socket 8-pole (IEC 60603-7)
Serial RS-485 (X3) Push-in terminal 8-pole (with out interception)
max. wire cross section: 1.5 mm2
ser ial RS-232/RS-485 (X6) 1) Push-in termin al 8-pole ( w ithout interception)
max. wire cross section: 1.5 mm2
GPRS (X7) 1) SMA connector
Dimension (LxWxH) 132 x 3 0 x 142 mm ( measure with out DIN rai l)
Weight Appr ox. 210 g (CP- 8021), ca. 260 g (C P-8022)
1) only CP-8022
2) for CP-8022 with production level BB applies class 4
3) only for specific transmission facilities
4) as of production level CC
System Components and Technical Data
98 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5 Protocol Elements
Note
T he hardware of th e protocol elemen ts is int egrated on the M aster Modul e. The relevant technical d ata
ar e described ther e.
5.5.1 UMPMT0, UMPST0
5.5.1.1 Functions
Communication of a central station with one o r several substations in multi-point traffic.
Central Station
• Serial communication protocol according IEC60870-5-101
UMPT0 is central station
• Unbalanced transmission Master
─ Network configuration
− Multipoint-partyline
− Multipoint-star
− Max. connections: 100
─ System or device (application function)
− Controlling station
• Physical layer / data flow control
─ Unbalanced interchange circuit accordingV.24/V.28 standard
─ Transmission medium (half duplex)
─ Byte Frame (8E1)
─ Data fl ow co ntrol Bit i n recei ve dir ection
─ Data flow control Bit supervision
• Interoperability according to IEC 60870-5-101 Ed.1
• Interoperability according to the following document:
─SICAM RTUs Interoperability IEC 60870-5-101/104 (DC0-013-2)
• Data acquisition by polling (station interrogation)
─ Continuous Interrogation of a Remote Terminal Unit
─ Station failure delay
• Acquisition of events (transmission of data ready to be sent)
• General interrogation, outstation interrogation
• Clock synchronization according IEC 60870-5-101
─ Clock synchronization with <TI:=103> clock synchronization command
─ Acqui sition of transmission delay (prim ary station) used for correction of clock syn-
chronization (with request status of link = proprietary)
• Command transmission
─ Demand
─ Set control location
─ Check control location
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 99
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
• Transmission of integrated totals
• File transfer
• Optimized parameters for selected transmission facilities (modems)
─ Predefined opti mi zed par ameter s for select ed transmission facil ities
─ Free definable parameters for transmission facility
─ 5 V power supply for external modem
ATTENTION: check power consumption of external modem!
• Standby transmission line over the public telephone network (PSTN)
• Data transmission using time slot radio
• Co-ordination of several masters
• Data transmission in relay operation mode (multi-point traffic with routing)
─ Main and Standby Transmission Line
• Protocol element control and return information
─ Protocol element control messages
− Send (general) interrogation command to all
− Send (general) interrogation command to selective CASDU
− Set control location
− Data filter in transmit direction “ON/OFF”
− Data filter in receive direction “ON/OFF”
− “Activate/Deactivate” interface
− “Activate/Deactivate” interface + protocol functions
− Add / Remove station to station polling
− Call cycle START / STOP / CONTINUE
− Continuous call station x ON / OFF
− Main/ Standby transmission line ACTIVE
─ Protocol element return information
− Station failure
− Station status
− Status DTR (1 = state line active)
− Status DSR (1 = state line active)
− Protocol-specific return information 0-3, 6, 7, 8-11
• Remote maintenance with SICAM TOOLBOX II via serial connection
• Special functions
─ Summer tim e bit (SU) = 0 for all m essages in transmit direction (summ er time bit in
time tag)
─ Da y of w eek ( DOW ) = 0 for al l m es s ag es in tr a nsmi t di r ec ti o n ( d ay of week t i m e t a g)
─ Originator address = 0 for all m essages in transmit di recti on
• Transparent Mode (Tunneling)
System Components and Technical Data
100 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Substation
• Serial communication protocol according to IEC60870-5-101
UMPST0 is substation
• Unbalanced transmission Slave
─ Network configuration
− Multipoint-partyline
− Multipoint-star
− Max. connections: 1
─ System or device (application function)
− Controlled station
• Physical layer / data flow control
─ Unbalanced interchange circuit according to V.24/V.28 standard
─ Transmission medium (half duplex)
─ Byte Frame (8E1)
• Interoperability according to IEC 60870-5-101 Ed.1
• Interoperability according to the following document:
─SICAM RTUs Interoperability IEC 60870-5-101/104 (DC0-013-2)
• Acquisition of events (transmission of data ready to be sent)
• General interrogation, outstation interrogation
─ Non Interruptible GI
─ Send GI-data as class 1 data
─ Convert general interrogation command in receive direction to Broadcast
• Clock synchronization according to IEC 60870-5-101
─ Clock synchronization with <TI:=103> clock synchronization command
─ Acqui sition of transmission delay (secondary station) used for correction of clock syn-
chronization with <TI:=106>
─ Correction of clock synchronization (via parameter)
─ Accuracy +/-20ms
─ Accuracy (relay operation) +/-20ms *)
• File transfer
• Optimized parameters for selected transmission facilities (modems)
─ Predefined opti mi zed par ameter s for select ed transmission facil ities
─ Free definable parameters for transmission facility
─ 5 V power supply for external modem
ATTENTION: check power consumption of external modem!
• Data transmission in relay operation mode (multi-point traffic with routing)
• Protocol element control and return information
─ Protocol element control messages
− Send (general) interrogation command to all
− I bit handling for time ON/OFF
─ Protocol element return information
− Status DTR (1 = state line active)
− Status DSR (1 = state line active)
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 101
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
• Special functions
─ Summer tim e bit (SU) = 0 for all m essages in transmit direction (summ er time bit in
time tag)
─ Da y of w eek ( DOW ) = 0 for al l m es s ag es in tr a nsmi t di r ec ti o n ( d ay of week t i m e t a g)
─ Originator address = 0 for all m essages in transmit di recti on
─ Send GI-data as class 1 data
─ Non interruptible GI
─ Convert general interrogation command to BROADCAST in receive direction
─ Do not st ore gener al i nt erro ga tion comm ands i n r ecei ve d irect i on
─ Send En d of ini t m ess age as c las s 1 dat a
─ Send ACTCON, ACTTERM message as class 1 data
─ Send ACTCON for clock synchronization command
─ Emulate ACTCON+/-
─ Em ulat e ACTCO N, A CTTERM for c omma nds ( wit h cont rol message)
─ Message synchronization
─ Fi lteri ng of m easured values with COT = 3 (spontaneous) in transmit direction
___
*) with r elay operati on acc uracy will be r educed 10 ms per routing station
Note
T he previously mentioned functions are described in detail i n the document SICAM SICAM RTUs • Ax
1703 Commo n Fu nct ions Prot oco l Elem ents, section “Multi-Po int Tra ff ic (UMP) ”.
5.5.1.2 Operating Modes
Ope ra ting mo de Inter f ac e →
optional DTE Inter f ac e signals
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28) RS-232 asynchronous X2 RXD, TXD, CTS 1), RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X3 TXD+/RXD+, TXD- /RXD- (2-wir e)
TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD- (4-wire)
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X2 → CM-0829
(CM-0819 2))RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND (to CM-08x9)
Optical interface (multimode fibre optic)
ring X2 → CM-0821 RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND (to CM-0821)
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X6 3) RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X6 3) TXD+/RXD+, TXD- /RXD- (2-wir e)
TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD- (4-wire)
1) not usable (reserved for SICAM TOOLBOX II)
2) RS-422 not supported
3) only CP-8022 (switchable mode via parameter)
Note
D et ails ab out r ealizati on of various operat ion modes are given i n t he manual SICAM SICAM RTUs Plat-
forms – Configuration Automation Units and Automation Networks.
System Components and Technical Data
102 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.1.3 Communication
For the communic ation infrastru cture, additional suitable tra nsmission facilities and/or network
components may be needed.
Own Station (Central Station)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 UMPMT0
Remote Sta tion (Substation)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80
SICAM AK 3 CP-2016/CPCX26
CP-2019/PCCX26 SM-2551/UMPSA0
SM-0551/UMPSA0
Legacy systems
(SICAM AK, SI-
CAM TM, SI-
CAM EMIC, SI-
CAM MIC, SI-
CAM BC, Ax 17 03)
CP-20xx
CP-50xx
CP-60xx
SM-2551/UMPSA0
SM-0551/UMPSA0
UMPST0
SM-2541/UMPS00
acc. toSICAM RTUs
IEC 60870-5-101/104 Inter-
operability
Third-party system – – acc. to SICAM RTUs
IEC 60870-5-101/104 Inter-
operability
Own Station (Substation)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 UMPST0
Rem ote Station (Central Station)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 UMPMT0
SICAM AK 3 CP-2016/CPCX26
CP-2019/PCCX26 SM-2551/UMPMA0
SM-0551/UMPMA0
Legacy systems
(SICAM AK,
SICAM TM,
SICAM BC, Ax 1703)
CP-20xx
CP-50xx
CP-60xx
SM-2551/UMPMA0
SM-0551/UMPMA0
UMPMT0
SM-2541/UMPM00
acc. toSICAM RTUs
IEC 60870-5-101/104 Inter-
operability
Third-party system – – acc. to SICAM RTUs
IEC 60870-5-101/104 Inter-
operability
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 103
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.2 DIAST0
5.5.2.1 Functions
Communication of a central station with up to 100 substations.
• Unbalanced dial-up traffic Slave based on IEC 60870-5-101
DIAST0 is substation
• Controlling connection establishment and disconnection
─ Connection establishment spontaneously and cyclically, control-
ling station ó controll ed station
− Establishing a connection cyclically at a settable interval (m onitoring cycle)
∗ for transmission of low-priority data
∗ for monitoring the station availability
∗ f or clock synchronization
─ Controlling connection establishm ent by m eans of modem commands
− AT Hayes, V.25bis, X.20, X.28
− Arbitrary main telephone number of a telephone network (PSTN)
─ Access control (LOGIN with password) in the private range of IEC 60870-5-101
─ Disconnection control in the private range of IEC 60870-5-101
• Communication when a connection is established according to
unbalanced multi-point (dial-up traffic) based on IEC 60870-5-101
─ Data acquisition by polling (station interrogation)
─ Acquisition of events (transmission of data ready to be sent)
─ General interrogation, outstation interrogation
─ Clock synchronization
− Each time a connection has been established
− W hen a connection is established, one time per minute
─ Command transmission
─ Transmission of integrated totals
• Co-ordination of several masters in "multi-master operation" (availability and data through-
put)
─ The controlling station can simultaneously establish connections to different controlled
stations
• Standby tr ansmission line(s) by m eans of standby telephone num bers of the same or an-
other (PSTN) telephone network
• Multi-hierarchical configurations
• Optimized parameters for selected transmission facilities
• Toll-saving transmission strategies
• Having a telephone set connected in parallel
• Functions for supporting redundant communication routes
Note
T he previously mentioned functions are described in detail i n the document SICAM SICAM RTUs • Ax
1703 Commo n Fu nct ions Prot oco l Elem ents, section "Dial -Up Traffic (DIA)".
System Components and Technical Data
104 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.2.2 Operating Modes
Ope ra ting mo de Inter f ac e →
optional DTE Inter fac e sig nals
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X2 → Modem
(GSM, PSTN,
TETRA, ISDN)
RXD, TXD, CTS 1), RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X6 2) RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR, GND
1) not usable (reserved for SICAM TOOLBOX II)
2) only CP-8022 (RS-232 mode)
Note
D et ails ab out r ealizati on of various operat ion modes are given i n t he manual SICAM SICAM RTUs Plat-
forms – Configuration Automation Units and Automation Networks.
5.5.2.3 Communication
For the communic ation infrastru cture, additional suitable tra nsmission facilities and/or network
components may be needed.
Own Station (Substation)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 DIAST0
Rem ote Station (Central Station)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM AK 3 CP-2016/CPCX26
CP-2019/PCCX26 SM-2551/DIAMA1
SM-0551/DIAMA1
Legacy systems
(SICAM AK,
SICAM TM,
SICAM BC, Ax 1703)
CP-20xx
CP-50xx
CP-60xx
SM-2551/DIAMA1
SM-0551/DIAMA1
SM-2541/DIAM00
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 105
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.3 103MT0
5.5.3.1 Functions
Communication between o ne central station and up to 100 protectiv e devic es.
• Serial communication protocol according to IEC 60870-5-103
103MT0 is central station
• Unbalanced multi-point traffic (primary station)
─ Network configuration
− Point-to-point configuration (Master+ 1 Slave)
− Multiple point-to-point configuration (separate interface for each single point-to-
point configuration require d)
− Multipoint partyline
− Multipoint star
− Max. connections: 100 1)
─ System or device (application function)
− Controlling station
• Physical layer/data flow control
─ Unbalanced interchange circuit according to V.24/V.28 standard
─ Transmission medium (half duplex)
─ Byte Frame (8E1)
─ Data flow control bit in receive direction
─ Data flow control bit supervision
• Interoperability
─ Compatibility level 1 (VDEW/ZVEI Standard)
─ Com patibility level 2 (Disturbance Data)
─ Message Conversion (protocol mode/m essage format)
− IEC 60870-5-103/IEC 60870-5-103 “standard“ [default]
− IEC 60870-5-103/IEC 60870-5-101 “tunneling mode“ 2)
• Interoperability according to the following document:
─SICAM RTUs IEC 60870-5-103 Interoperability (DC0-026-2)
• Data acquisition by polling (station interrogation)
─ Continuous interrogation of a remote terminal unit
• Acquisition of events (transmission of data ready to be sent)
─ Test mode
• General interrogation, outstation interrogation
─ Delayed transmission of general interrogation command
• Clock synchronization according to IEC 60870-5-103
─ Cyclic clock synchronization (parameterizable)
─ Correction of clock synchronization (via parameter)
• Command transmission
─ Demand
─ Set control location
─ Check control location
• Transmission of integrated totals
• File transfer
─ Disturbance records to SICAM DISTO
─ Disturbance records to control center system s according to IEC 60870-5-101/104
System Components and Technical Data
106 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
• Optimized parameters for selected transmission facilities (modems)
─ Predefined opti mi zed par ameter s for select ed transmission facil ities
─ Free definable parameters for transmission facility
─ 5 V power supply for external modem
ATTENTION: check power consumption of external modem!
• Protocol element control and return information
─ Protocol element control messages
− Send (general) interrogation command to all
− Send (general) interrogation command to selective CASDU
− Set control location
− Call cycle START/STOP/CONTINUE
− Continuous call station x ON/OFF
− “Activate/Deactivate” interface
─ Protocol element return information
− Station failure
− Station status
− Status DTR (1 = state line active)
− Status DSR (1 = state line active)
− Protocol-specific return information 0-3, 6, 7
• Special functions
─ Send short-circuit location values with GI
─ Resetting the short-circuit location values
− Reset short-circuit location values with command
− Reset short-circuit location values automatically
─ Signaling/measured value disabling
─ Technological adaptation for measured values
─ Measured value change monitoring
─ Monitoring intermediate and faulty positions of double-point information
─ Transfer of the information "blocked activation/tripping of the protection"
─ Transmit non-updated process images
─ Emulation of the going binary information
─ Remote-configuration of Reyrolle relays
___
1) recommendation max. 30 stations
2) IEC 6 0870-5-101 mes sag es are tr ansmitted in IE C 6 0870 -5-10 3 c ontain er m ess ag es (i n th e privat e
r ange); with SIC AM RTUs configurations with BC 170 3 the c onversi on of IEC 60870-5-101 à
IEC 60870-5-103 à IEC 60870-5-10 1 can be omitted
Note
T he previously mentioned functions are described in detail i n the document SICAM SICAM RTUs • Ax
1703 Commo n Fu nct ions Prot oco l Elem ents, section "Interfaces of Protective Devices (103)".
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 107
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.3.2 Operating Modes
Ope ra ting mo de Inter f ac e →
optional DTE Inter f ac e signals
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28) RS-232 asynchronous X2 RXD, TXD, CTS 1), RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X3 TXD+/RXD+, TXD- /RXD- (2-wir e)
TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD- (4-wire)
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X2 → CM-0829
(CM-0819 2))RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND (to CM-08x9)
Optical interface (multimode fibre optic)
ring X2 → CM-0821 RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND (to CM-0821)
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28) RS-232 asynchronous X6 3) RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X6 3) TXD+/RXD+, TXD- /RXD- (2-wir e)
TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD- (4-wire)
1) not usable (reserved for SICAM TOOLBOX II)
2) RS-422 not supported
3) only CP-8022 (switchable mode via parameter)
Note
D et ails ab out r ealizati on of various operat ion modes are given i n t he manual SICAM RTUs Platforms -
Configuration Automation Units and Automation Networks.
5.5.3.3 Communication
For the communic ation infrastru cture, additional suitable tra nsmission facilities and/or network
components may be needed.
Own Station (Central Station)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 103MT0
Remote Station (Substation; e.g. protective device, power meter)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
Legacy systems
(SICAM BC, Ax 1703)CP-50xx SM-2551/103SA0
SM-0551/103SA0
SM-2541/103S00
Local serial interface
electrical
optical
P rotectio n de v ices of
SIPROTEC se ries – – acc. to SI CAM RTUs
IEC 60870-5-10 3 Int er-
operability
Third-party system – – acc. to SICAM RTUs
IEC 60870-5-10 3 Int er-
operability
System Components and Technical Data
108 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.4 BPPT0
5.5.4.1 Functions
Communication of a central stati on wi th a subs tatio n.
• Serial communication protocol according to IEC60870-5-101
• Balanced point-to-point transmission
─ Network configuration
− Point-to-point configuration
− Multiple point-to-point configuration *)
─ Max. connections: 1
─ System or device (application function)
− Controlled station
− Controlling station
• Physical layer / data flow control
─ Unbalanced interchange circuit accordingV.24/V.28 standard
─ Transmission medium (full duplex)
─ Byte Frame (8E1)
─ Data fl ow co ntrol Bit i n recei ve dir ection
• Interoperability
─ IEC60870-5-101 Ed.1
• Interoperability according to the following document:
─SICAM RTUs Interoperability IEC 60870-5-101/104 (DC0-013-2)
• Acquisition of events (transmission of data ready to be sent)
• General interrogation, outstation interrogation
─ Non Interruptible GI
• Clock synchronization according IEC 60870-5-101
─ Clock synchronization with <TI:=103> clock synchronization command
─ Acqui sition of transmission delay (prim ary station) used for correction of clock syn-
chronization with <TI:=106>
─ Acqui sition of transmission delay (secondary station) used for correction of clock syn-
chronization with <TI:=106>
• Command transmission
─ Set control location
─ Check control location
• Transmission of integrated totals
• File transfer
• Optimized parameters for selected transmission facilities (modems)
─ Free definable parameters for transmission facility
• Protocol element control and return information
─ Protocol element control
− Send (general) interrogation command to all
− Send (general) interrogation command to selective CASDU
− Send (general) interrogation command for image GI to own Master Module
− Set control location
− Data filter in transmit direction “ON/OFF“
− Data filter in receive direction “ON/OFF”
− Activate/Deactivate interface
− Activate/Deactivate interface + protocol functions
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 109
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
─ Protocol element return information
− Protocol-specific return information 0 "Interface activated/deactivated"
− Protocol-specific return information 1 "Interface + protocol functions activat-
ed/deactivated"
• Remote maintenance with SICAM TOOLBOX II via serial connection
• Special functions
─ Summ er time bit (SU) = 0 for all messages in transmit direction (tim e tag)
─ Day of week (DOW) = 0 for all m essages in transmit direction (time tag)
─ Originator address = 0 for all m essages in transmit di recti on
─ Convert general interrogation command in receive direction to BROADCAST
─ Non interruptible GI
− ACTCON for clock synchronization command
− Emulate ACTCON+/-
− Emulate ACTCON, ACTTERM for commands with control message
− Compatibility TCS100
─ Special functions for project DBAG
− Breaker delay in transmit direction
(DBAG-spe cific special message format <TI=150>)
− Send originator address with settable value
− Transparent Mode (tunneling, container mode)
___
*) separate interface for each single-point-to-point configuraration required
Note
T he previously mentioned functions are described in detail i n the document SICAM RTUs • Ax 1703
Common Functions Protocol Elements, chapter "Point-to-Point Traffic (BPP)".
5.5.4.2 Operating Modes
Ope ra ting mo de Inter f ac e →
optional DTE Inter f ac e signals
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X2 RXD, TXD, CTS 1), RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-422 (4-wire)
asynchronous X3 TXD+, TXD-, RXD+, RXD- (4-w ire)
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-422 (4-wire)
asynchronous X2 → CM- 0829 RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND (to CM-08x9)
Optical interface (multimode fibre optic)
ring X2 → CM-0821 RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND (to CM-0821)
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X6 2) RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-422 (4-wire)
asynchronous X6 2) TXD+, TXD-, RXD+, RXD- (4-w ire)
1) not usable (reserved for SICAM TOOLBOX II)
2) only CP-8022 (switchable mode via parameter)
Note
D et ails ab out r ealizati on of various operat ion modes are given i n t he manual SICAM RTUs Platforms -
Configuration Automation Units and Automation Networks.
System Components and Technical Data
110 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.4.3 Communication
For the communic ation infrastru cture, additional suitable tra nsmission facilities and/or network
components may be needed.
Own Station
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 BPPT0
Remote Sta tion
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 BPPT0
SICAM AK 3 CP-2016/CPCX26
CP-2019/PCCX26 SM-2551/BPPA0
SM-0551/BPPA0
Legacy systems
(SICAM AK, SI-
CAM TM, SI-
CAM EMIC, SI-
CAM BC, Ax 17 03)
CP-20xx
CP-50xx
CP-60xx
SM-2551/BPPA0
SM-0551/BPPA0
BPPT0
SM-2541/BPP00
Third-party system – – acc. to SICAM RTUs
IEC 60870-5-10 1/104 Inter-
operability
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 111
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.5 ET84
5.5.5.1 Functions
• LAN/WAN communication over Ethernet TCP/IP - general
─ 10 Mbit/s (full duplex) 1)
─ 10 Mbit/s (half duplex) 1)
─ 10 Mbit/s (full duplex , auto negotiation) 1)
─ 10 Mbit/s (half duplex, auto negotiation) 1)
─ 10/100 Mbit/s (half duplex / full duplex, auto negoti ation) 1)
─ 100 Mbit/s (full duplex) 1)
─ 100 Mbit/s (half duplex) 1)
─ 100 Mbit/s (full duplex, auto negotiation) 1)
─ 100 Mbit/s (half duplex, auto negotiation) 1)
─ Auto-MDIX (Auto Medium Dependent Interface Crossover) 1)
─ Parameters for TCP/IP optimization 1)
─ TCP/IP Keep Alive 1)
• LAN/WAN communication over Ethernet TCP/IP according to IEC 60870-5-104
─ Controlled station
─ Controlling Station
─ Max. connections: 100 2)
• Supported Ports
─ Port 2404: IEC 60870-5-104
─ Port 80: HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) - “Rem ote operation for SICAM
TOOLBOX II“ 1)
─ Port 443: HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol over SSL/TLS) - “Rem ote operation for
SICAM TOOLBOX II“ 1)
─ Port 123: NTP V3 (Network Time Protocol) 1)
─ Port 123: SNTP V3 (Simple Network Time Protocol) 1)
• Special protocols:
─ Address Resolution Protocol (Gratuitous ARP) 1)
• Interoperability according to the following document:
─SICAM RTUs Interoperability IEC 60870-5-101/104 (DC0-013-2)
• Acquisition of events (transmission of data ready to be sent)
• General interrogation, outstation interrogation
• Clock synchronization according to NTP (Network Time Protocol)
─ NTP server 1)
─ NTP client 1)
─ SNTP client 1)
• Command transmission
─ Command transfer monitoring (dwell time monitoring)
─ Set control location
─ Check control location
• Transmission of integrated totals
• Protocol element control and return information
Protocol element control message
─ Send (general) interrogation command
─ Preset control location
Protocol element return information
─ PRE return information 0 “Status DATA TRANSFER (Master Module)”
─ PRE return information 1 “Status DATA TRANSFER (104)”
System Components and Technical Data
112 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
• Functions for the support of redundant communication routes
─ PSI redundancy (synchronous connections)
─ 104 redundancy according IEC 60870-5-104 Edition 2.0
− 104 redundancy “controlled station” with 1 Ethernet interface
─ 1703 redundancy
─ Dual LAN interface with integrated switch for ring or star configurations (DNIP)
− Switch mode 1)
• SICAM TOOLBOX II connection over LAN/WAN ("remote connection")
─ Remote connection based on HTTP/HTTPS 1)
─Authentication in SICAM RTUs using connection password (optional) 1)
─ Warning “Remote Operation” 1)
• Security
─ IPSec VPN
− IPSec in tunnel mode: initiator 1)
− Authentication / encryption based on pre-shared key 1)
− Internet Key Exchange protocol: IKEv1, IKEv2 1)
− Authentication: HMAC-SHA1, SHA2_224, SHA2_256, SHA2_384, SHA2_512,
HMAC-MD5 1)
− Encryption: AES-128/-192/-256, 3DES 1)
− Diffie Hellman group: group 1, group 2 1)
─ Security logging
− SysLog Client 1)
• Special functions
─ Summ er time bit (SU) = 0 for all messages in transmit direction (tim e tag)
─ Day of week (DOW) = 0 for all m essages in transmit direction (time tag)
─ Originator address = 0 for all m essages in transmit di recti on
─ WhiteList filter
─ Data throughput limitation
− Suppress error in case of connection failure
− Error handl ing f or connecti on with “f ail ure = suppress”
─ NT-Bit simulation after connection failure
─ General interrogation aft er connection is OK
______
1) function is integrated in the Master Module
2) recommendation max. 10 connections
Note
T he previously mentioned functions are described in detail i n the document SICAM RTUs • Ax 1703
Common Functions Protocol Elements, section "LAN Communication (104)".
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 113
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.5.2 Operating Modes
Ope ra ting mo de Inter f ac e →
optional DTE Inter fac e sig nals
E lectrical Et he rnet inter face
(twis ted p air) X1
X4 TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD-
GPRS X7 *) (Antenna)
*) only CP-8022
Note
D et ails ab out r ealizati on of various operat ion modes are given i n t he manual SICAM RTUs Platforms -
Configuration Automation Units and Automation Networks.
5.5.5.3 Communication
For the communic ation infrastru cture, additional suitable tra nsmission facilities and/or network
components may be needed.
Own Station
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 ET84
Remote Sta tion
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 ET84
SICAM AK 3 CP-2016/CPCX25
CP-2019/PCCX25 ET24
SM-2558/ETA4 onl y 100 M bit/s
Legacy systems
(SICAM AK, SI-
CAM TM, SI-
CAM EMIC, SI-
CAM MIC, SI-
CAM BC, Ax 17 03)
CP-20xx
CP-50xx
CP-60xx
SM-2558/ETA4
SM-2557/ETA2
ETT0
SM-15x4/ET00
acc. toSICAM RTUs
IEC 60870-5-10 1/104 Inter-
operability
Third-party system – – acc. to SICAM RTUs
IEC 60870-5-10 1/104 Inter-
operability
System Components and Technical Data
114 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.6 ET85
5.5.6.1 Functions
Common Functions IEC 61850 Client
• LAN/WAN communication over Ethernet TCP/IP - general
─ 100 Mbit/s (full duplex, auto negotiation) 1)
─ Auto-MDIX (Auto Medium Dependent Interface Crossover) 1)
• IEC 61850 client
─ Edition 1
─ Edition 2
─ Max. number of servers (max. connections): 20
─ Max. number of “l ogical devices” (for each connection): 2)
─ Max. number of “l ogical nodes” (for each connection): 2)
─ Max. number of data points: 1000
─ Startup time PRE: 3)
─ Initialization (after startup time PRE): 4)
─ ACSI services 5)
─ Common data classes 5)
─ Attributes 5)
─ Supported functionality according to:
− PICS (Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement)
− PIXIT (Protocol Implementation Extra Information)
− Supported Logical Nodes and their Attributes
• Supported ports
─ Port 102: MMS (Manufacturing Message Specification)
─ Po rt 80: HT TP ( Hypertext Tr ansfer P rot oc ol) - “W eb server “1)
─ Port 80: HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) - “Rem ote operation for
SICAM TOOLBOX II“ 1)
─ Port 443: HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol over SSL/TLS) - “W eb server“ 1)
─ Port 443: HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol over SSL/TLS) - “Rem ote operation for
SICAM TOOLBOX II“ 1)
─ Port 123: NTP V3 (Network Time Protocol) 1)
─ Port 123: SNTP V3 (Simple Network Time Protocol) 1)
• Acquisition of events
─ Static data sets
─ Dynamic data sets
─ Buffered reports
─ Unbuffered reports
• Transmission of files
─ Disturbance records to SICAM DISTO
• Transmission of integrated totals
• General interrogation
• Command transmission
─ Set control location
─ Check control location
─ Command interlocking
─ Direct control with normal security
─ Direct control with enhanced security
─ SBO control with enhanced security
• Setting groups
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 115
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
• Clock synchronization according to NTP (Network Time Protocol)
─ NTP server 1)
─ NTP client 1)
─ SNTP client 1)
• Functions for the support of redundant communication routes
─ Dual LAN interface with integrated switch for ring or star configurations (DNIP)
− Switch mode 1)
− Single mode 1)
− Single + service mode 1)
• Protocol element control and return information
Protocol element control message
─ START connection to server (“Initiate”)
─ STOP connection to server (“Conclude”)
─ Send (general) interrogation command
─ Preset control location
• SICAM TOOLBOX II connection over LAN/WAN ("remote connection")
─ Remote connection based on HTTP/HTTPS 1)
─Authentication in SICAM RTUs using connection password (optional) 1)
─ Warning “Remote Connection” 1)
• Web Server
─ Integrated web server to display connection-/statistic-/developer information
─ A cc ess t o t he web ser ver wi th s tand ard web br ows er v ia H TTP 1)
─ A cc ess t o t he web ser ver wi th s tand ard web br ows er v ia H TTPS 1)
─ Supported web browser
− Microsoft Internet Explorer 9, 10, 11
− Microsoft Edge
• Special functions
─ Con ver si on of t he tim e i nf orm ati on (UTC; l oc al ti m e w/ wo Summer- W int erti m e)
─ Signaling / measured value disabling
─ Emulation of the going binary information
─ Emulation of the data on reception of the attribute Beh.stVal = "OFF" and
Beh.st Val = “BLOCKED”
─ Technological adaptation for measured values
─ Measured value change monitoring
─ Monitoring intermediate and faulty positions of double-point information
─ Remote parameterization/diagnostic of SICAM RTUs components via IEC 61850
______
1) function is integrated in the Master Module
2) not limited (limited only by free memory)
3) du e t o perf or manc e matters (initi aliz ation ti mes upon c onn ec ti on s etup), no m ore th an 2 000 d ata
points are recommend ed
4) max. startup time (with 10000 data points): approx. 4 min
min. s tartup time (wit h 1 d at a point): approx. 30…6 0 s (dependen t on the configuration of t he AU)
5) supported with restrictions (for details see SICAM RTUs • Ax 1703 Common Functions Protocol
Elements, chapter “LAN Communication (61850)”, section Basic Data Types” and “Conversion
IEC 60870-5-10 1/104 ↔ IEC 618 50“)
System Components and Technical Data
116 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Common Functions IEC 61850 Server
• LAN/WAN communication over Ethernet TCP/IP - general
─ 100 Mbit/s (full duplex, auto negotiation) 1)
• IEC 61850 server
─ Edition 2
─ GOOSE 2)
─ Max. number of servers (max. connections): 6
─ Max. number of “l ogical devices” (including all servers): 300
─ Max. number of “logical nodes” (including all servers): 3)
─ Max. number of data points: 4)
─ ACSI services 5)
─ Common data classes 5)
─ Attributes 5)
─ Supported functionality according to:
− PICS (Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement)
− PIXIT (Protocol Implementation Extra Information)
− Supported Logical Nodes and their Attributes
• Supported ports
─ Port 102: MMS (Manufacturing Message Specification)
─ Po rt 80: HT TP ( Hypertext Tr ansfer P rot oc ol) - “W eb server “1)
─ Port 80: HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) - “Rem ote operation for
SICAM TOOLBOX II“ 1)
─ Port 443: HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol over SSL/TLS) - “W eb server“ 1)
─ Port 443: HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol over SSL/TLS) - “Rem ote operation for
SICAM TOOLBOX II“ 1)
─ Port 123: NTP V3 (Network Time Protocol) 1)
─ Port 123: SNTP V3 (Simple Network Time Protocol) 1)
• Acquisition of events
─ Static data sets
─ Buffered reports
─ Unbuffered reports
• Transmission of files
─ Disturbance records to SICAM DISTO
• Transmission of integrated totals
• General interrogation
• Command transmission
─ Direct control with normal security
─ Direct control with enhanced security
─ SBO control with enhanced security
• Setting groups
• Clock synchronization according to NTP (Network Time Protocol)
─ NTP server 1)
─ NTP client 1)
─ SNTP client 1)
• Functions for the support of redundant communication routes
─ Server redundancy
─ GOOSE redundancy
• Protocol element control and return information
Protocol element control message
─ Send (general) interrogation command
• SICAM TOOLBOX II connection over LAN/WAN ("remote connection")
─ Remote connection based on HTTP/HTTPS
─Authentication in SICAM RTUs using connection password (optional)
─ Warning “Remote Connection” 1)
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 117
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
• Web Server
─ Integrated web server to display connection-/statistic-/developer information
─ A cc ess t o t he web ser ver wi th s tand ard web br ows er v ia H TTP
─ Supported web browser
− Microsoft Internet Explorer 9, 10, 11
− Microsoft Edge
• Special functions
─ Con ver si on of t he tim e i nf orm ati on (UTC; l oc al ti m e w/ wo Summer- W int erti m e)
─ Technological adaptation for measured values
─ Measured value change monitoring
─ Loggi ng of the rem ote commands at the local control center
─ Remote parameterization/diagnostic of SICAM RTUs components via IEC 61850
______
1) function is integrated in the Master Module
2) with GOOSE publis h and GOOSE s ubsc ribe only d ata at tribut es are s upport ed (n o dat a ob jects)!
3) not limited (limited only by free memory)
4) formulas for the determination of the total number of data points (n):
unbuffered reports: #LD • 54 + #CO N (13 (#LD + #DP/60) • 2) + #DP • 14 = n
buffered reports: #LD • 54 + #CON ( 19 (# LD + #D P/60) • 2) + #DP • 14 = n
unbuffered + buffered reports: #LD • 54 + #CON (32 (#LD + #D P/60) • 2) + # DP • 14 = n
Meaning: Thereby, the following m aximum value applies : n = 2 000 0
#LD number of l ogical devices
#CO N number of connections
#DP nu mber of d ata points
5) supported with restrictions (for details see SICAM RTUs • Ax 1703 Common Functions Protocol
Elements, chapter “LAN Communication (61850)”, section Basic Data Types” and “Conversion
IEC 60870-5-10 1/104 ↔ IEC 618 50“)
Note
T he previously mentioned functions are described in detail i n the document SICAM RTUs • Ax 1703
Common Functions Protocol Elements, section "LAN Communication (61850)".
Note
At the mom ent the IEC 61850 Ser ver can be param eteri zed with the SICAM TOOLBOX II only (n ot with
SICAM WEB).
5.5.6.2 Operating Modes
Ope ra ting mo de Inter f ac e →
optional DTE Int erfac e signal s
E lectrical Et he rnet inter face
(twis ted p air) X1
X4 TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD-
Note
D et ails ab out r ealizati on of various operat ion modes are given i n t he manual SICAM RTUs Platforms -
Configuration Automation Units and Automation Networks.
System Components and Technical Data
118 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.6.3 Communication
For the communic ation infrastru cture, additional suitable tra nsmission facilities and/or network
components may be needed.
5.5.6.3.1 ET85 Client
Own Station (Client)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 ET85 Edition 1 + 2
Remote Station (Server)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 ET85 Edit i on 2
SICAM AK 3 CP-2016/CPCX26
CP-2019/PCCX26 ET25
SM-2558/ETA5 Edit ion 2
Edit i on 2
Legacy systems
(SICAM AK,
SICAM TM,
SICAM BC)
CP-20xx
CP-50xx
CP-60xx
SM-2558/ETA5
SM-2558/ETA3
SM-2557/ET03
Edit i on 2
Edit i on 1
Edit i on 1
IEC 61850 Inte roperability
P rotectio n de v ices of
SIPROTEC se ries – – IEC 61850 Interoperability
Third-party system – – IEC 61850 Interoperability
5.5.6.3.2 ET85 Server
Own Station (Server)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 ET85 Edit i on 2
Rem ote Station (Client)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 ET85 Edit i on 2
SICAM AK3 CP-2016/CPCX26
CP-2019/PCCX26 ET25
SM-2558/ETA5 Edit ion 2
Edit i on 2
Legacy systems
(SICAM AK,
SICAM TM,
SICAM BC)
CP-20xx
CP-50xx
CP-60xx
SM-2558/ETA5 Edit ion 2
Third-party system – – IEC 61850 Interoperability
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 119
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.7 COUMT0
5.5.7.1 Functions
Communication of a central station with up to 10 counter devices.
• Serial communication protocol according to IEC 62056-21 (IEC 61107)
COUMT0 is central station
• Network configuration
─ Multipoint partyline
─ Multipoint star
• Max. connections: 10
• System or device (application function)
─ Controlling station
• Physical layer/data flow control
─ Unbalanced interchange circuit according to V.24/V.28 standard
─ Transmission medium (half duplex)
─ Byte Frame (8E1)
─ Data flow control bit in receive direction
─ Data flow control bit supervision
• Interoperability according to IEC 60870-5-101 Ed. 1
• Interoperability according to the following document:
─SICAM RTUs IEC 60870-5-104 Interoperability (DC0-013-2)
• Data acquisition by polling (station interrogation)
─ Continuous interrogation of a remote terminal unit
─ Station failure delay
• Acquisition of events
• General interrogation, substation interrogation
• Clock synchronization according to IEC 60870-5-101
─ Clock synchronization with <TI:=103> clock synchronization command
─ Acqui sition of transmission delay (prim ary station) used for correction of clock syn-
chronization (with “request status of link” = proprietary)
• Command transmission
─ Demand
─ Set control location
─ Check control location
• Transmission of integrated totals
─ IEC 62056-21 (IEC 61107) Mode-C
─ EDIS data coding (EDIS = Energy Data Identification System)
─ OBIS data coding (OBIS = Objekt Identification System)
• Optimized parameters for selected transmission facilities
─ Predefined opti mi zed par ameter s for select ed transmission facil ities
─ Free definable parameters for transmission facility
─ 5 V power supply for external modem
ATTENTION: check power consumption of external modem!
• Standby transmission line over the public telephone network (PSTN)
• Data transmission using time slot radio
• Co-ordination of several masters
System Components and Technical Data
120 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
• Data transmission in relay operation mode (multi-point traffic with routing)
─ Main and Standby Transmission Line
• Functions for supporting redundant communication routes
─ NUC redundancy (Norwegian Users Convention)
− NUC redundancy controlling station
─ 1703 redundancy
− Listening mode with passive
− Tristate of the RS-232 interfce with passive
• Special functions
─ Summer tim e bit (SU) = 0 for all m essages in transmit direction (summ er time bit in
time tag)
─ Da y of w eek ( DOW ) = 0 for al l m es s ag es in tr a nsmi t di r ec ti o n ( d ay of week t i m e t a g)
─ Originator address = 0 for all m essages in transmit di recti on
5.5.7.2 Operating Modes
Ope ra ting mo de Inter f ac e →
optional DTE Int erfac e signal s
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X2 RXD, TXD, CTS 1), RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X3 TXD+/RXD+, TXD-/RXD- (2-wire)
TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD- (4-wire)
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X2 → CM-0829
(CM-0819 2))RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND (to CM-08x9)
Optical interface (multimode fibre optic)
ring X2 → CM-0821 RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND (to CM-0821)
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X6 3) RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X6 3) TXD+/RXD+, TXD-/RXD- (2-wire)
TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD- (4-wire)
1) not usable (reserved for SICAM TOOLBOX II)
2) RS-422 not supported
3) only CP-8022 (switchable mode via parameter)
Note
D et ails ab out r ealizati on of various operat ion modes are given i n t he manual SICAM SICAM RTUs Plat-
forms – Configuration Automation Units and Automation Networks.
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 121
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.7.3 Communication
For the communic ation infrastru cture, additional suitable tra nsmission facilities and/or network
components may be needed.
Own Station (Central Station)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 COUMT0
Rem ote Station (Counter Device)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
Third-party system – – acc . t o IEC 62 056- 21
(IEC 61107) m ode C with
EDIS/OBIS data coding
System Components and Technical Data
122 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.8 MODMT2, MODST0
5.5.8.1 Functions
Comm unication between one central station and up to 100 substations (MODBUS).
Central Station
• Serial communication according to Modicon MODBUS
MODMT2 is central station
• MODBUS protocol with half duplex link transmission procedure
─ MODBUS RTU mode
• Max. connections (number of supported MODBUS Slaves): 100 1)
─ max. number of SICAM FCMv2 devices per interface without SICAM FCMv2 parame-
ter loadi ng: 100
─ max. number of SICAM FCMv2 devices per interface with SICAM FCMv2 param eter
loading: 5
• Message protection
─ CRC16 + parity (optional) “RTU mode“
• Network Configurations
─ Point-to-point
─ Mu lti pl e po int- t o-p oint (ext ra i nt erfac e r equi red for each point- to -point conf igur ati on)
─ Multipoint-partyline
─ Multipoint-star
─ Data concentrator
• MODBUS Slave address 0 “broadcast“ 2)
• MODBUS Slave addresses 1…247
• Physical Interface
─ RS-232 - unbalanced interface according V.24/V.28 standard
─ RS-485 - balanced interface according V.11 standard 3)
─ RS-422 - balanced interface according V.11 standard 3)
─ Transmission line (half duplex)
• Interoperability according to the following documents:
─SICAM RTUs MODBUS Interoperability (DC0-073-2)
• Acquisition of events (transmission of data ready to be sent)
• General interrogation, outstation interrogation
• Clock synchronization for selected MODBUS Slave Devices
─ Clock synchronization - selectable for each MODBUS Slave
─ Clock synchronization for SICAM FCM
• Optimized parameters for selected transmission facilities (modems)
─ Predefined opti mi zed par ameter s for select ed transmission facil ities
─ Free definable parameters for transmission facility
─ 5 V power supply for external modem
ATTENTION: check power consumption of external modem!
• Protocol element control and return information
─ Protocol element return information
─ Station status
─ Station failure
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 123
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
• Special Functions
─ SICAM FCM “param eter loading“ (SICAM FCM V2.00, V2.10, V2.20, V2.30)
─ SICAM FCM “firmware loading“ (SICAM FCM >=V2.00)
• Engineering
─ TOOLBOX II + OPM
─ Web engineering
___
1) this s pecif ic ati on r ef ers t o th e m ax. nu mb er of poss ible st ations f or MO DBUS Mas ter i n S ICAM
RTUs (per commu nication interface); due to performance and required response time, in most cas-
es only a few stations are possible (typ. 20-30); the MODBUS protocol itself defines a max. possible
number of 247 s tati ons per line
2) broadcast addressing is only restricted supported by Master
3) exter nal converters (V.24/V. 28 ↔ V. 11) ar e r equired in some c as es
Substation
• Serial communication according to Modicon MODBUS
MODST0 is substation
• MODBUS protocol – half duplex link transmission procedure
─ MODBUS RTU-Mode
─ MODBUS ASCII-Mode
• Max. connections: 1 1)
• Message protection
─ CRC16 + parity (optional) “RTU-Mode“
─ LRC + parity (optional) “ASCII-Mode“
• Network Configurations
─ Point-to-point
─ Mu lti pl e po int- t o-p oint (ext ra i nt erfac e r equi red for each point- to -point conf igur ati on)
─ Multipoint-partyline
─ Multipoint-star
─ Data concentrator
• MODBUS Slave address 0 “broadcast“
• MODBUS Slave addresses 1…247
• Physical interface
─ RS-232 - unbalanced interface according V.24/V.28 standard
─ RS-485 - balanced interface according V.11 standard 2)
─ RS-422 - balanced interface according V.11 standard 2)
─ Transmission line (half duplex)
• Interoperability according to the following documents:
─SICAM RTUs MODBUS Interoperability (DC0-073-2)
• Clock synchronization for selected MODBUS Slave devices
─ Clock synchronization for OMV
• Optimized parameters for selected transmission facilities (modems)
─ Predefined opti mi zed par ameter s for select ed transmission facil ities
─ Free definable parameters for transmission facility
─ 5 V power supply for external modem
ATTENTION: check power consumption of external modem!
System Components and Technical Data
124 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
• Engineering
─ SICAM TOOLBOX II + OPM II
─ Web engineering
___
1) f rom t he p ersp ect ive of th e r emot e t ermin al unit the max. nu mber of s t ati ons per lin e is n ot r el evan t
2) exter nal converters (V.24/V. 28 ↔ V. 11) ar e r equired in some c as es
Note
T he previously mentioned functions are described in detail i n the document SICAM RTUs ▪ Ax 1703
Com mon Func tions MOD BUS.
5.5.8.2 Operating Modes
Ope ra ting mo de Inter f ac e →
optional DTE Int erfac e signal s
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X2 RXD, TXD, CTS 1), RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X3 TXD+/RXD+, TXD-/RXD- (2-wire)
TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD- (4-wire)
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X2 → CM-0829
(CM-0819 2))RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND (to CM-08x9)
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X6 3) RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X6 3) TXD+/RXD+, TXD-/RXD- (2-wire)
TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD- (4-wire)
1) not usable (reserved for SICAM TOOLBOX II)
2) RS-422 not supported
3) only CP-8022 (switchable mode via parameter)
Note
D et ails ab out r ealizati on of various operat ion modes are given i n t he manual SICAM RTUs Platforms -
Configuration Automation Units and Automation Networks.
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 125
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.8.3 Communication
For the communic ation infrastru cture, additional suitable tra nsmission facilities and/or network
components may be needed.
Own Station (Central Station)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 MODMT2
Remote Sta tion (Substation)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 MODST0
SICAM AK 3 CP-2016/CPCX26
CP-2019/PCCX26 SM-2551/MODSA0
SM-0551/MODSA0
Legacy systems
(SICAM AK, SI-
CAM TM, SI-
CAM EMIC, SI-
CAM BC, Ax 17 03)
CP-20xx
CP-50xx
CP-60xx
SM-2551/MODSA0
SM-0551/MODSA0
MODST0
SM-2541/MODS00
acc. toSICAM RTUs
MODBUS Interoperability
Third-party system – – acc. to SICAM RTUs
MODBUS Interoperability
Own Station (Substation)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 MODST0
Rem ote Station (Central Station)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 MODMT2
SICAM AK 3 CP-2016/CPCX26
CP-2019/PCCX26 SM-2551/MODMA0
SM-0551/MODMA0
Legacy systems
(SICAM AK, SI-
CAM TM, SI-
CAM EMIC, SI-
CAM BC, Ax 17 03)
CP-20xx
CP-50xx
CP-60xx
SM-2551/MODMA0
SM-0551/MODMA0
MODMT0
SM-2541/MODM00
SM-1543/MODM00
acc. toSICAM RTUs
MODBUS Interoperability
SICAM FCM – – acc. to SICAM RTUs
MODBUS Interoperability
Third-party system – – acc. to SICAM RTUs
MODBUS Interoperability
System Components and Technical Data
126 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.9 DNPMT0, DNPST0
5.5.9.1 Functions
Communication between o ne central station and one or sev eral substations.
• Unbalanced multi-point traffic according to DNP3
DNPMT0 is central station, DNPST0 is substation
─ Data acquisition by polling (station interrogation, register interrogation)
─ Acqui sition of events (transmission of data ready to be sent, unsolicited responses)
─ General interrogation, outstation interrogation
─ Command transmission
─ Transmission of integrated totals
• Max. connections (number of supported DNP Slaves): 100 *)
• Physical interface
─ RS-232 – unbalanced interface according to V.24/V.28
─ RS-485 – balanced interface according to V.11
• Supported functionality according to the following document:
─SICAM RTUs DNP3 Interoperability (DC0-046-2)
• Optimized parameters for selected transmission facilities
• Functions for supporting redundant communication routes
• Special functions
______
*) because of perf or mance, requir ed respons e time and limited stor age capacity max. 20
Note
T he previously mentioned functions are described in detail i n the document SICAM RTUs ▪ Ax 1703
Com mon Func tions D NP3.
5.5.9.2 Operating Modes
Ope ra ting mo de Inter f ac e →
optional DTE Int erfac e signal s
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X2 RXD, TXD, CTS 1), RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X3 TXD+/RXD+, TXD-/RXD- (2-wire)
TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD- (4-wire)
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X2 → CM-0829
(CM-0819 2))RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND (to CM-08x9)
Optical interface (multimode fibre optic)
ring X2 → CM-0821 RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND (to CM-0821)
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X6 3) RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X6 3) TXD+/RXD+, TXD-/RXD- (2-wire)
TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD- (4-wire)
1) not usable (reserved for SICAM TOOLBOX II)
2) RS-422 not supported
3) only CP-8022 (switchable mode via parameter)
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 127
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Note
D et ails ab out r ealizati on of various operat ion modes are given i n t he manual SICAM RTUs Platforms -
Configuration Automation Units and Automation Networks.
5.5.9.3 Communication
For the communic ation infrastru cture, additional suitable tra nsmission facilities and/or network
components may be needed.
Own Station (Central Station)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 DNPMT0
Remote Sta tion (Substation)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 DNPST0
SICAM AK 3 CP-2016/CPCX26
CP-2019/PCCX26 SM-2551/DNPSA0
SM-0551/DNPSA0
Legacy systems
(SICAM AK,
SICAM TM,
SICAM BC, Ax 1703)
CP-20xx
CP-50xx
CP-60xx
SM-2551/DNPSA0
SM-0551/DNPSA0
SM-2541/DNPU00
acc. toSICAM RTUs DNP3
Interoperability
Third-party system – – acc. to SICAM RTUs DNP3
Interoperability
Own Station (Substation)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 DNPST0
Rem ote Station (Central Station)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 DNPMT0
SICAM AK 3 CP-2016/CPCX26
CP-2019/PCCX26 SM-2551/DNPMA0
SM-0551/DNPMA0
Legacy systems
(SICAM AK,
SICAM TM,
SICAM BC, Ax 1703)
CP-20xx
CP-50xx
CP-60xx
SM-2551/DNPMA0
SM-0551/DNPMA0
SM-2541/DNPM00
SM-1543/DNPM00
acc. toSICAM RTUs DNP3
Interoperability
Third-party system – – acc. to SICAM RTUs DNP3
Interoperability
System Components and Technical Data
128 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.10 DNPiT1, DNPiT2
5.5.10.1 Functions
Communication between one central station and one or several substations according to
DNP3 via Ethernet (TCP/IP).
• Unbalanced multi-point traffic according DNP3
DNPiT1 is substation
─ Data acquisition by polling (station interrogation)
─ Acqui sition of events (transmission of data ready to be sent, unsolicited responses)
─ General interrogation, outstation interrogation
─ Command transmission
─ Transmission of integrated totals
DNPiT2 is central station
─ Data acquisition by polling (station interrogation, event interrogation)
─ General interrogation, outstation interrogation
─ Command transmission
• Max. connections (number of supported DNP Slaves): 4
• Physical interface
─ LAN (TCP/IP)
• Supported functionality according to the following document:
─SICAM RTUs DNP3 Interoperability, chapter "Interoperability of SICAM RTUs for
DNP3 Slave (serial + Ethernet) using DNPS" (D C0- 04 6-2)
• Clock synchronization according to NTP (Network Time Protocol) - RFC 1305
─ NTP Client: Clock synchronization with one or more NTP servers
─ NTP Server: integrated NTP server for clock synchronization of one or several NTP
clients
• Functions for supporting redundant communication routes
• SICAM TOOLBOX II connection over LAN/WAN ("remote operation")
─ connection via proprietary TCP/IP protocol (one SICAM TOOLBOX II session can be
s erved at the same time)
• Web server
─ Integrated web server to display connection-/statistic-/developer information
─ Access to the web server with standard web browser via HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer
Protocol)
• Special functions
Note
T he previously mentioned functions are described in detail i n the document SICAM RTUs ▪ Ax 1703
Com mon Func tions D NP3.
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 129
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.10.2 Operating Modes
Ope ra ting mo de Inter f ac e →
optional DTE Inter fac e sig nals
E lectrical Et he rnet inter face
(twis ted p air) X1
X4 TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD-
Note
D et ails ab out r ealizati on of various operat ion modes are given i n t he manual SICAM RTUs Platforms -
Configuration Automation Units and Automation Networks.
5.5.10.3 Communication
For the communic ation infrastru cture, additional suitable tra nsmission facilities and/or network
components may be needed.
Own Station (Central Station)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 DNPiT2
Remote Sta tion (Substation)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 DNPiT1
DNPST0 additional serial/Ethernet
converter (device server) is
required
SICAM AK 3 CP-2016/CPCX26
CP-2019/PCCX26 SM-2551/DNPSA0
SM-0551/DNPSA0 additional serial/Ethernet
converter (device server) is
required
Legacy systems
(SICAM AK,
SICAM TM,
SICAM BC, Ax 1703)
CP-20xx
CP-50xx
CP-60xx
SM-2551/DNPSA0
SM-0551/DNPSA0
SM-2541/DNPU00
additional serial/Ethernet
converter (device server) is
required
acc. toSICAM RTUs DNP3
Interoperability
Third-party system – – acc. to SICAM RTUs DNP3
Interoperability
System Components and Technical Data
130 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Own Station (Substation)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 DNPiT1
Rem ote Station (Central Station)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 DNPiT2
DNPMT0 additional serial/Ethernet
converter (device server) is
required
SICAM AK 3 CP-2016/CPCX26
CP-2019/PCCX26 SM-2551/DNPMA0
SM-0551/DNPMA0 additional serial/Ethernet
converter (device server) is
required
Legacy systems
(SICAM AK,
SICAM TM,
SICAM BC, Ax 1703)
CP-20xx
CP-50xx
CP-60xx
SM-2551/DNPMA0
SM-0551/DNPMA0
SM-2541/DNPM00
SM-1543/DNPM00
additional serial/Ethernet
converter (device server) is
required
acc. toSICAM RTUs DNP3
Interoperability
Third-party system – – acc. to SICAM RTUs DNP3
Interoperability
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 131
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.11 ST1ST0
5.5.11.1 Functions
Communication of a central station with one or more substations.
• Unbalanced multi-point traffic according to Siemens SINAUT ST1 (TIM 11)
ST1ST0 is substation
─ Data acquisition by polling (station interrogation)
─ Acquisition of events (transmission of data ready to be sent)
─ General interrogation, substation interrogation
─ Command transmission
─ Transmission of integrated totals
• Physical interface
─ RS-232 – unbalanced interface according to V.24/V.28
─ RS-485 – balanced interface according to V.11
• Supported functionality according to
Siemens SINAUT ST1 (TIM 11)
Protoc ol definitio n (with res trictions )
• Optimized parameters for selected transmission facilities
• Message conversion
─ IEC60870-5-101 <-> Siemens SINAUT ST1 (TIM11)
Note
T he previously mentioned functions are described in detail i n the document SICAM RTUs ▪ Ax 1703
Common Functions SIEMENS SINAU T-ST1 GV-S.
5.5.11.2 Operating Modes
Ope ra ting mo de Inter f ac e →
optional DTE Inter f ac e signals
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X2 RXD, TXD, CTS 1), RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X3 TXD+/RXD+, TXD- /RXD- (2-wir e)
TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD- (4-wire)
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X2 → CM-0829
(CM-0819 2))RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND (to CM-08x9)
Optical interface (multimode fibre optic)
ring X2 → CM-0821 RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND (to CM-0821)
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X6 3) RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X6 3) TXD+/RXD+, TXD- /RXD- (2-wir e)
TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD- (4-wire)
1) not usable (reserved for SICAM TOOLBOX II)
2) RS-422 not supported
3) only CP-8022 (switchable mode via parameter)
System Components and Technical Data
132 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Note
D et ails ab out r ealizati on of various operat ion modes are given i n t he manual SICAM RTUs Platforms -
Configuration Automation Units and Automation Networks.
5.5.11.3 Communication
For the communic ation infrastru cture, additional suitable tra nsmission facilities and/or network
components may be needed.
Own Station (Substation)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 ST1ST0
Rem ote Station (Central Station)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM AK 3 CP-2016/CPCX26
CP-2019/PCCX26 SM-2551/ST1MA0
SM-0551/ST1MA0
Legacy systems
(SICAM AK,
SICAM TM,
SICAM BC, Ax 1703)
CP-20xx
CP-50xx
CP-60xx
SM-2551/ST1MA0
SM-0551/ST1MA0
SM-2541/ST1M00
acc. toSiemens SINAUT ST1
(T IM1 1) I nte roperab il ity
Third-party system – – acc. to Siem ens SINAUT ST1
(T IM1 1) I nte roperab il ity
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 133
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.12 TG8ST0
5.5.12.1 Functions
Communication of a central station with one or more substations.
• Unbalanced m ulti-point traffic according to L&G TG800 (DIN 19244) in “l eased l ine” m ode
or “dial-up” mode
TG8ST0 is substation
─ Supported functionality according to document SICAM RTUs Interoperability TG800
─ Data acquisition by polling
─ Acquisition of events (transmission of data ready to be sent)
─ General interrogation, interrogation of integrated totals (counter values)
• Spontaneous transmission of commands and set points in command direction
• Spontaneous transmission of indications, measured values and integrated totals (counter
values) in monitoring direction
• Multi-hierarchical TG800 configurations possible
• Time synchronization via TG800 communication
• Subset of TG800 "system indications"
• Radio spontaneous mode
Note
T he previously mentioned functions are described in detail i n the document SICAM RTUs ▪ Ax 1703
Common Functions Landis & Gyr TELEGYR 800 GV-S.
5.5.12.2 Operating Modes
Ope ra ting mo de Inter f ac e →
optional DTE Inter f ac e signals
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X2 RXD, TXD, CTS 1), RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X3 TXD+/RXD+, TXD- /RXD- (2-wir e)
TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD- (4-wire)
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X2 → CM-0829
(CM-0819 2))RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND (to CM-08x9)
Optical interface (multimode fibre optic)
ring X2 → CM-0821 RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND (to CM-0821)
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X6 3) RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X6 3) TXD+/RXD+, TXD- /RXD- (2-wir e)
TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD- (4-wire)
1) not usable (reserved for SICAM TOOLBOX II)
2) RS-422 not supported
3) only CP-8022 (switchable mode via parameter)
System Components and Technical Data
134 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Note
D et ails ab out r ealizati on of various operat ion modes are given i n t he manual SICAM RTUs Platforms -
Configuration Automation Units and Automation Networks.
5.5.12.3 Communication
For the communic ation infrastru cture, additional suitable tra nsmission facilities and/or network
components may be needed.
Own Station (Substation)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 TG8ST0
Rem ote Station (Central Station)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM AK 3 CP-2016/CPCX26
CP-2019/PCCX26 SM-2551/TG8MA0
SM-0551/TG8MA0
Legacy systems
(SICAM AK,
SICAM TM,
SICAM BC, Ax 1703)
CP-20xx
CP-50xx
CP-60xx
SM-2551/TG8MA0
SM-0551/TG8MA0
SM-2541/TG8M00
Third-party system – – acc. to SICAM RTUs T G800
Interoperability
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 135
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.13 SMST0
5.5.13.1 Functions
Printer logging (ASCII) and SMS alert/control.
• Printer logging
─ Logging on a serial pri nter (ASCII)
• SMS-alert
─ Send binary information with SMS
− Aquisition time in SMS text
─ Send command with SMS
─ Member adminstration
─ Modem control with AT-Hayes commands
• SMS control
─ Receive command with SMS
− Command delay supervision for SMS commands
─ Member administration
─ Modem control with AT-Hayes commands
Note
T he previously mentioned functions are described in detail i n the document SICAM RTUs ▪ Ax 1703
Common Functions Printer Logging (ASCII) and SMS Alarms.
5.5.13.2 Operating Modes
Ope ra ting mo de Inter f ac e →
optional DTE Inter f ac e signals
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X2→ m od em
(GSM) RXD, TXD, CTS 1), RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X6 3) → mod em
(GSM) RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR, GND
*) only CP-8022 (RS-232 mode)
System Components and Technical Data
136 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.13.3 Communication
For the communic ation infrastru cture, additional suitable tra nsmission facilities and/or network
components may be needed.
5.5.13.3.1 Printer control
Own Station
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 SMST0
Remote Sta tion
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
Third-party system – – Serial printers (for print ed
protocols)
5.5.13.3.2 SMS Alert and Control
Own Station
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 SMST0
Remote Sta tion
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 SMST0
SICAM AK 3 CP-2016/CPCX26
CP-2019/PCCX26 SM-2551/SMSA0
SM-0551/SMSA0
Legacy systems
(SICAM AK, SI-
CAM TM, SI-
CAM EMIC, SI-
CAM MIC, SI-
CAM BC, Ax 17 03)
CP-20xx
CP-50xx
CP-60xx
SM-2551/SMSA0
SM-0551/SMSA0
SMST0
SM-2541/SMS00
Third-party system – – • Mobile phone
(SMS alert/c ontrol)
• Third-party s ys tem
(SMS alert/c ontrol)
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 137
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.14 PCBST0
5.5.14.1 Functions
Communication of a substation with a central station (SAT SK 1703 Slave).
• Multi-point traffic slave for the transmi sion of SAT 1703 standard formats (external data-
base formats)
PCBST0 is substati on
• Traffic handling optional according to "SK 1703 Multi-point traffic (Master = PCBM00,
PCBM10, PCBMA0) or "Radio relay operation“ without routing procedure (Master =
SKSZ40, SKSZA0)
• Message formats according to IEC 60870-5-1/FT1.2
• Puls code modulation; byte asynchronous
• Transmission rate 50 up to 19200 bps
• Protection of the messages with hamming distance HA = 4
• Control of the traffic handling with handshaking and m essage repititions upon acknowl-
edgemen t fai lure
• Check of received messages
• Bundle in send/receive direction
• Chaining in send direction
• Linear measured value adaptation
• Timesetting and time synchronization of the automation unit
• Multi-hierarchical configurations possible (to substations in multi-point traffic further auto-
mation units can be connected)
Note
T he previously mentioned functions are described in detail i n the document SICAM RTUs • Ax 1703
Common Functions SK 1703 Multi-Point Traffic GV-U.
System Components and Technical Data
138 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.14.2 Operating Modes
Ope ra ting mo de Inter f ac e →
optional DTE Int erfac e signal s
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X2 RXD, TXD, CTS 1), RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X3 TXD+/RXD+, TXD-/RXD- (2-wire)
TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD- (4-wire)
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X2 → CM-0829
(CM-0819 2))RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND (to CM-08x9)
Optical interface (multimode fibre optic)
ring X2 → CM-0821 RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND (to CM-0821)
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X6 3) RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X6 3) TXD+/RXD+, TXD-/RXD- (2-wire)
TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD- (4-wire)
1) not usable (reserved for SICAM TOOLBOX II)
2) RS-422 not supported
3) only CP-8022 (switchable mode via parameter)
Note
D et ails ab out r ealizati on of various operat ion modes are given i n t he manual SICAM RTUs Platforms -
Configuration Automation Units and Automation Networks.
5.5.14.3 Communication
For the communic ation infrastru cture, additional suitable tra nsmission facilities and/or network
components may be needed.
Own Station (Substation)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 PCBST0
Rem ote Station (Central Station)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
AK 1703 CP-2000 /MC00
CP-2002PCCE00
CP-2002/CE00
CP-2012/CE20
SM-2551/PCBMA0
SM-0551/PCBMA0
AMC 17 03 CP-4000/CPC4x SM-2551/PCBMA0
SM-0551/PCBMA0
Third-party system – –
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 139
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.15 RP5UT1
5.5.15.1 Functions
Communication of a substation with a central station.
• Multi-point traffic slave according to RP570/RP571 specification in dedicated line operation
RP5UT1 is substation (ABB RP570/RP571 Slave)
• Data acquisition by means of interrogations
• General interrogation, counter request
• spontaneous transmission of commands and setpoint values in control direction
• spontaneous transmission of binary information, measured values and integrated totals in
s ign al ling direction
• Time synchronization via communication line
• Multi-hierarchical configurations possible (RP571 mode)
Note
T he previously mentioned functions are described in detail i n the document SICAM RTUs • Ax 1703
Common Functions ABB RP570/571 GV-S.
5.5.15.2 Operating Modes
Ope ra ting mo de Inter f ac e →
optional DTE Inter f ac e signals
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X2 RXD, TXD, CTS 1), RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X3 TXD+/RXD+, TXD- /RXD- (2-wir e)
TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD- (4-wire)
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X2 → CM-0829
(CM-0819 2))RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND (to CM-08x9)
Optical interface (multimode fibre optic)
ring X2 → CM-0821 RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR/VCC, GND (to CM-0821)
Unbalanced interc han ge circui t
(V.24/V.28 ) RS-232 asynchronous X6 3) RXD, TXD, CTS, RTS, DCD, DTR,
DSR, GND
Balanced interfac e ( V.11) RS-485 (2-wire)/
RS- 422 ( 4-wire) asynchr onous X6 3) TXD+/RXD+, TXD- /RXD- (2-wir e)
TXD+, TXD-, RX D+, RXD- (4-wire)
1) not usable (reserved for SICAM TOOLBOX II)
2) RS-422 not supported
3) only CP-8022 (switchable mode via parameter)
Note
D et ails ab out r ealizati on of various operat ion modes are given i n t he manual SICAM RTUs Platforms -
Configuration Automation Units and Automation Networks.
System Components and Technical Data
140 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.5.15.3 Communication
For the communic ation infrastru cture, additional suitable tra nsmission facilities and/or network
components may be needed.
Own Station (Substation)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM A8000 CP-8000/CPC80
CP-802x/CPC80 RP5UT1
Rem ote Station (Central Station)
System System element Prot o col elem ent Remarks
SICAM AK 3 CP-2016/CPCX26
CP-2019/PCCX26 SM-2551/RP5ZA1
SM-0551/RP5ZA1
Legacy systems
(SICAM AK,
SICAM TM,
SICAM BC, Ax 1703)
CP-20xx
CP-4000
CP-50xx
CP-60xx
SM-2551/RP5ZA1
SM-0551/RP5ZA1
SM-2541/RP5Z01
Third-party system – –
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 141
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.6 Integrated Protocol SNMP
5.6.1 Overview
CP-8000/CP-802x provides the protocol SNMP. This protocols is integrated in the firmware of
the Master Module.
CP-8000/CP-802x is SNMP Agent.
SN MP Manager
• SNMP variables retrievable via:
─ Standard SNMP network management software
─ SCADA system with integrated SNMP manager
─ SICAM 230
Note
T he pr otoc ol S NMP is descri bed in det ail in th e docu ment SICAM RTUs • Ax 1703 Com mon Func tions
Protocol Elements, chapter “SNMPv3 Agent”.
System Components and Technical Data
142 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7 I/O Master Module and I/O Modules
The virtual I/O Master Module is jointly with the integrated and optional external I/O Modules
responsible for the process data input and output. The processing is performed partially by
• firmware (example: smoothing of measured values, time tagging)
• hardware (example: filter, ADC, 1-out-of-n check, DAC)
The peripheral functions are specific for each I/O Module.
Note
T he functions an d th e belongi ng mode of action are d escribed in detail in the manu al SICAM RTUs Com-
mon Functions Periph eral Elements according to IEC 60870 5 101/104.
In the following listing, footnotes are used to specify the effect of the functions in detail.
tTelecontrol
the fu nction affects process information which is spontaneously transmitted
t1 Telecontrol
the fu nction delivers (a cquisition) spontaneously transmitted process information or is con-
trolled by such information (output); partly, periodically transmitted information is also cre-
ated/required
aAutomation
the fu nction affects process information which is periodically transmitted
cCalculation
the function affects process information which is used as input for the calculation of calculated
( deriv ed) valu es
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 143
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.1 Internal I/O Modules
5.7.1.1 DI-8100
5.7.1.1.1 Functions
• Single-point information
─ Acquisition with a resolution of 1 ms t
─ Update every 10 ms a (in the cycle of the open-/closed-loop control function, if larger)
─ Revision ta
─ Power monitoring ta
─ Inversion ta
─ Firmware filter t
─ Bounce suppression t
─ Determination of the cause of transmission t
─ Spontaneous transmission of changes t
─ Periodical transmission a
• Double-point information
─ Acquisition with a resolution of 1 ms t
─ Update every 10 ms a (in the cycle of the open-/closed-loop control function, if larger)
─ Revision ta
─ Power monitoring ta
─ Inversion ta
─ Firmware filter t
─ Bounce suppression t
─ Monitoring intermediate and faulty positions t
─ Determination of the cause of transmission t
─ Reporting switching operations in progress t
─ Breaker tripping detection t
─ Breaker tripping suppression during auto-reclose t
─ Spontaneous transmission of changes t
─ Periodical transmission a
• Integrated totals via count pulses t1
─ Acqui sition by firmware with a maximum count frequency of 20 Hz
− Pulse length/pause >2 ms/>2 ms
− Revision
− Power monitoring
− Inversion
− Pulse counting
─ Counter value formation
− Count pulse evaluation
− Set counter
─ Formation of integrated totals
− Counter request
− Interval control
− Frozen absolute value
− Frozen relative value
─ Not power-fail safe
─ Integrated total transmission according to iec 60870-5-101
─ Spontaneous transmission
System Components and Technical Data
144 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.1.1.2 Technical Data
Binary inputs
12 binary in pu ts • 2 grou ps ( with 8 an d with 4 inp uts )
• Vi a opt oc ou pl ers th e in puts ar e gal van ical ins u l ated fr om log i-
cal circuits and grou nd with double insulation.
• E ach gr oup is g al van icall y ins ul at ed fr om th e oth er group ,
f rom logical circui ts and f rom ground w ith doub le insul ation
• F or eac h grou p on e c om mon r et urn wit h s el ect ab l e pol arit y
• Functi on an d st atus of th e inp uts vi a displ a y
Filter time 1 dedicated input per group 2 ms
All other inputs 3 ms
N omin al volt ages 24/48/60 VDC
Ope rating points Logical 0 ≤ 12 V
Logical 1 ≥ 18 V
Dynamic su ppression of noise
caused by cable capacitance typ. 220 nF (for 18…78 VDC)
Ra ted current 0.6…1.5 mA (at 18…78 V)
Input circuits 18… 78 V D C (operated by means of an ext ernal volt age)
R ated im pu lse volt ag e 4 kV
Connectors
Terminals Removable screw terminals (grid size 5.08)
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 145
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.1.2 DO-8203
5.7.1.2.1 Functions
• Pulse commands t1
─ Checked output of pulse commands
− 1-pole, 1½-pole, 2-pole
− Cannot be mixed
─ Single, double and regulating step commands
─ Command output (OC)
─ Application functions and procedures according to IEC 60870-5-101/104
− Formal check
− Direct command
− Select and execute command
─ Retry suppression
─ 1-out-of-n check
─ Control location check
─ Command locking
─ Synchronization
─ Revision
─ Command output time
− Settable
− Dependent on the process
─ Return information monitoring
─ Command prolongation
─ Switching sequences
─ Command output for the auto-reclose function
─ If outputs are used for pulse commands, no outputs can be used for binary i nformation
output
• Binary information output
─ Selectable behavior on communication failure ta
(deactivation or retention)
─ Deactivation on module failure ta
─ Spontaneous transmission t or
─ Periodical transmission a
─ If outputs are used for binary i nformation output, no outputs can be used for pul se
commands
─ Usage of outputs as Watchdog
• Binary information and command output
─ Settable output of the categories DO_EX and DO_DX
− Mixed output of binary information item s and commands on 1 DO module possible
− Output of persisting commands
System Components and Technical Data
146 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.1.2.2 Technical Data
Binary outputs
8 bin ary outputs
(relay) • 4 gr oups wi th 2 ou tp uts each
• E ach r el ay has a 1-p ol e n orm al l y- op en cont act
• T he out puts ar e gal van icall y ins u l at ed from log ic circui ts and
gr ound by mon ostable rel ays with doubl e insul ation
• E ach gr oup is g al van icall y ins ul at ed fr om th e oth er groups ,
logic circu its and ground with doub le insulation
• Within th e grou ps th e ou tp uts ar e gal van icall y ins ul at ed wit h
operation al insu lati on (250 kV )
• T he Out pu ts can be used for switch in g of direc t vol tag e or als o
alt ern atin g vol t ag e
• Func t i on an d st atus of th e outputs vi a disp l ay
N omin al volt age • 24/ 48/60/110/220 VDC
• 110/230 VAC
Maximum continuous current Standard circuitry
• 8 out puts m ax. 2 A eac h ( 5 A/1 min)
Circuitry wit h derating resp. for switching capacity 6 A *)
• 4 outputs m ax. 3 A eac h , 4 out puts m ax. 1 A each
Circuitry with derating at 5 A
• 1 out put m a x. 5 A, 7 outp uts m ax. 1 A eac h
• 2 out put m ax. 5 A eac h, 6 outputs m a x. 0 A each (rel a y mus t
not be activated)
Switching capacity DC voltag e
• Mi n. 50 mW at 5 VDC
• M ax. ac c. t o d iagr am
AC volt age
• Max. 1250 VA 5 A/250 VAC, resistive load
• M ax. 500 VA 2 A/250 VAC, cosϕ = 0.4
Switching cycles • 3x104
Output circuits Max. 2 50 V D C /25 3 VAC (operated wi th an extern al voltag e)
R ated im pu lse volt ag e 4 kV
Connectors
Terminals Removable screw terminals (grid size 5.08)
*) with parallel connection
• For power augm entation 2 relays may be connect ed parall el , this must happen within one
group (applies only for I < 6 A → 2 x 3 A)
• Groups with parallel connection must not be next to another
• Next to a group with parallel connecti on outputs may be loaded only with ≤ 2 A
• Outputs that are loaded with > 3 A must not be next to another;
excepti on: with power augmentation the outputs of one group must be used
• Groups that are loaded with > 2 A should not be next to another;
example: 3 A-3 A-1 A-1 A-3 A-3 A-1 A-1 A instead of 3 A-3 A-3 A-3 A-1 A-1 A1 A-1 A
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 147
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.2 External SICAM I/O Modules
Note
T he t ec hnical data of the SIC AM I/O M odul es are descri bed in the doc um ent S ICAM I/O M odules.
System Components and Technical Data
148 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.2.1 DI-8110, DI-8111, DI-8112, DI-8113
5.7.2.1.1 Functions
• Single-point information
─ Acquisition with a resolution of 1 ms t
─ Update every 10 ms a (in the cycle of the open-/closed-loop control function, if larger)
─ Revision ta
─ Power monitoring ta
─ Inversion ta
─ Firmware filter t
─ Bounce suppression t
─ Determination of the cause of transmission t
─ Spontaneous transmission of changes t
─ Periodical transmission a
• Double-point information
─ Acquisition with a resolution of 1 ms t
─ Update every 10 ms a (in the cycle of the open-/closed-loop control function, if larger)
─ Revision ta
─ Power monitoring ta
─ Inversion ta
─ Firmware filter t
─ Bounce suppression t
─ Monitoring intermediate and faulty positions t
─ Determination of the cause of transmission t
─ Reporting switching operations in progress t
─ Breaker tripping detection t
─ Breaker tripping suppression during auto-reclose t
─ Spontaneous transmission of changes t
─ Periodical transmission a
• Integrated totals via count pulses t1
─ Acqui sition by firmware with a maximum count frequency of 20 Hz
− Pulse length/pause >20 ms/>20 ms
− Revision
− Power monitoring
− Inversion
− Pulse counting
─ Counter value formation
− Count pulse evaluation
− Set counter
─ Formation of integrated totals
− Counter request
− Interval control
− Frozen absolute value
− Frozen relative value
─ Not power-fail safe
─ Integrated total transmission according to iec 60870-5-101
─ Spontaneous transmission
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 149
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.2.2 DO-8212
5.7.2.2.1 Functions
• Pulse commands t1
─ Checked output of pulse commands
− 1-pole, 1½-pole, 2-pole
− Cannot be mixed
─ Single, double and regulating step commands
─ Command output (OC)
─ Application functions and procedures according to IEC 60870-5-101/104
− Formal check
− Direct command
− Select and execute command
─ Retry suppression
─ 1-out-of-n check
─ Control location check
─ Command locking
─ Synchronization
─ Revision
─ Command output time
− Settable
− Dependent on the process
─ Return information monitoring
─ Command prolongation
─ Switching sequences
─ Command output for the auto-reclose function
─ I f out put s of t h e m o dul e ar e used f or pu l se com m and s , no o utp ut s of th e sam e m o dul e
can be used for binary information output
• Binary information output
─ Selectable behavior on communication failure ta
(deactivation or retention)
─ Deactivation on module failure ta
─ Spontaneous transmission t or
─ Periodical transmission a
─ If outputs of the module are used for binary information output, no outputs of the same
module can be used for pulse commands
─ Usage of outputs as Watchdog
System Components and Technical Data
150 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.2.3 AI-8310
5.7.2.3.1 Functions
• Temperatures t1
─ Connecting r esist ance therm om eter s: 2-, 3- or 4-wire technique
─ Settable measuring ranges
− Temperature values
Input range
Pt100: -50…+350°C / -58…+662°F / (≈80 .31…229.67 Ω)
Pt100: -100…+700°C / -148…+1292°F / (≈60.25…345.13 Ω)
Ni100: -60…+250°C / -76…+482°F / (≈69.5…289.2 Ω)
Pt1000: -100…+700°C / -148…+1292°F / ( ≈602.5…3451.3 Ω)
Resolution
Pt100: -50…+350°C 0.15°C / 0.28°F / (10 mΩ)
Pt100: -100…+700°C 0.15°C / 0.28°F / (10 mΩ)
Ni100: -60…+250°C 0.15°C / 0.28°F / (10 mΩ)
Pt1000: -100…+700°C 0,15°C / 0,28°F / (100 mΩ)
Response tim e
16⅔ Hz < 1.2 s
50 Hz < 1.0 s
60 Hz < 0.9 s
− Resistance values
Input range
40…400 Ω, Resolution: 10 mΩ
400…4000 Ω, Resolution: 100 mΩ
Response tim e
16⅔ Hz < 1.2 s
50 Hz < 1.0 s
60 Hz < 0.9 s
─ Revision
─ Noise rejection
─ Calibration for 2-wire technique
─ Smoothing
─ Adaption
− Temperature value (°C, °F), conversion using implemented curves
− Resistance value (Ω)
─ Change monitoring
─ Spontaneous transmission upon change
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 151
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.2.4 AI-8320
5.7.2.4.1 Functions
• Currents and voltages
─ Settable acquistion grid n*100 ms t
─ Measurement range settabl e with a reslouti on of t
− 12 bits + sign at ±20 mA/±10 V
− Shrinking the range results in decreasing resolution
─ Revision t
─ Noise rejection t
─ Automatic calibration t
─ Smoothing t
─ Adaptation t
− Linear (normalized, technologically scaled or short floating point)
− Suppression of zero range
− Plausibility check
─ Change monitoring t
− Spontaneous transmission of changes t
System Components and Technical Data
152 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.2.5 AI-8510
5.7.2.5.1 Functions
• Acquisition of the measuring currents
─ Acquisition of currents through submodule CM-8820 usi ng DFT algorithm, 1 signal
sampling per millisecond
─ Nomi n al val ue 1 A /5 A wi th 100% ov err an ge and 16 bi t r esol ut ion
• Acquisition of the measuring voltages
─ A cq ui sit io n of vol t ages t hro ug h t ra nsf orm er s or dir ec t m eas uremen t us in g D FT al go-
rithm, 1 signal sampling per millisecond
─ Circuitry of the voltage inputs with phase voltages
─ Nominal val ue 100 V/√3, 230 V, 400 V/√3 with 50% overrange and 16 bit resolution
─ Supervision of the measuring voltage
• Acquisition of the frequency
─ Acquisition of frequency using signal zero crossing of voltage U1
─ Measuring range 45 Hz to 65 Hz (param eter-s ettable nomi nal frequenci es of 50 Hz
and 60 Hz) with a resolution of 100 mHz
• Calculation of Values from Acquired Values
─ Current r.m.s. value I1 tc, I2 tc, I3 tc
─ Phase voltage r.m.s. value U1 tc, U2 tc, U3 tc *)
─ Phase-to-phase voltage r.m.s. value U12 tc, U23 tc, U31 tc
─ Frequency tc
Voltage and current r.m.s. values undergo a linear (technologica l) adap tation tc and are
the base for calcul ating further values
─ Zero current r.m.s. value I0 t
─ Zero voltage r.m.s. value U0 t
─ Active power P1 t, P2 t, P3 t
─ Active power P (total value) t
─ Reactive power Q1 t, Q2 t, Q3 t
─ Reactive power Q (total value) t
─ Apparent power Q1 t, Q2 t, Q3 t
─ Apparent power Q (total value) t
─ Power factor 1 t, 2 t, 3 t
─ Power factor (total value) t
─ Phase angle I1 t, I2 t, I3 t, IN t
─ Phase angle U12 t, U23 t, U31 t
─ Phase angle , U1 t, U2 t, U3 t, U0 t
To calculated values the following functi ons are applied:
─ Revision tc
─ Format conversion t
− Normalized, technologically scaled or short floating point
− Suppression of zero range
─ Change monitoring t
─ Fault detection
─ Spontaneous transmission of changes t
Note
T he previously mentioned functions are described in detail i n the document SICAM RTUs Common Fun c-
t ions Peripheral Elements according to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapter “Measurement in Three-Phase
Systems – I/O Module”.
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 153
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.2.6 AI-8511
5.7.2.6.1 Functions
• Acquisition of the measuring currents
─ Acquisition of currents through low-power measuring sensors using DFT al gorit hm,
1 signal sampling per millisecond
─ Nominal value 225 mV with 100% overrange and 16 bit resolution
• Acquisition of the measuring voltages
─ Acquisition of voltages through low-power voltage transformers using DFT algorithm,
1 signal sampling per millisecond
─ Circuitry of the voltage inputs with phase voltages
─ Nominal value 3.25 V/√3 with 50% overrange and 16 bit resolution
─ Supervision of the measuring voltage
• Acquisition of the frequency
─ Acquisition of frequency using signal zero crossing of voltage U1
─ Measuring range 45 Hz to 65 Hz (param eter-s ettable nomi nal frequenci es of 50 Hz
and 60 Hz) with a resolution of 100 mHz
• Calculation of Values from Acquired Values
─ Current r.m.s. value I1 tc, I2 tc, I3 tc
─ Phase voltage r.m.s. value U1 tc, U2 tc, U3 tc *)
─ Phase-to-phase voltage r.m.s. value U12 tc, U23 tc, U31 tc
─ Frequency tc
Voltage and current r.m.s. values undergo a linear (technologica l) adap tion tc and are the
bas e for calculating fur ther valu es
─ Zero current r.m.s. value I0 t
─ Zero voltage r.m.s. value U0 t
─ Active power P1 t, P2 t, P3 t
─ Active power P (total value) t
─ Reactive power Q1 t, Q2 t, Q3 t
─ Reactive power Q (total value) t
─ Apparent power Q1 t, Q2 t, Q3 t
─ Apparent power Q (total value) t
─ Power factor 1 t, 2 t, 3 t
─ Power factor (total value) t
─ Phase angle I1 t, I2 t, I3 t, IN t
─ Phase angle U12 t, U23 t, U31 t
─ Phase angle , U1 t, U2 t, U3 t, U0 t
To calculated values the following functi ons are applied:
─ Revision tc
─ Format conversion t
− Normalized, technologically scaled or short floating point
− Suppression of zero range
─ Change monitoring t
─ Fault detection
─ Spontaneous transmission of changes t
Note
T he previously mentioned functions are described in detail i n the document SICAM RTUs Common Fun c-
t ions Peripheral Elements according to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapter “Measurement in Three-Phase
Systems – I/O Module”.
System Components and Technical Data
154 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.2.7 AO-8380
5.7.2.7.1 Functions
• Setpoint values by m eans of currents and voltages
─ Output range settable with a resloution of ta
− 14 bits at ±20 mA/±10 V
− Shrinking the range results in decreasing resolution
─ Application functions and procedures according to IEC 60870-5-101/104 ta
− Formal check
− Direct command
− Select and execute command ("select/execute")
─ Adaptation t
− Linear (normalized, technologically scaled or short floating point) t
─ Sel ectabl e behav ior on com mu nicati on f ailur e and m odule failur e ta
( keep valu e, outp ut sub st itut e value)
─ Spontaneous transmission t or
─ Periodical transmission a
5.7.2.8 CM-8820
5.7.2.8.1 Functions
Acquisition Functions
• Measuring currents
─ Acquisition of currents through measuring sensors
─ Measuring range 1 A or 5 A with 100% overrange
Output Functions
• Output through low-power outputs
─ Nominal voltage 225 mV
─ Measuring range 0 V to 450 mV
5.7.3 External SICAM TM I/O Modules (only with CP-8000)
Note
T he technical dat a of the SICAM TM I/O Modules are described i n the document SICAM TM I/O Modules.
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 155
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.3.1 DI-6100, DI-6101, DI-6104
5.7.3.1.1 Functions
• Single-point information
─ Acquisition with a resolution of 10 ms t
─ Update every 10 ms a (in the cycle of the open-/closed-loop control function, if larger)
─ Revision ta
─ Power monitoring ta
─ Inversion ta
─ Firmware filter t
─ Bounce suppression t
─ Determination of the cause of transmission t
─ Spontaneous transmission of changes t
─ Periodical transmission a
• Double-point information
─ Acquisition with a resolution of 10 ms t
─ Update every 10 ms a (in the cycle of the open-/closed-loop control function, if larger)
─ Revision ta
─ Power monitoring ta
─ Inversion ta
─ Firmware filter t
─ Bounce suppression t
─ Monitoring intermediate and faulty positions t
─ Determination of the cause of transmission t
─ Reporting switching operations in progress t
─ Breaker tripping detection t
─ Breaker tripping suppression during auto-reclose t
─ Spontaneous transmission of changes t
─ Periodical transmission a
• Integrated totals via count pulses t1
─ Acqui sition by firmware with a maximum count frequency of 20 Hz
− Pulse length/pause >20 ms/>20 ms
− Revision
− Power monitoring
− Inversion
− Pulse counting
─ Counter value formation
− Count pulse evaluation
− Set counter
─ Formation of integrated totals
− Counter request
− Interval control
− Frozen absolute value
− Frozen relative value
─ Not power-fail safe
─ Integrated total transmission according to iec 60870-5-101
─ Spontaneous transmission
System Components and Technical Data
156 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.3.2 DI-6102, DI-6103
5.7.3.2.1 Functions
• Single-point information
─ Acquisition with a resolution of 1 ms t
─ Update every 10 ms a (in the cycle of the open-/closed-loop control function, if larger)
─ Revision ta
─ Power monitoring ta
─ Inversion ta
─ Firmware filter t
─ Bounce suppression t
─ Determination of the cause of transmission t
─ Spontaneous transmission of changes t
─ Periodical transmission a
• Double-point information
─ Acquisition with a resolution of 1 ms t
─ Update every 10 ms a (in the cycle of the open-/closed-loop control function, if larger)
─ Revision ta
─ Power monitoring ta
─ Inversion ta
─ Firmware filter t
─ Bounce suppression t
─ Monitoring intermediate and faulty positions t
─ Determination of the cause of transmission t
─ Reporting switching operations in progress t
─ Breaker tripping detection t
─ Breaker tripping suppression during auto-reclose t
─ Spontaneous transmission of changes t
─ Periodical transmission a
• Integrated totals via count pulses t1
─ Acqui sition by firmware with a maximum count frequency of 20 Hz
− Pulse length/pause >2 ms/>2 ms
− Revision
− Power monitoring
− Inversion
− Pulse counting
─ Counter value formation
− Count pulse evaluation
− Set counter
─ Formation of integrated totals
− Counter request
− Interval control
− Frozen absolute value
− Frozen relative value
─ Not power-fail safe
─ Integrated total transmission according to IEC 60870-5-101
─ Spontaneous transmission
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 157
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.3.3 AI-6300, AI-6307, AI-6308
5.7.3.3.1 Functions
• Currents and voltages
─ Settable acquistion grid n*100 ms t
─ Measurem ent range settabl e with a resloution of 12 Bit + sign t
− Shrinking the range results in decreasing resolution
─ Revision t
─ Noise rejection t
─ Automatic calibration t
─ Smoothing t
─ Adaptation t
− Linear (normalized, technologically scaled or short floating point)
− Suppression of zero range
− Plausibility check
─ Change monitoring t
− Spontaneous transmission of changes t
System Components and Technical Data
158 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.3.4 AI-6310
5.7.3.4.1 Functions
• Temperatures t1
─ Acquisition of resistance thermometers via analog i nputs of a SM-0571
─ Co nnect i on of th e r esis tanc e t herm om eter s: 2-, 3- , or 4-wir e tec hn iq ue
─ Update every 400 ms
─ Settable measuring range
− Temperaturwerte
− Input range
Pt100: -50…+350°C / -58 …+662°F / (≈80,31…229,67 Ω)
Pt100: -100…+700°C / -148…+1292°F / (≈60,25…345,13 Ω)
Ni100: -60…+250°C / -76 …+482°F / (≈69,5…289 ,2 Ω)
− Resolution
Pt100: -50…+350°C 0.15°C / 0.28°F / (56 mΩ)
Pt100: -100…+7 00°C 0.15°C / 0.2 8°F / (56 mΩ)
Ni100: -60…+250°C 0.15°C / 0.28°F / (56 mΩ)
− Update grid
16⅔ Hz <6,8 s
50 Hz < 5,6 s
60 Hz < 5,2 s
− Resistance values
− Input range 40…400 Ω
− Resolution 56 mΩ
− Update grid
HW rev. ="--" HW rev. ≥"-A"
16⅔ Hz < 6,8 s 16⅔ Hz < 1,68 s
50 Hz < 5,6 s 50 Hz < 1,44 s
60 Hz < 5,2 s 60 Hz < 1,36 s
─ Revision
─ Noise rejection
─ Automatic calibration
─ Calibration for 2-wire technique
─ Smoothing
─ Adaptation
− Temperature value (°C, °F), conversion using implemented curves
− Resistance (Ω)
─ Change monitoring
─ Spontaneous transmission of changes
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 159
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.3.5 TE-6430
5.7.3.5.1 Functions
• Integrated totals via counting pulses
─ 2 counting pulse inputs or
─ 1 counting pulse input and 1 transfer input
─ Inputs are galvanically insulated from logic circles and ground
─ Inputs are not galvanically insulated from each other
─ Input voltage range from 24 up to 60 V
─ Inputs are secured by m eans of EMC filter and protector equipm ent
─ The autonomous operable functi ons of the module are operated buffered, thus count-
ing functi on and counts remain correct also over a voltage failure from up to 72 hours
─ Spontaneous transmission f
System Components and Technical Data
160 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.3.6 DO-6200
5.7.3.6.1 Functions
• Pulse commands t1
─ Output of pulse commands
− 1-pole
─ Single, double and regulating step commands
─ Command output (OC)
─ Application functions and procedures according to IEC 60870-5-101/104
− Formal check
− Direct command
− Select and execute command ("select/execute")
─ Retry suppression
─ 1-out-of-n check
─ Control location check
─ Command locking
─ Synchronization
─ Revision
─ Command output time
− Settable
− Dependent on the process
─ Return information monitoring
─ Command prolongation
─ Switching sequences
─ Command output for the auto-reclose function
─ I f out put s of t h e m o dul e ar e used f or pu l se com m and s , no o utp ut s of th e sam e m o dul e
can be used for binary information output
• Binary information output
─ Selectable behavior on communication failure ta
(deactivation or retention)
─ Deactivation on module failure ta
─ Spontaneous transmission t or
─ Periodical transmission a
─ If outputs of the module are used for binary information output, no outputs of the same
module can be used for pulse commands
─ Usage of outputs as Watchdog
• Return information to pulse command assignment
─ Settabl e assignment for m essages and pulse commands, which are acquired or output
on the I/O Master Module
─ Predefi ned assignment for m essages and pulse commands, which are acquired or
output on the I/O Master Module
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 161
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.3.7 DO-6212
5.7.3.7.1 Functions
• Pulse commands t1
─ Output of pulse commands
− 1-pole, 1½-pole, 2-pole
− Cannot be mixed
─ Single, double and regulating step commands
─ Command output (OC)
─ Application functions and procedures according to IEC 60870-5-101/104
− Formal check
− Direct command
− Select and execute command ("select/execute")
─ Retry suppression
─ 1-out-of-n check
─ Control location check
─ Command locking
─ Synchronization
─ Revision
─ Command output time
− Settable
− Dependent on the process
─ Return information monitoring
─ Command prolongation
─ Switching sequences
─ Command output for the auto-reclose function
─ I f out put s of t h e m o dul e ar e used f or pu l se com m and s , no o utp ut s of th e sam e m o dul e
can be used for binary information output
• Binary information output
─ Selectable behavior on communication failure ta
(deactivation or retention)
─ Deactivation on module failure ta
─ Spontaneous transmission t or
─ Periodical transmission a
─ If outputs of the module are used for binary information output, no outputs of the same
module can be used for pulse commands
─ Usage of outputs as Watchdog
• Binary information and command output
─ Settable output of the categories DO_EX and DO_DX
− Mixed output of binary information item s and commands on 1 DO module possible
− Output of persisting commands
• Return information to pulse command assignment
─ Settabl e assignment for m essages and pulse commands, which are acquired or output
on the I/O Master Module
─ Predefi ned assignment for m essages and pulse commands, which are acquired or
output on the I/O Master Module
System Components and Technical Data
162 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.3.8 DO-6220, DO-6221, DO-6230
5.7.3.8.1 Functions
• Pulse commands t1
─ Checked output of pulse commands
− 1-pole, 1½-pole, 2-pole
− Cannot be mixed on one module
─ Single, double and regulating step commands
─ Application functions and procedures according to IEC 60870-5-101/104
− Formal check
− Direct command
− Select and execute command ("select/execute")
─ Control location check
─ Retry suppression
─ 1-out-of-n check
─ Command locking
─ Synchronization
─ Revision
─ DO-6220 - command output according to IC1
− Idle check
− Selective activation check
─ DO-6221 - command output according to RC1
− Idle check
− Selective activation check
− Resistance check
− Current flow information
− Earth fault check
− Interference voltage check
─ Command output time
− Settable
− Dependent on the process
─ Return information monitoring
─ Command prolongation
─ Periodical control circuit check
─ Switching sequences
─ Monitoring of command output sequence to prevent incorrect outputs
─ Command initionation for auto-reclose
─ Activation of comm and contactors with or without series-break contacts (wi th DO-6221)
• Return information to pulse command assignment (applies for DO-6230)
─ Settabl e assignment for m essages and pulse commands, which are acquired or output
on the I/O Master Module
─ Predefi ned assignment for m essages and pulse commands, which are acquired or
output on the I/O Master Module
System Components and Technical Data
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 163
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.7.3.9 AO-6380
5.7.3.9.1 Functions
• Setpoint values by m eans of currents and voltages
─ Output via analog outputs of a SM-0572 ta
─ Output range settable with a resloution of ta
− 12 bits + sign at ±20 mA/±10 V
− Shrinking the range results in decreasing resolution
─ Application functions and procedures according to IEC 60870-5-101/104 ta
− Formal check
− Direct command
− Select and execute command ("select/execute")
─ Adaptation t
− Linear (normalized, technologically scaled or short floating point) t
─ Sel ectabl e behav ior on com mu nicati on f ailur e and m odule failur e ta
( keep valu e, outp ut sub st itut e value)
─ Spontaneous transmission t or
─ Periodical transmission a
System Components and Technical Data
164 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
5.8 MTBF Values of the SI CAM A8000 M odules
The MTBF values sh own in this sec tion have been c alculated according to Siemen s standard
SN29500. All elect rical and electromechanical components have been considered.
Not included are mechanical components (screws, housing, adhesive labels, etc.).
The va lues h ave been calculated for an ambient temperature of 40°C.
The following specified values of MTBF are statistic values which serve only for the estimation
of maintenance and substitute needs. These values are no guaranteed product attribute.
Master Modules
Module MTBF at 40°C
[Hours] [Years]
CP- 80 2 1 M ast er Modu l e 682 165 77,87
CP- 80 22 M aster Modu l e with GPRS 485 206 55,39
Power Supply Module s
Module MTBF at 40°C
[Hours] [Years]
PS-8620 Power supply DC 24 to 60 V, 12 W 1 809 267 206,54
PS-8622 Power supply DC 110 to 220 V, 12 W 1 748 221 199,57
PS-8640 Power supply DC 24 to 60 V, 45 W 1 490 671 170,1
PS-8642 Power supply DC 100 to 240 V, AC 100 to 240 V, 45 W 1 014 243 115,8
SICAM I/O Modules
Module MTBF at 40°C
[Hours] [Years]
AI-8310 Anal oge Eingabe 2x2 Pt100/Pt1000 1 293 929 147,71
AI-832 0 Analoge Eingabe 4x ±20 mA 2 238 589 255,55
AI-8510 Analoge Eingabe 3x U (230 V), 3x I (LoPo) 1 354 169 154,59
AI-851 1 Analoge Ei ngab e 3x U (LoPo), 3x I (LoPo) 1 408 352 160,77
AO-8380 An aloge Ausgabe 4x ±2 0 mA/±10 V 1 377 524 157,25
CM-88 20 Stromwandler Adaptermodul für AI-8510 11 993 284 1369,10
DI-811 0 Binäre Eingabe 2x8, 24 VDC 1 617 914 184,69
DI-811 1 Binäre Eingabe 2x8, 48/6 0 VDC 1 617 914 184,69
DI-811 2 Binäre Eingabe 2x8, 110 VDC 1 617 914 184,69
DI-811 3 Binäre Eingabe 2x8, 220 VDC 1 552 120 177,18
DO -8212 Binäre Ausgabe Relais 8x 24…220 VDC/23 0 VAC 2 362 056 269,64
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 165
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6Install ation and Circuitry
Contents
6.1 Mechanical Design ....................................................................................... 166
6.2 Dimensions .................................................................................................. 171
6.3 Installation Location and Position .................................................................. 173
6.4 Mounting CP-8000 ........................................................................................ 175
6.5 Mounting CP-802x ........................................................................................ 187
6.6 Memory Cards .............................................................................................. 194
6.7 Wiring ........................................................................................................... 196
6.8 Switching th e De vice On and Off .................................................................. 198
6.9 Blo ck Diag ra ms and E xtern a l Circu itry .......................................................... 199
6.10 Interfaces ..................................................................................................... 207
6.11 Ins tallation of Exte rna l Co mmunica tion Conn ection s ..................................... 212
This chapter describes the mechanical design of CP-8000/CP-802x and how the installation
and wirings are to be accomplished.
This chapter shows further how the various communication methods can be reali zed by
means of the standard modems and special cables.
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
166 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.1 Mechanical Design
6.1.1 CP-8000
The electrical com po nen ts of th e devic e are housed in a pla stic casing with the di mensio ns
128 mm x 124 mm x 116 mm (W x H x D). The casing is designed for assembly on a DIN rail.
At the front are the operation and display elem ents, an interface for the communication via
Ethernet, and a slot for the SD card.
At the top of the device are the connections for the communication via RS-485 and RS-232,
as well as a further Ethernet interface.
On the right side of the housing is the bus connector for the I/O coupling module. It is covered
with a label.
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 167
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
On the bottom side of the device are the connections for the process signals as well as for the
supply voltage.
At the back is the DIN rail mounting.
6.1.1.1 Locking Hook
The device is locked onto the DIN rail and also removed again using the locking hook.
Details see section 6.4.2,Mounting of the Master Modul e.
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
168 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.1.1.2 Type Plate
On the left side of the housing resides the type plate with specific information as type, power
consumption, order number, serial number, hardware addresses f or the network operation
(MAC address for interface X1 and X4).
Symbol Meaning
CE conformity
Protection cl ass II / prot ective insul ation
T he d ocu ment ation mus t be observed
Made in India
Humboldtstr. 59, 90459 Nuremberg, Germany
www.siemens.com/sicam
BF1208154985
6MF21011AB100AA0FF
X4: 00-E0-A8-B2-51-64
MAC X1: 00-E0-A8-B2-51-63
CP-8000 Master M odul mit I/O -40/+75°C
SIEMENS
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 169
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.1.2 CP-802x
The electrical com po nen ts of th e devic e are housed in a pla stic casing with the di mensio ns
30 mm x 132 mm x 124 mm (W x H x D). The casing is designed for assembly on a DIN rail.
At the front are the LED display elements, the communication interfaces and a slot for the SIM
card.
At the back are the locking hooks, the bus connector and below the slot for the SD card.
6.1.2.1 Locking Hook
The device is locked onto the DIN rail and also removed again using the locking hook.
Details see section 6.4.2,Mounting of the Master Modul e.
CP-8022
RS-232
RJ45 Ethernet
RJ45 Ethernet
RS-485RS-485
RS-232
RJ45 Eth erne t
CP-8021
RJ45 Eth erne t
RS-232/RS-485
GPRS
SIM Card
Locking Hook
SD Card
Bus connector
View without
bus connector
Locking Hook
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
170 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.1.2.2 Type Plate
On the left side of the housing resides the type plate with specific information as type, power
consumption, order number, serial number, hardware addresses f or the network operation
(MAC address for interface X1 and X4).
Symbol Meaning
CE conformity
Protection cl ass II / prot ective insul ation
T he d ocu ment ation mus t be observed
Made in India
Humboldtstr. 59, 90459 Nuremberg, Germany
www.siemens.com/sicam
GF1611016515
6MF28021AA00 BB
X4: 00-E0 -A8-FD-B6-0B
MAC X1: 00-E0-A8-FD-B6-0A
CP-8021 Master Modul
CP-8021 Master Module
SIEMENS
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 171
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.2 Dimensions
6.2.1 CP-8000 Front View
6.2.2 CP-8000 Side View
1
2
4
m
m
128 mm
SICAM CMIC
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RTX2
RS-485
OH3
RTX3
ETH
LK4
PK4 SD
X4
SIC AM A8000 CP-8000
124 mm
123 mm
116 mm
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
172 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.2.3 CP-802x Front and Side View
124 mm
1
2
2
m
m
1
3
2
m
m
18 mm
30 mm
124 mm
1
2
2
m
m
1
3
2
m
m
18 mm
30 mm
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 173
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.3 Ins tallation Locatio n and Positi on
CP-8000/CP-802x is designed for the installation in a cabinet, rack or on the wall.
For details on the subject of environmental conditions, please refer to chapter 4,Ambient
Conditions.
CP-8000/CP-802x may only be installed horizontally.
hor iz on t al m ountin g p osi tion ver tical m ountin g p osi tion
Note
Not permi tted is th e vertical ins tallati on or i nst allations on the ceiling and on th e floor (excess ive tempera-
tur e, dust load) .
6.3.1 DIN Rail (TS35 Rail)
For the installati on of CP-8000/CP-802x a DIN rail is to be used, which conforms to the Euro-
pean Standard IEC 60715. The orientation and position i n which the DIN rail is to be installed
must be determined locally.
The DIN rail must be installed horizontally on a vertical wall.
Warning
T he connecti on of th e DIN rai l with the cabinet/rack must g uaran tee a reliable grounding of th e device.
T he cabin et/rack itself must be grounded prop erly. A mountin g plate is recommen ded.
SICAM CMICSICAM CMIC
P O K
R Y
E R
E T H
L K 1
P K 1
R S - 23 2
O H 2
R TX 2
R S - 48 5
O H 3
R TX 3
E T H
L K 4
P K 4
S D
X4
SICAMCMIC
F4F3F 2F1
E S C M E NU
SICAM A800 0 CP-8000
Ma i n m e nu
De v ic e in f or m a t io n
Al a rm s
Mo n it o r in g
1.0
Co n f igu r a t io n
P OK
RY
ER
ETH
L K1
P K1
RS-2 32
OH2
RTX2
RS-4 85
OH3
RTX3
ETH
L K4
P K4SD
X4
SICAM CMIC
F4F3F2F1
ESC MENU
SI CA M A8000 CP- 8000
Main menu
Device inform ation
Alar ms
Monitoring
1.0
Configuration
X3
RTX3
SICAMA8000 CP-8021
LK1
ETH
X1
PK1
LK4
ETH
X4
PK4
OH2
OH3
RS-2 32
X2
RS-48 5
RTX2
RY ER
SICAMA8000 PS-8620
RY ER
-
+
X1
X3
RTX3
SICAMA8000 CP-8021
L K1
ET H
X1
PK1
L K4
ET H
X4
PK4
OH2
OH3
RS-2 32
X2
RS-4 85
RTX 2
RY ER
SICAMA8000 PS-8620
RY ER
-
+
X1
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
174 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.3.2 Cable Duct
Cable ducts are recomm ended for the cabling above and below the device. The minimum dis-
tance from the device to the cable duct is 30 mm .
Note
When using a cabl e duct w ith 100 mm d epth bel ow the device, it is nec essary to k eep a 50 mm mi nim um
distance between device and cabl e duct to operat e th e loc king h ook.
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 175
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.4 Mounting CP-8000
6.4.1 Space Requirement
Besi des the size of the device (128 mm x 124 mm) the space requirement for the height is
dependent on the size of the cable ducts used and their minimum distance (30 mm) to the de-
vice.
*) for t herm al r eas ons, a min imum d istanc e of 30 mm m ust be maint ained ar ound the de vice
**) wh en us in g a cabl e duct wi th 100 m m d epth bel ow th e device, it is ne c ess ar y t o k eep a 50 mm min-
imum dis tance b et w een device and c able duct to operate the l ocking hook
30
30
SICAM CMIC
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RTX2
RS-485
OH3
RTX3
ETH
LK4
PK4 SD
X4
S ICAM A8000 CP-8000
min 30 *)
30
100 mm
mi n 5 0 m m * * )
128
124
SICAM CMIC
ESC MENU
SI CAM A8 0 00 CP- 8000
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
176 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.4.1.1 Space Requirement with SICAM I/O Modules
If the device is extended by external SICAM I/O Modules (max. 6 are permitted), then you
must consi der the width of the coupling module, the number of used I/O Modules and the end
clamp.
Example: CP-8000 + 6 ext. SICAM I/O Modules
Thermical space ...................................................... 30
CP-8000 ............................................................... 128
CM-8811 coupling module .................................... 12,5
6 SICA M I/ O Mod ules (6 x 30 ) ............................... 18 0
End clamp .................................................................5
Hor iz on tal sp a ce re qu irement ( m m) .................... 355,5
min.
30 124
SICAM CMIC
F4F3F2F1
P OK
RY
ER
ETH
L K1
P K1
RS-2 32
OH2
RTX2
RS-4 85
OH3
RTX3
ETH
L K4
P K4SD
X4
SI C A M A 8000 CP- 80 00
RY RY RY RY RY RY
12830 12,5 30
355,5
530 30 30 30 30
min.
30
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 177
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.4.1.2 Space Requirement with SICAM TM I/O Modules
If the device is extended by external SICAM TM I/O Modules (max. 6 are permitted), then you
must consider the width of the coupling module, the I/O Modul es, the bus protection cap and
the end clamp.
Example: CP-8000 + 6 ext. SICAM TM I/O Modules
The r mica l sp ace ..................................................... 30
CP-8000................................................................128
CM -6 811 cou p ling mo d ule ........................................ 5
6 SICA M TM I/ O Mod ules (6 x 63) ..........................378
Pro te ct ive ca p for bu s ............................................... 3
End cla mp ................................................................ 5
Horizontal space requirement (mm)........................549
m
i
n
.
30 *)
12830
124 30
5
SICAM CMIC
F4F3F2F1
P OK
RY
ER
ETH
L K1
P K1
RS-2 32
OH2
RTX2
RS-4 85
OH3
RTX3
ETH
L K4
P K4SD
X4
63 63 63 63
549
53
SICAM A8000 CP- 8000
63 63
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
178 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.4.2 Mounting of the Master Module
CP-8000 can be installed on the DIN rail by hand, without any tools.
Hang the inclined device in the top
edge of the DIN rail.
Swing the device until the locking
hook has contact with the bottom
edge of the DIN rail.
Push the casing to the back. As a
result the locking hook opens
bri efly and the casing engages in
the rail.
1
2
3
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 179
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.4.3 Removal/Shifting of the Master Module
To remove the device again, or to change its position on the DIN rail, the locking hook must
be opened again.
Insert a screwdriver suitable for
slotted screws into the locking
hook below the casing. The scr ew
driver must have contact to the
housing.
The locking hook i s opened by
carefully pushing the screwdriver
upwards.
Swing the bottom section of the
device slightly forward.
Lift the device upwards out of the
rail.
Note
If external I/O M odul es are coupled to you r d evice, th en you can onl y r emove the device after sep ar ating
th e ext ern al I/O M odu l es.
1
2
3
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
180 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.4.4 Coupling of external SICAM I/O Modules
CP-8000 can be expanded by up to 6 external SICAM I/O Modules. Thereto the following
s teps are ess entia l :
• Mounting of the coupling module for SICAM I/O Modules
• Mounting of the bus connector for SICAM I/O Modules
• Mounting of the SICAM I/O Modules
6.4.4.1 Mounting of the Coupling Module for SICAM I/O Modules
The coupling module (CM-8811) must be mounte d on the right side of the CP-8000 housing.
To mount the coupling module it is necessary to remove the label j which cov ers the I/O bus.
Afterwards lead the coupling module parallel to the housing k and push it evenly on it until it
is engaged.
Now you can mount CP-8000 on the DIN rail.
Note
T he m ounting of th e coupling module can take p lac e b efore or aft er the hous ing is
mount ed on the DIN rail
(see Mounting of the Master Modul e).
SICAM C MIC
F4F3F2F1
S ICAM A8000
POK
RY
ER
E TH
LK1
PK1
R S -232
OH2
RTX2
R S -485
OH3
RTX3
E TH
LK4
PK4 SD
X4
CP-8000 k
j
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 181
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.4.4.2 Mounting of the Bus Connector for SICAM I/O Modules
Each SICAM I/O Module is equipped with a bus connector (CM-8812). This must be equipped
separately from the I/O Module. You must disconnect the bus connector before mounting.
Click the first bus connect or right beside the coupling module on the DIN rail j and push it in-
to the bus plug of the coupl ing module k. Both element s mu st be alig ned s eamlessly.
Afterwards you can attach the bus connectors of further SICAM I/O Modules in the same way.
6.4.4.3 Mounting of the SICAM I/O Modules
The SICAM I/O Modules can be mounted as shown in following picture.
Note
T he tongue and gr oov e system integrated in the modul es facilitates the correct combination. Th e module
is only connec ted correctl y wh en the locking hook is snapp ed onto th e DIN rail.
S IC A M C MIC
F4F3F2F1
P OK
RY
ER
E TH
LK1
PK1
R S - 232
OH2
RT X2
R S - 485
OH3
RT X3
E TH
LK4
P K4 SD
X4
k
j
S I CAM A 8 000 CP-8000
SICAM CM IC
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
E TH
LK1
PK1
R S -232
OH2
RTX2
R S -485
OH3
RTX3
E TH
LK4
PK4SD
X4
RY
S IC A M A8000 CP-8000
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
182 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Caution
T o increase the stability it is necessar y to mount an end cl amp flush left f rom t he CP-8000 housing and
flush right after the last SICAM I/O Module.
You can take information on the SICAM I/O Modules out of the following document:
Docu ment name Item number
SICAM I/O Modules User Manual DC8-012-2
Please consider the notes in the section 2.1.5.4,Configuration Rules for I/O Modules.
SI C A M C MIC
F4F3F2F1
P OK
RY
ER
E TH
LK1
PK1
R S - 2 32
OH2
RTX2
R S - 4 85
OH3
RTX3
E TH
LK4
PK4 SD
X4
RY RY RY RY
S ICAM A8000 CP-8000
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 183
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.4.5 Coupling of External SICAM TM I/O Modules
CP-8000 can be expanded with up to 6 external SICAM TM I/O Modules. Thereto the follow-
ing step s are ess ential:
• Mounting of the coupling module for SICAM TM I/O Modules
• Mounting of the bus connector for SICAM TM I/O Modules
• Mounting of the SICAM TM I/O Modules
6.4.5.1 Mounting of the Coupling Module for SICAM TM I/O Modules
The coupling module (CM-6811) must be mounte d on the right side of the CP-8000 housing.
To mount the coupling module it is necessary to remove the label j which cov ers the I/O bus.
Afterwards lead the coupling module parallel to the housing k and push it evenly on it until it
is engaged.
The mount of the coupling module at the housing can take place before or after the devi ce is
mounted on the DIN rail (see Mounting of the Master Module).
Now you can mount CP-8000 on the DIN rail.
Note
T he mounting of t he coupl ing modu le can take place before or aft er the hous ing is mount ed on the DIN rai l
(see Mounting of the Master Modul e).
SI C A M C MIC
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
E TH
LK1
PK1
R S -232
OH2
RTX2
R S -485
OH3
RTX3
E TH
LK4
PK4SD
X4
k
j
SI CAM A80 00 CP-8000
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
184 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.4.5.2 Mounting of the SICAM TM I/O Modules
After CP-8000 and coupling module are mounted on the DIN rail you can start to mount the
SICAM TM I/O Modules. Lead the first I/ O Module as shown in the following pic ture into the
guides on the SICAM TM I/O coupling module and lock it on the DIN rail.
Afterwards you can attach the further SICAM TM I/O Modules.
Caution
T he last SICAM T M I/O M odul e must be equipped with a pr otective cap to protect th e bus. The appropri-
ate c ap is deli vered with the coupling module.
S IC A M C MIC
F4F3F2F1
P OK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
R S - 2 32
OH2
RTX2
R S - 4 85
OH3
RTX3
ETH
LK4
P K4 SD
X4
S ICAM A8000 CP-8000
SICAM CMIC
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
E TH
LK1
PK1
R S -232
OH2
RTX2
R S -485
OH3
RTX3
E TH
LK4
PK4SD
X4
SI CAM A80 00 CP-8000
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 185
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Caution
T o increase the stability it is necessar y to mount an end cl amp flush left f rom t he CP-8000 housing and
flush right after the last SICAM TM I/O Module.
You can take information on the SICAM TM I/O Modul es out of the following documents:
Docu ment name Item number
SICAM TM I /O Modules U ser Manual DC6-041-2
Please consider the notes in the section 2.1.5.4,Configuration Rules for I/O Modules.
SIC A M CMIC
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
E TH
LK1
PK1
R S -232
OH2
RTX2
R S -485
OH3
RTX3
E TH
LK4
PK4 SD
X4
SI CAM A80 00 CP-8000
SI C A M C MIC
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
E TH
LK1
PK1
R S -232
OH2
RTX2
R S -485
OH3
RTX3
E TH
LK4
PK4SD
X4
SIC AM A8000 CP-8000
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
186 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.4.6 Separating of Master Module and I/O Coupling Module
If you need to separate a CP-8000 from the I/O coupli ng module (e.g. spare part replace-
ment), proceed as foll ows:
1. Separate the external I/O Modules from the Master Module.
2. Remove the Master Module including the coupling module from the DIN-rail).
3. Loose at first the 4 clamps of the coupling module which are arrested at the housing.
4. Loose the 3 clamps which are arrested inside the housing.
Use a p roper too l (e.g. a small slotted screwdriver ).
5. Now you can demount the TM I/O coupling module.
6. Cover the holes of the TM bus with a label.
Note
Ab ove illustrations show the separation of a SICAM TM I/O coupling module from a CP-8000.
T he separ ation of a f or SIC AM I/O coupling m odule works the sam e way.
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 187
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.5 Mounting CP-802x
6.5.1 Space Requirement for the Master Module
For the operation of CP-8021 or CP-8022 a power supply module is required. The belonging
dimension and the minimum distance (30 mm) around the modules must be considered for
the determination of the space requirement.
*) for t herm al r eas ons, a min imum d istanc e of 30 mm m ust be maint ained ar ound the de vice
30
30
m
i
n
3
0
*
)
30
30
132
30
X3
RTX3
S I CAM A8 0 0 0 CP- 8 021
L K1
ETH
X1
PK1
L K4
ETH
X4
PK4
OH2
OH3
RS- 232
X2
R S-485
RTX2
RY ER
S I CAM A8 0 0 0 PS- 8 620
RY ER
-
+
X1
X3
RTX3
SICAMA8000 CP-8021
LK1
ETH
X1
PK1
LK4
ETH
X4
PK4
OH2
OH3
R S- 232
X2
R S - 485
R TX2
RY ER
SICAMA8000 PS-8620
RY
-
+
X1
1
2
3
4
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
188 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.5.1.1 Space Requirement with SICAM I/O Modules
If the device is extended by external SICAM I/O Modules (max. 8 are permitted), then you
must consider the number of used I/O Modules and the end clamp/grounding terminal.
Example: CP-802x + 8 ext. SICAM I/O Modules + redundant PS-86xx
Thermical space ...................................................... 30
CP-802x.................................................................. 30
2 SIC AM PS-8 6x x (2 x 30) ....................................... 60
8 SICA M I/ O Mod ules (8 x 30 ) ............................... 24 0
Grounding terminal ....................................................5
Hor iz ont al sp a ce requ irement ( mm) ....................... 365
min.
30 124
X7
X6
RTX6
X3
RTX3
SICAMA8000 CP-8022
L K1
ETH
X1
P K1
L K4
ETH
X4
P K4
OH2
OH3
OH6
RS-232
X2
RS-485
SIM
RS-485
RTX2
RY
PK7LK7
RS-2 3 2
ER
SICAMA8000 PS-8622
RY ER
-
+
X1
SICAMA8000 PS-8622
RY ER
-
+
X1
30 30
365
30 30 30
RY RY RY RY RY RY
30 30
min.
30
3030 530 30
RY RY
30
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 189
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.5.2 Mounting of the Master Module
CP-802x can be installed on the DIN rail by hand, without any tools.
The Master Module is equi pped
with a bus connector. Remove the
bus connector from the module
and click it on the DIN rail.
Press the module on the bus
connect or. This opens the locking
hooks.
When module and bus connector
are connected correctly, the lock-
ing hooks are latched on the DIN
rail.
Note
You also can op en and lock t he loc king h ooks on th e modul e, before you m oun t t he mod ule. They m us t be
clos ed manu ally after assembly.
3
2
1
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
190 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.5.3 Removal/Shifting of the Master Module
To remove CP-802x agai n or to change its position on the DIN rail , the locking hooks must be
opened agai n.
Insert a screwdriver suitable for
slotted screws into the locking
hook (as shown in the picture).
The sc rew driver must ha ve con -
tact to the housi ng. The locking
hooks are opened by carefully
pushing the screwdriver down-
wards j resp. upwards k.
W hen the locking hooks are
locked on the housi ng you can
pull the module off forw ard.
Note
If external I/O M odul es are coupled to you r d evice, th en you can onl y r emove the device after sep ar ating
th e ext ern al I/O M odu l es.
3
1
2
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 191
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.5.3.1 Mounting of the Power Supply Module
The Power Supply Module is equipped with a bus connector (CM-8812). This must be
equipped separately from the module. You must disconnect the bus connector before mount-
ing.
Click the bus connector right beside the Master Module on the DIN rail j and push it into the
bus plug of the Master Modul e k. Both elements must be aligned seamlessly .
The Power Supply Module can be mounted as shown in the following picture.
Note
T he tongue and gr oov e system integrated in the modul es facilitates the correct combination. Th e module
is only connec ted correctl y wh en the locking hook is snapp ed onto th e DIN rail.
k
j
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
192 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.5.4 Coupling of external SICAM I/O Modules
CP-802x can be expanded by up to 8 external SICAM I/O Modules. Thereto the following
s teps are ess entia l :
• Mounting of the bus connector for SICAM I/O Modules
• Mounting of the SICAM I/O Modules
6.5.4.1 Mounting of the Bus Connector for SICAM I/O Modules
Each SICAM I/O Module is equipped with a bus connector (CM-8812). This must be equipped
separately from the I/O Module. You must disconnect the bus connector before mounting.
Click the first bus connector right beside the Power Suppl y Module on the DIN rail j and
push it into the bus plug of the Power Supply Module k. Both elements must be aligned
seamlessly.
Afterwards you can attach the bus connectors of further SICAM I/O Modules in the same way.
k
j
X7
X6
RTX6
X3
RTX3
SICAM A8000 CP-8022
LK1
ETH
X1
PK1
LK4
ETH
X4
PK4
OH2
OH3
OH6
RS - 232
X2
RS -48 5
SI M
RS -4 85
RTX2
RY
PK7LK7
RS-2 32
ER
SICAM A8000 PS-8620
RY ER
-
+
X1
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 193
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.5.4.2 Mounting of the SICAM I/O Modules
The SICAM I/O Modules can be mounted as shown in following picture.
Note
T he tongue and gr oov e system integrated in the modul es facilitates the correct combination. Th e module
is only connec ted correctl y wh en the locking hook is snapp ed onto th e DIN rail.
Caution
T o increase the stability it is necessar y to mount an end cl amp flush left f rom t he CP-802x h ousi ng and
flush right after the last SICAM I/O Module.
You can take information on the SICAM I/O Modules out of the following document:
Docu ment name Item number
SICAM I/O Modules User Manual DC8-012-2
Please consider the notes in the section 2.1.5.4,Configuration Rules for I/O Modules.
X7
X6
RT X6
X3
RT X3
SI CAM A8000 CP- 8022
LK1
ETH
X1
PK1
LK4
ETH
X4
PK4
OH2
OH3
OH6
R S - 232
X2
RS-485
SIM
RS-4 85
RTX2
RY
PK7L K7
RS -2 32
ER
SICAMA8000 PS- 8620
RY ER
-
+
X1
RY
X7
X6
RTX6
X3
RTX3
SICAM A8000 CP- 8022
LK1
ETH
X1
PK1
LK4
ETH
X4
PK4
OH2
OH3
OH6
R S - 232
X2
RS-485
SIM
RS-4 85
RTX2
RY
PK7LK7
RS-2 32
ER
SICAM A8000 PS-8620
RY ER
-
+
X1
RY RY RY RY
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
194 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.6 Memory Cards
6.6.1 SD Card
CP-8000/CP-802x uses an SD card (Secure Digital) for the storage of firmware, application
and diagnosis data. The Master Modules are supplied with an SD card inserted.
You find further information in section 7.5.1,SD Card .
Note
Do not r emove or insert th e SD card during op eration of the device.
6.6.1.1 Inserting the SD Card
Whith CP-8000 the SD card is inserted in the front of the device.
W ith CP-802x the SD card is inserted in the rear side, therefore the Master Module must be
removed from the D IN rail when exchanging th e SD card.
Put the SD card in the slot and press carefully until it engages.
6.6.1.2 Removing the SD Card
Disconnect the device from the supply voltage and wait for at least 30 s.
Push the SD card carefully until it is disengaged and springs out of the slot. The SD card can
now be removed.
SICAM CMIC
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RTX2
RS-485
OH3
RTX3
ETH
LK4
PK4 SD
X4
S ICAM A8000 CP-8000
S
ICAMRTUs
SICAM CP-8000
SICAM CP-802x
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 195
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.6.2 SIM Card (only CP-8022)
CP-8022 needs a SIM card for the communication via GPRS. This will be supported by your
mobile network provider.
You find further information in section 7.5.2,SIM C ard (only CP-8 02 2).
Note
Do not insert or r emove the SIM card during oper ation of t he device. T his can damage the SIM c ar d and
the device!
Pl ease c onsider that the SIM card s upp orts the required tem perat ure range. Such ki nd of SIM c ards are
frequently managed under the tariff M2M.
6.6.2.1 Inserting the SIM Card
In CP-8022 the SIM card is inserted in the front of the device.
Put the SIM card in the corresponding slot and press carefully until it engages.
6.6.2.2 Removing the SIM Card
Disconnect the device from the supply voltage and wait for at least 30 s.
Push the SIM card careful ly until it is disengaged and springs out of the slot. The SIM card
can now be removed.
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
196 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.7 Wiring
Due to the p ower dis sipation in t he devic e there is a higher tem pera ture on the termin als th an
the devic e ambient temperature. This incr ease is maxi mum 15° K with full lo ad. For this rea son
the isolation o f the w ires must withstand a higher temperature than the device envi ronment
temperature (see example for process peripherals).
6.7.1 Power Supply
CP-8000 has an integrated power supply module (see 5.3.1,CP-8000 (integrated)).
• The supply can be performed via a station battery or series power units.
• For the fuse protection a circuit breaker 2-pole 2 A, characteristic C i s prescribed (stand-
ard type: Siemens 5SY5 202-7).
CP-802x needs an external power supply module PS-862x or PS-864x (see 5.3.2.1,Technical
Data and 5.3.3.1,Technica l Dat a ).
• The supply can be performed via a station battery or series power units.
• PS-8642 can be supplied optionally via the public low-voltage network.
• Furthermore, 2 redundant power supply modules can be used (PS-862x as of production
level CC).
• For the fuse protection of PS-862x a circuit breaker 2-pole with 2 A, characteristic C is
prescribed (standard type: Si emens 5SY5 202-7).
• For the fuse protection of PS-864x a circuit breaker 2-pole with 10 A, characteristic C is
prescribed (standard type: Si emens 5SY5 210-7).
You can establish the supply with singl e leads of the type H07V-K (1.5…2.5 mm²) or a cable
of the type LA-YY-0 (2 x 1.5…2.5 mm²) or H05VV-F 3G (1.5…2.5 mm²).
Recommended and tested series power un its (standard types) can be found in the Appendix
A.7,Recommen ded U pstream P ower Supply Dev ices.
6.7.2 Communication RS-485
The wiring at the RS-485 interface is specified as follows:
Max. ambient temperature min. max.
Condu ctor cross section solid 0.2 mm² 1.5 mm²
Co nductor cro ss section flexible 0.2 mm² 1.5 mm²
Conductor cross section flexible, with ferrul e w/o plastic sleeve 0.2 5 m m² 1.5 mm²
Conductor cr oss secti on flexible, with ferrule with plastic sleeve 0.2 5 m m² 0.7 5 m m²
Condu ctor cross section AWG 24 16
AWG according to UL/CUL 16 24
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 197
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.7.3 Process Peripherals
Cabinet-intern al w iring is prefer ab ly carried o ut with plastic-insu lated c ables accor ding to
DIN VDE 298 T4 2/89. Use only copper wires.
You can establish the connections with single leads of the type H05V-K or H05V2-K
(0.5…1 mm²), as well as H07V-K or H07V2-K (1.5…2.5 mm²).
Max. ambient temp. Max. operating te mp. Type
55°C 70°C H05V-K, H07V-K
70°C 85°C H05V2-K, H07V2-K
• If a wire bridge with 0.75 mm² is used or a bridged comb, the cable cross section is limited
to 1.5 mm².
• The construction of the peripheral connect ors is designed for direct peripheral wiring. That
means, that the wiring can be carried out without the use of a routing terminal or other ad-
ditional screw terminals.
• Removable screw terminals are used as peripheral connectors. These are attached to the
device for delivery. Optionally spring-loaded- or crimp terminals can be used.
• Preferably wire end sleeves are to be used.
• A cable duct is to be provided for the wiring of the process signals.
6.7.4 Shielding
CP-8000/CP-802x is desi gned in order that no shielded cabl es are necessary.
Normally, shielded cables ar e strain-relieved directly after th e cabinet/ra ck entry and then
grounded on a large-surface screening rail installed for this purpose. The device itself pro-
vides no possibility of shi eld cl amping.
6.7.5 Protective Earth/Ground
W hen i nstalling CP-8000/CP-802x, it is to be ensured that the cabinet or rack used has proper
protective earth and ground. That means, that all el ectrical conducting parts must be
connected large-surface and as short as possible with the existing grounding system.
If these precondi tions exist, the grounding of the device takes place via the connection of the
DIN rail with the cabi net spar. A reliable connection i s achieved by using screws with contact
washers.
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
198 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.8 Switching the Device On and Off
Before switching the device on it must be connected to the designated power supply.
Switching on tak es place by connecting the voltage at the corresponding connector
(X12/CP-8000, X1/PS-862x, X1/PS-864x), commonly by switching on a miniature circuit
break er (D etails see 6.7.1,Power Supply).
The circuit breaker must be arranged at a suitable location, simply accessible to the user,
close to the device, and be marked as disconnector for the device.
The device starts up automatically. It is oper ational (witho ut error display), as soon as all c on-
nected modules have concluded the startup. The startup time is dependent on the loaded data
on the SD ca rd and may last up to 15 minutes.
Pay attention to the status display during and after startup. You will find the details therreto in
section 11.2,Checks and System Display.
The switching off of the devi ce takes place by disconnecting the power supply.
Caution
Switch ing of f dur ing writing oper ations to the SD card (load firmw ar e, load par ameters) is to be avoided
without fail, s ince the data on th e SD card could be d estroyed as a result.
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 199
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.9 Block Diagrams and External Circuitry
6.9.1 CP-8000
6.9.1.1 Overview
6.9.1.2 Power Supply
Display
BUS
X12
X1
X2
X13
X4
X21 X22 X24X23 X31 X32
BUS
CM-8800 Sideplane
BUS
BUS
BUS
SICAM CP-8000
Keys
SD Card
Master Module
CP-8000
Digital Inputs
DI-8100
Digital Outputs
DO-8203
Power Supply
PS-8630
Coupling Module
I/O-Module(s)
PS-8630
X
1
2
2
3
4
BAT+
BAT-
AUX V0+
DC 24...60 V
5 V / 12 V
1
X13
2
3
4
5
1
A
U
X
V
0
+
A
U
X
V
0
+
A
U
X
V
0
-
A
U
X
V
0
-
X
1
4
2
1
X
1
1
2
3
1
S
i
d
e
p
l
a
n
e
(
C
M
-
8
8
0
0
)
BUS
intermediate
circuit
reinforc ed insulation
Contact wetting
Self resetting
fuse (PTC)
not connected
not connected
not connected
not connected
not connected
not connected
not connected
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
200 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.9.1.3 Master Module CP-8000
Note
X1 and X4 are al ternati vely 1 Ethernet int erface (duplicated vi a an int ernal switch) or 2 ind epen dent Ether-
net interfaces.
LED
D
i
s
p
l
a
y
Switch
POK
RY
ER
OH2
LK1
PK1
LK4
PK4
OH3
CP-8000
X3
2
3
4
1
5
R
X
D
-
R
X
D
+
S
h
i
e
l
d
6
0
V
RS-422
TXD-
TXD+
X
3
2
3
4
1
5
n
.
c
.
n
.
c
.
S
h
i
e
l
d
6
0
V
RS-485
TXD- / RXD-
TXD+ / RXD+
RS-232
X2
2
3
4
1
6
7
8
5
RX
D
(
I
)
TX
D
(
O
)
DTR (5 V/12 V
)
(
O
)
DC
D
(
I
)
DS
R
(
I
)
RT
S
(
O
)
C
T
S
(
I
)
G
N
D
9
n
.
c
.
X4
2
3
4
1
6
7
8
5
Ethernet
TXD-
RXD+
n.c.
TXD+
RXD-
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
X1
2
3
4
1
6
7
8
5
Ethernet
TXD-
RXD+
n.c.
TXD+
RXD-
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
IP 1 IP 2
BUS
galvanical insulation
Keys
SD-Card
Prozessor Basic System
(4-wire)
(2-wire)
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 201
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.9.1.4 Digital Input DI-8100
The following circuitry variants are examples, and do not relate exclusively to the depicted
inputs/outputs.
DI-8100
PS-8630
AUX V0+/-
X
3
1
Controller
BUS
IN D00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
C
O
M
I
N
D
0
0
X32
IN D
0
1
IN D
0
2
IN D
0
3
IN D
0
4
IN D
0
7
IN D
0
5
IN D
0
6
I
N
D
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
C
O
M
I
N
D
1
0
I
N
D
1
1
I
N
D
1
2
I
N
D
1
3
reinforced
insulation
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
202 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.9.1.5 Digital Output DO-8203
The following circuitry variants are examples, and do not relate exclusively to the depicted
inputs/outputs.
Note
T he module is monitoring autonomously the communicat ion t o the Master Mod ule. With c ommunication
f ailure (> 150 ms) the paramet erized fail ure b ehavi or (terminate or ke ep) b ecomes acti ve.
Further information see section 11.2.3,Behavior of the Process O utp uts upon Startup and Fail ure.
6.9.1.5.1 1 and 2-pole Circuitry
U+
U-
Rz
R
z
R
z
DO-8203
X21
1
2
3
4
X22
1
2
3
4
X
2
3
1
2
3
4
X
2
4
1
O
U
T
D
0
0
C
O
M
O
U
T
D
0
0
C
O
M
O
U
T
D
0
1
O
U
T
D
0
1
O
U
T
D
0
2
C
O
M
O
U
T
D
0
2
C
O
M
O
U
T
D
0
3
O
U
T
D
0
3
O
U
T
D
0
4
C
O
M
O
U
T
D
0
4
C
O
M
O
U
T
D
0
5
O
U
T
D
0
5
O
U
T
D
0
6
C
O
M
O
U
T
D
0
6
C
O
M
O
U
T
D
0
7
O
U
T
D
0
7
2
3
4
Controller
BUS
r
e
i
n
f
o
r
c
e
d
i
n
s
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
1-pole with
switched plus
1-
inus
pole with
switched m
2-pole
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 203
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.9.1.5.2 1½-pole Circuitry
U+
U-
DO-8203
X21
1
2
3
4
X22
1
2
3
4
X
2
3
1
2
3
4
X
2
4
1
O
U
T
D
0
0
C
O
M
O
U
T
D
0
0
C
O
M
O
U
T
D
0
1
O
U
T
D
0
1
O
U
T
D
0
2
C
O
M
O
U
T
D
0
2
C
O
M
O
U
T
D
0
3
O
U
T
D
0
3
O
U
T
D
0
4
C
O
M
O
U
T
D
0
4
C
O
M
O
U
T
D
0
5
O
U
T
D
0
5
O
U
T
D
0
6
C
O
M
O
U
T
D
0
6
C
O
M
O
U
T
D
0
7
O
U
T
D
0
7
2
3
4
Controller
BUS
U+
U-
*)
1,5-pole
switched
Minus
Plus
switched
*) no galvanic al insulation
between the relay co mmon
and COM OUT D06
reinforced insulation
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
204 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.9.2 CP-802x
6.9.2.1 Power Supply Modules PS-8620 and PS-8622
X1
X99
PS-862x
2
3
4
1
BUS
5 V
28 V
PIC
+
-
PS-8620: DC 24...60 V
PS-8622: DC 110...220 V
galvanical
insulation
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 205
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.9.2.2 Power Supply Modules PS-8640 and PS-8642
X1
X99
PS-864x
2
3
4
1
5 V
28 V
Controller
+ (L/+)
- (N /-)
PS-8640: DC 24...60 V
PS-8642: DC 100...240 V
AC 100... 240 V
X2
*)
2
3
4
1
AUX V0+
AUX V0+
AUX V0-
AUX V0-
BUS
contact wetting/
modem suppl y
reinforced
insulation
*)
only PS-8642
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
206 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.9.2.3 Master Module CP-8021 and CP-8022
Note
X1 and X4 are al ternati vely 1 Ethernet int erface (duplicated vi a an int ernal switch) or 2 ind epen dent Ether-
net interfaces.
X1
Ethernet
2
3
4
1
6
7
8
5
2
3
4
1
6
7
8
5
X2
RS-232
2
3
4
1
6
7
8
5
X7
GPRS
*)
2
3
4
1
6
7
8
5
2
3
4
1
6
7
8
5
X4
Ethernet
RTS (O)
VCC (O)
TXD (O)
CTS (I)
DCD (I)
DTR (O)
RXD (I)
TXD-
RXD+
n.c.
TXD+
RXD-
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
TXD-
RXD+
n.c.
TXD+
RXD-
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
RX/TX+
n.c.
RX/TX-
n.c.
GND
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
2
3
4
1
6
7
8
5
TX+
n.c.
TX-
n.c.
GND
RX-
RX+
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
GND
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
2
3
4
1
6
7
8
5
T
X
+
n
.
c
.
T
X
-
n
.
c
.
G
N
D
R
X
-
R
X
+
n
.
c
.
RS-232
2
3
4
1
6
7
8
5
TXD (O)
RTS (O)
D
TR (O)
GND
DCD (I)
RXD (I)
n.c.
R
X
/
T
X
+
R
X
/
T
X
-
IP 1 IP 2
CP-802x
Switch
BUS
GPRS
Modem
*)
LED
PK7
LK7
OH6
PK4
LK4
OH3
OH2
PK1
LK1
ER
RY
X3
X6
*)
SIM
Card
*)
RS-485 2-wire
RS-422 4-wire
RS-485 2-wire
RS-422 4-wire
*)
applies only for CP-8022 (SIM Card is not scope of supply)
Processor Basic System
SD Card
galvanic al insulation
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 207
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.10 Interfaces
6.10.1 CP-8000
6.10.1.1 Position of the Interfaces on the Housing
The communication and process interfaces are positioned on the CP-8000 Master Module ac-
c ording to their use.
Top Front
Bottom
X1…Ethernet
X2…RS-232
X3…RS-485
X4…Ethernet
X2
X3
X1
Interfaces on the
top of the housing
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RS-485
OH3
ETH
LK4
PK4
SD
X4
Interfaces on the
front of the housi ng
X11
X12
X13
X14
X21
X
3
1
X22
X
3
2
X23
X
3
3
X24
Power Su ppl y
PS-8630
X12 to X13
DO-8203
X21 to X2 4
Interfaces on
the bottom of
DI-8100
X31 to X32
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
208 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.10.1.2 Pin Assignment
Interfaces at the Top
X2: RS-232 X3: RS-485 2-wire X1: Eth ernet
DCD (I)
RXD (I)
TXD (O)
DTR (
O)
GND
D
SR (I)
RTS (O)
CTS (I)
n.c.
shield
n.c.
n.c.
TXD
- / RXD-
TXD+ / RXD+
O V
TXD+
TXD
-
RXD+
n.c.
n.c.
RXD
-
n.c.
n.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
↕ ↕ ↕
X3 RS-422 4-wire
shield
RXD
-
RXD+
TXD
-
TXD+
0 V
1 2 3 4 5 6
DCD (I)……………. Data Carrier Detect (Input)
RXD (I)……………. Receive Data (Input)
TX D (O)…………… Transmit Data (Output)
DTR (O)……………Data Ter min al Read y ( selectabl e as volt age ou tput 5 V or 12 V)
GND………………. Gr ound
DSR (I)……………. Data Send Ready (Input)
RTS (O)…………… Request To Send (Output)
CTS (I)…………….. Clea r to Send (Input)
TX D+ , TX D-…… …. Tran sm it Data
RXD+ , RX D - … …… Rece i v e Da ta
Note
In case of using the RS-485 int erface (X3) it is neces sary to clamp the shield of the communication c able
to the DIN rail. This shield clamping should be done close to the system.
Note
T he ass ign m ent of X3 is ind epen d ent wh ether a t ermi n ation is exis tin g or n ot
(termination = resistance that is connected through parameter in the firmware).
SICAM CP-8000
R
S
-
4
8
5
R
S
-
4
8
5
Remote station
DIN rail
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 209
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Interfaces at the Front
SD card X4: Eth ernet
TXD+
TXD
-
RXD+
n.c.
n.c.
RXD
-
n.c.
n.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TXD+……………… Transmit Data +
TXD-………………. Transmit Data -
RXD+… …… … …… Receiv e Data +
RXD-………………. Receive Data -
Interfaces at the Bottom
The process signals are to be co nnected to screw terminals. Th e pin assignment of th e pe-
ri pheral connectors is described in the followi ng table.
X31 X32 X33 DI-8100
IN D00
IN D01
IN D02
IN D03
IN D04
IN D05
IN D06
IN D07
COM IN 00
IN D10
IN D11
IN D12
IN D13
COM IN 10
reserved
reserv
ed
reserved
reserved
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4
X21 X22 X23 X24 DO-8203
OUT D00
OUT D01
COM OUT D00
COM OUT D01
OUT D02
OUT D03
COM OUT D02
COM OUT D03
OUT D04
OUT D05
COM OUT D04
COM OUT D05
OU
T D06
OUT D07
COM OUT D06
COM OUT D07
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
X11 X12 X13 X14 PS
reserved
reserved
reserved
reserved
reserved
BAT+
BAT
-
AUX V0+
AUX V0+
AUX V0+
AUX V0
-
AUX V0
-
reserved
rese
rved
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 1 2
IN D00 to IN D07…………… binary inputs of group 0, inputs 0 to 7
IN D1 0 t o IN D1 3…………… binary in puts of group 1, i np uts 10 to 13
COM IN 00…………… ……… common/supply of group 0
COM IN 10…………… ……… common/supply of group 1
OUT D00 to D07…………… make con tact outputs 0 to 7
CO M OUT D00 to D07…….. common (ro ot) outputs 0 to 7
BAT+/-………………………… input voltage
AUX V0+/-……………………. voltage distribution
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
210 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.10.2 CP-802x
6.10.2.1 Position of the Interfaces
The communication interfaces are positioned on the front side of the CP-802x Master Module.
6.10.2.2 Pin Assignment
X1, X4: Ethernet X2: RS-232
1TXD+ 1 CTS (I)
2TXD- 2 RTS (O)
3RXD+ 3 VCC (O)
4n.c. 4 TXD (O)
5n.c. 5 RXD (I)
6RXD- 6 GND
7n.c. 7 DCD (I)
8n.c. 8 DTR (O)
TXD+, TXD-…….....Transmit Data
RXD+, RXD-………Receive Data
CT S (I)……………..Clear t o S end (In put)
RTS (O)……………Request To Send (Output)
VCC (O)…………… Voltag e output (selec table 5 V or 12 V)
TXD (O)……………Transmit Data (Output)
RXD (I)……………..Receive Data (Input)
DCD (I)…………….Data Carrier Detect (Input)
DTR (O)………...... ..Data T ermin al Ready (Outp ut)
GND………….........Ground
X7
X6
RTX6
X3
RTX3
SICAM A8000 CP-8022
LK1
E TH
X1
PK1
LK4
E TH
X4
PK4
OH2
OH3
OH6
R S - 232
X2
RS-485
SIM
RS-485
RTX2
RY
PK7LK7
R S- 23 2
ER
X3
RTX3
SICAM A8000 CP-8021
LK1
E TH
X1
PK1
LK4
E TH
X4
PK4
OH2
OH3
R S - 232
X2
RS-485
RTX2
RY ER
X2: RS-232
X1: Ethernet
X4: Ethernet
X2: RS-232
X1: Ethernet
X4: Ethernet
CP-8021
CP-8022
X3: RS-485
X6: RS-232/RS-485
X3: RS-485
X7 : GPRS
CommunicationCommunication
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 211
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
X3, X6: RS-485 2-Draht X3, X6: RS-422 4-Draht
1TXD-/RXD- 1 TXD-
2TXD+/RXD+ 2 TXD+
3n.c. 3 n.c.
4 n.c. 4 n.c.
5 n.c. 5 n.c.
6GND 6 GND
7n.c. 7 RXD-
8n.c. 8 RXD+
X6: RS-232 Pins on connector X3 and X6
1RTS (O)
2TXD (O)
3CTS (I)
4DTR (O)
5n.c.
6GND
7DCD (I)
8RXD (I) (r ear vi ew)
TXD+, TXD-…….....Transmit Data
RXD+, RXD-………Receive Data
CT S (I)……………..Clear t o S end (In put)
RTS (O)……………Request To Send (Output)
TXD (O)……………Transmit Data (Output)
RXD (I)……………..Receive Data (Input)
DCD (I)…………….Data Carrier Detect (Input)
DTR (O)………...... ..Data T ermin al Ready (Outp ut)
GND………….........Ground
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
212 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.11 Installation of External Communication Connections
Via the communication interfaces of CP-8000/CP-802x selected transmission facilities can be
connected. Depending on the ki nd of the selected communication type, different connection
cables are required for the connection of a data transmission facility.
Connection type Communica ti on type Transmission Facility Connection cable
Serial Multi-point traffic • L eas ed lin e m odem
• VFT channel modem Modem cable
See section 6.11.1.1
Multi-p oint traffic via
glass fiber optic Optional star coupler D-s ub/R J 4 5 ad ap ter
See section 6.11.1.2
Dial-u p traffic analog Westermo TD-36, TDW-33
with extern al suppl y See section 6.11.1.3
Dial-up traffic ISDN Westermo IDW-90 with
external supply See section 6.11.1.4
Dial-up traffic GSM Cinterion MC52iT See section 6.11.1.5
SMS MC Technologies MC55iw See section 6.11.1.5
Point-to-point traffic – See section 6.11.1.6
Ethernet TCP/IP LAN/WAN Patch cable
GPRS • Internal (CP-8022)
• M874- 2 GPR S M odem
• MD7 41-1 G PRS Rout er Patch cable
Patch cable
Order information for transmission facilities and cables see appendix A.6,Transmission Facili-
ties and A.8,Cables and Plugs.
Note
Communication cabl es ar e, if poss ible, to be ins talled separately from the supply and peripheral cabl es.
Caution
It is not permitt ed t o connect a s eri al port with an Eth ernet int erface and vice versa.
Note
With a serial connection via X2 a bridge between CTS and GND is required, as far as the interface shall
also be used for th e connection with the engineering PC .
B y means of a speci al paramet er you can defi ne that th e i nterface X2 is not used for engineering
(Communicat ion sett ings ser ial | Serial eng inee ring in terfac e = disabled).
T hereby the connection between CTS and GND is not required.
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 213
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.11.1 Serial Communication
6.11.1.1 Multi-Point T raffic via Leased Line Modem/VFT Channel Modem
6.11.1.1.1 CP-8000
Wiring for Cable TC6-210
Connection CTS–GND: see note at page 212
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RS-485
OH3
ETH
LK4
PK4
SD
X4
V.24/V.28 (X1)
TC6-210
CE-070x
CP-8000
CP-8000
X2:1
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR/5 V
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
n.c.
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
X2:9
GND
+5 V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
X1:1
X1:2
X1:3
X1:4
X1:5
X1:6
X1:7
X1:8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
X2:9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DCD (O)
TXD (I)
DTR
GND
RXD (O)
RTS (I)
CTS
n.c.
9-pole D-sub
female
Shield
Shield Shield
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
214 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.11.1.1.2 CP-802x
Wiring for Modem Cable
Connection CTS–GND: see note at page 212.
V.24/V.28 (X1)
CE-070x
CP-8021
CP-8022
RS-232 (X2)
Cable
max. 330 mm
CP-802x
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
GND
+5 V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
X1:1
X1:2
X1:3
X1:4
X1:5
X1:6
X1:7
X1:8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
X2:9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DCD (O)
TXD (I)
DTR
GND
RXD (O)
RTS (I)
CTS
n.c.
CTS
RTS
VCC/5 V
TXD
RXD
GND
DCD
DTR
Shield
Shield Shield
8-p ole RJ45
male
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 215
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.11.1.2 Multi-Point T raffic via Glass Fiber Optic
6.11.1.2.1 CP-8000
Connection via Star Coupler and CM-0847
Note
CM-08 47 replac es CM- 082 7 which is used onl y in existin g plants.
A maxi mum of 6 st ar coupl ers CM- 0822 m ay be attac h ed next to each other.
F4
F3
F2
F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RS-485
OH3
ETH
LK4
PK4 SD
X4
CM-0847
(
CM-0827)
PS-663x
CM-0822
SICAM AK SICAM AK
SICAM AK 3
RS-232
(X2)
CP-8000
D-sub/RJ45 adapt er
female
Fiber optic cable
max. 1.5 km
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
216 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Wiring for Connection CP-8000 – CM-0847 Fiberoptic Interface
Connection CTS–GND: see note at page 212.
Wiring for Connection CP-8000 – CM-0827 Fiberoptic Interface (Existing Plants)
Recommended D-Sub/RJ45 Adapter
RS Pro MHDA9-SMJ8-M-K (see appendix A.8.1,Recommended Third-Party Products ). This
adapter provides a wired RJ45 socket and an unwired D-sub pl ug (female).
Wiring of the RJ45 socket: Wi rin g at the 9-p ole D -su b plug:
Pin Wire color
1black The assignment of the pins at the D-sub plug can be
made according to wiri ng di agram.
N ot used wir es must be isol ated!
With use of the shi eld this must b e soldered at the metal
plate of the D-sub plug.
2 yellow
3 orange
4red
5green
6 browne
7 grey
8blue
Shield black
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR/5 V
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
X2:9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
VCC (5 V)
RXD
TXD
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
n.c.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8-pol. RJ45
männl.
8-p ole R J45
male
Shield Shield
9-po le D -sub
female
.
RJ45 socket
D-sub plug (backside)
solding point
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 217
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.11.1.2.2 CP-802x
Connection via Point-to-Point and CM-0847
Wiring for Connection CP-802x – CM-0847 Fiberoptic Interface
Connection CTS–GND: see note at page 212.
CP-8021
CP-8021
Tx Rx
CM-0847
T
x
R
x
CM-0847
CP-8022
CP-8022
RS-232
(X2)
RS-232
(X2)
Fiber optic cable
max. 1.5 km
VCC (5 V)
RXD
TXD
GND
CP-802x
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CTS
RTS
VCC/5 V
TXD
RXD
GND
DCD
DTR Shield
8-po le R J45
male
Shield
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
218 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Connection vi a Poi nt-to-Point and Converter 7XV5652
Recommended D-Sub/RJ45 Adapter
RS Pro MHDA9-PMJ8-M-K (see appendix A.8.1,Recommended Third-Party Products ). This
adapter provides a wired RJ45 socket and an unwired D-sub pl ug (male).
CP-8021
CP-8022
CP-8022
T R
RS232
T
R
RS232
CP-8021
DC 24 V
DC 24 V
RS-232
(X6)
RS-232
(X2)
RS-232
(X2)
Converter FO - RS232
7XV5652
D-sub/RJ45
adapter male
D-sub/RJ45
adapter ma le
Converter FO - RS232
7XV5652
Patch cable cat.5
max. 1.5 m
Patch cable cat.5
max. 1.5 m
Fiber optic cable
μm
(when connected to a
3 km range with graded index fibre 62,5/125
SIPRO TEC device, the maximum
distance via grade index fibre 62,5/125 μm is approx. 1,5 km)
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 219
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Wiring for Connection CP-802x/X2 – 7XV5652
Connection CTS–GND: see note at page 212.
Wiring for Connection CP-8022/X6 – 7XV5652
TXD
n.c.
GND
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
RXD
n.c.
X1:1
X1:2
X1:3
X1:4
X1:5
X1:6
X1:7
X1:8
X1:9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CP-802x
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
CTS
RTS
VCC
TXD
RXD
GND
DCD
DTR
8-p ole R J45
male 8-po le RJ45
male 8-pole RJ45
female
Shield Shield
Patch cable
D-Sub/RJ45 adapter
TXD
n.c.
GND
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
RXD
n.c.
X1:1
X1:2
X1:3
X1:4
X1:5
X1:6
X1:7
X1:8
X1:9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RTS
TXD
CTS
DTR
n.c.
GND
DCD
RXD
X6:1
X6:2
X6:3
X6:4
X6:5
X6:6
X6:7
X6:8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8-po le RJ45
male 8-p ole RJ45
female
Shield Shield
Single wires
Patc h ca ble
D-Sub/RJ45 adapter
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
220 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Connection via Star Coupler 7XV5450 to other AU
CP-8021
CP-8021
Tx Rx
CM-0847
Tx
R
x
CM-0847
CP-8021
CP-8022
Tx
R
x
Tx
R
x
T3
R3
T2
R2
T1
R1
CM-0847
CM-0847
CP-8022
RS-232
(X2)
RS-232
(X2)
Mini Starc oupler
7XV5450
Fiber optic cable
max. 1.5 km
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 221
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Connection via Star Coupler 7XV5450 to other AU
Recommended D-Sub/RJ45 Adapter
RS Pro MHDA9-PMJ8-M-K (see appendix A.8.1,Recommended Third-Party Products ). This
adapter provides a wired RJ45 socket and an unwired D-sub pl ug (male).
CP-8021
X1
CP-8022
CM-0847
Tx
R
x
CP-8022
CP-8021
CP-8021
Tx
R
x
Tx
R
x
T3 R3 T2 R2 T1 R1
CM-0847
CM-0847
RS-232
(X6)
RS-232
(X2)
RS-232
(X2)
Mini Starcoupler
7XV5450
D-sub/RJ45
adapter
male
Fiber optic cable
max. 1.5 km
Patch cable cat.5
max. 1.5 m
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
222 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Wiring for Connection CP-802x/X2 – 7XV5450
Connection CTS–GND: see note at page 212.
Wiring for Connection CP-8022/X6 – 7XV5450
TXD
n.c.
GND
n.c.
n.c.
GND
”RS-232"
RXD
n.c.
X1:1
X1:2
X1:3
X1:4
X1:5
X1:6
X1:7
X1:8
X1:9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CP-802x
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
CTS
RTS
VCC
TXD
RXD
GND
DCD
DTR
Patch cable
D-Sub/ R J4 5 adapter
Shield
8-p ole R J45
male
Shield
8-pole RJ45
male 8-p ole R J45
female
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RTS
TXD
CTS
DTR
n.c.
GND
DCD
RXD
X6:1
X6:2
X6:3
X6:4
X6:5
X6:6
X6:7
X6:8
8-pole RJ45
male
8-pole RJ45
female
Shield
Single wires
Patc h ca ble
D-Sub/RJ45 adapter
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 223
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Connection via Star Coupler 7XV5450 to SIPROTEC 5
Note
No prot ective device slaves may be con nected to the T1/R1 conn ector of th e Siemens 7XV 5450 star
coupler.
T 1/R1 is used for connection wit h the central station or to other star couplers in a star or ring structure.
Mini-Starcoupler
7XV5450-0AA00
T3
R3
T2
R2
T1
R1
R4
T4
R5
T5
2
1
L-
L+
SIPROTEC 5
Tx Rx
CM-0847
CP-8021
CP-8022
RS-232
(X2)
Mini Starcoupler
7XV5450
Fiber optic cable
max. 1.5 km
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
224 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Connection via Star Coupler 7XV5450 to SIPROTEC 5 (cascaded in Star Structure)
Note
A maxi mu m of 30 Siem ens 7XV5450 s tar coupl ers may be us ed i n a star or ring s tr uct ure.
No prot ective device slaves may be con nected to the T1/R1 conn ector of th e Siemens 7XV 5450 star
coupler.
T 1/R1 is used for connection wit h the central station or to other star couplers in a star or ring structure.
Mini-Starcoupler
7XV5450-0AA00
T3 R3 T2 R2 T1 R1
R4 T4 R5 T5 2 1 L- L+
Mini-Starcoupler
7XV5450-0AA00
T3
R3
T2
R2
T1
R1
R4
T4
R5
T5
2
1
L-
L+
SIPROTEC 5
Tx Rx
CM-0847
CP-8021
CP-8022
RS-232
(X2)
Mini Starcoupler
7XV5450
Fiber optic cable
max. 1.5 km
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 225
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Connection via Star Coupler 7XV5450 to SIPROTEC 5 (cascaded in Ring Structure)
Note
A maxi mu m of 30 Siem ens 7XV5450 s tar coupl ers may be us ed i n a star or ring s tr uct ure.
No prot ective device slaves may be con nected to the T1/R1 conn ector of th e Siemens 7XV 5450 star
coupler.
T 1/R1 is used for connection wit h the central station or to other star couplers in a star or ring structure.
Mini-Starcoupler
7XV5450-0AA00
T3 R3 T2 R2 T1 R1
R4 T4 R5 T5 2 1 L- L+
Mini-Starcoupler
7XV5450-0AA00
T3
R3
T2
R2
T1
R1
R4
T4
R5
T5
2
1
L-
L+
SIPROTEC 5
Tx Rx
CM-0847
CP-8021
CP-8022
RS-232
(X2)
Mini Starcoupler
7XV5450
Fiber optic cable
max. 1.5 km
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
226 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Connection via Star Coupler 7XV5450 and Converter 7XV5652 to other AU
W iring for connection CP-802x – 7XV5652 see page 219.
Note
T his configuration w ith con verters is given when, for examp le, the cus tomer provides the comp lete infra-
structure for th e communication. Alternat ively, a CM-0847 c an be used in t he substations instead of the
opt ical converter RS 232-FO 7XV56529.
RS-232
(X2)
CP-8050
CP-8021
CP-8022
Mini-Starcoupler
7XV5450-0AA00
T3 R3 T2 R2 T1
R1
R4
T4
R5
T5
2
1
L-
L+
T R
RS232
T R
RS232
T
R
RS232
Tx Rx
CM-0847
CP-8021
CP-8022
RS-232
(X2)
Patch cable cat.5
max. 1.5 m
D-sub/RJ45
adapter male
Mini Starcoupler
7XV5450
Fiber optic cable
max. 1.5 km
Converter
RS232-FO
7XV5652
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 227
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.11.1.3 Dial-up T raffic Analog with Westermo T D-36 (T DW-33)
6.11.1.3.1 CP-8000
Wiring for Modem Cable
Connection CTS–GND: see note at page 212.
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RS-485
OH3
ETH
LK4
PK4
SD
X4
WESTER MO TD-36
PSTN
POWER
Weste rmo TD-36
AC 22... 264 V / DC 18...300 V (TD-36 AV)
AC 12...27 V / DC 12...48 V (TD-36 LV)
CP-8000
max. 2.5 m
CP-8000
AUX V0+
AUX V0-
(12/24 V)
X2:1
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR/5 V
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
n.c.
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
X2:9
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
RI
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
V+
TxRx-
TxRx+
4
7
8
3
1
2
6
5
9
Shield
Shield
9-pole D-sub
female
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
228 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.11.1.3.2 CP-802x
Wiring for Modem Cable
Connection CTS–GND: see note at page 212.
CP-8021
CP-8022
W
E
S
T
E
R
M
O
T
D
W
-
3
3
I
S
D
N
R
S
-
2
3
2
Westermo TD W-33
AC 10...42 V / DC 10
...60 V
WES TER M O TD-3 6
PSTN
POWER
Westermo TD-36
AC 22...264 V / DC 18...300 V (TD-36 AV)
AC 12...27 V / DC 12...48 V (TD-36 LV)
CP-8021
CP-8022 max. 2.5 m
max. 2.5 m
AUX V0+
AUX V0-
(12/24 V)
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
RI
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
V+
TxRx-
TxRx+
4
7
8
3
1
2
6
5
9
CTS
RTS
VCC
TXD
RXD
GND
DCD
DTR
CP-802x
Shield
Shield
8-pole RJ45
male
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 229
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.11.1.4 Dial-up T raffic ISDN with Westermo IDW-90
6.11.1.4.1 CP-8000
Wiring for Modem Cable
Connection CTS–GND: see note at page 212.
Westermo IDW-90
WESTERMO IDW-90
ISDN
RS-232
AC 10...42 V / DC 10...60 V
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RS-485
OH3
ETH
LK4
PK4
SD
X4
CP-8000
max. 2.5 m
CP-8000
AUX V0+
AUX V0-
(12/24 V)
X2:1
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR/5 V
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
n.c.
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
X2:9
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
n.c.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
n.c.
Tx-
Tx+
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
n.c.
Rx+
Rx-
7
8
n.c.
n.c.
14x2xAWG26
2
3
4
5
6
n.c.
Tx-
Tx+
n.c.
Rx+
Rx-
7
8
n.c.
n.c.
wsor
or
wsgn
bl
wsbl
gn
wsbn
bn
9-pole D-sub
female
Shield
Shield
Shield
Shield
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
230 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.11.1.4.2 CP-802x
Wiring for Modem Cable
Connection CTS–GND: see note at page 212.
CP-8021
CP-8022
Westermo IDW-90
WESTERMO IDW-90
ISDN
RS-232
AC 10...42 V / DC 10...60 V
max. 2.5 m
CP-802x
AUX V0+
AUX V0-
(12/24 V)
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
n.c.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
n.c.
Tx-
Tx+
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
n.c.
Rx+
Rx-
7
8
n.c.
n.c.
14x2xAWG26
2
3
4
5
6
n.c.
Tx-
Tx+
n.c.
Rx+
Rx-
7
8
n.c.
n.c.
wsor
or
wsgn
bl
wsbl
gn
wsbn
bn
CTS
RTS
VCC
TXD
RXD
GND
DCD
DTR
8-pole RJ45
male
Shield
Shield
Shield
Shield
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 231
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.11.1.5 Dial-up T raffic GSM, SMS Sender/Receiver
Modem Protocol Description
Cinterion MC52iT DIAST0 D ata transmission via GSM with CSD-Service (Circuit
Switc hed Data)
MC Technologies MC55iw SMST0 SMS Send er/Rec ei v er
6.11.1.5.1 CP-8000
Wiring for Modem Cable
Connection CTS–GND: see note at page 212.
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RS-485
OH3
ETH
LK4
PK4
SD
X4
CP-8000
8 to 30 VDC
Cinterion MC52iT or
MC55i w Terminal
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR/5 V
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
n.c.
GND
RXD
RI
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
DSR
CTS
RTS
DCD
DTR
TXD
GND
V+
IGT_IN
PD_IN
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
X2:9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
6-pole
RJ12
Shield
Shield
Shield
9-pole D-sub
female
DC 8 V to DC 30 V
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
232 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.11.1.5.2 CP-802x
Wiring for Modem Cable
Connection CTS–GND: see note at page 212.
CP-8021
CP-8022
8 to 30 VDC
Cinterion M C52iT or
MC55iw Terminal
GND
RXD
RI
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
DSR
CTS
RTS
DCD
DTR
TXD
MC52iT
MC55iw
GND
V+
IGT_IN
PD_IN
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
CTS
RTS
VCC
TXD
RXD
GND
DCD
DTR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
6-pole
RJ12
Shield
Shield
Shield
DC DC
8 V to 30 V
8-po le RJ45
male
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 233
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.11.1.6 Point-toPoint T raffic with another AU
6.11.1.6.1 CP-8000
Wiring for Connection Cable for D-Sub – D-Sub (e.g. CP-8000)
Connection CTS–GND: see note at page 212.
Wiring for Connection Cable for D-Sub – RJ45 (e.g. SICAM AK 3)
Connection CTS–GND: see note at page 212.
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR/5 V
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
n.c.
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
X2:9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
n.c.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9-po le D- sub
female
Shield Shield
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR/5 V
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
n.c.
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
X2:9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CTS
RTS
DSR
TXD
RXD
GND
DCD
DTR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9-po le D- sub
female
Shield Shield
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
234 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.11.1.6.2 CP-802x
Wiring for Connection Cable for RJ45 – D-Sub (e.g. CP-8000)
Connection CTS–GND: see note at page 212.
Wiring for Connection Cable for RJ45 – RJ45 (e.g. SICAM AK 3)
Connection CTS–GND: see note at page 212.
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
n.c.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CTS
RTS
VCC
TXD
RXD
GND
DCD
DTR
Shield Shield
8-pole RJ45
male
CTS
RTS
DSR
TXD
RXD
GND
DCD
DTR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CTS
RTS
VCC
TXD
RXD
GND
DCD
DTR
Shield Shield
8-p ole R J4 5
male
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 235
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.11.2 Ethernet TCP/IP
6.11.2.1 Communication via LAN/WAN
6.11.2.1.1 CP-8000
You will find more detailed information on network configuration in appendix E,Use Cas es.
Note
Depe
nding w hether a connection is done ins id e or outsid e of cabinets, dif ferent types of patc h cables mus t
be us ed.
You can find details on connections above 10 m in the manual SICAM RTUs Platforms Con-
figuration Automation Units and Automation Netw orks, appendix A; section "Electrical Con-
nection, Cable longer than 10 m".
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RS-485
OH3
ETH
LK4
PK4 SD
X4
CP-8022
CP-8021
CP-8000
Switch
Ethernet TCP/IP
Patch cable
Install ati on and Cir c u itr y
236 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
6.11.2.2 Communicaton via GPRS
6.11.2.2.1 CP-8000, CP-8021
6.11.2.2.2 CP-8022
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RS-485
OH3
ETH
LK4
PK4 SD
X4
GPRS Modem
CP-8021
CP-8000
Patch cable
CP-8022
Antenna
Antenna cable
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 237
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7Preparing the Engineering
Contents
7.1 Engineering Tools ........................................................................................ 238
7.2 So ftw are for the En gine ering ........................................................................ 239
7.3 Loadable Firmwares ..................................................................................... 244
7.4 Integrated Protocol SNMP ............................................................................ 245
7.5 Memory Cards .............................................................................................. 248
7.6 In terface s for the Co mmun ication ................................................................. 249
7.7 C on ne cting Engine e r ing PC w ith the Targ e t De vice ...................................... 250
7.8 In teract ion with the En ginee ring Too l ............................................................ 269
This chapter describes with which methods CP-8000/CP-802x can be parameterized and pro-
grammed, an d whic h prereq uisites must be ful filled thereto.
Note
Grafics and screenshots shown in th is chapt er relat e to the engineeri ng of C P-8000. They apply analo-
gously for CP-8021 and CP-8022.
Preparing the Engi neering
238 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.1 Engine er ing To ol s
CP-8000/CP-802x is a parameter-settable miniature telecontrol device with optional automa-
ti on function. The engineering is alternatively possible via
• SICAM TOOLBOX II, with tool OPM II
• SICAM WEB
• Device Manager
7.1.1 Differences
For the engineering via SICAM WEB no special knowledge of an engineering system is re-
quired , a nd also n o licenses. The web user interface makes a very s imple a cces s to the p a-
rameter-setting of CP-8000/CP-802x.
The structure of the parameter blocks is basically identical structured like in the SICAM
TOOLBOX II, an exception is the parameterization of the periphery (not consistent).
The engineering via SICAM WEB is useful for simple applications. There are not all the func-
tions which offer the SICAM TOOLBOX II, available. You can find more details thereto section
7.8.2.9,Exceptions with Engineering via SICAM WEB.
You find an overview of the respective functions in the secti ons 8,Engi neering via SICAM
TOOLBOX II and 9,Engineering via SICAM WEB.
7.1.2 Interlocking
The writing access to a ta rget device is exclusive. This means, changes of the parameteriza-
tion of a target device are only possible with that engineering tool, with which engineering was
begun for the first time.
If a target device has been parameterized via SICAM WEB, it is not possible to take over the
parameterization into the SICAM TOOLBOX II. All online tools of the SICAM TOOLBOX II (di-
agnosis, dataflow test, message simulation, etc.) can not be used.
If a target device has been parameterized via the SICAM TOOLBOX II, there is only a reading
access possible via SICAM WEB (change of parameters not possible). The online functions
(di agnosis, process display) can be used in this case.
Note
CP-8000/CP-802x is d eliver ed ex fact ory with an equipped S D card and a default web param eteriz ation.
At the moment that you load SICAM TOOLBOX II parameters, the acc ess via SIC AM
WEB is only reading
(role guest).
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 239
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.2 Software for the Engineering
7.2.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II
The SICAM TOOLBOX II (as of Version 6.01) is available on a USB stick and consists of the
following toolsets:
• EM II
Engineering Manager (base package)
• PSR II
Engineering and Maintenance Computer
• OPMII
Objec t-Oriented P roces s Data Mana ger
• CAEx plus
Tool for the creation of an application program as function diagram (FUD), structured text
(ST), sequential function chart (SF )
Alternatively to the use of CAEx plus an existing and compatible instruction list (IL) can be
stored in the SICAM TOOLBOX II
The toolsets are also available as “Light” v ersion. With this version, the engineering is limited
to maximal 100 system elements and 2000 data points.
The toolsets are available individually. You find information and updates for the indi vidual
toolsets, as well as numerous licences, on the website http://www.siemens.com/sicam.
Document Item number
SICAM TOOLBOX II V6 License Catalog, License Ordering D30-017-6
SICAM TOOLBOX II Release Information V6 M3E-031-2
Preparing the Engi neering
240 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.2.1.1 Prerequisites
Prerequisite for the operation of the SICAM TOOLBOX II is the usage of an appropriate PC,
that must fulfill certain hardware requirements, depending on the license package you pur-
chased.
Inf ormation thereto reside within a permanently updated List of PC preference types. Shoul d
that be not at your disposal , please consult your contact person at Siemens.
For the installati on of the SICAM TOOLBOX II the following preconditions are required:
• USB interface must exist
• C:\ drive must exist
• File system NTFS be existing
• Administrator rights for operating system Microsoft Windows ®(read and write rights to the
file system and the Windows Registry)
• Installed TCP/IP
• Other SICAM TOOLBOX II version must not be installed
• Other ORACLE ®applications (data base, client, etc.) must not be installed
• Necessary regional settings:
─ 'Dot' for decimal separator and 'comm a' for the thous and separator must be different
─ As sep arator an 'inver ted comma' m ust not be used
• Usage of Windows Fonts in normal size (96 DPI)
•Microsoft Internet Explorer ® as of version 6.0
• Installated Microsoft Me dia Player ® to play online help videos (www.microsoft.com)
• Installated Adobe Acrobat Reader ® to read related documentation (www.adobe.com)
• The initial installation needs 30 GB free harddisk m emory
• An update needs additional 4 GB installed main memory
Supported Operati ng Systems and Hardware Requirements
You find the exact i nformation on supported operating systems and hardware, as well as in-
s tallation a nd ac complis hment of updates, in the following document:
Document Item number
SICAM TOOLBOX II USB BOX Booklet V6 D3E-021-1
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 241
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.2.2 SICAM WEB
For the engi neering via SICAM WEB you need the following programs:
Program Designation Version
CPC80 Fir mware for th e Mast er Modu l e 1) as of 10.01 (CP-8000)
as of 11.01 (CP-8021, C P-8022
level BB)
as of 12.01 (CP-8022 level CC)
SWEB00 Firmw are SICAM WEB 1) 2) as of 4.2
Sicam_first_startup Initializing tool for the device d etec-
tion and IP address sett ing 1) as of 2
ASC II t ext editor for th e c reation of an
instruct ion lis t (IL)
1) further information see 7.3,Loadable Firmwares
2) functi onality of a web server as graf ical us er i nterf ac e for the en gineerin g
The foll owing web browsers can be used alternatively:
Web browser Download Version
Internet Explorer ®www.microsoft.com as of 11
Edge ®www.microsoft.com as of 40
Chrome ®support.google.com (current)
Firefox ®www.mozilla.com (current)
Safari ®support.apple.com (current)
Opera ® www.opera.com (current)
Note
When access ing a SICAM A800 0 device vi a other w eb browsers, a w arnin g app ears in th e l og on dial og.
7.2.2.1 Prerequisites
For SICAM WEB the following operating systems are supported:
Hardware Operating system Version
PC, Notebook Windows 7 ® (64-bit)
Windows 8 ® (64-bit)
Window s Server 2012 ® (64-bit)
Samsung Galaxy TAB 2 10.1 Android ®as of 4
Apple iPad4 iOS ®as of 6
The following minimum screen resolution is recommended:
• 1024 x 768 pixel screen resolution (1280 x 800 pixel recommended)
• 16 Bit color depth
• Screen diagonal: 7"
Preparing the Engi neering
242 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.2.2.2 Program Sicam_First_Startup
The executable file Sicam_first_startup.exe must be stored l ocally on the engineering PC. For a
convenient launching you can create a shortcut on the taskbar of the engineering PC.
Wi th th e program Sicam_first_startup you can
• find CP-8000/CP-802x connect ed in a network
• assign an IP address to a target device
• write a parameter file exist ing on the engi neeri ng PC on a SD card (backup of the parame-
terization of a target device)
W ith assistance of a SD card read/write device, engineering data and firmwares can be cop-
ied also without target device, directly from the engineering PC on a SD card, for instance for
the replication of pr ojec ts.
7.2.3 SICAM Device Manager
The SICAM Device Manager package consists of the following parts:
• DVD with software and license agreement
• USB stick with license key
• Product Information
• Certificate of license
Document Item number
SICAM Device Manager S51-00 0
SICAM Device Manager Release Notes D51-004-1
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 243
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.2.3.1 Prerequisites
Prerequisite for the operation of the SICAM Device Manager is the usage of an appropriate
PC, that must fulfill certain hardware requirements.
For the installation of the SICAM Device Manager the following preconditions are required:
• USB interface must exist
• DVD drive must exist
• C:\ drive must exist
• File system NTFS be existing
• Administrator rights for operating system Microsoft Windows ®(read and write rights to the
file system and the Windows Registry)
• Installed TCP/IP
• Enabled DirectX features
• 30 GB free harddisk memory
• 4 GB installed main memory
The memo ry r equir ements and also the ha rd disk sp ace of the op erating system an d all ap pli-
cations running parallel to the SICAM Device Manager ( Microsoft Office etc.) and/or memory
usage of onboard graphic adapters have to be considered.
To make sure that DirectX features are enabled on your PC
• Click the Start button, type dxdiag in the search box, and then p ress the en ter key
• Click the System tab and then, under SYSTEM INFORMATION, check the DirectX version
number, e.g .: D i rectX 11
• Click N ext p age
• Under Di rectX F eatures all features must be enabl ed
For the SICAM Device Manager the following operating systems are supported:
Operating system Hardware
Microsoft Windows 7 ® 64 Bit PC, Notebook
Microsoft Windows 8 ® 64 Bit PC, Notebook
Microsoft Windows 10 ® 64 Bit PC, Notebook
Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 ® 64 Bit PC, Notebook
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 ® 64 Bit PC, Notebook
Direct X vers ion d ep ends on the used oper ating
system
Preparing the Engi neering
244 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.3 Load able Fir mwares
CP-8000/CP-802x consists of system elements that are designed for specific functions:
• Master module
Centr al processing and communication
• Protocols
Communication with con trol cen ter a nd further automatio n units
• I/O Master Module
Acquisition and output of process signals
For the performing of the respective function, a special firmware is provided for each system
element. The functional ity of each system element is adjustable by means of parameters.
As a partner of Siemens, you are able to download all the code revisions for your system as
loadable binary files via the website http://www.siemens.com/sicam.
• Select > Home > Products, Systems & Solutions > Products for Substation Automa-
tion > Substation Control Systems and Remote Terminal Units
• Click on the Downloads tab
• Open SICAM A8000 | Firmware and Device Drivers
• In the r esult list you can select the required firm ware(s)
Examples:
▼CPC80 Central Processing/Communication
CPC80 Binary File
TU CPC80 TB II Update
▼SWEB00 SICAM WEB
SWEB00 SICAM WEB Binary File
▼UMPMT0 Mul tipoint Master IEC60870-5-101
UMPMT0 Binary File
TU UMPMT0 TB II Update
▼USIO81 Universal Signal Input/Output
USIO81 Binary File
TU USIO81 TB II Update
A binary file contains the firmware code for the engineering via SICAM WEB.
A TB II update contains the firmware code and the master data for engineering via the
SICAM TOOLBOX II.
For the parameterization of the c orresponding system elements, the res pectiv e
• Firmware codes must exist in the target device (for engineering via SICAM WEB)
• TBII update must be stored in the SICAM TOOLBOX II (for engineering via SICAM
TOOLBOX II)
How to load firmwares into a target device depends on the used engineering tool:
• SICAM TOOLBOX II: section 8.1.4,Import Firm ware and 11.5.1,SICAM TOOLBOX II
• SICAM WEB: section 9.3.7,Update Firmware and 11.5.2,S ICAM WEB
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 245
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.4 Integrated Protocol SNMP
CP-8000/CP-802x supports the protocol SNMP Agent (version 2 and vers ion 3). For the engi-
neering of the SNMP protocol you need to get MIB files and a MIB browser.
7.4.1 Download of the MIB-Files
MIB-files can be downl oaded from the website http://www.siemens.com/sicam:
• Select > Home > Products, Systems & Solutions > Products for Substation Automa-
tion > Substation Control Systems and Remote Terminal Units
• Click on the Downloads tab
• Open SICAM AK3 | Manuals
• In the result list click on SICAM RTUs SNMP MIB File in order to start the download
After the download you get the file SICAMRTUs_SNMP_MIB_V04.00.00.zip.
• Save t his fi le on th e comput er where the MI B-browser is inst alled
• Open the fil e and start the therein contained fil e by m eans of double-click:
SICAMRTUs_SNMP_MIB_V04.00.00.exe
The MIB files are automatically stored on your computer. You find them in the subdirectory
C:/siemens/SICAMRTUS_SNMB_MIB_V04.00.00/MIB-Files.
7.4.2 Import of the MIB-Files in MIB-Browser
The import of the MIB-files into your MIB-browser must be done in the following sequence:
─ Import of SIEMENS-SMI.mib
─ Import of sicamRTUs.mib
─ Import of RFC1213-MIB (optional)
─ Import of rfc3635_mib.mib (Ethernet MIB, optional)
─ Import of rfc2790_mib.mib (Host Resources MIB, optional)
─ Import of rfc2574_mib.mib (USM MIB, optional)
─ Import of rfc2575_mib.mib (VACM MIB, optional)
Besides a standard MIB browser you can load the MIB files also with the control center sys-
tems SICAM 230 and 250 SCALA.
Preparing the Engi neering
246 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.4.3 Display of SNMP-Variables in MIB-Browser
Example 1: SNMP variable plant
Example 2: SNMP variable classInternal.
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 247
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Example 3: SNMP variable sysUpTime.
Example 4: SNMP variable ipInReceives.
Preparing the Engi neering
248 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.5 Memory Cards
7.5.1 SD Card
For the stor age of engineering data CP-8000/CP-802x ne eds an SD card. This re side s in the
slot at the housing front (CP-8000) or housing back (CP-802x), refer to section 6.6.1,SD
Card.
Wi th delivery of C P-8 00 0/C P-802x, all req uired files for the correct operation are stored in
folders on the S D car d:
• Firmware SICAM WEB (short text: SWEB00), bin ary f ile: SCD-001-1_xy.web
• T he Web fi l es f or SI CAM W E B ar e u nzi p ped on th e SD car d i n t he f ol der SYS-
TEM\SICWEB
• The m aster data for SICAM WEB are unzipped on the SD card in the subfolders of SYS-
TEM\SICWEB\FW
• Firmware of the device (CPC80), bin ary f ile: SC8-080-1_xy.bin
• Optional firmwares for protocol and peripherals
W ith usage of another suitable SD card, pl ease consider the instruction in section 11.4.4,Re-
placement of the SD Card.
7.5.1.1 SD Card Reader/Writer
For archivi ng purposes, the engineering data and firmwares stored on the SD card can be
read with a standard commercial SD card reader/writer and be stored on a PC. On the other
hand, in particular for the initialization of a target device, the data can be written from a PC to
the SD card.
If needed, a driver software required for the use of the SD card reader/writer must be installed
on the PC. Follow thereto the instructions of the manufacturer.
For the formatting of the SD card the formatting tool SD Card Formatter must be us ed
(https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4/). The SD card must be formatted with the file
system FAT16.
7.5.2 SIM Card (only CP-8022)
For the communication via GPRS you need a mobile network provider. This supplies a SIM
card (choose the standard format = Mini SIM). The SIM card must be put in the slot at the
housing front, refer to section 6.6.2,SIM Card.
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 249
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.6 Int erfa ces for t he Commu nicatio n
CP-8000/CP-802x provides the following interfaces for engineering and main tenance:
Interface Type Engineering tool
X1 Ethernet TCP/IP SICAM TOOLBOX II or SICAM WEB
X2 Serial RS-232 *) SICAM TOOLBOX II or SICAM WEB
X4 Ethernet TCP/IP SICAM TOOLBOX II or SICAM WEB
X6 Serial RS-232 mode SICAM WEB
X7 GPRS SICAM TOOLBOX II or SICAM WEB
*) with additional voltage output (supply for external modem)
Via the duplicated Ethernet link (X1 and X4 in switch mode) it is for instance possible to con-
nect a local engineering PC and at the sam e tim e a GPRS modem for the communication to
the cen tral station.
Furthermore, X1 and X4 can be operated via 2 independent IP addresses, you will find exam -
ples in appendix E,U se Cas es.
Note
For CP-802x appli es: X2/pin 3 (supp ly for external modem) must not be con nect ed with the eng ineering
PC!
Note
If the serial interfac e X2 is not used for the eng ineering, this can be set by means of a special parameter
(Communicat ion sett ings ser ial | Serial eng inee ring in terfac e = disabled).
T he engin eering vi a X2 is then no m or e poss ibl e, h ow ever, for th e conn ecti on of ot her devices (see
6.11.1,Serial Communication) a si mpl er cable wiring can be created.
7.6.1 Required Accessories
Dependi ng on the connection type, the following accessories are required:
• Direct cable
• D-sub/RJ45 adapter
• D-sub/USB adapter (if needed)
You will find the order information in appendix A.8,Cables and Plugs.
Preparing the Engi neering
250 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.7 Con necting En gine ering P C with the Target D evice
7.7.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II
Before param eters can be loaded via the SICAM TOOLBOX II into CP-8000/CP-802x, the fol-
lowing steps must be performed:
• Insert a suitable SD card into the target device (if not present)
• Store required TBII updates in the SICAM TOOLBOX II
• Switch on the target device
• Set up physical connection with the target device
The foll owing connection options are availabl e:
• Serial point-to-point connection
• Serial connection via telecommunication facilities
• LAN/WAN connection via Ethernet interface
• LAN/WAN connection via serial interface and Terminalserver
• Connection via further automation unit(s)
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 251
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.7.1.1 Physical Connection
7.7.1.1.1 Serial Point-to-Point Connection
Eng ineerin g PC and CP-8000 are c onn ected with a direct c able via the s erial interfac e (X2 ).
Wiring for Connection CP-8000 – PC (Direct Cable)
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-2 32
OH2
RS-4 85
OH3
ETH
LK4
PK4
SD
X4
TOOLBOX II
Revision:
Lic ense P ak:
Version 5 | Siemens AG
CP-8000
SICAM TOOLBOX II
Direct cable
2x D-sub
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
RI
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
RI
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
X2:9
shield shield
Engineering
PC
9-pole D-sub
female
Preparing the Engi neering
252 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
W ith CP-802x, a standard patch cabl e and a D-sub/RJ45 adapter must be used.
Wiring for Connection CP-8000 – PC (patch cable + D-sub/RJ45 adapter)
Recomm ended D-sub/RJ45 adapter
RS Pro MHDA9-SMJ8-M-K (see appendix A.8.1,Recommended Third-Party Products ). This
adapter provides a wired RJ45 socket and an unwired D-sub pl ug (female).
Wiring of the RJ45 socket: Wi rin g at the 9-p ole D -su b plug:
Pin Wire color
1black The assignment of the pins at the D-sub plug can be
made according to wiri ng di agram.
N ot used wir es must be isol ated!
With use of the shi eld this must b e soldered at the metal
plate of the D-sub plug.
2 yellow
3 orange
4red
5green
6 browne
7 grey
8blue
Shield black
Note
If the engi neering PC does not provide a serial COM port, add ition all y a US B/R S-
232 converter is required
(s ee ap p end i x A.8.1,R ecom mended Third- Party P roducts).
TOOLBOX II
Revision:
Lic ense P ak:
Version 5 | Siemens AG
CP-802x
SICAM TOOLBOX II
Standard patch cable
max. 1.8 m
D-sub/RJ45
adaptor
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CTS
RTS
VCC
TXD
RXD
GND
DCD
DTR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
RI
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
shield
9-pole D-sub
female
shield
Engineering
PC
.
RJ45 socket
D-sub plug (backside)
solding point
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 253
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.7.1.1.2 Serial Connection via Telecommunication Facilities
Engineeri ng PC and CP-8000 are connected via the serial interface (X2) via modems and al-
ternatively via a dedicated line, the public fi xed network, or wireless radi o.
With CP-802x, a special modem cable (or standard patch cable and D-sub/RJ45 adapter)
must be used.
Note
T he circ uitry of th e modem cabl e (alternativel y D-sub/RJ45 adapter) is d ependent on the used modem.
You will find the correspondin g circuitries in section 6.11.1,Serial Communication.
T OOLB OX II
Revision:
License Pak:
Vers io n 5 | Siemens AG
F4
F3
F2
F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-2 32
OH2
RS-4 85
OH3
ETH
LK4
PK4
SD
X4
Modem
Modem
SICAM TOOLBOX II
CP-8000
serial
serial
Direct cable
Line, PSTN, GSM, ...
T OOLB OX II
Revision:
License Pak:
Version 5 | Siemens AG
Modem
Modem
SICAM TOOLBOX II CP-802x
D-Sub/RJ45
adaptor
serial
serial
Standard patch cable
max. 1.8 m
Li ne, PSTN, GSM , ...
Preparing the Engi neering
254 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.7.1.1.3 LAN/WAN Connection via Ethernet Interface
Engineeri ng PC and CP-8000 are connected via one of the Ethernet interf aces (X1 or X4) via
a network by means of standard patch cables.
Engineeri ng PC and CP-802x are connected via one of the Ethernet i nterfaces (X1 or X4) vi a
a network by means of standard patch cables.
TOOLBOX II
Revision:
License Pak:
Version 5 | Siemens AG
F4
F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-2 32
OH2
RS-4 85
OH3
ETH
LK4
PK4
SD
X4
Ethernet TCP/IP IEC 60870-5-104
SICAM TOOLBOX II
CP-8000
Standard patch cable
TOOLBOX II
Revision:
License Pak:
Version 5 | Siemens AG
Ethernet TCP/IP IEC 60870-5-104
SICAM TOOLBOX II CP-802x
Standard patch cable
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 255
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.7.1.1.4 LAN/WAN Connection via Serial Interface and Terminalserver
Engineeri ng PC and CP-8000 are connected via the serial interface (X2) via a network and a
termin al serv er.
Note
T he circuitry of the direct cable is descri bed in secti on 7.7.1.1.1, Serial Point-to-Point Connection.
W ith CP-802x, a standard patch cable and a D-sub/RJ45 adapter must be used for the con-
nection with the terminal server.
Note
T he circ uitry of th e D -sub/RJ45 adapter is described in section 7.7 .1.1.1 , S erial Point- to-Point Conn ec tion .
TOOLBOX II
Revision:
License Pak:
Version 5 | Siemens AG
F4
F3
F2
F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RS-485
OH3
ETH
LK4
PK4
SD
X4
Ethernet TCP/IP
SICAM TOOLBOX II
CP-8000
Terminal
Server
Direct cable
Standard patch cable
TOOLBOX II
Revision:
Li cen se Pak:
Version 5 | Siemens AG
Ethernet TCP/IP
SICAM TOOLBOX II CP-802x
Terminal
Server
D-sub/RJ45
adaptor
Standard patch cable
max. 1.8 m
Standard patch cable
Preparing the Engi neering
256 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.7.1.1.5 Remote Connection via further Automation Unit(s)
In need, the SICAM TOOLBOX II can also be connected indirectly via a connected automation
unit (SICAM AK, SICAM AK3, SICAM TM).
For engineering there must be a logical connection to that automation unit, which is subject of
the engineering task. The both following cases are differentiated:
• Connection with a local automation unit (that one, to which a physical connection exi sts)
Note
A first initial ization of the automation unit is on ly possible in this way.
• Connection with a remote automation unit that one, which can be accessed via a local au-
tomation unit; thereby, a continuous remote communication according to IEC 60870-5-101
or -104 is required)
TOOLBOX II
Revision:
License Pak:
Version 5 | Siemens AG
F4
F3
F2
F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RS-485
OH3
ETH
LK4
PK4
SD
X4
CP-8000
SICAM AK3
SICAM TOOLBOX II
Communic ation interface
CM - 082 5 USB
connection cable
Au tomation/telecontrol network
(IEC 60870-5-101/104)
Local automation unit
Remote automation unit
Communication interface
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 257
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.7.2 SICAM WEB
Befor e CP-8000/CP-802x can be parameterized via SICAM WEB, the following steps must be
performed:
• Insert a suitable SD card with the current firmware codes into the target device (if not pre-
sent)
• Switch on the target device
• Set up physical connection with the target device
• Establish communication with the target device
─ Set up IP configuration on the engineering PC
─ Set up dial-up connection on the engineeri ng PC (if necessary)
─ Install security certificate on the engineering PC (if necessary)
instr uctio n ther eto see www.siemens.com/gridsecurity, tab Cyber Security Gen eral
Downloads, directory Application Notes, doc ument Certificate trusting in web
browsers
─ Connect with the target device via web browser
The foll owing connection options are availabl e:
• Point-to-point connection via serial interface
• Point-to-point connection via Ethernet interface
• LAN/WAN connection via Ethernet interface
Preparing the Engi neering
258 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.7.2.1 Physical Connection
7.7.2.1.1 Point-to-Point Connection via Serial Interface
Eng ineerin g PC and CP-800 0 are c onn ected via the serial interfa ce (X 2) with a direct ca ble.
Wiring for Connection CP-8000 – PC (Direct Cable)
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RS-485
OH3
ETH
LK4
PK4
SD
X4
CP-8000
Direct cable c onnection
2x D-sub
Web browser
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
RI
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
RI
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
X2:9
shield shield
Engineering
PC
9-pole D-sub
female
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 259
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
W ith CP-802x, a standard patch cabl e and a D-sub/RJ45 adapter must be used.
Wiring for Connection CP-8000 – PC (patch cable + D-sub/RJ45 adapter)
Recomm ended D-sub/RJ45 adapter
RS Pro MHDA9-SMJ8-M-K (see appendix A.8.1,Recommended Third-Party Products ). This
adapter provides a wired RJ45 socket and an unwired D-sub pl ug (female).
Wiring of the RJ45 socket: Wi rin g at the 9-p ole D -su b plug:
Pin Wire color
1black The assignment of the pins at the D-sub plug can be
made according to wiri ng di agram.
N ot used wir es must be isol ated!
With use of the shi eld this must b e soldered at the metal
plate of the D-sub plug.
2 yellow
3 orange
4red
5green
6 browne
7 grey
8blue
Shield black
Note
If the engi neering PC does not provide a serial COM port, add ition all y a US B/R S-
232 converter is required
(s ee ap p end i x A.8.1,R ecom mended Third- Party P roducts).
CP-802x
Standard patch cable
max. 1.8 m
D-sub/RJ45
adaptor
We b br o wser
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CTS
RTS
VCC
TXD
RXD
GND
DCD
DTR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
RI
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7
X2:8
shield
9-pole D-sub
female
shield
Engineering
PC
.
RJ45 socket
D-sub plug (backside)
solding point
Preparing the Engi neering
260 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.7.2.1.2 Point-to-Point Connection via Ethernet Interface
The parameterization via point-to-point is suitable if the engi neering PC and the target device
are not operated in a network.
Engineeri ng PC and CP-8000 are connected with a cross connected patch cable via one of
the Ethernet interfaces (X1 or X4).
Engineering PC and CP-802x are connected with a cross connected patch cable via one of
the Ethernet interfaces (X1 or X4).
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
R S-2 32
OH2
R S-4 85
OH3
ETH
LK4
PK4
SD
X4
CP-8000
Patch cable cat .5
(twisted pair )
Web browser
CP-802x
Patch cable cat.5
(twisted pair )
Web browser
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 261
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.7.2.1.3 LAN/WAN Connection via Ethernet Interface
The parameterization via LAN/WAN is suitable if the engineering PC and (several)
CP-8000/CP-802x are operated in a network.
Engineeri ng PC and CP-8000 are connected with a cross connected patch cable via one of
the Ethernet interfaces (X1 or X4).
Engineering PC and CP-802x are connected with a cross connected patch cable via one of
the Ethernet interfaces (X1 or X4).
F4
F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RS-485
OH3
ETH
LK4
PK4
SD
X4
Ethernet TCP/IP IEC 60870-5-104
CP-8000
Standard patch cable
We b br ow s er
CP-802x
Ethernet TCP/IP IEC 60870-5-104
Standard patch cable
We b br o ws er
Preparing the Engi neering
262 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.7.2.2 Communication with the Target Device
For the parameterization the target d evice must be connected with the en gineering PC and
switched on. In the Master Module of the target device a SD card must be equi pped.
The establishing of a communication connection between en gi neering PC and the target
device ta kes pla ce via adjustable IP addres ses. F or the initial parameter setting of
CP-8000/CP-802x, defa ult I P a ddresses are av ailable. These are s pecific for the respective
physical connect ion.
With local engineering, fixed IP addresses are used since they are required only temporarily
for the parameterization of the target device.
Default IP Configuration in CP-8000/CP-802x
Parameter Value Meaning/Remark
<Own IP address> 172.16.0.1 Addres s of CP-8000/CP-802 x web server vi a
ser ial i nterface X2 (fixed )
Autoconfiguration NO Configuration via DHCP service deactivated
Mode of the Ether-
net ports 1 IP address (con-
nected por ts in s witc h
mode)
Common IP address ON Ethernet interfaces X1
and X4
Parameter “Mod e of
the Ethernet ports ” display (selection) M ode f or X1 and X4 can b e select ed (configur a-
ti on of separate IP addr esses enabled)
Own IP address 172.16.0.3 Address of CP-8000/CP-802 x web server vi a
Eth ernet int erfac e X1 an d X4
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0 0.0.0. 0 = n ot used
Default gateway 0.0.0.0 0.0 .0.0 = not used
In pract ice t he defaul t gat ew ay is assign ed on
the smallest (193) or greates t (2 22) usabl e IP
address in the network.
If the own network is connected vi a a router, the
address of t he r outer is to be set.
Network connection LAN Utilized transmission media
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 263
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.7.2.2.1 Point-to-Point Connection via Serial Interface
The foll owing steps are necessary:
• Configure IP address for engineering PC
• Connection setup via SICAM WEB
Configure IP Address for Engineering PC
For the parameter setting the IP addresses predefined i n CP-8000/CP-802x ar e us ed. T here-
by the web server of the target device assignes automatically the IP address 172.16.0.2 to
the engineering PC, if this is configured for the automatic acceptance of an IP address.
For the communicat io n via the ser ial interface, a dial-up connection must be set up on the en-
gineering PC. You find the instruction thereto in Appendix D,Set Up Dial-Up Connection on
Engineering PC.
Connection via SICAM WEB
Start the web browser and enter the IP address of your target device (172.16.0.1) in the
address bar.
You find the further information in chapter 9,Enginee ring via SICAM WEB.
Preparing the Engi neering
264 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.7.2.2.2 Point-to-Point Connection via Ethernet Interface
The foll owing steps are necessary:
• Configure IP address for engineering PC
• Connection setup via SICAM WEB
Configure IP Address for Engineering PC
For the parameter setting the engineering PC must be adjusted correspondi ng to the IP ad-
dress predefined in CP-8000/CP-802x.
• Click in the control panel of the engineering PC on Network connections , after that on
Local Network and Properties .
• Mark in the property dialog Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) and click on
Properties .
• Select USE THE FOLLOWING IP AD DR ESS: and enter for instance 172.16.0.4 and the
subne t mask 255.255.0.0, and confirm with OK .
• Confirm the network setings with OK .
Connection via SICAM WEB
Start the web browser and enter the IP address of your target device (172.16.0.3) in the
address bar.
You find the further information in chapter 9,Enginee ring via SICAM WEB.
Note
Ac cording to the par ameteri zation in CP-8000/CP-802x you have to e nter a ht tp or https address in t he
brows er to establish the connection.
During the first time c onnet ion establishment via https there is a check if the corresponding sec urity c er tifi-
cate is install ed. I f it is m issing, it must b e i nstalled m anually (see www.siemens.com/gridsecurity, tab
Cyber Security General Downloads, directo ryApplication Notes, document Certificate trusting in
web br ow s ers).
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 265
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.7.2.2.3 LAN/WAN Connection via Ethernet Interface
The foll owing steps are necessary:
• Writing IP address with Sicam_first_startup
• Connection setup via SICAM WEB
Configure IP Address with Sicam_first_startup
W ith operation in a network, an unambiguous IP address must be assigned t o each connected
CP-8000/CP-802x. The assi gnment of the IP address is dependent on the subnet mask used
in the network.
The identification for the assignment of the IP address happens solely via the MAC address of
the target device. This is printed on the type plate at the left side of the housing, or it can be
read also on the display under the menu Device information.
Note
T he IP address can be ass ign ed wit h t he tool Sicam_first_startup within a network segm ent (subnet). Th is
can happen also if the IP address of th e engineering PC is located out of this s ubn et. On the oth er side,
th e assig nm ent of the IP address via a rou ted network (PC and tar get device separ ated via a r outer) is n ot
possible.
For the address assignment start the program Sicam_first_startup.exe with double click.
The Sicam_first_startup splash screen i s opened, and the Sicam_first_startup symbol appears in
the notification area of the tas kbar:
• Click on the splash screen in order to close it
• Click then with the right mouse button on the Sicam_first_startup symbol
The context menu of Sicam_first_startup i s opened:
Preparing the Engi neering
266 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
• Change the language if needed and open the context menu again
• After that click on Set Ethernet IP Address
The window for the address assignment is opened.
Click Discover A8000 to find the physically connected automation units within the network.
The found devices -unambigously identified by the respective MAC address – are listed in the
table.
Note
T he IP settings depend on th e configur at ion and t he used transmission medi a of your netw ork. For the
setting of these val ues p lease contac t your net w or k admi nistr ator.
Note
With the firmware CPC80 as of revision 09 the setting of an IP address by means of Sicam_first_startup is
supported only as long as t he defaul t IP addres s (172.16.0.3) exists in th e t arget de vice.
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 267
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
You can change the settings for IP ADDRESS, SUBNET and GATEWAY by means of clicking on
the respective value. Confirm each with the enter key. The status of the respective target de-
vice is se t to changed.
After completion of the entries mark the corresponding target devices by marking their lines.
Then clic k on Set IP ad dress for selected A8000 .
Sicam_first_startup creates now the ARP table on the engineering PC (assignm ent MAC ad-
dress to IP address). Afterwards Sicam_first_startup tries to reach the target device. If this is
s uccessful, the parameterized addresses ar e lo aded into th e res pectiv e target device and the
status is set to OK. Thereafter a res tart is performed.
The procedure is termi nated for all target devices when the information Settin g IP
addresses A8000 finished appears.
The suppl ement NOK means that an error occ urred w ith writing the address es. Check the
set networ k addresses and the physical connection. If necessary, check the IP settings of your
PC via the command prompt with the command ipconfig.
Confirm the reset information with OK . After the startup, the respective target device can
be addressed by the webbrowser.
Note
The writing of the IP address with Sicam_first_startup is also pos sib le locally via the serial interface.
Preparing the Engi neering
268 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Connection via SICAM WEB
Start the web browser and enter that IP address in the address bar you have previously as-
signed to your target device.
You find the further information in chapter 9,Enginee ring via SICAM WEB.
Note
Ac cording to the par ameteri zation in CP-8000/CP-802x you have to e nter a ht tp or https address in t he
brows er to establish the connection.
During the first time c onnet ion establishment via https there is a check if the corresponding sec urity c er tifi-
cate is install ed. I f it is m issing, it must b e i nstalled m anually (see www.siemens.com/gridsecurity, tab
Cyber Security General Downloads, directo ryApplication Notes, document Certificate trusting in
web br ow s ers).
Configure IP Address via Autoconfiguration
In a network, the IP address of the physically connected target devices CP-8000/CP-802x can
be assigned by a DHCP se rver.
The DHCP service is switched off by default and can be only activated by means of param eter
(see 9.1.2.7,Autoconfiguration).
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 269
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.8 Int erac tion wi th the En gine erin g Too l
7.8.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II
For the e ngineering of CP-80 00/CP-802x serves the SICAM TOOLBOX II installed on the en-
gineeri ng PC.
Before you start with the engineering, the predefined configuration param eters of the SICAM
TOOLBOX II must be checked and changed, if necessary (see section 8.1.1,Presets).
The sy stem-tech nical and process-technical paramet erization is performed with the to ol
"OPM II". An application program can be created with the tool "CAEx plus" as function dia-
gram, or alternatively as instruction list with a text editor in ASCII format.
The setting of p arameters is only possible independ ent from the target devic e (offl ine).
Firmwares for the sys tem elements and application p rograms mus t be impo rted into the
SICAM TOOLBOX II.
Engineering data maintained with the SICAM TOOLBOX II is stored in a data base on the
harddisk of the engineering PC. By means of loading processes, the engineering data can be
transferred from the harddisk of the engineering PC to a target device. Thereto the target de-
vice must be connected with the engineering PC and switched on, and a SD card must be
equipped i n the Master Module of the target device.
The engineering data is stor ed during a load procedure on the SD card of the target device.
With startup of the target device, all new or changed data is transferred into the main memory.
7.8.1.1 Structure
The individual tools of the SICAM TOOLBOX II have a design oriented according to
Microsoft Windows®. Afte r s ucce ssful installa tion they ca n be sta rted from the Win dows star t
menu Start | All Programs | TOOLBOX II , or via the Toolbox shortcut on the desktop.
Preparing the Engi neering
270 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
The most frequently needed tools (Load Parameters, CAEx plus, etc.) can be started also di-
rectly from the central engineering tool "OPM II".
Note
The SICAM TOO LBOX II Online Help can be started either directly via the start menu of your PC, or from
each singl e tool via the menu Help .
7.8.2 SICAM WEB
For the e ngineering of CP-80 00/CP-802x serves the web browser install ed on the engineering
PC. The w eb browser s hows HTML sites pr ovided by th e integ rated web s erver of
CP-8000/CP-802x. The parameterization is performed online in the target device.
By means of the web server the engineering data is maintained and stored on the SD card of
the Master Module. Engineerin g data c an be transferred also by mean s of loading processes
from the harddisk of the en gineer ing P C to a ta rget dev ice and reversely.
7.8.2.1 Dashboard
After successful log-in, the so called Dashboard appears. Here you can sel ect the individual
s ubmenus via th e displayed ti les:
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 271
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Alternativel y, each area and each tab can be also accessed via the context menu:
Hom e
By clicking on this button you a re able to return to the Dashboard from each website in
SICAM WEB.
Navi gation
By clicking on this button you are able to select the desired area from a drop-down list from
each website in SICAM WEB.
Preparing the Engi neering
272 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.8.2.2 General Buttons
Open menu
The button contains the following menu functions available exclusively for the user name
administrator.
The menu functions are al so visible f or the user name guest, however, he has no authoriza-
tion to exec ute them. Wi th attempt of a selection, a corres ponding notification is rec orded in
the status log (examp le: Mi ss in g privil eg e fo r re start).
Appl y changes
This button is disabled after logging in.
As soon as you modified the parameter settings the button is enabled.
During the saving procedure the changed param eters are transmitted into the device. Then
the button rem ains disabled until the next modification of param eters. Thus, you can see at a
glance whe ther there is a modification of parame ters (button enabled) or not (button disabled).
For the user name guest the button is always disabled.
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 273
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Reload
This button causes an update of the data saved last in the device. If you changed values and
y ou did n ot yet sav e it,
• Click on the button, if you want to discard these changes
The web browser opens an interrogation dialog according to the following example:
• select Cancel, if you want to abort the procedure
• select OK to update (unsaved data will be lost)
If for instance one administrator and up to two guest are lo gg ed on to the same d evice,
the changes made and stored by the administrator will be visible for the guest only upon
reload.
Show status log
This button causes the di splay of a list of error information, warnings and informati on logged
during the curr ent session:
• You may close the list by means of button
• You may clear all by means of button
• You have the possibility to specifically search for certain information:
─ In the field Filter enter the word (or a part of it) to search for
─ Click the cross to reset the filter
Preparing the Engi neering
274 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.8.2.3 Parameter Entry
In the submenu Settings you find all configuration data of the device.
You have the possibilit y to change configurati on param eters. In the left window area, all con-
figuration data is shown as a hierarchical directory tree:
• CP-8000/CP-802x
─ Master Module
Note
At pr esent, a modificati on of periph ery parameters (nod e I/O Mast er Module) is not possibl e.
At pr esent, navigation is pos sible via mouse only (via finger in c ase of touch screen).
In order to carry out modif icati ons , you have to log in as administrator.
This is how to retrieve information about parameters:
• In the directory tree, select any node
• You can expand or collapse each directory by clicking or
To the right of the direc tory tree, a ll par ameter s of the selected parameter gro up or t able pa -
rameters (such as topology info rmation, dataflow messages and so on) are shown in a table.
• Select the parameter group or parameter you want
• In the table, click on a value of a parameter
• For showing/hiding the description of the selected parameter, click on the yellow bar locat-
ed to the right of the work area
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 275
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
This is how to enlarge the work area:
• For hiding the tree, and therefore enlarging the work area, click on the grey bar left to the
work area
This is how to edit parameters:
Depending on the parameter, differen t options for the p aramet er entry exist:
• Cl ic k on a p aram et er in t h e t abl e and m odi f y t he v alu e (in t he i n put fi eld )
• Select a predefined value in the drop down list
Each entered value has a specific validity range. Immediately after enteri ng a value, a value
range check will be carried out.
Only valid values will be accepted. When entering an invalid value, a red highlighted notifica-
tion about the valid value range appears and the focus remains in the input field.
• Enter a new valid value
• Press ESC key if you want to restore the previous valid value
In case of table parameters, there is the possibility to define new rows with param eters. The
procedure for that is described subsequently.
Preparing the Engi neering
276 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
This is how to add new parameters:
• Click on the symbol
The new row containing initial values is added at the bottom of the table. These values may
be modi fied as you wish.
This is how to remove p arameters:
• In the table, select a row by placing a checkmark on the left next to the row
• Click on the symbol for delete
This is how to fill an amount of table param eters automatically:
Example 1:
• Select the desired column
• Enter the start value and the increment, then click on
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 277
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
The selected column is now filled acc ording to the input:
Note
T he star t value must be wit hin the permitted range, the incr ement must be always a number .
Example 2:
• Select the desired column
• Enter the start value and the increment, then click on
The selected column is now filled acc ording to the input:
Preparing the Engi neering
278 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
This is how to select all rows:
• Pl a ce a c hec km ar k i n fr on t of th e t abl e n am e i n t h e t a bl e h ead er t o pl a ce a c hec km ar k i n
front of each row:
This is how to save your modifications:
• To conclude save your changes, refer to Apply
A restart with subsequent startup of the target device may be necessary after saving, refer to
9.3.1,Restart device.
Note
T he storage of values is possibl e only with equipp ed SD card.
This is how to undo your modifications since the last saving procedure:
• Click on the symbol (refer to Reload)
•Close your browser without saving, i f you want to finish your work
7.8.2.3.1 Show Expert Parameters
For the most a pplic atio ns not all of th e available p arameters are required. For sp ecial cases,
additional parameters are provided (expert parameters).
To si mpli fy the eng ineerin g of the target d evice, the exp ert parameters are hid den by default.
Thereb y the d irectory tree has a red uced number of direc tories a nd parameter tables h ave a
reduced number of columns (no impact on the parameter table of the signa ls page).
W hen activating the checkbox SHOW ALL P AR A METER S the expert parameters get visible:
The state of the checkbox is maintained during the current session. When logging on again,
the state of the checkbox is deactivated.
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 279
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.8.2.4 Automatic Restart Request
Under cert ain circumstances a restart of the device will be necessary (for instance if a
changed parameter requires a restart fo r activation , or after updating of the SICAM WEB ap-
plication). In this case, a corresponding dialog appears:
• Cl ic k , if you want t o perform t he r estart inst antly
• Click , if you want to change arbitrary further parameters yet
The restart request appears then as an indi cation in the headline:
You can define the mom ent of the restart, and with that the activation of the changed parame-
ters, on your own. The indication is maintained also wi th change of the menus and also after
abortion of the session. It disappears only after the performance of a startup of the target de-
vice.
For the information on execution of a restart refer to 9.3.1,Restart Device.
7.8.2.5 SICAM TOOLBOX II Locking
If the initial engineeri ng has been performed with the SICAM TOOLBOX II, a corresponding
indication appears in the header. Then only a reading access to the parameterization is possi-
ble.
7.8.2.6 Language Versions
SICAM WEB is available in the following languages:
• English
• German
The language of the GUI corresponds to the language settings of your browser. If the browser
language is not supported, English will be used as the standard language.
Additionally, you have the option of installi ng language packs, see 9.3.9,Install Language
Package.
Preparing the Engi neering
280 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.8.2.7 Navigation with the Web Browser
If you refresh or change the page in the web browser:
After using the functions refresh or back a new page build does not happen. An inter-
rogation dialog of the web browser appears, whether you want to leave the page.
Example:
• If you leave the page, the session is automatically terminated and unsaved data i s lost; af-
terwards the l ogon di alog appears
• If you stay on the page, you can continue workoing with the latest entered values
If you close the page in the web browser:
After clicking the button close of the web browser (or tab) an interrogation dialog of the
web browser appears, whether you want to leave the page.
• If you leave the page, the web browser is closed, the sessi on i s autom atically terminated,
and unsaved data is lost
• If you stay on the page, you can continue workoing with the latest entered values
Preparing the Engi neering
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 281
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.8.2.8 Session Monitoring
If you do not terminate a session with SICAM WEB via the menu:
An automatic logout occurs after 15 minutes of inactivity. Unsaved data is thereby lost:
• Click OK in order to reconnect with the device, refer to 9.1.1.1,Logon
If you open a new browser window or a new browser tab:
You are already logged on at CP-8000/CP-802x (successful logon) .
The logon dialog will appear after opening a new browser window or a new browser tab, after
entering the IP a ddres s of the device and after a successful con nection establishment.
W ith a log-on attempt, a correspondi ng error message wil l appear:
Note
Pl eas e note that n o more th an one administrator and two guest
can be logged i n to t he d evice at
the sam e ti me.
Preparing the Engi neering
282 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
7.8.2.9 Exceptions with Engineering via SICAM WEB
The parameter records in the SICAM TOOLBOX II and in the SICAM WEB are basically iden-
tical structured. However, for the engineering via SICAM WEB some simplifications exist,
hence the following functions are not supported or impl emented in another manner:
• HW configuration Master Module
The Master Module is automatically configured as soon as a SD card wi th the firmware
CPC80 has been installed.
• System technique I/O Master Module
After the configuration of the I/O Master Module the I/O Modules must be configured in the
OPM II. With the engineering via SICAM WEB the I/O Modules are configured automati-
cally.
• Process technique I/O Master Module
In contrast to the OPM II no images are applied, for each I/O Module an assignment page
and a p arameter page exist.
In the assignment page the usage of the I/Os is defined (according to the assignment in
the SICAM TOOLBOX II).
In the setti ng page the previously configured I/Os are param eterized. There appear onl y
the parameters relevant for the defined usage.
• Process technique protocol element
In contrast to the OPM II no images are applied, the process technique is provided as
spreadsheets (send detailed routing, receive detailed routing).
• Loading firmware of protocol elements
Protocol elements can not be loaded slot-selectively. If for instance on PRE0 and on PRE1
the system element UMPST0 is configured, both are loaded.
• Message simulation
The message simulation is not supported (inserting of arbitrary messages into the sys-
tem). H owever, there is the possibility o f dis playin g current process values of the periphery
(binary information states, integrated totals, measured values) and to set process values
(commands, setpoint co mmands).
• Data flow test
The data flow test is not supported (different log points, filters, etc.).
• Revision interrogation
The current firmw are revision of the Master Module is displayed in the h eader of th e user
interface, the revisions of the additional system elements (protocol elements, I/O Master
Module) in the drop-down menu on the configuration page.
• Application program
A graphical function diagram (FUD) creati on is not possible, only an instruction list (IL) with
ASCII format can be loaded into the target device.
• Test of the application program
Off line simulatio n of the applic ation progr am is not p ossible. A simplified o nlin e tes t (state
display, forcing of a selectable signal) is available.
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 283
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
Contents
8.1 Telecontrol ................................................................................................... 284
8.2 Automation ................................................................................................... 301
This chapter is a guideline for the work with the SICAM TOOLBOX II. You find the detailed in-
structions for the work with the tools of the SICAM TOOLBOX II in the SICAM TOOLBOX II
Online Help and in the CAEx plus Online Help.
Note
Sc reenshots sh ow n in this c hapter relate to the en gin eering of CP-8000. They ap ply anal ogously for
CP- 802 1 and CP-8022.
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
284 Unrestricted SICA M A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.1 Telecontrol
Overview of the Tasks
Task Meaning
Presets Define user and rights
Init iali z ation of the pl ant data Configur e p l ant and autom ati on unit
Import firmware Load firmware into the SICAM TOOLBOX II
HW configuration Selecti on of the ins tall ed syst em elem ents
P ar am eteriz ation of the s ys-
tem tech nique • Time management
• C ommun ication common
• Protocol elements
• As s ign ment of pr oc ess si gn als t o d ata poi nts
• Decentralized archive
P ar am eteriz ation of the pro-
cess tech nique • Create images
• As sign imag es to data points
• S ettin gs for c onf igur ed pr ocess sig n als
• Rout ing of s end dat a and r ec ei ve dat a
Bul k ed it Cr eation of great amoun ts of val u es of th e imag es
T rans f er p ar am eters Compile th e set values
SD card Write an d r ead app lication dat a
Import/Export R est or e and bac k up of applicati on data
Documentation Prepared spreadsheets for printing
• H ardwar e (c onf igurat i on, pi n assi gnm ent)
• Parameters
Load par am eters T ransfer parameters an d functi on diagram to t he tar get device
Parameter comparison Compar e settings between c urrent project and target device
Dataflow test Record and store dataflow in the target device
Message simulation Send messages from the SICAM TOOLBOX II to a target
device
S er vice f unc tion online R ead and set time of targ et device
ST emulation Execute system-internal functions (only for au thoriz ed users)
Topology test Ac qus iti on of physicall y conn ec ted autom ati on units in a
SICAM RTUs automation network
Diagnosis Read detailed information generated by the self monitoring
Read decentralized archive Chr on ol ogical displ ay of p aram eteriz ed e ven ts
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 285
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Fundamental Procedure of the Param eterization
Essential Administrative Functions
OPM II
OPM II
OPM II
OPM II
select AU
system technique
process technique
system technique
process technique
customer
process technical plant
branch
number
system technical plant
region
AU
load parameters
system functions
periphery
protocols
system data
automatically when
saving
target system
SAT1703…
(se l ect AU )
user defines the
moment
select AU/BSE
set parameters
save
define images
set parameters
save
define customer ans
process technical
plant (with wizard)
basic system elements
protocol elements
peripheral elements
define customer
process technical
plant (with wizard)
configure plant
configure AU
with modules
set telecontrol
parameters
translate
parameters
parameters to
target system
configure plant
export/backup
import
document HW
configuration
document
parameters
assembly
technical
documentation
plant
manage-
ment
data distri-
bution center
data distri-
bution center
project technique
system technique
assemble technique
process technique
content in export
record ...
selection import file
selection AU
system technique
customer
plant
region
AU
plant
station
building location
cabinet
board rack
plant
range
customer
plant management
system technique
process technique
system elements
start export
selection import file
services
selection AU
generate (csv file)
documentation
preview spreadsheet
print spreadsheet
Presets
TOOLBOX II Presets
Authorization
System
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
286 Unrestricted SICA M A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.1.1 Presets
Before you begin with the engineering of CP-8000/CP-802x, several basic settings are to be
carried out for the work with the SICAM TOOLBOX II:
• User and rights
─ User-specific settings
• Password
• Workplace-secific settings
• Organization of the SICAM TOOLBOX II
• Language
For the access to the SICAM TOOLBOX II a logon with username and password is required.
The parameterization with the SICAM TOOLBOX II happens exclusivel y offline. Only the
transfer of data (firmware, application data), as well as test and diagnosis are perform ed
online via a communication connection.
The globally valid configuration parameters in the SICAM TOOLBOX II are displayed and set
with the tool “TOOLBOX II Presets”. They can – dependent on the access rights – be changed
at any optional time.
You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter “TOOLBOX II
Presets” and chapter “Administration of TOOLBOX II”.
8.1.1.1 User and Rights
The following user names are predefined and can be selected. For each user name different
r ights are pred efined.
• Type admin
• Type profi
• Type stan dard
As user name admin y ou can freely assign new u ser names (ma x. 8 characters ). For each
user a special role (max. 20 characters) can be assigned.
For ea ch role certain rights can b e freely selected a nd assigned from a list. Depend ing on
which role a user has been assigned, he may control determined functions. An exception are
the unchangeable roles, that are reserved for the Siemens specialists for maintenance pur-
poses.
You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter “TOOLBOX II
Presets”, section “User/ Role Admin istrat ion”.
Note
All oper ation and test functions of CP-8 000/CP-802x described in this manual are general ly applicable for
the admin role avail able in th e SICAM TOOLBOX II.
Note
From SICAM TOOLBOX II V5.11 it is possible to create domain use
r s. Such a domai n user d oes n ot use a
specific SICAM TOOLBOX II user role to start SICAM TOO LBOX II, but he uses the user account f or th e
logon on his workst ati on.
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 287
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.1.1.2 Password
The entrance into the SICAM TOOLBOX II is protected for each user by means of an individ-
ual password.
The preset password is equal to the predefined user name.
Note
T he preset password must be changed after the first l ogon.
8.1.1.3 Language
The l anguages Deutsch or English can be s elected:
8.1.2 Entrance into the Project
8.1.2.1 Logon
With the initial start of a tool of the SICAM TOOLBOX II you must enter a user name and a
password. After that you are able to begi n the param eteri zation.
A user change is possible with the tool “TOOLBOX II Presets” (menu Authorization |
Login ).
8.1.2.2 Logoff
A user logoff is possible with the tool “TOOLBOX II Presets” (menu Aut horization |
Logout ). You can continue to operate tools that are still active, but the activation of tools re-
quires anothe r login.
If all tools are quit without logout, the user will remain l ogged in unless a logout from the
Toolbox PC or Toolbox Server takes pl ace.
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
288 Unrestricted SICA M A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.1.2.3 Change Password
As user name admin you can define a password for each newly added user.
Guidelines for the Assignment of Passwords
• The password may consist of up to 8 characters
• No differentiation between upper case and lower case
• Special characters can be used
• Empty password possible (logon to the project without password)
Note
T he preset password must be changed after the first l ogon.
8.1.3 Plant Configuration
A plant is configured according to different perspectives:
• Project technique
• System technique
• Process technique
The configuration data is in each case specifically parameterized f or the different vi ews.
With the initial creation of a plant you must enter the configuration data into the SICAM
TOOLBOX II with the tool "OPM II". The entry of the parameters is thereby supported by
"Wizards". The plant topology is determined based on the parameter setting of the configura-
tion data.
After the initialization, the administration of the plant configuration can be carried out with the
tool "Plant Management". With this tool the configuration data can be changed or del eted at
any time.
You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "Plant Manage-
ment".
8.1.4 Import Firmware
For the parameterization of a target device the system elements to be used must be
equipped, and the belonging firmwares must be present in the SICAM TOOLBOX II.
You can import the required firm wares – if not yet present – into the data base of the SICAM
TOOLBOX II with the tool “Master Data Update”. You find further information in section
11.5.1.2,Importing Master Data into the SICAM TOOLBOX II.
You find information on firmware files in section 7.3,Loadable Firmwares.
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 289
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.1.5 Configuration and Settings for Telecontrol
The acquisition, parameter setting and documentation for the telecontrol function and its as-
sociated data points is enabled in the SICAM TOOLBOX II mainly with the help of the tool
“OPM II” (Object Orientated Process Data Manager).
The user’s guide of the OPM II can be found in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter
“OPM II”.
The description of the system-technical and process-technical settings can be found in the
manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and Basic System Elements, chapter
“Telecontrol”.
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
290 Unrestricted SICA M A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.1.5.1 Hardware Configuration
Before the parameter setting a target device must be configured with the required system el-
ements:
• Master module (details see 2.1.2,Master Module)
• Protocol elements (details see 2.1.3,Protocol Elem ents)
• I/O Master Module (details see 2.1.4,I/O Master Module)
─ I/O Modules (details see 2.1.5,I/O Modules)
Note
T he firmware codes of the corres pond ing sys tem elements mus t exist in t he tar get device.
You find an overview of the available system elements and I/O Modules and their technical
specification chap ter 5,System Components and Technical Data.
The configuration takes place with the tool “OPM II” via the menu item s Tools | System
Technique and Tool s | Library Ov erview .
By dragging the syst em elements of the system CP-8000/CP-802x from the Library Overview
onto the respective target device in the system technique, the corresponding system elements
are added with default parameters.
With use of I/Os, the higher-level I/O Master Module must be configured at first. After that you
can drag I/O Modules onto the I/O Master Module and assign signals to the respective
I/O Module (system technique).
Note
With CP-8000, the slots for the internal I/O Modules are predefined in the parameter-setting:
IOM0
: DO-8203, IOM1: DI-8100. For external I/O Modules, the slots IOM2 … IOM7 are av ailab le.
With CP-802x, the slots IOM0…IOM7 ar e avail abl e for ext ern al I/O M odul es.
W hen deleting an I/O Module, all the assigned signals (hardware pins and software data
points) are then deleted from the plant tree.
The changed hardware configuration must be converted with the tool “OPM II”, menu
Desti nation systems | SICAM 1703 transformer , and subsequently transmitted to the
target devic e wi th the tool “L oad p arameter s”, to become effec tive.
During startup the target device checks if the mechanically installed I/O Modules match the
parameterization.
Note
T he configuration in the "OPM II" mus t match the m echanically ins tall ed I/O Modules.
If you remov e an I /O M od ule m ech anically, you must delete it also in th e "O PM II " . I f you d o n ot adapt t he
configuration in the "OPM II" , the target device detects this I/O Module as failed (error indication).
If you add an I/O Module mechanically without adapting the configur ation in the "OPM II", this has no
effects. In this case, the added I /O Module is ignor ed.
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 291
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.1.5.2 System-Technical Settings
The system-technical configuration of a target de vice resides in the window “System tech-
nique”. Thi s can be opened via the menu Tools | System techniq ue .
The parameter setting is carried out in the directory tree, res pectively below the selec ted Mas-
ter Module:
• Common settings
• Time management
• Communication protocols
• Network settings
• Topology
• Dataflow filter
• Periphery
• Decentralized archiving
8.1.5.2.1 Communication
The protocol is determined by configu ring a p rotocol element suitable for the existing applic a-
tion and its paramet erization.
For security rele vant informationen refer to the SICAM RTUs / SICAM TOOLBOX II – Admin-
istrator Security Manual.
8.1.5.2.2 Periphery
The peripheral functions are defined by means of configuring the I/O Master Module, the
I/O Mo dules suitable for th e pres ent applic ation, as well as their parameters.
Below the level of the Ax peripheral bus the c onfigur ed I/O Master Module with the con figurable
signals is displaye d:
• Hardware pins
• Software data points
By means of the context menu of a hardware pin or software data point, selection Edit
image , you get direc tly to the pro cess -technica l settings o f the res pect iv e si gnal.
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
292 Unrestricted SICA M A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.1.5.3 Process-Technical Settings
8.1.5.3.1 Levels
The process-technical pl ant can be structured in freely-definabl e hierarchy levels. The follow-
ing graphic shows an example:
You find the instruction to create levels in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter
“OPM II”, section “Levels”.
The process-technical settings of the system elements can be opened centrally via th e menu
item Tools | Images .
8.1.5.3.2 Types
Types form the template for the structure of a process-technical plant. They serve for the sim-
plification wi th engineeri ng of large quantities of objects, parameters and values.
Types of the following type categories can be defined below the levels:
• User names
• Link types
• Info types
• Parameter types
A type is defined respectively for objects, that have the same features (examples: feeder, cir-
c uit brea ker, disco nnector).
You find the instruction to define the different types in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help,
chapter “OPM II”, section “Types”.
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 293
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.1.5.3.3 Images
Imag es are real o bjects of the plant wi th parameters a nd signals (exa mples : feed er no rth , cir-
cuit breaker Q00, disconnector Q10).
• Typified images
Typified images can be created from the defined types, that means, each images is as-
signed to a type. The assigned type defines thereby the structure for the image. The struc-
ture defines which linktypes include a signal and which parameter includes a link. This
structure can be changed only i n the type of the belonging image. All images that are as-
signed to that type, adopt automatically the structure change (inheritance). The same be-
havior applies for default input.
The usage of typified images is the more efficient, the more identic images are present.
• Typeless images
Typeless images do not have a reference to the types, that means, no inherit ance takes
place. Typeless images are al so created by structural changes of a typified image (since
the image does not have the same structur e as the type).
Typeless images are advantageous, if images are onl y uniquely existing.
Below typless i mages, typi fied images can be used (example: voltage lev el “20 kV“ is
ty peless since it is only uniquely exis ting, all feeders thereu nder are typified im ages).
• Link images
In th e link im ages the par ameter s of the sin gle target devices c an be set.
The signals of the libraries incl ude as first link a so-called common link (LNK_ADR). There
reside parameters (example: longtext, LAN station...) that includ e “references” to other
link s of the same signal or are s ourc e of “formulas”.
A reference causes that upon changes of an entr y in the common link the change takes
place automatically in the link of the specific target device. Message address CASDU(1,2),
IOA(1,2,3) and TI are generated automatically with filling of the 1703 link address
(Lk_Reg, Lk_Komp, Lk_BSE, Lk_ZSE, Lk_DP) by means of formulas and references and
do n ot hav e to be en tered.
You find the instruction for the creation of images in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help,
chapter "OPM II", section "Images".
Parameterization of the Process Signals and Assignment to the System Technique
The parameters for t he technological proc essing of process signals reside in the directory tree
below the link images:
• Addressing
• Signal preprocessing
• Signal postprocessing
You find the description of the parameters in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter
"Parameter Documentation".
You find the description of the technological processing of inputs and outputs of the process
periphery in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral Elements According to
IEC 60870-5-101/104.
The assignment of a process signal to a hardware pin or software data point in the system
technique takes place by means of assignment (alternatively automatical or manual). You find
the instruction the reto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "Parameter Documen-
tat ion", section “Assign”.
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
294 Unrestricted SICA M A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.1.5.4 Decentralized Archiving (DEAR)
The decentr alized archive serves for the local storage of events of a substation, and - when-
ever necessary - for the transmission to the control system. By means of that, it is for instance
possible to recover the archive of a control system after a communication fault.
In the decentralized archive all the data points used in the substation can be acquired.
You can configure the archive in the system technique of the “OPM II” (param eter group De-
centralized archiving of the respective automation unit). In the images you can define
the process-technical settings of the data points to be acquired. During operation, these data
points are archived chronologi cally upon status change. Thi s applies f or all commands and bi-
nary information items of the send and receive direction.
You find the detailed information on the settings in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Func-
tions System and Basic System Elements, chapter “Telecontrol”, section “Decentralized Ar-
chiving”.
8.1.6 Transform Parameters
Before loading into the target device, the process-technical parameters of the plant must be
transformed. This can be carried out with the tool “OPM II” through selection of the menu
Desti nation systems | SICAM 1703… | SICAM 1703 T ransfor mer .
System-technical parameters are automatically transformed when saved.
You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter “OPM II”, section
“Transform and Load”, “SICAM RTUs”.
8.1.7 Import, Export and Backup of Engineering Data
The tool “Data Distribution Center” enables the importing and exporting of parameters, as well
as the creation of backup fil es.
You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter “Data Distribution
Center”.
8.1.8 Documentation
With the tool “OPM II” you can generate and print the documentation of the engineering data:
• Hardware configuration
• Assembly technique
• Interface to Elcad
• Telecontrol function
─ System-technical configuration
─ Process-technical settings
You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter “OPM II”, section
“System Technique”, section “Documentation”.
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 295
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.1.8.1 Hardware Configuration
You can initiate the documentation of the system elements in the plant tree of the menu
System techniqu e , via the context menu of the automation unit.
The output takes place as a table in a file (format .csv) or to a printer.
With the tool “HW-FW Configuration” you can assign the required assembly-technical infor-
mation to the system elements.
8.1.8.2 Assembly Technique
You can initiate the documentation of the assembly-technical configuration in the plant tree of
the menu Sy stem technique , via the context menus of the I/O Modules.
The output takes place as a table with adjustable layout, optionally as preview on the screen
or to a printer.
The documentation exten ds over the HW pins of th e respectiv e I/O Module and co ntains :
• Slot and type of I/O Module
• System-technical address of each pins within the message
• Process-technical address of each pins within the message
• Common information of a pin (long text)
• Assignm ent of the pins to a link image in the “OPM II”
8.1.8.3 Interface to ELCAD
For the coupling with the design tool ELCAD, it is possible to transfer images that are as-
signed to a system elem ent via this defined interface.
The output takes place to a text file (format asc).
The generation of the file takes place via selection of the menu Destin ation systems |
SICAM 1703… | SICAM 1703 Tr ansfor mer.
You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter “OPM II”, section
“Elcad”.
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
296 Unrestricted SICA M A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.1.8.4 Telecontrol Function
8.1.8.4.1 System-Technical Configuration
You can initiate the documentation of the system-technical configuration in the menu
System techniqu e , via the context menu of an automation unit or of a specific system el-
ement.
The output takes place as a spr eadsheet, optionally as preview on the screen or to a print er.
8.1.8.4.2 Process-Technical Settings
You can initiate the documentation of the process-technical settings in the tree of the menu
Edit ima ge , via the context menu of a selected hierarchical level.
The output takes place as a spr eadsheet, optionally as preview on the screen or to a print er.
8.1.9 Commissioning and Test
For commissioning and test of the projected settings the following functions are available
(online):
• Load engineering data
• Parameter comparison
• Test functions
• Diagnosis (see section 11.3.2,SICAM TOOLBOX II)
For these functions the engineering PC must be connected with the target device (see 7.7.1,
SICAM TOOLBOX II).
8.1.9.1 Loading Engineering Data
The loading of the parameters of a process-technical plant from the PC into the target device
takes place with the tool “Load Parameters”. You can launch it from the “OPM II” via the menu
Target systems | SICAM 1703 | Parameter lo ader , or directly via the start menu of
your PC.
With the tool “Parameter Load er” y ou can add a nd selec t automation units, and initiate th e
loading via the menu Load | Sele cted Aus .
All settings that have been performed in the SICAM TOOLBOX II are thereby saved jointly on
the SD card of the target device:
• Configuration parameters
• System-technical parameters
• Process-technical parameters (if they have been transform ed previously)
• Application program (if code has been generated previously)
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 297
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
For the loading of the parameters there are different variants available:
• Load intelligent
─ only the changed parameters are loaded into the target device
─ can be applied locally or rem otely
─ after the loading of the param eters an automatic startup of the target device is per-
formed (for each selected automation unit a corresponding notification appears subse-
quently)
• Load unconditional
─ al l param et ers are loaded int o the tar get dev ice
─ can be applied locally or rem otely
─ after the loading of the param eters an automatic startup of the target device is per-
formed (for each selected automation unit a corresponding notification appears subse-
quently)
• Initialize
─ a l l par am et ers ar e del et ed i n t h e ta r get dev i c e, and all p ar amet er s new l y t r ans f er red
─ can be applied only with the locally connected automation unit
─ is used for the first loading of an automation unit or of a Master Module
─ if a changed parameter requires a startup of the Master Module, a notice appears after
the loading, whether the startup is to be performed imm ediately or at a later time – for
instance i f further changed parameters are to be activated jointly
You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter “Service Pro-
grams”, section “Parameter Loader”.
Caution
During a load ing operati on, the switching off of th e t ar get device is to be absol utel y avoided, since th e d ata
on the flas h card could be destroyed as a res ult.
8.1.9.2 Parameter Comparison
With the tool “ Parameter Loader” you can check wh ether the parameter status in the t arget
device is current. Y ou can select an a utomation u nit a nd sta rt the c ompariso n via th e menu
Parameter | Comparison AUs <-> Toolbox ).
For each selected automation unit appears the indication whether the parameters are current
or not current.
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
298 Unrestricted SICA M A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.1.9.3 Test Functions
The fo l lowin g test f un ctions are av ai lable:
• Data flow test
• Message simulation
• Topology test
8.1.9.3.1 Status Of Spontaneous Data Points
With the tool "Data Flow Test" data streams (flow of messages) can be simultaneously logged
and visualized. For a subsequent analysis - also at another location - a recording can take
place wi th the Interfa ce R eco rder.
The function Simultaneous log serves for the recording of messages within the internal da-
ta flow of an automation unit. In protocol elements, the data flow from and to other automation
units can also be acquired.
The followi ng data can (with change of the spontaneous data) be simultaneously logged:
• Change of state of inputs/outputs
• Communication from and to protocol elements
• Data traffic from and to the application program
• Data traffic from and to special functions (for example set counters, set time)
By means of triggering a General Interrogation all spontaneous input signals can be simulta-
neously logged at any arbitrary time.
You find the instructio n for this test function in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter
"Service Programs“, section "Data Flow Test".
You find furthe r information in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and
Basic System Elements, chapter "System Services", section "Data Flow Test".
define TOOLBOX
filters
select test points
select message
display format
play record
select message
display format
logging of the
connected AUs
send message(s)
start record
selection AU
selection AU
total network or
selection AU
data flow
test
message
simulation
topology
test
State of
spontaneous
data points
simulation of
spontaneous
data points
check con-
nection to AUs
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 299
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.1.9.3.2 Simulation Of Spontaneous Data Points
With the tool "Message Simulation" messages can be transmitted from the SICAM TOOLBOX
II to automation units. Just one message or up to 100 messages in succession can be trans-
mitted; in addition sequential delays and message repetitions can be defined.
The messages can be passed in at defined points of the system. With this function the follow-
ing possibilities exist:
• Setting of outputs
• Simulation of the communication from and to protocol elements
• Data traffic from and to the application program
• Data traffic from and to special functions (for example set counters, set time)
Pay attention that due to the simulation the plant state can change.
Warning
T he manu al control ling of outp uts w ith the plant runn ing can l ead to d amage to p ersons an d machines .
Ens ure t hat aggregat es in the control area of the command output and t hose subsequent aggregat es in
th e proc ess chain ar e pr ot ect ed and th at persons in t he vicinity are warned.
You find the instructio n for this test function in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter
"Service Programs“, section "Message Simulation".
You find furthe r information in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and
Basic Syst em Elements, chapter "System Serv ices", section "Message Simulation".
8.1.9.3.3 Check The Connection To Automation Units
The tool "Topology Test" is used for the acquisition of all automation units in a SICAM RTUs
automatio n networ k th at a re reachable or non-reach able fr om the automation u nit momentarily
physically connected.
You find the instructio n for this test function in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter
"Service Programs“, section "Topology Test".
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
300 Unrestricted SICA M A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.1.9.4 Displaying Decentralized Archive (DEAR)
The current contents of DEAR can be displayed with the tool “OPM II”.
Via the context menu of the automation unit, subm enu Display decentral archiving… , you
get to the file directory.
Then select a file and click on the button Display archives to display the respective rec-
ords.
Note
T he data rec ords of the decentralized archive are regis tered in config urable files. Th e files are stored on
th e SD car d. The rec ord of dat a points is t herefore onl y p ossible w ith equi pped S D car d.
Example
You can save th e displayed recor ds of DEAR in a file (Format .csv) on the engineering PC.
You find the information thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter “OPM II”,
section “System Technique”, “General”, “ SICAM RTUs”, “Decentral Archive Display”.
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 301
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.2 Automation
For t he implementation of freely definable open-/closed-loop control functions you can create op-
ti onally an application program as function diagram.
Overview of the Tasks
Task Meaning
Config ure external s ign als Create imag es for spont aneous an d periodical data points
Create f unction diagram Edit th e application program
Simulate function diagram Offlin e tes t of the application progr am
Gener at e program code C ompi l e applicati on program
Load pr ogram code T ransfer applicati on p rogram in to th e t arget device
Perform startup Init ialize application progr am in the tar get device
T est functi on diagram Online-Test des Anwenderprogramms
Documentation Prepare applicati on progr am for printing
Fundamental Procedure of the Programming
CA Ex plus
Onl i ne Test
OPM II
CAEx
plus
CAEx
plus
CAEx
plus
OPM II
OPM II
configure
external signals
translate
parameters
edit function
chart
simulate
function chart
gener ate co de
load code
define images for …
spontaneous messages
periodical data p oints
from periphery
CAEx plus: variable
import/code generation
create signal list
select resource
selec t resour ce
select AU load parameters
select AU
code generation
Offline sim ulation
(test of function chart
logic without t arget
system)
O NLI NE sim ulati on
(test of function chart
logic in the target
system)
use of process technical
signals from OPM II
user defines the
moment
test function
chart
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
302 Unrestricted SICA M A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.2.1 Creating a Function Diagram with CAEx plus
For the creation of a function diagram (FUD) the tool “CAEx plus” i s required. This provides
various editors and standard libraries for the creation of the open-/closed-loop control function.
The process-technical functions of a plant are created with the func tion diagram editor (FBD
Editor). A function diagram is thereby created by the interconnection of
• predefined functions and function blocks (CP-8000/CP-802x library)
• functions and function blocks defined by the user
You find the description of the editor in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter “Editors”.
Additional information can be found in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter “Tutori-
als”, sect ion “CAEx plus”.
You find the most important characteristic values (limits) for the creation of the open-/closed-
loop control function in section 5.4.1,CP-8000 and 5.4.2,CP-8021 and CP-8022.
You find the technical details for the processing of the open-/closed-loop control function and its
partial functions in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and Basic System
Elements, chapter “Automation”, section “Restricted Open-/Closed- Loop Control Function”,
“Application Program” | ”Function Diagram” .
Note
Optionally to the creation of a f unction diagram, an instruction list (IL) with ASCII format can be imported in
“CAEx plus” (tool “OP M II”, cont ext menu of the CPU, Instruction li st | Import from file ).
Function Diagram (Example)
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 303
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.2.1.1 Restrictions with the Creation of a Function Diagram
For the creation of a function diagram s everal exceptions must be paid attention to:
• Blocks and data types
In the type instance and in the application blocks of the AU library, only blocks and data
types supported by CP-8000/CP-802x can be used.
• Signals from the signal list
From the signal list only signal types supported by CP-8000/CP-802x can be used i n the
type instance (for instance the message with TI 38 – “protection event” is not allowed).
The check is performed via the data type of the signal. Also the system data point from the
signal list can not be used in the type instance.
• System data points
These are availa ble as glo bal variables in the global v ariable object “System info” in the
resource. These gl obal variables can be used in the FUD.
• Type identifications
Since the ty pe identifications supported by CP-8000/CP-802x are restricted, a check is
performed during the creation of the FUD. Messages with not supported type identific a-
tions can not be used in the FUD.
• Non-volatile states
If messages or inputs/outputs of blocks are set to “retain” in the FUD, then a correspond-
ing warni ng is output upon the code generation.
• CASDU
All the information that is produced in the application program of CP-8000/CP-802x has
the same CASDU i n th e messag e address. Thereby it is neces sary that for parameter-
set table messages that originate in the application program, the same CASDU is assigned
in the CAEx plus link (see 9.1.3.1.1,Application Program). With “wrong” se tting in the
“OPM II” the code generaration aborts with a corresponding error information.
For input messages in the FUD an arbitrary message address can be assigned.
• Status bit „Class 1“
This is not supported by the FUD (pri ority management of the communication function).
• Status bit „R“ (redundancy)
This can not be set by the target device. Using the redundancy bit a warning will be output
upon code generation.
• Additional attributes
These are not supported by CP-8000/CP-802x. Upon code generation these attributes are
not taken account of, and neither a warning nor an error will be output.
• Periodical datapoints
CP-8000/CP-802x does not support periodical links (1703 links with use in the FUD, no
evaluation of the parameter use_caex_plus). With periodical use, the variables must be
entered directly in the FUD (system variables with predefined names). These system vari-
ables can be found in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help in the datenpoint description of
the I/O Master Module firmware (internal key 92128 up to 92255).
You will find further information in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and
Basic Syst em Elements, chapter “Automation”, section “Restricted Open-/Closed- Loop Con-
trol Function”.
You will find some select ed program examples in appendix B,Examples for Instruction Lists
(IL).
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
304 Unrestricted SICA M A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.2.1.2 Configuring External Signals
The I/O’s are integrated into the Function Diagram vi a the Signal List. Dependent from the
fact, whether the target device is engineered via the SICAM TOOLBOX II or via the
SICAM WEB, the Signal List can be alternatively
• generated with the tool “OPM II”
• imported from a local param eterization (see thereto section 8.1.7,Import, Export and
Backup of Engineering Data)
The signals of the process-technical plant can be used by “CAEx plus” after the transformation
(see section 8.1.6,Tra nsform P arameters ). The struct ure of the pro ject tree a utomatically
ad apts to the structure from the “ OPM II”.
An introduction how to create a project can be found in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter
“First Steps” and chapter “Additiona l Products”, section “Signal L ist (Optiona l)”.
8.2.1.3 Program Code Generation
Befor e the loading of the open-/closed-loop control function into the target device, the program
code must be generared.
You can start the code generation via the following ways:
• CAEx plus Tra ns former
• CAEx plus, via the context m enu of the Master Module (<firmware>)
Start of the Program Code Generation
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 305
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
The function diagram i s now translated and checked by a compiler. Simultaneously the pro-
gram code is created as instruction list (IL) in the folder “Specification”.
Via the me nu Tools | Error- state viewer you can activate the notification display of the
c od e gen eratio n. Th ere are recorded common n otifica tio ns (as for ins tanc e informa tion abo ut
the occupied storage space for code and variables), as well as detected errors in detail.
Error State of the Compiler
The exact description of this tool resides in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter “Target Sys-
tem Connect ion”, sect ion “Functions f or Target System Connection”, section “ Code Gene-
ration”.
The code generati on can be started independentl y from “CAEx plus” with the tool “OPM II”
through selection of the function Desti n ati on sy st ems | CAEx plus… | signal
li st/generat e code . Thereby a signal list is created for the processing of the parameterized
signals in the open-/closed-loop control function and read into “C AEx plus”.
You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter “OPM II”, section
“Transform and Load”, “CAEx plus”.
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
306 Unrestricted SICA M A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.2.2 Documentation
8.2.2.1 Cross Reference List
With the tool “CAEx plus” a cross reference list over the project hierarchy can be generated,
displayed on the screen, or printed.
The cross reference list refers alternatively to
• Entire function diagram of the selected Master Module
• Single program organization unit (POU)
It is executed via the respective context menu Cross-references .
You find the details thereto in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter “Basics”, section “Default
Operating Elements”, section “ Commands of the Pop-Up Menus” .
8.2.2.2 Open-/Closed-Loop Control Function
In the project hierarchy of the tool “CAEx plus”, by selecting on e of eac h lev el, by means of
pop-up menu the function Print can be executed. The print operation i s started on the de-
fault printer of the PC.
You find the details thereto in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter “Basics”, section “Default
Operating Elements”, section “Commands of the Pop-Up Menus”, section “Print in Project
Management”.
Additional information can be found in the CAEx plus O nline Help, chapter “Basics”, section
“Default Properties” as well as chapter “Lists and References”, section “Designing Printouts
with DXF”.
Further extensive possibilities for the docum entati on are provided by the optional function
Docu men t Management (additional product for “CAEx plus”).
You find the details thereto in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter “Additional Products”, sec-
tion “Documents Management (optional)”.
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 307
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.2.3 Commissioning and Test
8.2.3.1 Loading Program Code
To load the compiled program code into the target device, the engineering PC must be con-
nected with the tar get d evice (see 7.7,Connecting Engi neering PC wi th the Target Devi ce ).
The loading of the pr ogram code into the target device takes place jointly with the parameters
set in the “OPM II”. Thereto the tool “Parameter Loader” must be used (see also section
8.1.9.1,Loadi ng Engineering Data).
Caution
During a load in g operati on, t he s witching off of CP-80 00/CP- 80 2x is to be absolutely avoid ed, since the
data on th e SD card could be destroyed as a result.
You find the technical description thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions
System and Basic System Elements, chapter “Automation”, section “Open-/ Closed-Loop Con-
trol Function” | “Loading of Application Program (Reload)”.
You find the instruction for the operation in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter
“Service Programs”, section “Parameter Loader”.
8.2.3.2 Test Functions
The fo l lowin g test f un ctions are av ai lable:
• Simulating Function Diagram Offline
• Testing Function Diagram Online
8.2.3.2.1 Simulating Function Diagram Offline
The logic operations of a function diagram can be tested in “CAEx plus” with the Offline
simulation .
This func tion c an be c alled via th e context menu of th e Master Module, progr am in stan ce or
type instance. You can find the details thereto in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter “Addi-
tional Products”, section “Offline Simulation”.
The osci lloscope function serves for the chronological representa tion of analog values an d bi-
nary valu es during th e offlin e simula tion of the function dia gram.
You find exact details thereto in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter "Additional Products",
section "Logic Analysis with O scilloscope Functions" .
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
308 Unrestricted SICA M A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
8.2.3.2.2 Testing Function Diagram Online
With the tool "CAEx plus", all open- and closed-l oop technical tasks in processing elements of
the system can be tested online.
This function can be called via the context menu of the Master Module <firmware>, selection
ONLINE Test.
The fo l lowin g test f un ctions are av ai lable:
• Display and force values
• Test switch input/output messages, input/output process images of the periphery
• Changing the execution status of the open-/closed-loop control function
─ Stop controller
─ Start controller
─ Perform cold start of the resource
─ Perform warm start of the resource
─ Halt task
─ Continue task
─ Perform cold start of a task
─ Perform warm start of a task
─ Halt program
─ Continue program
• Setting breakpoints
• Real time archive
• Display status information
• Read and write variables
The technical description of the online test function can be found in the manual SICAM RTUs
Common Functions System and Basic System Elements, chapter "Automation", section
"Online Test".
The details for operation can be found in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter "Target System
Connection", section "Functions for Target System Connectio n".
Note
With user pr ogram r unning, the sim ulat ed value of a variable is static ally ov erwr itten. In contras t t o this,
inputs/ ou tputs are n ot s taticall y over wri tten, r ather only w ith a change to their proc ess image (ed ge-
triggered).
With user progr am stopped, simul ated values are r etain ed.
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 309
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9Engineering via SICAM WEB
Contents
9.1 Telecontrol ................................................................................................... 310
9.2 Automation ................................................................................................... 424
9.3 Administrative Functions ............................................................................... 448
This chapter describes how CP-8000/CP-802x can be parameterized via SICAM WEB, which
possibilities exist for the loading and saving of data, and how an application program can be
created.
Note
Sc reenshots sh ow n in this c hapter relate to the en gin eering of CP-8000. They ap ply anal ogously for
CP- 802 1 and CP-8022.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
310 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1 Telecontrol
Overview of the Tasks
Task Meaning
Start and terminate sess ion • L og on t o th e t arg et device
• Log off f rom th e targ et d evic e
Presets • Define p ass wod
• S et I P adr es s es
Co mmon settings • Config ur ati on of the t ar g et devic e
• T opol og y (r outi ng of s end d at a and receive dat a)
• F ai lur e b ehavi or up on err or
Ha rdware configuration • Add or r emov e pr ot ocol el em ent
• Add or r emov e I/O Mas t er Mod ule
T im e man ag em en t • Time s ettings
• L oc al t ime s etti ng
• Time synchronization
Communication • Set t i n gs of t h e mes sa g es
• Int erf ac e f or t h e c omm unicati on
• Transmission f acility
Periphery • C onfig ur ati on of th e s ign als
• Signal list import/export
• S ett ings f or c onf igur ed sig n als
Administration • Restart device
• S ave d evic e s et tings
• R ec over d evice s et tings
• Firmware update
• Inst all l angu age p ac k age
• Set date and time
Test functions • Dis pl ay of inp ut/ out p ut sign al st at es
• Forcing of output signals
E vent lis t Chron ol ogical dis p lay of the occ urred even ts
Al arm lis t C hron ological disp l ay of t he occurred al ar ms
Diagnosis Indications generated by the self monitoring
Preconditions for the Engineering
For the e ngineering via SICAM WEB the steps according to section 7.7.2,S ICAM WEB must
be perfo rmed:
• Firmware CPC80 (as of rev. 10) is on the SD card
• Firmware SWEB00 (a s of rev. 03) is on the SD card
• SD card is installed in the target device
• Target device is switched on
• Physical connection to the target device is established
• IP addresses for target devi ce and/or engineeri ng PC are conf igured
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 311
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.1 Start and Terminate Session
9.1.1.1 Logon
Prerequisite: the device is in operation and reachable via its IP address.
This is how to establish a connection to the Web server of the device:
• Open your browser
• In the URL field of your browser, enter the IP address of the device
• Confirm with the Enter key
After connection establ ishment the Logon dialog appears.
The l anguage of the Logon dialog corresponds to the language settings of your brows-
er/operating system.
For the entr ance into a targ et devi ce, the following entries are required:
• Input field USER NAME (entry us er name)
─administrator
─guest
• Input field PASSWORD (entry of a password)
─ preset:
• Dropdown list LANGUAGE (selection of the language)
─English
─Deutsch
• Click
If a connection via GPRS is used, the Dashboard will appear at the latest after 20 seconds.
The session with the web server of the target devi ce has started.
As user name administrator you can begin now with the parameter-setting.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
312 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
In case of missing entries or inconsistent entries regarding user name and password, a corre-
sponding error message wil l appear in a red l ine of the Logon dialog:
• Re-enter user name and password
After entering o f a v alid u ser name/pa ssword
• Click
After sussessful logon the Dashboard of the SICAM WEB application will appear.
9.1.1.1.1 Rights of the Users
Dep ending on the user name, different rights are defined:
•administrator is generally entitled to make changes
•guest does not have any editing permissions, the relevant buttons are di sabled
Action Administrator Guest
Change admi nistrat or password ü-
Change gues t password ü-
Perform restart ü-
HW configuration ü-
Ch ang e p ar am et ers ü-
Dis pl ay p aram et ers ü ü
Load param eters ( backup up load) ü-
Save parameters ( bac kup download ) ü-
Load firmware ü-
Dis play I/O s tatus ü ü
F orc e outputs ü-
Diagnosis ü ü
Note
No more t han 1administrator and 2guest can be logged in to the device at the same tim e.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 313
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.1.2 Logoff
If you want to finish your work you should log out.
• Click the button and then the subm enu Logout
Thus, you are logged out again, the Logon dialog will appear. If a connection via GPRS is
used, the Logon dialog will appear at the l atest after 20 seconds.
If you made any changes after the last saving, the following dialog will appear after clicking
Logout:
• If you click , changed data will not be saved and the logout will be perform ed
• If you click , you remain l ogged on and you can save the data
Note
T he sess ion wi ll be c los ed by the web ser ver aft er 15 minutes of inacti vity. I n this cas e you have to logon
again. T his appl ies also in c ase of an unwanted abor tion of th e communicati on connection (failure, closing
of th e web brows er, etc .).
9.1.2 Basic Settings
• Menu Home | Settin gs
After the initial logon you should define some basic settings for wo rking with SICAM WEB.
The basic settings are necessary to logon to the target device and security
• Authentication procedure
• Change web server password
• Set IP addresses
• Enable optional “Autoconfiguration”
Engineering via SICAM WEB
314 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.2.1 Authentication Procedure
The authentication definition takes place in the directory tree under
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | Network settings | Authentication
(the checkbox SHOW ALL PARAMETE RS m ust be activated).
CP-8000/CP-802x provides diffe rent authentication mechanisms. Depending on the settings,
SICAM WEB uses th e respective role information:
• Authentication via locally stored credentials
─ Usernames, passwords, profiles defined by CP-8000/CP-802x will be used
• Authentication via external service (RADIUS server)
─ U ser nam es , pa ss wor ds, pr of il es d efi ned by t he RADI US ser ver wil l be us ed
─ Fallback option, if the RADIUS server is not available
9.1.2.1.1 Authentication via Locally Stored Credentials
This is the d efault mechanism. After entering the login credentials and login attempt, the target
device compares th ese cred entials with the locally stored c reden tials :
• If the comparison is successful, the tar get device returns the specific user role
• If the comparison is not successful, the logon fails
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 315
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.2.1.2 Authentication via External Service
For this mechanism a RADIUS server c an be configured . T he parameter Radius Authenti-
cation must be set to YES.
If the RADIUS authentication is enabled, the target device uses the RADIUS server IP ad-
dress and the RADIUS shared secret key for the RADIUS communication.
After entering the login credentials and login attempt, the target device sends these creden-
tials to the RADIUS server for authentication:
• If the RADIUS server is available, it compares the login credentials
─ If the comparison is successful, the RADIUS server returns the specific user role;
SICAM WEB and the internal role based protection mechanism use this role-
information for the user
─ I f t he l ogi n c red ent ial s are i nv ali d, t he l ogon f ails
• If the RADIUS server is not available, the target device runs into a timeout
─ If the fall back option is enabl ed, the authentication m echanism falls back to l ocal au-
thentication and the target device comp ares the c redentials with the locally stor ed cre-
dentials
− If the comparison is successful, the target device returns the specific user role;
SICAM WEB and the internal role based protection mechanism use this role-
information for the user
− If the comparison is not successful, the logon fails
─ If the fallback option i s not enabled, the l ogon fail s
Configuration with RADIUS Server
The IP address of the RADIUS server must match with the setting in the target device (pa-
rameter Radius server IP address).
The shared key on the RADIUS server must match with the setting in the target device (pa-
rameter RADIUS shared secret key).
The target device sends User-N ame (attribute 1), User-Passwo rd (attribute 2), NAS Identifier
(attribute 32) and NAS Port (attribute 5) – possibly an application-specific server-side re-
quest – to the RADIUS server.
The RADIUS server should be configurated that way, that after successful authentication the
rol e designed as a vendor-specific val ue (attribute 26) will be sent back.
You find detail ed information on the RADIUS protocol under https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2865.
Structure of the authentication request from CP-8000/CP-802x:
Connection via HTTP Connection via HTTPS
User-Name
User-Password
NAS-Identifier = ”00:E0:A8:B0:DC:80“
NAS-Port= “80“
User-Name
User-Password
NAS-Identifier = “**:**:**:**:**:**“
NAS-Port= “443“
Structure of the response from the configured RADIUS server:
User role Administrator User role Guest
Service-Type = Login-User
Cisco-AVPair = “priv-lvl=15“ Service-Type = Login-User
Cisco-AVPair = “priv-lvl=0“
Engineering via SICAM WEB
316 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Schematic Procedure of the Authentication
9.1.2.2 Change Web Server Password
The change of the pas sw ord for th e web server takes place in the directo ry tree under
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | Network settings | IP address |
HTTP web server.
After the initial logon, an indication appears that a password must be defined. The password is
required in order to protect the respective target device against unauthorized access.
To change the settings, the parameter HTTP web server must be set to enabled.
Note
With engineering via SICAM WEB, the HTTP web server is sy stem-internally fixed enabled.
After transfer of the entered values, a new logon is only possible with the current password.
Password Assignment Rules
The foll owing entries are allowed:
• Empty password possible (only with non-secure password)
• Maximum 8 characters
• Digits 0…9
• Letters A…Z and a…z (no umlauts)
• Special characters !?§$%&/\(){}[]=^°´`‘@*#|+-,.;:_
• A secure password must contain at least one digit, one uppercase letter, one lowercase
letter and one s pec ial ch arac ter
Note
In case of prob lems with passwords please c ontact the S iemens Supp ort Center.
RADIUS Server
SICAM CP-8000SICAM WEB
U
se
r,
P
a
ss
w
o
r
d
A
u
t
h
e
nti
c
a
ti
o
n
r
eq
u
e
s
t
Protocol: RADIUS
Protocol: HTTPS
(
U
s
e
r
,
Pa
s
s
w
o
r
d
)
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 317
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.2.3 Differentiation Secure/Non-Secure Passwords
The selec tion of the sec ure password storage resides in the direc tory tree und er
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | Network settings | Security
(the checkbox SHOW ALL PARAMETE RS m ust be activated).
All passwords can be st ored in the target device in a secure manner. Thereto the passwords
are stored irreversibly encrypted in a location not accessible by unauthorized persons. This
applies for all protocols using a password for authentication, such as HTTP, HTTPS, SNMP.
Note
F or secure password storage/https in CP-8000 a hardware revision >= ***CC is required.
Wi th th e paramet er Secure password storage you ca n select between non-secure or se-
cure password stor age.
If the secure password storage is activated (Secure password storage is YES), the pa-
rameter HTTP/HTTPS must be HTTPS, otherwise a warning is generated in the diagnosis.
With the secur e password storage, a password is masked behind 8 bullets, independently of
the real length of the password, even if no password was entered.
Example:
Engineering via SICAM WEB
318 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
If the secure password storage is deactivated (parameter Secure password storage =
NO), a passwor d is display ed as readable original text.
Example:
Change a Password
When modifying a secure password, a dialog is displayed when selecting a password field in
the Settings p age.
W hen opening the dial og both input fields are al ways empty and the checkbox UNHIDE
CHARACTERS is deactivated.
Example:
You must enter the same password in both input fields (new password and verify new pass-
word). Each entered character is shown as a bullet.
Example:
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 319
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
W hen activating the checkbox UNHIDE CH AR ACT ERS , the entered characters in both input-
fields are di sp layed .
Example:
• To close the dialog, click (new entries are discarded)
• To confirm the entries, click
With the entries are checked against conformity and against the guideline for the pass-
wor d assig nment.
If the chec ks are not success ful, a notification is sh own in the dialog.
Example:
If all checks have been passed, the di alog is closed and the new password is valid.
• W hen pressing the button , the target device stores the password; if the secure pass-
word storage is active, the password is encrypted before the storage
Switching Between Secure and Non-Secure Password
Secure passwords and non-secure passwords are stored separately in CP-8000/CP-802x.
If you enter a non-secure password in the target d evice, and y ou activate the secure p ass-
word storage afterwards, you must enter a new secure password. The non-secure one still
remains stored, but it is d eactivated.
If you dea ctivate th e secure pas sw ord stor ag e afterw ards , th e no n-sec ure p as sword i s active
again and the new secur e password is deactivated.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
320 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.2.4 Set IP Addresses
The settings of the IP add resses reside in the directo ry tree u nd er
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | Network settings | IP address.
With engi neering in a network (company intranet, networ ked plant), conformable IP addresses
must be assigned. The IP address for the web serv er of your target devi ces can be changed
with the paramet er Own IP address.
Note
T he IP settings depend on th e configur at ion and t he used transmission medi a of your netw ork. For the
setting of these paramet ers please c ontact y our net w or k adminis trato r.
T he details for the s etting of th e advanced parameters for secure net work configur ations can be found in
the SICAM RTUs • SICAM TOOLBOX II Administrator Security Manual.
Wi th th e paramet er Mode of ethernet ports yo u can define whether th e interfaces X 1 an d
X4 are operated via the same or via 2 separate IP addresses. The presetting is 1 IP address
(connected ports in switch mode).
Note
T he IP address set via SICAM WEB is only relevant without use of a DHCP server (parameter
Autoconfiguration = NO).
With use of a DHCP ser ver the targ et device r eceives the th e IP address autom aticall y. Furt her details see
9.1.2.7,Autoconfiguration (res tr ict ed operation mode).
Wi th th e selection 2 IP addresses (independent ports) you can define a 2nd IP addr ess for
X4. Th ereby the targ et device c an be acces sed als o via X4 indep endently of the netw ork set-
tings on X1, for instance
• X1: process LAN
• X2: office LAN
The server services of CP-8000/CP-802x are accessible on both interfaces.
The further possibilities resulting thereout are described in Appendix E,U se C as es.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 321
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
If for security reasons no connection between the networks may be established, the use of a
second IP address on interface X4 can be suppressed. Thereto, in the initial parameterizati on
can be defined whether the parameter Mode of ethernet ports is permanently displayed
or hidden.
This can be adjusted with the expert parameter Advanced parameters | Parameter
“Mode of ethernet ports“ using the following selection:
•display (selection) (default)
•hide (freeze)
Note
With the selection hide (freeze) this par ameter and the parameter Mode of ethe rnet por ts are per-
manently hidden. A furt her change of t hese parameters is no longer possible!
T he set mode remains unc han ged, unl ess th e t ar get d evice will be r estarted vi a a compl ete
reparameterization:
• Init i aliz ati on w ith oth er paramet ers or wi th an an ew gener ated SD car d (SIC AM TO O LBOX II) .
• Init i ali z ati on with an em pt y SD c ar d (SIC A M WEB ).
• Store the changed settings by clicking
The stored values require a restart of the target device and are only active after the startup.
Note
After changing the data, the target device can be accessed only by selection of th e newly set IP ad-
dr ess (es). T he curren t I P address is always displayed on the LC D of the target devic e (Main
menu | Device).
If the access to the web server is no longer p ossible, check th e IP settings of the en gin eering PC.
9.1.2.4.1 MAC Addresses of the Ethernet Interfaces
The local Ethernet interfaces X1 and X4 have dependent on the version of the modul e 1 or 2
MAC addresses.
Designation MLFB MAC addresses
CP-8000 -25/+70°C
CP-8000 -40/+70°C 6MF21010AB100AA0EE
6MF21011AB100AA0EE 1
CP-8000 -25/+70°C
CP-8000 -40/+70°C 6MF21010AB100AA0FF
6MF21011AB100AA0FF 2
CP-8021 6MF28021AA00 BB 1
CP-8021 6MF28021AA00 CC 2
CP-8022 6MF28022AA00 BB 1
CP-8022 6MF28022AA00 CC 2
The MAC addresses r eside on the type plate si deways at the module housing (see 6.1.1.2,
Type Plate and 6.1.2.2,Type Plate).
Engineering via SICAM WEB
322 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
If p arameter Network settings | IP addresses | Mode of Ethernet ports is set to
value 1 IP address (connected ports in switch mode), then the first MAC address (of X1) is
used on both local Ethernet interfaces.
If p arameter Network settings | IP addresses | Mode of Ethernet ports is set to
value 2 IP addresses (independent ports), then separate MAC addresses are used for X1
and X4.
9.1.2.4.2 Access Options for the Engineering PC in Operation
DHCP service
used DHCP server
available Access option IP address
SICAM A8000 IP address engineering
PC
Autoconfigu-
ration = NO Irrelevant Ethernet (X1) Own IP add ress
=<set value> <f ree address in subnet of
SICAM A8000>
Autoconfigu-
ration = YES Yes Ethernet (X1) Own IP add ress
=<automatic> assigned by DHCP-
ser ver, if DHC P is ena-
bled on the PC
Autoconfigu-
ration = YES No Ethernet (X1) Own IP add ress
=<169.254.0.1> <f ree address in subnet
169.254.0>
(IP address i n
SICAM A 8000 is not
routed)
Irrelevant Irrelevant Ethernet (X4) Own IP add ress
(X4) = <set value> <free addre ss in subne t of
SICAM A8000> *)
Irrelevant Irrelevant Point-to-Point
(X2) 172.16.0.1 172.16.0.2 (assigned by
SICAM A8000)
*) applies only if Mode of th e Et hernet ports = 2 IP addresses (independent ports)
9.1.2.5 Security Settings for Internet Security (IPSec)
The settings for internet security reside in the direction tree under
SICAM A8000 CP-8022 | Master module | Network settings | Security
(the checkbox SHOW ALL PARAMETE RS m ust be activated).
The communication ov er IPSec can b e enabled w ith th e parameter IP Security activat-
ed.
With activated IPSec VPN a firewall is automatically activated. Only activated services can
pass the firewall.
Interface Assignment
Furthermore, the a ssignment of the Ethernet interfa ces a cco rding to the respective applic atio n
is necessary. Yo u will find more information in section 9.1.7.2,Physical Interface for the
Communication.
You will find further information in appendix E.6,Usag e with IPSec VPN .
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 323
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.2.6 Settings for Internal GPRS Modem (CP-8022)
The settings for the internal GPRS modem reside in the direction tree under
SICAM A8000 CP-8022 | Master module | Network settings | GPRS
(the checkbox SHOW ALL PARAMETE RS m ust be activated).
The GP RS communica tio n is activated or deactiv ated with the p arameter enable GPRS com-
munication. With selection YES the parameter string for GPRS is visible an d the p arameter
Mode of ethernet ports will be hidden. The both interfaces X1 and X4 operate as con-
nected ports in switch mode via 1 common IP address.
Common Setti ngs
Wi th th e paramet er Operator selection you can define how to select t he m obile radio pro-
vider:
• with selection automatic (default) the operator is read from the SIM card
• with selection manual the operator must be entered accordi ng to the corresponding SIM
card; the operator list can be read out from the SD card, if the parameter GPRS log is set
to oper ator l ist.
The entry for SIM PIN is needed if the SIM card is PIN protected. An empty PIN (default) cor-
responds to an unlocked SIM.
Wi th parameter APN the acccess point name can be configured. If no APN is entered, then t he
default APN is used implicitly during the PDP context activation (acccess point name from
provider).
The PPP authentication is required depending on the operator’s policy in particular APNs.
If authentication is needed, then PPP user name and PPP password have to be entered.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
324 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.2.6.1 Monitoring of the GPRS Modem
Additional setti ngs for the handling in case of error reside in the directi on tree under
SICAM A8000 CP-8022 | Master module | Network settings | GPRS | advanced parame-
ters.
Wi th th e paramet er advanced parameters | GPRS logging the detail level of the logging
procedure can be select ed (Operators + Modem sta tus / Detailed logging of communica-
tion to modem (A T-CMD). Logs will be saved on the SD card in the GPRS directory).
Wi th th e paramet er advanced parameters | Debug trigger the action upon GPRS mo-
dem error is defined for debugging (None / Stop logging on mode m error).
9.1.2.6.2 Monitoring of the Mobile Radio Network
Settings for the monitoring of the mobile radio network reside in the direction tree under
SICAM A8000 CP-8022 | Master module | Network settings | GPRS | Mobile rad io ping
supervision.
Wi th th e setting Ping supervision enabled = YES the belon ging parameters get visible.
With this function, 5 ping request are sent with an interval of 20 seconds to up to 2 adjustable
IP addresses (Ping peer IP address 1,Ping peer IP address 2). If no reply is re-
ceived, the ping counts as failed attempt. After that, the cycle time (Ping interval
(60…3600 s)) is started for the next ping request.
After an adjustable number of failed attempts (Number of fails before action
(2…100)), a selectable reaction is triggered (Action after ping failure (logging on-
ly/mobile connection re-establishment/mobile module restart/device reboo t)).
Interface Assignment
Furthermore, the a ssignment of the Ethernet interfa ces a cco rding to the respective applic atio n
is necessary. Yo u will find more information in section 9.1.7.2,Physical Interface for the
Communication.
You will find further information in appendix E.7,Usage of the Internal GPRS Modem
(CP-8022).
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 325
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.2.7 Autoconfiguration
CP-8000/CP-802x provides the option of being configured automatically by means of a com-
plete autoconfiguration file via DHCP service. The autoconfigurati on file is a previously gener-
ated CP-8000/CP-802x backup (s ee 9.3.2,Download Device Settings).
Note
If a SD card generated through copy is used, please make sure that the file dhcpid is deleted (located in
AUTOCONFIG fol der).
The selection of the autoco nfiguration resides in the directory tree under
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | AU common settings
(the checkbox SHOW ALL PARAMETE RS m ust be activated).
Wi th th e expert p aramet er Autoconfiguration = YES the DHCP service is activated.
In a network with DHCP server, the DHCP server defines the IP address on X1. If the DHCP
server is no more available, the target device can be accessed via X1 with the IP address
169.254.0.1, if the “lease time” of the DHCP server is already terminated. Otherwise the IP
address from the DHCP server is used until the termination of the time. The time is defined by
the DHC P s erver.
Note
DHCP can be easily disturbed and man ipulated because DH CP clients accept any DH CP server.
T he accid ent al acti vati on of a DHCP server, for exampl e by a simpl e D SL rou ter or w ireless r outer on
delivery status can largely paralyze a network . That may respond faster than the foreseen DHCP server
and ther eby distributes inv alid conf igurati ons.
On the DHCP server, corresponding DHCP options must be configured:
Option 6: DNS Servers (optional)
Option 61: Client Identifier
Option 66: TFTP Server Name
Option 67: Backup File Name
Engineering via SICAM WEB
326 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Example: settings o n a D HCP serv er
TFTP Server
The TFTP protocol serves for the loading of operating systems or configurations via the net-
work. It is d esi gned for simpliest data transfer based on the client-s erver principle. The proto-
col supports only the reading and writing of files and is suitable for appl ications that do not re-
quire the complex procedures of FTP.
The TFTP serv er must provide the configuration file of the respective CP-8000/CP-802x target
device.
Note
T FTP does n ot pro vide auth entication or encrypti on. Therefore, the I nternet access should be deni ed by
default when enabl ed T FTP service when us ing a f irew all.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 327
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Connection via SICAM WEB
After the first startup with activated autoconfiguration, the engineering PC must be connected
to the target device via the interface X1.
Start the web browser and enter the IP address 169.254.0.1 in the address bar.
A dialog for the entry of the DHCP identifier and the confirmation appears.
• Click on (OK), if you want to save the DHCP identifier
• Click on (Skip to Logon), if you want to log on directly at the target device
As soon as this setting is saved, the target device uses this identifier as DHCP option 61. If no
identifier is set, the MAC addres s of the device is us ed. Th e parameter ca n be ch anged also
afterwards in operation via SICAM WEB.
In order that the autoconfiguration works, at least the DHCP options 66 and 67 must be given.
The TFTP Server Name can be either an IP address or likewis e a Full Qualified Domain
Name (see DNS), if on e or more DNS serv ers are supplied via DHCP.
The target device connects to the TFTP server indicated in DHCP option 66, and downloads
the configuration file indicated in DHCP o ption 67. The file is checked upon integrity by means
of a cryptologic hash function that is calcula ted over the file. The result is compared with the
hash value in the filename:
• if the file is valid, it is accepted and all settings in the target device are adapted
• wi th di ff erent resu lts, t he f il e i s d elet ed and no changes ar e ca rri ed out
Dependi ng on the setting of the “Lease Time” on the DHCP server, the configuration can be
updated. If the same file name is given, the target device keeps its settings. If another name is
given, the file is downl oaded again and the settings are accepted.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
328 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.3 Common Settings
• Menu Home | Settings
9.1.3.1 Configuration of the Target Device
The settings for the co nfiguration of the target device reside i n the directory tree un der
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | AU common settings.
Here reside the basic settings for the identification of the target device (Customer,Plant,De-
vice Name,Region,Component).
If the target device is integrated in an existing plant, these values should fit to the existing pa-
rameterization (conformable region and compon ent number, same cus tomer and plant d esig-
nation).
Furthermore you can ent er, amongst others, the values for Short Pulse Duration and
Long Pulse Duration. Depending on whether the target device receives a command with
short or with long command output time, the command is output with the duration adjusted
here.
9.1.3.1.1 Application Program
W ith use of an application program, the address can be set which uses the application pro-
gram for the generation of its data. The setting thereto resides under
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | AU common settings | common address of
ASDU (CASDU).
CASDU1 (least significant octet) and CASDU2 (most significant octet) result automatically in the
CASDU upon storing.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 329
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.3.2 Topology
The settings for the topology reside in the directory tree under
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | Topology.
Here is defined via which in terface which remote stations are acc essible, a nd w hich basic al
data flow direction is needed to these remote stations (control direction, monitor direction or
both directions).
For the parameterization of remote stations you can insert lines with the button .
With activation of the checkbox S HOW ALL P AR A METER S the complete param eter block can
be made visible (the hidden expert parameters serve for special applications and need not to
be used in normal case).
9.1.3.3 Failure Behavior upon Fault
The setting fo r the fail ure behavior resides in the directo ry tree under
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | BSE common settings.
The occurance of a heavy fault can lead t o an undefined state in the processing of the firm-
ware on the Master Module. Normally the target device stops thereby the firmware and rec-
ords an error in the diagnosis.
You can change this behavi or with the parameter Failure behavior.
The s etting Restart firmware means that the firmware of the target d evice performs an au-
tomatic start up in case of error. This might be advantageous upon a tempor ary error that dis-
appears by itself.
You find further in formation thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System
and Basic System Elements, chapter "System Serv ices", section "Operating States", "Firm-
ware Shut Dow n".
Engineering via SICAM WEB
330 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.4 Configuration of Optional Modules
• Menu Home | Hardware & Protocols
9.1.4.1 Overview
In additi on to the Master Module, you can equip the following optional system elements:
• Protocol elements for the communication
Hardware (integrated on the Master Module) + loadabl e firmware
• I/O Master Module for peripheral functions
Hardware (integrated on the Master Module) + loadabl e firmware
─ internal I/O Modules (only CP-8000) are detected automatically
─ external I/O Modules are detected automatically
The protocol elements and I/O Modules supported by CP-8000/CP-802x are listed in chap ter
2.1.3,Protocol Elements and 2.1.5,I/ O Modules.
Prerequisi te for the equipment of additional system elements is that th e correspon ding
Firmwares are loaded in the targe t device. You find the instruction thereto in section 9.3.7,
Update Firmware.
The h ard ware c on fig uration over view resi des in the d ir ectory tree under
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx.
This page shows an overview of the equi pped system elements :
• Master module
• I/O Master module
─ I/O Modules
• Communication module (protocol elements)
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 331
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Note
T he selec tion in the drop-d own b oxes cont ains onl y t hat sys tem el ements, whose f irmware has already
been loaded into the Mas ter M odul e (with indication of the revision level ).
By clicking you will leave the equi pment program. Changes will not be saved, that
mean s, s elec ted system elements will be rejected.
• In the respective drop down list, select the desired entry
• If you want to save the adjusted equipment, click
A restart request appears:
You have the possibilit y to abort the procedure.
• Confirm by clicking
The target device performs a restart, refer to Restart device.
During startup, the settings are stored on the SD card and the configuration pages for the se-
lected system elements are built in SICAM WEB.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
332 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.4.2 Protocol Elements
You can equip up to 4 protocol el ements. The hardware for a protocol element is integrated on
the Master Module.
The selec tion of the proto col elements resides in the d irec tory tree a ls o under
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module.
• I n or der to configur e a p rot ocol elem ent, select a pr oto col f or th e r espec ti v e prot ocol el e-
ment number.
After selection of the protocol(s) and acceptance with a restart of the target device is re-
quired.
After the startup the configured protocol el ements appear in the directory tree under
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | PRE <0…3>:<protocol name>.
The parameterization takes place for each protocol in the settings page. The parameters of
newly identified protocol s are assigned with their default values.
You find more detailed information on the protocols in the manual SICAM RTUs
Ÿ
Ax 1703
Common Functions Protocol Elements .
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 333
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.4.3 I/O Master Module
In CP-8000/CP-802 x you can equip 1 I/O Master Module. The hardware for the I/O Master
Module as well as 2 internal I/O Modules are integrated on the Master Module.
With use of external I/O Modules, these must be connected (mechanically) to the target de-
vice before the engineering in SICAM WEB.
The selection of the I/O Master Mod ule resides in th e directory tree also und er
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | I/O Master modu le.
• In order to conf igure a I/ O Mas ter Modul e, select t he desired fi rmwar e:
USIO80: operation with SICAM TM I/O Modules
USIO81: operation with SICAM I/O Modules
After the selection of the I/O Master Module a notification appears :
This means, a new I/O Master Module (firmware revision) can be accepted onl y if no signals
are assigned to the I/O Master Module and to I/O Modules. If occasion arises, the correspond-
ing signal assig nments must be deleted (see 9.1.11.3,Assigning Signals to the I/O Master
Module and 9.1.11.4,Assigning Si gnals to the I/O Module).
• Click on the button in order to close the dialog
After the selection of the I/O Master Module and acceptance with a restart of the target
device is required. Thereby, the target device automatically detects the internal and the con-
nected external I/O Modules. Hence, for the equipment of an I/O Module you need not make a
selection.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
334 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
After the startup the configured I/O Modules appear in the directory tree under
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | I/O Master module | <0…7>:<I/O module name>.
You find more detailed information on the I/O Modules in the manuals
SICAM RTUs
Ÿ
SICAM I/O Modules and SICAM RTUs
Ÿ
SICAM TM I/O Modules .
Please pay att ention to the configuration notes and rules for the equipment of I/O Modul es in
section 2.1.5,I/O Mod ules.
Note
T he det ected conf igurati on is ch eck ed with each additional s tartup agains t th e actually connected
I/O M odules. With deviati on the target device notif ies an error.
If the once detected configuration is changed, pay attention to sect ion 11.4.3,Adapt New Eq uipp ed I/O
Modul es in t he Param eteriz ation .
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 335
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.5 Configuration of the Time Management
• Menu Home | Settin gs
9.1.5.1 Time Synchronization
The i nternal clock of CP-8000/CP-802x serves for the tim e tagging of generated data
• from the periphery
• from the optional Open/closed-loop control function
• for the records in the diagnosis
The resolution of the time tag is 1 ms.
The settings for the time synchronization reside in the directory tree under
SICA M A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | Time management | Common settings
(the checkbox SHOW ALL PARAMETE RS m ust be activated).
CP-8000/CP-802x supports the following time synchronization variants (selectable with pa-
rameter Synchronizing of the automation unit):
• Remote synchronization via serial communication or via LAN
• Free running
Wi th th e Par ameter Monitoring time for synchroniz. event the monitoring fort he re-
mote synchronization is defined. If the time was already set and if there is no synchronization
within the parameterized time, a warning is recorded in the diagnosis.
Wi th th e Par ameter Unit of time for free running and monitoring time the unit of
the monitoring time is defined (seconds or minutes).
You find the detailed information on the time synchronization reside in the manual SICAM
RTUs Common Functions System and Basic System Elements, chapter "System Services",
section "Time Management", section "Time Synchronization".
Engineering via SICAM WEB
336 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.5.1.1 Time Synchronization with Multi-Point Traffic
The time is sent from a central stat ion (time master ) to CP -8000/CP-802x. The time master
must synchronize at least each 60 s, in order that the minimum resolution of 10 ms is
achieved. With failure of the time s ynch ronization the target device rec ords a warning in the
diagnosis after 10 min.
9.1.5.1.2 Time Synchronization with Dial-up Traffic
The time is sent from a central stat ion (time master ) to CP -8000/CP-802x. A synchronization
can be performed only upon setup of a connection.
9.1.5.1.3 Time Synchronization with Ethernet
SNTP/NTP Client
The setting s for t he (S)NTP client reside in the directory tree under
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | Network settings | NTP/SNTP time synchroni-
zation client.
With communication accordi ng to IEC 60870-5-104 or IEC 61850, the time can be synchro-
nized via NTP or SNTP. To achieve that, you can enter the IP address of up to 4 NTP servers,
as well as the cycle time of the NTP synchronization.
For the time synchronization, the current NTP server is determined by "voting". This takes
place according to the following weighting:
• Attainability
• Stand-alone (NTP server does not receive a time)
• Distance (with regard to the time)
A voting is performed after each 3-fold cycle t ime (paramet er NTP cycle time). The mini-
mum voting tim e is 1 hour. Upon failure of the time synchronization the target device records a
warning in the diagnosis. With time synchronization via another automa tion unit (without NTP
server) the warning is recorded after 10 minutes.
The description of the parameters reside in t he ma nua l SICAM RTUs Common Functions Pro-
tocol Elements, chapter "LAN Communication ( 104)", section "Time Synchronization", as well
as chapter "LAN Communication (61850)", section "Time Synchronization".
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 337
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
NTP Server
The settings for the NTP s erver reside in the directory tree under
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | Network settings | NTP time synchronization
server
(the checkbox SHOW ALL PARAMETE RS m ust be activated).
If further devices that require a time synchronization by m eans of NTP are connected with a
target device, these devices ca n be su pplied also w ith the time via th e function NTP Server.
Thereby must be consi dered that the corresponding target device itself is already synchro-
nized via a serial interface or via NTP.
9.1.5.2 Daylight Saving Time Rule
The settings for the daylig ht-saving time reside in the directo ry tree un der
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | Time management | Daylight saving time
(the checkbox SHOW ALL PARAMETE RS m ust be activated).
You can enable the daylight savi ng tim e and select the format for the setting of the daylight
s aving time ru le. In the subdirec tory Daylight saving time rule you can adj ust the exact da-
ta for the daylight saving time/normal time switchover.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
338 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.6 Local Time Setting
• Menu Home | Time
This function allows you to set any time or the time of your engineering PC in the target device
manually. Thi s function is useful especially for the "stand-alone" operation.
This is how to set the time of your engineering PC in the target device:
• Click on the button in order to load the PC tim e into the target device
This is how to set any time in the target device:
• Set a checkmark in the checkbox ENTER MANUALLY
• Edit the fields DATE, TIME and TIME ZO N E as you wish
• Click on the button in order to load the defined time into the target device
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 339
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.7 Configuration of the Communication
• Menu Home | Settings
9.1.7.1 Common Settings
The common settings of the c ommunication reside in the direc tory tr ee under
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | Communication | Common settings
(the checkbox SHOW ALL PARAMETE RS m ust be activated).
Periodical Transfer of User Data
Each user data message can be assigned a periodical level (only in the case of datapoi nt-
specific routing).
Three periodi cal levels are possible, and each of these level s can be assigned a
parameterizabl e period length. Once the period length of a level elapses, all periodical data of
this level will be chained. Such chaining takes pl ace separately for each suppl ementary sys-
tem elem ent.
The ch ain of periodic al data is proces sed via a sep arate priority level from the downstream
process image. If another chaining activation occurs with the chai n not being empty, it will be
stored. Once the chain becomes vacant, a stored activation will cause the periodical data of
this level to be c hain ed again.
Blocked data will not be activated for transmission while a blocking condition is active.
Warning Filling Level Priority Channels
For the syst em information without storage and the transparent channel a warning for the fill-
ing level is generated. For each channel a warning for the entire Master Module i s available
(not for each remote station). The filling level for the incoming and outgoing warning can be
parameterized in percent for each priority channel.
For the system information, this warning is activated if one of the remote stations reaches the
parameterized fillin g level for the i ncoming warning. It will be reset if all remote station s where
the warning has been activated reach the parameteri zed filling level for the outgoi ng warning.
For the transparent information, there is a channel for all remote stations. This is where the
warning is set or reset if the fill ing level of the channel reaches the parameterized thresholds.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
340 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.7.2 Physical Interface for the Communication
CP-8000/CP-802x can communicate si multaneo usly via mul tiple p hysic al interfaces. For each
configured protocol element an interface must be assigned exclusively.
The as signment of the interface for eac h protoc ol elemen t resides in the direc tory tree under
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | PRE <0…3>:<protocol> | Common settings.
Equipable protocols can be assigned with the parameter Interface:
Firmware Proto col na me X1 X2 X3 X4 X6 X7
103MT0 IEC 608 70-5-103 M aster - ü ü -ü-
BPPT0 IE C 60870-5-101 point-t o- poin t - ü ü 1) -ü-
DIAST0 Dial-up traffic Slave - ü- - ü3) -
ET83 IEC 61850 Ed. 1 (Client, Server, GOOSE) ü2) - - ü2) - -
ET84 IEC 60870-5-104 ü2) - - ü2) -ü
ET85 IEC 61850 Ed. 2 (Client, Server, GOOSE),
Ed. 1 (Cli ent) ü2) - - ü2) - -
UMPMT0 IEC 608 70-5-10 1 Master - ü ü -ü-
UMPST0 IEC 60870-5-101 Slave - ü ü -ü-
AGPMT0 AGP interfacing Master - ü ü -ü-
BMCUT0 Benning MCU ASCII protocol - ü ü 2) -ü-
COUMT0 IEC 62056-21 (IEC 1107) Master - ü ü -ü-
DNPST0 DNP3 Slave - ü ü -ü-
DNPMT0 DNP3 Mast er - ü ü -ü-
DNPiT1 DNP3 TCP/IP Slave ü2) - - ü2) - -
DNPiT2 DNP3 TCP/IP Master ü2) - - ü2) - -
MODMT2 MODBUS RTU Master - ü ü -ü-
MODST0 MODBUS RTU Slave - ü ü -ü-
PCBST0 SAT SK 1703 PCMBA Slave - ü ü -ü-
RP5UT1 ABB RP570/571 Slave - ü ü -ü-
SMST0 ASC II prot ocol f or SMS alerting - ü- - ü3) -
ST1ST0 Siemens SINAUT ST1 Slave - ü ü -ü-
TG8ST0 L&G Telegyr 800 Slav e - ü ü -ü-
1) only in RS-422 mode
2) fixed if Mode of ether net port s = 1 IP address (connected ports in switch mode)
3) only in RS-232 mode
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 341
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.7.2.1 Protocols via Ethernet
The as signment of the Ether net interf ace for all (integrated and equipable) protocols via
Ethernet is dependent on the use case:
• Usage of 2 Ethernet interfaces (parameter Mode of ethernet ports = 2 IP addresses
(i ndependent ports))
• Communication with IP Security (parameter IP security activated = YES)
• GPRS communication (parameter enable GPRS communication = YES) (applies only
for CP 8022)
The assignment of the Ethernet interface takes plac e in the directory t ree under
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | Network settings | IP addresses | Interface
mapping.
Overview of the select options for the assignment of the Ethernet interface
IP Security enable d
NO YES
IPSec VPN Tunn el 1 ena bled -YES NO YES
IPSec VPN Tunn el 2 ena bled -NO YES YES
enable GPRS commun ica-
tion NO X1
X4 X1-VPN0
X4 X1-VPN1
X4
YES -GPRS-VPN0
X1/X4 GPRS-VPN1
X1/X4 GPRS-VPN0
GPRS-VPN1
X1/X4
Note
In c ase of enabl ed I P Securit y always LAN must b e selec ted with p aramet er Network setti ngs | IP
address |Network c onne ctio n X1 (Network conne ctio n X2), even if IP Security is used via GPRS.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
342 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.7.3 Selection of the Transmission Facility
After the assignment of a physical interface, you can select a transmission facility usable for
the respective protocol elemen t wi th the parameter Interface modem.
Dependent on the selected transmis sion facility, in the directory tree under
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | PRE <0…3>:<protocol> | Common settings
a dynamic subdirectory is created.
In this subdirectory, you can adapt the settings on the protocol element to the values of the
transmission facility. Example: the speed for the transmission to the remote station by means
of parameter Baud rate.
You find further details thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Protocol Ele-
ments, res pectively in the section "Optimized Parameters for selected Transmission Facili-
ties".
After saving the settings a restart request appears.
• Click , if you want to change further parameters
• Clic k to perform a r estart
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 343
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.7.4 Settings of the Messages
The settings of the messages reside in the directory tree u nd er
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | Communication | PRE<0…3> | IEC60870 -5-
101/104
(the checkbox SHOW ALL PARAMETE RS m ust be activated).
These settings are independent on the communication type and exist on the Master Module
individually for each protocol element:
• Transmission with/without time tag
• Variable elements of the message
• Command time monitoring
• Monitoring ACTCON
Transmission with/without time tag
The i nformation objects supported by CP-8000/CP-802x can be transmitted to the control cen-
ter either with time tag or without time tag. The definition happens selectively for each type
identification.
You find the parameters thereto in the subdirectory Transmission with/without time tag.
Variable elements of the message
For the communication with different systems the byte numbers of the identifiers in the mes-
sage header can be param eterized.
The sett ings on the Mast er Module reside in the subdirectory under Varia-
ble elements of the message.
You find the information thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and
Basic System Elements, Appendix "Message Formats ".
The settings on the protocol element reside in the directory tree under
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | PRE <0…3>:< pr otocol > | Advanced settings |
IEC 60870-5-101 (applies only for point-to-point traffic and multi-point traffic).
You find the information thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Protocol El-
ements, chapter "Multi-Point Traffic (UMP)", section "Communication according to
IEC 60870-5-101", "Data Acquisition by Polling (Station Interrogation)".
Engineering via SICAM WEB
344 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.7.5 Data Management and Priority Control
The settings for dat a ma na gemen t a nd priority controltraffic) reside in the directory tree un der
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | Communication | PRE<0…3> | Advanced set-
tings.
(the checkbox SHOW ALL PARAMETE RS m ust be activated).
• Behavior upon communication failure
• Priority for the emission
You find the information thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and
Basic Syst em Elements, chapter "Telecontrol", section "Communication with other Automation
Units", section "Data Storage", "Behavior during a Communication Failure" and section "Priori-
ty Control".
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 345
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.8 Configuration of the Decentralized Archive
• Menu Home | Settin gs
The decentr alized archive serves for the local storage of events of a substation, and - when-
ever necessary - for the transmission to the control system. By means of that, it is for instance
possible to recover the archive of a control system after a communication fault.
The configura tion of the d ecentr al ized archive resides in the direct ory tree u nd er
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | Decentral archiving
(the checkbox SHOW ALL PARAMETE RS m ust be activated).
All the d ata points th at a re record ed in the event list are si multaneo usly reco rded in the
decentral archive. The definition thereto resides in the signal parameterization (see 9.1.11.2.1,
Configurable Logging and Display of Signal States).
The data points to be recorded are archived chronologically during operation. The record hap-
pens for the following categories:
• Commands upon status change
• Binary information items upon status change
• Measured values according to parameter Recording grid for measured values
You find the detailed information on the settings in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Func-
tions System and Basic System Elements, chapter "Telecontrol", section "Decentralized Ar-
chiving".
Note
T he data rec ords of the decentralized archive are regis tered in config urable files. Th e files are stored on
th e SD car d. The rec ord of dat a points is t herefore onl y p ossible w ith equi pped S D car d.
Memory Configuration Archive
With the help of this parameter it is possible to select the configuratio n of the a rchi ve stored
on the SD card. You may selec t this parameter referring to your field of application. The
smaller th e bandwidth of your commu nicati on l ine is the sma ller the s epar ated files should be.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
346 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Recording Grid for Measured Values
This parameter defines the recording grid (the cycle time) for measured values. It can be set
from 1 to 60 minutes.
Timeout for Filetransfer
With this parameter it is defined when the data transmission will be cancelled if a disturbance
occurs d uring a file trans fer (c onnection error etc.).
Num ber of Bytes for CASDU, IOA, COT in the Archive
You can select the format of saving the entries into the archive. If there is a control system
which needs another format for the CASDU, IOA or COT you can define this with the help of
these parameters. The param eters only affect the entries in the archive, however, it will not af-
fect any other data in your automation unit.
Note
It is not possible to call the archive from more than on e different contr ol system which use differ ent set-
tings for the number of bytes for CASDU, IOA, COT, because the settings for these parameters affect the
wh ol e archi ve of a aut om ati on un it.
Spontaneous Transmission of Directory List
It is possible to transmit the directory l ist spontaneously. This behavior is specified in the
IEC 60870-5. It means, that whenever there is a change in the directory list (one file was writ-
ten, or an old fil e was deleted), this change may be reported to the control system. However,
since upon initialization of a file transfer the control system asks for the directory list anyway, it
is not useful to transmit the directory list spontaneously.
Note
T he addr esses t hat are c alcul ated automatically are not show n in th e web br owser. If such an addr ess is
set i n the p aram eterizat ion of t he telec ontrol functi on, an er ror messag e occurs on attem pt to appl y.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 347
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.9 Configuration of the Process Data Archive
• Menu Home | Settin gs
The process data archive ser ves for the local storage of bin ary inf ormation items an d mea s-
ured val ues of a substation, and - whenever necessary - for the download and evaluation on
the engineering PC.
The co nfiguration of the process dat a archive resid es in the dir ectory tree under
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | Process data | Archive
(the checkbox SHOW ALL PARAMETE RS m ust be activated).
Only those data points are recorded in the archive, which are parameterized for that. The as-
signment thereto can be performed in the signal parameterization (see 9.1.11.2.1,Configura-
ble Loggi ng and Display of Signal States).
The data poi nts to be recorded are archived chronologically during operation. The archi ve
captures up to 5.000.000 records over a maximal period of 3 months. The record happens for
the following categories:
• Binary information items upon status change
• Measured values according to parameter Recording grid for measured values
Note
T he pr ocess dat a archive is del eted with ever y chang e of process dat a meas ured valu es and /or of pro-
cess data messag e (for i nstance if a n ew si gnal is added ). If needed, d ownload t he archive b efore such
kind of change (see 9.3.6,Download Process D ata Arch ive).
Ch ange of a s ign al nam e aff ects the archive only after startup. Before startup the archi ve shows th e previ-
ous s ign al name.
Recording Grid for Measured Values
This parameter defines the recording grid (the cycle time) for measured values. It can be set
from 1 to 60 minutes.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
348 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.10 Configuration of the Local Process Data Display (only CP-8000)
The definition of the groups happens in the
• Menu Home | Settings
The local process data display (cockpit) enables the visualization of the status of process sig-
nals on the LCD. For the cockpit, binary information items, measured values and integrated
totals can be selected by means of assignment to groups.
The co nfigura tion of the local process data display resides in the directory tree un der
SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module |Process data | Cockpit
(the checkbox SHOW ALL PARAMETE RS m ust be activated).
For the local process data display in the cockpit, 32 freely definable groups are available with
respectively up to 256 entries. The assignm ent to the groups can be performed in the signal
parameteriz ation (see 9.1.11.2.1,Configurable Loggi ng and Display of Signal States).
• I n the column Va lue, en ter the respec ti ve d esir ed n ame (max. 24 chara cter s)
• Save the settings with the button
The group display on the LCD (menu Cockpit) is immediately refreshed thereupon.
Note
If in the signal settings a group is assigned for which no name has b een set, in the Cockpit ap pears th e
default nam e (exampl e: Group_6).
This is how you get to the display of signal states on the LCD:
• Menu Monitoring | Cockpit (see 11.1.2.4.5,Cockpit)
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 349
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.11 Configuration of Peripheral and Internal Signals
• Menu Home | Signals
In order to use the peripheral functios, on the I/O Master Module a corresponding firmware
must be selected in the Configuration page.
The firmware of the I/O Master Module provides the functions for the technological preparation
of the inputs/outputs (signal preprocessing, si gnal postprocessing).
CP-8000/CP-802x supports 2 internal and up to 6 external I/O Modules. The following types
can be used:
• Digital input (DI) for the acquisiti on of binary i nformation and counting pulses
• Analog input (AI) for the acquisition of currents, voltages and temperatures
• Digital output (DO) of commands and binary information
• Analog output (AO) of currents and voltages
I/O Modules are equi pped wi th an i ndividual number of physical inputs/outputs that serve for
the acquisi tion or for the output of electrical signals.
The names of the I/O Modules appear in the direc tory tree c orres ponding to the equipped con-
figuration.
9.1.11.1 Defining Signals
You can define new signals, change existing ones and assign to the corresponding system el-
ement. The assignment of the elec trical signals to an I/O Module tak es place throug h th e rela-
tive terminal assignment.
Under the tab assignment you can define the connectable inputs/outputs of the hardware
(pins) on the I/O Mod ule as da ta points in th e target devic e.
Under the tab parameter you find the ty pe-specific parameter block of the assigned signals
for the setting of the proc ess-technical functionality.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
350 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
You find the description the functions for the signal preprocessing and signal postpr ocessing,
as well as their parameters, in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral Ele-
ments According to IEC 60870-5-101/104.
You find an overview of the parameters and value ranges in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online
Help, chapter "Parameter Documentation and Diagnostic Info", "SICAM RTUs and 1703 Ax
(IEC) Periphery", "Firmwares“, “USIO80“ (“USIO81”).
This is how to create a new signal:
• Click on the triangle on the upper ri ght side to open the workspace defi ning signals
• Enter the desired number of rows (each row corresponds to 1 signal)
• Cick on the button
In the following example 2 new signal s have been created:
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 351
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
This is how to define the signals:
• Enter a signal name (Name)
• Enter the message address (CASDU1,CASDU2,IOA1,IOA2,IOA3)
• Select the type identification (TI) from the drop-down list
Signal Name
The signal name may be from 1 up to 128 characters long. Besides the signal list it is used for
the event l ogging and for the test functions (visualization via SICAM WEB and via LCD).
Message Address
W ith the message address the data poi nts of the communication and of the open-/closed-loop
contro l function are assigned. You find the exact details thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs
Common Functions System and Basic System Elements, chapter "System Services", section
"Data Flow Control" .
Type Identif i cation
The descrip tion of the different type identifications (TI) resides in the manual SICAM RTUs
Common Functions System and Basic System Elements, Appendix "Message Formats".
Engineering via SICAM WEB
352 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.11.1.1 Duplicate and Delete Rows
This is how you can duplicate lines:
• Mark the row(s) to be copied
• Enter the desired factor
• Click on the button
W ith this exampl e the si gnals SI_0 and SI_1 are duplicated twice each.
Define Name, IEC ad dress a nd type identific ation for the new signals
This is how you can delete lines:
• Mark the relevant row
• Click on the button
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 353
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.11.1.2 Automatic Filling and Automatic Incrementation
This function provides a quick and easy creation of multiple signals.
Example: You have created 10 new signals. The IOA1 of the first signal shall start with 3. The
value of all subsequent signals shall be consecutively increased by 1.
• Set a mark i n the checkbox left beside the desired rows (you can also mark all rows by
means of the checkbox ab ove the left-most column)
• Set a mark in the checkbox above the IOA1 column
• Enter the value 3 i n the input field START AT (this field is always preset with the cross
v alue of the selected column and the first selected row)
• Enter the value 1 in the input field STEP
• Click on the button (FIL L SEL ECT ED)
Result: The IOA1 of all subsequent signals is consecutively increased by the value 1.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
354 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.11.2 Assign Signals to the Master Module
If you have already defined signals, these can be assigned to the Master Module for the fur-
ther processing.
This is how to assign sign als to the Master Module:
• Click on the button on the upper right side to close the workspace for the signals
generation
• Select the directory SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module
• Mark on the right side the signals you want to assign
• Click on the button (ASSIGN)
The assigned signals are now listed in a table under the tab Assignment.
Note
You can enlarge t he w or k area by click ing on the bars r ight and/or left besid e the work area.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 355
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
• In the drop-down list, select the desired category for the signal
In the drop-down list, only categories are offered that correspond with the TI of the signal.
This is how to parameterize the assigned signals:
• Open the Parameter tab
• Select the previously defined category for the newly assigned signal fr om the drop-down
list
All signals of the selected category (on the selected system element) are displayed listed in
the table. Thereby, the signal name, the message address and the type identification are tak-
en over from the work area for the signal generation.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
356 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
After selection of the categ ory yo u can set the process-technical pa rameters for the respective
signals.
• Activate the checkbox SHOW ALL P AR AMETER S, if you want to edit expert parameters
• Save your changes from time to time, refer to Apply
Further steps: Restart device.
9.1. 11.2. 1 Con figurabl e Logg ing and Display of Signal St ates
Process signals assigned to the Master Module can be configured for the loggi ng (alarm,
event, archive) and for the display on the LCD (cockpit – only CP-8000).
The followi ng categories and signal types are designated for that:
Category TI Alarm list Event list Archive Cockpit
Process data command TI 45
TI 46 ü
ü
P rocess da ta message TI 30
TI 31 ü
üü
üü
üü
ü
Process data measured
value TI 34
TI 35
TI 36
TI 37
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
This is how to define signals for the logging and/or for the display on the LCD:
Example: Process data command
• Under the tab Parameter, select the cat egor y “Process data comma nd ”
All signals assigned to that categorie are displayed.
• Enter for each signal the desired texts for name and states
• Sel ect f or eac h signal , wh eth er i st i s t o be l ogg ed a s an event
Descr iption of the parameters see Process data command.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 357
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Ex ample: Proce ss data message
• Under the tab Parameter, select the category “Proces s data messag e”
All signals assigned to that category are displ ayed.
• Enter for each signal the desired texts for name and states
• Select for each signal, whether i t is to be logged as an event
• Sel ect for eac h signal , wh ether i t is to be l ogged as a n al arm
• Select for each signal, whether it is to be logged in the process data archive
• For the process display i n the cockpit, assign the desired group number and the position
within the group
In this example, 3 binary information items are assigned to the group positions 1, 3 and 4.
When p osition 2 i s no t used, at this plac e an empty l ine will be dis played on the LCD (see
11.1.2.4.5,Cockpit).
Descr iption of the parameters see Process data message.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
358 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Ex ample: Process data measured value
• Under the tab Parameter, select the category “ Proc ess d ata measured value”
All signals assigned to that category are displ ayed.
• Enter for each signal the desired texts for name and states
• Select for each signal, whether it is to be logged in the process data archive
• Assign for each signal the desired group number and the position within the group for the
process display in the coc kpit
In this example, 2 measured values are assigned to the group positions 1 and 5. When the
positions 2, 3 and 4 are not used, at this place an empty line will be displayed on the LCD
(see 11.1.2.4.5,Cockpit).
• Enter the measuring range for the value adaptation
• Enter the number of decimal places for the display
Descr iption of the parameters see Pr ocess data measured value.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 359
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
This is how to define groups for the Cockpit:
• Menu Home | Alarms & Events | Ev ent list
( further i nformation s ee 9.1.10,Configuration of the Local Process Data Display (only
CP-8000))
This is how you get to the logging of signal states in SICAM WEB:
• Menu Home | Alarms & Events | Event list
( further i nformation s ee 9.1.14.1,Show Event List)
• Menu Home | Alarms & Events | Alarm list
( further i nformation s ee 9.1.14.2,Show Alarm List)
This is how you get to the logging of signal states on the LCD:
• Menu Monitoring | Events
( further i nformation s ee 11.1.2.4.2,Events | DEF Events)
• Menu Monitoring | Alarms
( further i nformation s ee 11.1.2.4.4,Alarms)
Engineering via SICAM WEB
360 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1. 11.2.2 Paramet ers wi th Assig nment on the Master Module
This data can be changed – for each category – in the table for the signal generation:
Category Parameter Meaning
Co mmunica tion control
message Control_function_(COM) • Revision function
• Test function
• Block functi on
PRE Pr otoc ol elem en t
Station_(COM) Stati on numb er (select ive 0… 99 or al l)
CASDU1_(COM) Address of the datapoint. The c omplete
address consists of CASDU1, CASDU2,
IOA1, IO A2 and IOA3 . CASDU1 and
CAS DU 2 = 255 means n o spont aneou s
transmission.
CASDU2_(COM) Address of the datapoint. The c omplete
address consists of CASDU1, CASDU2,
IOA1, IO A2 and IOA3 . CASDU1 and
CAS DU 2 = 255 means n o spont aneou s
transmission.
Function_group_(COM) Function group num ber (0…255)
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
D ec entral arc hivi ng Functi on_(DEA R ) • Archive data
• Addr ess m ain dir ec t or y
• Addr ess subdir ec tory
• Addr ess f ile
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
Error m essage detail ed
diagno stics table SSE Sup plem entar y s ystem element
Diagnostic_class In case of "all bits, all recor ds, all classes" the
parameter "diagnostic record" and "diagnostic
bit" are n ot significant
Diagnostic_record Diagnostic record 0…254 = record number
whitin the selected diag nost ic class
255 = sum of all bits of all records (the pa-
rameter "diagnostic bit" is not significant)
Diagnostic_bit Bit nu m ber ( 0… 15 ; all bits)
Error message su m diag-
nostics table Error_location/BSE Er ror l ocati on/b asic syst em elem ent
Error_location/SSE Error loc ation /sup plement ary s ystem el e-
ment
Error type Error class in the diagnosis
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 361
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Category Parameter Meaning
P aram eter of m eas ured
values ACP1703 Kind_of_parameter • According NUC
• Threshold value
• Smoothing factor
• Low er li mit for tr ans mis s i on of meas ur ed
values
• Upp er li mit f or transmiss i on of m easur ed
values
• Ac ti vation p ar amet ers f or meas ur ed valu es
Interrogation-group General interrogation (group 1…16; non e)
MV_CASDU1 Address of th e datapoint. Th e complete
address consists of CASDU1, CASDU2,
IOA1, IO A2 and IOA3 . CASDU1 and
CAS DU 2 = 255 means n o spont aneou s
transmission.
MV_CASDU2 Address of th e datapoint. Th e complete
address consists of CASDU1, CASDU2,
IOA1, IO A2 and IOA3 . CASDU1 and
CAS DU 2 = 255 means n o spont aneou s
transmission.
MV_IOA1 Address of the datap oint. The complete
address consists of CASDU1, CASDU2,
IOA1, IO A2 and IOA3 . CASDU1 and
CAS DU 2 = 255 means n o spont aneou s
transmission.
MV_IOA2 Address of the datap oint. The complete
address consists of CASDU1, CASDU2,
IOA1, IO A2 and IOA3 . CASDU1 and
CAS DU 2 = 255 means n o spont aneou s
transmission.
MV_IOA3 Address of the datap oint. The complete
address consists of CASDU1, CASDU2,
IOA1, IO A2 and IOA3 . CASDU1 and
CAS DU 2 = 255 means n o spont aneou s
transmission.
MV_TI Type identific ation according to
IEC 60870-5-101/104
Process data command Event_(C) T he data p oint is displayed i n the event list
Text_(C) The d ata point is displayed with t his name
(max. 13 characters)
State_TextOn_(C) The state ON for single or double point infor-
mation is displayed with this nam e (max.
6 characters)
State_TextOff_(C) The st ate OFF for single or double point
informati on is displayed with this n ame (max.
6 characters)
State_TextFlt_(C) The state faulty position for double point
informati on is displayed with this n ame (max.
6 characters)
State_TextInt_(C) The state interm ediate pos ition for d oubl e
point infor mation is displayed with this name
(max. 6 characters)
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
Engineering via SICAM WEB
362 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Category Parameter Meaning
Process data measured
value SID-BSE Source identif icati on bas ic syst em element
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
Archive_(MV) T he d ata point is recorded in the d ecentr al-
ized arch i ve
Text_(MV) The data point is dis played wit h this nam e
(max. 13 characters)
GroupNbr_(MV) The data point is displayed in the cockpit in
this gr oup (1 …32)
GroupPos_(MV) The data point is displayed in the cockpit on
this position ( 1…25 6)
X_0%_(MV) Value ad aptati on: Lower l imit of the used
measuring ran ge in the external (prot ocol
specific) format. The corresponding internal
value is d ef i ned at Y_0%.
X_100%_(MV) Value ad aptation: Upper limit of the used
measuring ran ge in the external (prot ocol
specific) format. The corresponding internal
value is d ef i ned at Y_100 %.
Y_0%_(MV) Value ad aptati on: Lower l imit of the used
measuring range in the selected internal
format. The internal format is defined at TI
(type id entification). T he correspondi ng ex-
t ern al val ue is defined at X_0%.
Y_100%_(MV) Value ad aptation: Upper limit of the used
measuring range in the selected internal
format. The internal format is defined at TI
(type id entification). T he correspondi ng ex-
t ernal valu e is d efin ed at X_100%.
Dec imal _pl aces_(MV) Count of deci mal pl aces (max. 7)
Unit_(MV) The value is displayed with this unit text
(max. 8 characters)
P rocess da ta message Event_(MSG) The data p oint is displayed i n the event list
Alarm_(MSG) The data point is displayed in t he alarme list
Archive_(MSG) T he d ata point is recorded in the d ecentr al-
ized arch i ve
Text_(MSG) T he d ata point is displayed with t his name
(max. 13 characters)
State_TextOn_(MSG) The state ON for single or double point infor-
mation is displayed with this nam e (max.
6 characters)
State_TextOff_(MSG) The state OFF for single or double point
informati on is displayed with this n ame (max.
6 characters)
State_TextFlt_(MSG) The state faulty position for dou ble point
informati on is displayed with this n ame (max.
6 characters)
State_TextInt_(MSG) The state intermediate position for double
point infor mation is displayed with this name
(max. 6 characters)
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 363
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Category Parameter Meaning
Cockpit_GroupNbr_(MSG) The data point is displayed in the cockpit in
this gr oup (1 …32)
Cockpit_GroupPos_(MSG) The data point is displayed in th e cockpit on
this position ( 1…25 5)
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
Protocol elem ent contr ol
message Control_function_(PRE) • 0... 23 9 = func t i on d ef in ed by pr otocol el e-
ment
• 24 0 = GI r equ es t
• 24 1 = res erved
• 24 2 = c ontr ol l oc at i on
• 244 = CASDU selecti ve GI r eq u est
• 245...25 5 = res er ve f or further BSE f unc -
tions
Edge_(PRE) • Positive edge
• Negative edge
• St ate ( 0 = func ti on , 1 = func tion + 1)
PRE_(CM) Protocol ele ment n umber
• PRE0…PRE3
• dis tribu t e o ver mul ti mast er f unct i on
Station • 0…9 9 = st ati on num ber
• 12 5 = to all s t ations
• 25 5 = not us ed
Additional_parameter_(PRE) 0...65 535 = mean ing for each function d e-
fine d by the PRE firmware
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
104-Address
TI Type identification according to
IEC 60870-5-101/104
• Single-point inf ormation
• Single c ommand
Protoc ol element return
inform at i on m essag e Return_information_function_
(PRE)
PRE_(RM) Protocol element num ber (0…3)
Station Stati on numb er (sel ective 0...9 9; to all sta-
tions; station not used)
Re dundancy control
message Control_function_(RED) • User priority
• A/P-control
• Key switch
• Listening mod e-control
• A/P-c ontr ol with f ailed SCA-R S
• Switch-over dis abled
Failure_behavior_(RED) • T er minate binar y inf or mation
• Maintain status
BSE_(RED) Basic system element
Engineering via SICAM WEB
364 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Category Parameter Meaning
PRE_(RED) P rotoco l eleme nt n umber
Priority_(RED) Priority 0 (lowest)…priority 14 (highest)
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
Redundancy r et urn in-
f orm ati on m essage Return_information_function_
(RED) • Redundanc y state
• Sw itc hov er runs at a gl obal s witc hov er
• Keys witch of the SCA-RS: system A active
• K eys witc h of th e SC A-R S: aut omatic
• Keys witch of the SCA-RS: system B active
• Listening mod e
BSE_(RED) Basic system element
PRE_(RED) P rotoco l eleme nt n umber
Sel ecti ve data flow rou t-
ing PRE Protoc ol elem ent nu mb er (0…3)
Station 0…99 = selective station
unused = single-point-PRE or multi-poi nt-
PRE to all remot e st ations
Data_class • D ata class 1
• D ata class 2
Periodica l transfer S elec ti on peri odical l evel or n o per i odical
transfer
Event_data
Time_tag Transfer with or without time tag
Function_group
address-conversion 0 = yes , 1 = no
Change_sign_of_measured_
values
New_CASDU1 New address of the datapoint. The complete
address consists of new CASDU1, CASDU2,
IOA1, IOA2 and IOA3. New CASDU1 and
CAS DU 2 = 25 5 m eans n o addres s -
conversion.
New_CASDU2 New address of the datapoint. The complete
address consists of new CASDU1, CASDU2,
IOA1, IOA2 and IOA3. New CASDU1 and
CAS DU 2 = 25 5 m eans n o addres s -
conversion.
New_IOA1 New address of the datapoint. The complete
address consists of new CASDU1, CASDU2,
IOA1, IOA2 and IOA3. New CASDU1 and
CAS DU 2 = 25 5 m eans n o addres s -
conversion.
New_IOA2 New address of the datapoint. The complete
address consists of new CASDU1, CASDU2,
IOA1, IOA2 and IOA3. New CASDU1 and
CAS DU 2 = 25 5 m eans n o addres s -
conversion.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 365
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Category Parameter Meaning
New_IOA3 New address of the datapoint. The complete
address consists of new CASDU1, CASDU2,
IOA1, IOA2 and IOA3. New CASDU1 and
CAS DU 2 = 25 5 m eans n o addres s -
conversion.
Selectivity Selecti ve or to all r emot e stations
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
Sp eci al app licati on in put OUT_CASDU1 Addr ess of th e datapoi nt
OUT_CASDU2 Addres s of th e datap oint
OUT_IOA1 Address of th e datapoi nt
OUT_IOA2 Address of th e datapoi nt
OUT_IOA3 Address of th e datapoi nt
OUT_TI Type identific ation according to
IEC 60870-5-101/104
Inversion NO/YES
TI31_Selection OFF/ON
Fail_behav Failur e beh avi or
Fail_subst_value Subs titut e valu e at fail ure
single_object_number
Command_state • C omm and s tat e n ot eval uat e
• C omman d st at e ON b ef or e O FF
• Comm and st ate OFF bef ore ON
Command_output_time F or TI 160: 0...6200•50 ms, for TI 45, 46, 47:
• 0= no ad ditional d ef init ion
• 1=s hort puls e durat ion
• 2=long pule dur ati on
• 3=persistent output
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
Sp eci al app licati on ou tp ut Func t i on • OR conj unc t ion, f alli ng edg e t i me del ay ed
• AND c onju nc ti on, f allin g ed g e ti m e d el ayed
• O R conjunc t i on, outp ut as trans i ents , f alling
edge time delayed
• Message convers ion
• OR conj unc t i on, r is in g ed ge tim e del a yed
Inversion NO/YES
Fail_behav_status Conjunction type
Time_delay Tim e del ay n• 1 00 ms
• 0 0 no delay
• 1 = 100 ms
• 25 5 = 25.5 s
Engineering via SICAM WEB
366 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.11.3 Assigning Signals to the I/O Master Module
If you have already defined signals, these can be assigned to the I/O Master Module for the
further processing.
This is ho w to assign signals to the I/O Master Module:
• Click on the button right above in order to close the work area for the signal genera-
tion
• Select the directory SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master Mod ule | I/O Master Mod ule
• Mark on the right side the signals to be assigned
• Click on the button (Assign)
The assigned signals are now listed in a table under the tab Assignment.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 367
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
You can extend the work area by means of clicki ng on the sidebars left and/or right beside the
work area.
• In the corresponding dropdown list, select the processing type for the respective signal
In the dropdown list only those processing types are offered that are compatible with the TI of
the signal. Only software datapoints can be assigned to the I/O Mast er Module.
• In the corresponding dropdown list, select the DATAPOINT for the res pectiv e sig nal
In the dropdown list only those datapoints are offered that are compatible with the processi ng
type and that are not yet in use.
HW PINS a re irreleva nt here and th erefore not editable.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
368 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
This is how to parameterize the assigned signals:
• Open the Parameter tab
• In the dropdown list, select the previously defined processing type for the newly assigned
signal
All sig nals of the selec ted p roces sing type (on the selec ted s ystem elemen t) are d is play ed
listed in the table. Thereby, the signal name, the message address and the type identification
are taken over from the work area for the signal generat ion.
The processing types offered on the I/O Master Module are dependent on the configured
firmware for the I/O Master Module and provide only expert parameters.
• Activate the checkbox SHOW ALL P AR A MET ER S if you want to edit expert parameters
• Save your changes from time to time, refer to Apply
Further steps: Restart device.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 369
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1. 11.3.1 Parameters with Assig nmen t on the I/O Master Modul e
This data can be changed – for each category – in the table for the signal generation:
Processing type Parameter Meaning
SW_CO_INTER – com-
mand interlocked –
SW_DI – Software Data
Point Digital Input –
SW_DO – Software Data
Point Digital Output –
SW_LOC_REM – local
remote criterion SID-BSE Source ident ific ation basic syst em element
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
SW_REV – Revision SID-BSE Sourc e i dentif icati on bas ic syst em element
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
SW_CONTROL LOCA-
TION – control location SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
ACTCON_yes_no Sending of ACTCON and ACTTERM
SW_CO_EA – command
err or acknowled g em ent –
SW_DO_TE-6460 –
Engineering via SICAM WEB
370 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.11.4 Assigning Signals to the I/O Module
If you have already defined signals, these can be assigned to the I/O Modul es.
This is ho w to assign signals to the I/O Master Module:
• Click on the button right above in order to close the work area for the signal genera-
tion
• Select the directory SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master Module | I/O Master Module |
<0…7>:<module name>
• Mark on the right side the signals to be assigned
• Click on the button (Assign)
The assigned signals are now listed in a table under the tab Assignment.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 371
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
You can extend the work area by means of clicki ng on the sidebars left and/or right beside the
work area.
• In the corresponding dropdown list, select the processing type for the respective signal
In the dropdown list only those processing types are offered that are compatible with the TI of
the signal.
• In the corresponding dropdown list, select the DATAPOINT for the res pectiv e sig nal
In the dropdown list only those datapoints are offered that are compatible with the processi ng
type and that are not yet in use.
The HW pin is automatically assi gned, as soon as you have defi ned processing type and
datapoint of the signal.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
372 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
This is how to parameterize the assigned signals:
• Open the Parameter tab
• In the dropdown list, select the previously defined processing type for the newly assigned
signal
All signals of the selected category (on the selected system element) are displayed listed in
the table. Thereby, the signal name, the message address and the type identification are tak-
en over from the work area for the signal generation.
The processing types offered on the I/O Master Module are dependent on the configured
firmware for the I/O Master Module.
After se lection of the processing type, you can now parameterize the relevant signals process-
technically.
• Activate the checkbox SHOW ALL P AR AMETER S if you want to edit expert parameters
• Save your changes from time to time, refer to Apply
Further steps: Restart device.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 373
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1. 11.4.1 Automati c Di splay of Signal States
Process signals that are acquired or output via HW pins are automatically configured for the
process displ ay via SICAM WEB and for the proc ess display on the LCD.
The automatic process display resides in SICAM WEB in the menu I/O Module s (see
9.1.13.2,Display Process Values).
The automatic process display resides on the LCD in the menu Monitoring | I/O Module s
(see 11.1.2.4.6,I/O Modules).
9.1.11.4.2 Parameters with Assignment on the DI Module
Processing type Parameter Meaning
DI_D I – d oub l e- p oin t
inform ation in put Inversion_0 Inversion (S)
NO/YES
Flutt_dp_qds Datapoint quality discriptor for fluttery binary
information
BL/IV
Inversion_1 Inversi on (S)
NO/YES
block Blocking (=not used) (S)
NO/YES
SVM_monitoring Power monitoring. The sensor voltage is
monitored by an ow n pow er m onit oring inp ut
(S).
NO/YES
Flutt_Number Number of transients for flutt er suppress ion
(S)
SW_Filter_t Software filter-time in s (S)
Flutt_t Flutter time in seconds.
0 = no fluttersuppre ssion (S)
0.1 to 6553.5
int_posit_t Intermediate position suppression time in
seconds.
0 = no intermediate position suppression (S)
faulty_pos_t Faulty position suppression time in seconds.
0 = no faulty position suppression (S)
AR_sign_t Time for sign alling the automatic recl osure in
seconds 0=n o s ign allin g of aut om. recl osur e
(S)
0.1 to 25.5
ON_before_OFF Definition of the order f or the wiring of double
commands/double point information NO: OFF
is I/O with lower I/O nu mber ON is I/O with
higher I/O number YE S: ON is I/O with lower
I/O n umber OFF is I /O with high er I/O number
NO/YES
Moduleselection_SVM_
monitoring Switch for power monitoring handling (PM)
Standard P M (PM inputs per modul es) or input
IN D17 of one BI- module as PM input for all
modul es Attenti on: Selec ted m odul e mus t be
a DI m odul e.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
374 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Processing type Parameter Meaning
Flutt_t_stable Flutter suppression: stability time in seconds.
0 = stability time defin ed t hrough parameter
Flutt_t (S)
0.1 to 6553.5
DI_SI – single-point
inform ation in put Inversion Inversi on (S)
NO/YES
block Blocking ( = not used) (S)
NO/YES
Flutt_dp_qds Datapoint quality discriptor for fluttery binary
information
BL/IV
input function Functi onalit y of th e binary in put. T his p ar am e-
t eri zation permits to disable the inform ation
input for revision handling.
SVM_monitoring Power monitoring. The sensor voltage is
monitored by an ow n pow er m onit oring inp ut
(S).
NO/YES
Flutt_Number Number of transients for flutt er suppress ion
(S)
SW_Filter_t Software filter-time in s (S)
Flutt_t Flutter time in seconds.
0 = no fluttersuppre ssion (S)
0.1 to 6553.5
State_of_flutter_information Informat ion stat e in message with BL bit
Delay_t Delayti me from ON sin glepoint information in
seconds
0 to 16000
Moduleselection_SVM_
monitoring Switch for power monitoring handling (PM)
Standard PM (P
M in puts per modu l es) or i np ut
IN D17 of one BI- module as PM input for all
modul es Attenti on: Selec ted m odul e mus t be
a DI m odul e.
Flutt_t_stable Flutter suppression: stability time in seconds.
0 = stability time defin ed t hrough parameter
Flutt_t (S)
0.1 to 6553.5
DI_CV – count pulse
acquisition message_blocking_t Message block ing time in sec onds. During this
time period, iden tical m essages will be dis-
car ded withou t error inf or m ation .
0.1 to 6553.5
interval_time_0 Interval time. As trans mission trigger or latch
trig ger of the counts it is also possible to s et
an int er val. T he belon gin g time is to configure
here.
interval_time_1 Interval time. As trans mission trigger or latch
trig ger of the counts it is also possible to s et
an int er val. T he belon gin g time is to configure
here.
Inversion Inversion (S)
NO/YES
block Blocking ( = not used) (S)
NO/YES
Type Conditi oned valu e typ e (S)
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 375
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Processing type Parameter Meaning
• L atc hed abs olute value
• Latc hed r elati ve v alu e
SVM_monitoring Power monitoring. The sensor voltage is
monitored by an ow n pow er m onit oring inp ut
(S)
transm_prompting Transmission prompting. The initiating for the
transfer of the latched count can hap pen
through a count er interrogat ion message
(group) , t hroug h adjus tab le interval s , or
through the functi on diagramm. (S)
latch_prompting Latch prompting can b e d ifferent to the trans-
mission pr ompti ng (S)
Value range Value range of the counter (S)
Pulse val u e Pulse valu e (S)
0.0 00 1 bis 99 99
Moduleselection_SVM_
monitoring Switch for power monitoring handling (PM)
Standard P M (PM inputs per modul es) or input
IN D17 of one BI- module as PM input for all
modul es Attenti on: Selec ted m odul e mus t be
a DI-module.
SW_DI – software data
point digital input –
SW_DI_AR - autom atic
reclosing –
S W_DI_UPDATE –
update of double-point
information
Originatoraddress All ow ed origin at or address
QOC ther e is n o confirmation /termination for a
r eceived command wi th a different QOC
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
SW_DI_BT – breaker
tripping –
SW_DI_SOR – switching
operation running –
SW_CV_SET – counter
set SID-BSE Sourc e i dentif icati on basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
Engineering via SICAM WEB
376 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.11.4.3 Parameters with Assignment on the DO Module
This data can be changed – for each category – in the table for the signal generation:
Processing type Parameter Meaning
DO _D C_1,5POL - d oubl e
command output 1,5-pol e Retry_suppression_T Command retry suppression time in seconds.
Within this time a c ommand with same ad-
dr ess is dis card ed wi thout error inform ation (s )
0.1 to 6553.5
output_t_0 C ommand outpu t time in s econds (S).
Att ention: The tim e comes into effect on ly, if in
th e m essage is not defined any time.
0.0 1 to 32 7.67
select_execute_t M ax. tim e b etween select and ex ecut e (in
seconds). Af ter this ti me a recent select com-
mand is necessary.
0 = no select command is expected (direct
command transmission)
0.1 to 102.3
Sync_t_0 Within this time (in sec) the interlock enabling
must occur on the command. 0=n o
sync ronisati on ov er interl ock in g
0.1 to 6553.5
RS_Mon_t Return state information monitoring time in
seconds (S).
0 = no return state information monitoring
0.0 1 to 65 5.35
Command_prolong_t Command prolongation time in seconds (S)
0.0 1 to 32 7.67
output_t_1 C omman d out put time in seconds (S ). Atten-
tion: The time comes into effect only, if in the
message is not def ined any t ime.
0.0 1 to 32 7.67
Sync_t_1 Within this time (in sec) the interlock enabling
must occ ur on the command.
0 = n o syncronisati on over interl ocking
0.1 to 6553.5
RS_outp_same_state_0 Selection of command outpu t and c ommand
confirm ation, if return st ate is already end
positi on b ef or e out pu t.
Att ention : only active if R S_m on _t ≠0.
Sync_Input_t_0 Within this time (in sec) the enabling over the
sync ronisati on inpu t mus t oc c ur on the c om-
mand.
0= no syncronisation over syncronisation input.
Att ention : F unction on ly acti ve if sync_t = 0.
0.1 to 6553.5
1_out_of_n_t_0 Within this time (in sec) t he 1 out of n enabling
must occ ur on the command.
0 = no 1 out of n enabli ng nec essary.
Att ention : F unction on ly acti ve if sync_t = 0.
0.1 to 25.5
RS_outp_same_state_1 Selection of command outpu t and c ommand
confirm ation, if return st ate is already end
positi on b ef or e out pu t.
Att ention : onl y acti ve if RS _mon_t ≠ 0
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 377
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Processing type Parameter Meaning
Sync_Input_t_1 Within this time (in sec) the enabling over the
sync ronisati on inpu t mus t oc c ur on the c om-
mand.
0 = no syncronisation over syncronisation
input.
Att ention: Function onl y active if sync_t = 0
0.1 to 6553.5
1_out_of_n_t_1 Within this time (in sec) t he 1 out of n enabling
must occ ur on the command.
0 = no 1 out of n enabli ng nec essary.
Att ention : F unction on ly acti ve if sync_t = 0.
0.1 to 25.5
Sw_Seq_command_seq_0 Switch ing sequence: output additional c om-
mand before or after the command
Sw_Seq_addtl_com_0 Switchin g sequence: Select the additional
command
Sw_Seq_command_seq_1 Switch ing sequence: output additional c om-
mand before or after the command
Sw_Seq_addtl_com_1 Switchin g sequence: Select the additional
command
RS_Mon_Source_0 Source of state information for state infor-
mation m on it or in g
• Peripherals
• O pen-/c los ed loop c ontr ol funct i on
• B oth (l ogic al OR)
RS_Mon_Source_1 Source of state information for state infor-
mation m on it or in g
• Peripherals
• O pen-/c los ed loop c ontr ol funct i on
• B oth (l ogic al OR)
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
QOC>8 If QO C > 8 (Qualifier of Command) is accept-
ed, so all QOC > 8 will be int erpreted as
QOC = 0
ON_before_OFF Definition of the order f or the wiring of double
commands/ doub le point informati on.
• NO : OFF is I/O with lower I/O n um b er ON is
I/O wit h higher I/O number.
• YES: ON is I/O with low er I/O n um b er OF F
is I/O with hig h er I/O nu mber
Regulating_command Use as regulating command (S)
NO/YES
RS_Image Paramet er w orks only with AC P 1703 platform
Engineering via SICAM WEB
378 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Processing type Parameter Meaning
DO_DC_1POL - double
command output 1-pole Retry_suppression_T Command retry suppression time in seconds.
Within this time a c ommand with same ad-
dr ess is dis card ed wi thout error inform ation (s )
0.1 to 6553.5
output_t_0 C ommand outpu t time in s econds (S).
Att ention: The tim e comes into effect on ly, if in
th e m essage is not defined any time.
0.0 1 to 32 7.67
select_execute_t M ax. tim e b etween select and ex ecut e (in
seconds). Af ter this ti me a recent select com-
mand is necessary.
0 = no select command is expected (direct
command transmission)
0.1 to 102.3
Sync_t_0 Within this time (in sec) the interlock enabling
must occ ur on the command.
0 = n o syncronisati on over interl ocking
0.1 to 6553.5
RS_Mon_t Return state information monitoring time in
seconds (S).
0 = no return state information monitoring
0.0 1 to 65 5.35
Command_prolong_t Command prolongation time in seconds (S)
0.0 1 to 32 7.67
output_t_1 C ommand outpu t time in s econds (S).
Att ention: The tim e comes into effect on ly, if in
th e m essage is not defined any time.
0.0 1 to 32 7.67
Sync_t_1 Within this time (in sec) the interlock enabling
must occ ur on the command.
0 = n o syncronisati on over interl ocking
0.1 to 6553.5
RS_outp_same_state_0 Selection of command outpu t and c ommand
confirm ation, if return st ate is already end
positi on b ef or e out pu t.
Att ention : only active if R S_m on_t is ≠ 0.
Sync_Input_t_0 Within this time (in sec) the enabling over the
sync ronisati on inpu t mus t oc c ur on the c om-
mand.
0 = no syncronisation over syncronisation
input.
Att ention: Function onl y active if sync_t = 0
0.1 to 6553.5
1_out_of_n_t_0 Within this time (in sec) t he 1 out of n enabling
must occ ur on the command.
0= n o 1 out of n enabl ing necessar y.
Att ention : F unction on ly acti ve if sync_t = 0.
0.1 to 25.5
RS_outp_same_state_1 Selection of command outpu t and c ommand
confirm ation, if return st ate is already end
positi on b ef or e out pu t.
Att ention : only active if R S_m on_t is ≠ 0.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 379
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Processing type Parameter Meaning
Sync_Input_t_1 Within this time (in sec) the enabling over the
sync ronisati on inpu t mus t oc c ur on the c om-
mand.
0 = no syncronisation over syncronisation
input.
Att ention: Function onl y active if sync_t = 0
0.1 to 6553.5
1_out_of_n_t_1 Within this time (in sec) t he 1 out of n enabling
must occ ur on the command.
0 = no 1 out of n enabli ng nec essary.
Att ention : F unction on ly acti ve if sync_t = 0.
0.1 to 25.5
Sw_Seq_command_seq_0 Switch ing sequence: output additional c om-
mand before or after the command
Sw_Seq_addtl_com_0 Switchin g sequence: Select the additional
command
Sw_Seq_command_seq_1 Switch ing sequence: output additional c om-
mand before or after the command
Sw_Seq_addtl_com_1 Switchin g sequence: Select the additional
command
RS_Mon_Source_0 Source of state information for state infor-
mation m on it or in g
• Peripherals
• O pen-/c los ed loop c ontr ol funct i on
• B oth (l ogic al OR)
RS_Mon_Source_1 Source of state information for state infor-
mation m on it or in g
• Peripherals
• O pen-/c los ed loop c ontr ol funct i on
• B oth (l ogic al OR)
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
QOC>8 If QO C > 8 (Qualifier of Command) is accept-
ed, so all QOC > 8 will be int erpreted as
QOC = 0
ON_before_OFF Definition of the order f or the wiring of double
commands/ doub le point informati on:
• NO : OFF is I/O with lower I/O n um b er ON is
I/O wit h higher I/O number
• YES: ON is I/O with low er I/O n um b er OF F
is I/O with hig h er I/O nu mber
Regulating_command Use as regulating command (S)
NO/YES
RS_Image Paramet er w orks only with AC P 1703 platform
DO _D C_2POL – dou ble
command output 2-pole Retry_suppression_T Command retry suppression time in seconds.
Within this time a c ommand with same ad-
dr ess is dis card ed wi thout error inform ation (s )
0.1 to 6553.5
Engineering via SICAM WEB
380 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Processing type Parameter Meaning
output_t_0 C ommand outpu t time in s econds (S).
Att ention: The tim e comes into effect on ly, if in
th e m essage is not defined any time.
0.0 1 to 32 7.67
select_execute_t M ax. tim e b etween select and ex ecut e (in
seconds). Af ter this ti me a recent select com-
mand is necessary.
0 = no select command is expected (direct
command transmission)
0.1 to 102.3
Sync_t_0 Within this time (in sec) the interlock enabling
must occ ur on the command.
0 = n o syncronisati on over interl ocking
0.1 to 6553.5
RS_Mon_t Return state information monitoring time in
seconds (S).
0 = no return state information monitoring
0.0 1 to 65 5.35
Command_prolong_t Command prolongation time in seconds (S)
0.0 1 to 32 7.67
output_t_1 C ommand outpu t time in s econds (S).
Att ention: The tim e comes into effect on ly, if in
th e m essage is not defined any time.
0.0 1 to 32 7.67
Sync_t_1 Within this time (in sec) the interlock enabling
must occ ur on the command.
0 = n o syncronisati on over interl ocking
0.1 to 6553.5
RS_outp_same_state_0 Selection of command outpu t and c ommand
confirm ation, if return st ate is already end
positi on b ef or e out pu t.
Att ention : only active if R S_m on_t is ≠ 0.
Sync_Input_t_0 Within this time (in sec) the enabling over the
sync ronisati on inpu t mus t oc c ur on the c om-
mand.
0 = no syncronisation over syncronisation
input.
Att ention: Function onl y active if sync_t = 0
0.1 to 6553.5
1_out_of_n_t_0 Within this time (in sec) t he 1 out of n enabling
must occ ur on the command.
0= n o 1 out of n enabl ing necessar y.
Att ention : F unction on ly acti ve if sync_t = 0.
0.1 to 25.5
RS_outp_same_state_1 Selection of command outpu t and c ommand
confirm ation, if return st ate is already end
positi on b ef or e out pu t.
Att ention : only active if R S_m on_t is ≠ 0.
Sync_Input_t_1 Within this time (in sec) the enabling over the
sync ronisati on inpu t mus t oc c ur on the c om-
mand.
0 = no syncronisation over syncronisation
input.
Att ention: Function onl y active if sync_t = 0
0.1 to 6553.5
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 381
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Processing type Parameter Meaning
1_out_of_n_t_1 Within this time (in sec) t he 1 out of n enabling
must occ ur on the command.
0 = no 1 out of n enabli ng nec essary.
Att ention : F unction on ly acti ve if sync_t = 0.
0.1 to 25.5
Sw_Seq_command_seq_0 Switch ing sequence: output additional c om-
mand before or after the command
Sw_Seq_addtl_com_0 Switchin g sequence: Select the additional
command
Sw_Seq_command_seq_1 Switch ing sequence: output additional c om-
mand before or after the command
Sw_Seq_addtl_com_1 Switchin g sequence: Select the additional
command
RS_Mon_Source_0 Source of state information for state infor-
mation m on it or in g
• Peripherals
• O pen-/c los ed loop c ontr ol funct i on
• B oth (l ogic al OR)
RS_Mon_Source_1 Source of state information for state infor-
mation m on it or in g
• Peripherals
• O pen-/c los ed loop c ontr ol funct i on
• B oth (l ogic al OR)
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
QOC>8 If QO C > 8 (Qualifier of Command) is accept-
ed, so all QOC > 8 will be int erpreted as
QOC = 0
ON_before_OFF Definition of the order f or the wiring of double
commands/ doub le point informati on:
• NO : OFF is I/O with lower I/O n um b er ON is
I/O wit h higher I/O number
• YES: ON is I/O with low er I/O n um b er OF F
is I/O with hig h er I/O nu mber
Regulating_command Use as regulating command (S)
NO/YES
RS_Image Paramet er w orks only with AC P 1703 platform
DO _DX – double- point
inform at i on an d d oub l e
com m and output
Fail_behav Behavior at failure
• Keep
• Terminate
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
Engineering via SICAM WEB
382 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Processing type Parameter Meaning
select_execute_t M ax. tim e b etween select and ex ecut e (in
seconds). Af ter this ti me a recent select com-
mand is necessary.
0 = no select command is expected (direct
command transmission)
0 to 6553.5
RS_Image_CASDU1 Address of corr esponding return state infor-
mation (S)
0 to 255
RS_Image_CASDU2 Address of corr esponding return state infor-
mation (S)
0 to 255
RS_Image_IOA1 Address of corresponding return state infor-
mation (S)
0 to 255
RS_Image_IOA2 Address of corresponding return state infor-
mation (S)
0 to 255
RS_Image_IOA3 Address of corresponding return state infor-
mation (S)
0 to 255
RS_Image_TI Type identifier of corresponding return state
information (S)
• Single-point inf ormation
• D.-p oint inf ormation
Term_with_Conf Sending of termin ation immedi ately after
sending of confirm ation (S)
NO/YES
Output_t_0 Command outpu t time in s econds (S).
Att ention: The tim e comes into effect on ly, if in
th e m essage is not defined any time.
0.0 1 to 32 7.67
termination_t_0 T ime between confirmation and termi nation (s)
0 = no termination
0 to 6553.5
RS_react_t_0 Info rmation reaction time (S)
Pulse comm and: 0 .. tim e appropriat e to
output time
Persistent command: 0 .. t ime appropriate to
termination time
0 to 6553.5
Output_t_1 Command outpu t time in s econds (S).
Att ention: The tim e comes into effect on ly, if in
th e m essage is not defined any time.
0.0 1 to 32 7.67
termination_t_1 T ime between confirmation and termi nation (s)
0 = no termination
0 to 6553.5
RS_react_t_1 Info rmation reaction time (S)
Pulse comm and: 0 .. tim e appropriat e to
output time
Persistent command: 0 .. t ime appropriate to
termination time
0 to 6553.5
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 383
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Processing type Parameter Meaning
DO_SC_1,5POL – single
command output 1,5-pol e Retry_suppression_T Command retry suppression time in seconds.
Within this time a c ommand with same ad-
dr ess is dis card ed wi thout error inform ation (s )
0.1 to 6553.5
Output_t C ommand output time in seconds (S).
Att ention: The tim e comes into effect on ly, if in
th e m essage is not defined any time.
0.0 1 to 32 7.67
select_execute_t M ax. tim e b etween select and ex ecut e (in
seconds). Af ter this ti me a recent select com-
mand is necessary.
0 = no select command is expected (direct
command transmission)
0.1 to 102.3
Sync_t Within this t ime (in sec ) the interlock enabl ing
must occ ur on the command.
0 = n o syncronisati on over interl ocking
0.1 to 6553.5
RS_Mon_t Return state information monitoring time in
seconds (S).
0 = no return state information monitoring
0.0 1 to 65 5.35
Command_prolong_t Command prolongation time in seconds (S)
0.0 1 to 32 7.67
RS_outp_same_state_1 Selection of command outpu t and c ommand
confirm ation, if return st ate is already end
positi on b ef or e out pu t.
Att ention : only active if R S_m on_t is ≠ 0.
Sync_Input_t Within this time ( in sec) the enabling over the
sync ronisati on inpu t mus t oc c ur on the c om-
mand.
0 = no syncronisation over syncronisation
input.
Att ention: Function onl y active if sync_t = 0
0.1 to 6553.5
1_out_of_n_t Within this time (in sec) the 1 out of n enabling
must occ ur on the command.
0 = no 1 out of n enabli ng nec essary.
Att ention : F unction on ly acti ve if sync_t = 0.
0.1 to 25.5
RS_Mon_Source Source of state information for state infor-
mation m on it or in g
• Peripherals
• O pen-/c los ed loop c ontr ol funct i on
• B oth (l ogic al OR)
Sw_Seq_command_seq Switchin g sequence: output addit ion al com-
mand before or after the command
Sw_Seq_addtl_com Switching sequence: S elect the additional
command
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
Engineering via SICAM WEB
384 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Processing type Parameter Meaning
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
QOC>8 If QO C > 8 (Qualifier of Command) is accept-
ed, so all QOC > 8 will be int erpreted as
QOC = 0
RS_Image Paramet er w orks only with AC P 1703 platform
DO_SC_1POL – single
command output 1-pole Retry_suppression_T Command retry suppression time in seconds.
Within this time a c ommand with same ad-
dr ess is dis card ed wi thout error inform ation (s )
0.1 to 6553.5
Output_t C ommand output time in seconds (S).
Att ention: The tim e comes into effect on ly, if in
th e m essage is not defined any time.
0.0 1 to 32 7.67
select_execute_t M ax. tim e b etween select and ex ecut e (in
seconds). Af ter this ti me a recent select com-
mand is necessary.
0 = no select command is expected (direct
command transmission)
0.1 to 102.3
Sync_t Within this t ime (in sec ) the interlock enabl ing
must occ ur on the command.
0 = n o syncronisati on over interl ocking
0.1 to 6553.5
RS_Mon_t Return state information monitoring time in
seconds (S).
0 = no return state information monitoring
0.0 1 to 65 5.35
Command_prolong_t Command prolongation time in seconds (S)
0.0 1 to 32 7.67
RS_outp_same_state_1 Selection of command outpu t and c ommand
confirm ation, if return st ate is already end
positi on b ef or e out pu t.
Att ention : only active if R S_m on_t is ≠ 0.
Sync_Input_t Within this time ( in sec) the enabling over the
sync ronisati on inpu t mus t oc c ur on the c om-
mand.
0 = no syncronisation over syncronisation
input.
Att ention: Function onl y active if sync_t = 0
0.1 to 6553.5
1_out_of_n_t Within this time (in sec) the 1 out of n enabling
must occ ur on the command.
0 = no 1 out of n enabli ng nec essary.
Att ention : F unction on ly acti ve if sync_t = 0.
0.1 to 25.5
RS_Mon_Source Source of state information for state infor-
mation m on it or in g
• Peripherals
• O pen-/c los ed loop c ontr ol funct i on
• B oth (l ogic al OR)
Sw_Seq_command_seq Switchin g sequence: output addit ion al com-
mand before or after the command
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 385
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Processing type Parameter Meaning
Sw_Seq_addtl_com Switching sequence: S elect the additional
command
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
QOC>8 If QO C > 8 (Qualifier of Command) is accept-
ed, so all QOC > 8 will be int erpreted as
QOC = 0
RS_Image Paramet er w orks only with AC P 1703 platform
DO_SC_2POL – single
command output 2-pole Retry_suppression_T Command retry suppression time in seconds.
Within this time a c ommand with same ad-
dr ess is dis card ed wi thout error inform ation (s )
0.1 to 6553.5
Output_t C ommand output time in seconds (S).
Att ention: The tim e comes into effect on ly, if in
th e m essage is not defined any time.
0.0 1 to 32 7.67
select_execute_t M ax. tim e b etween select and ex ecut e (in
seconds). Af ter this ti me a recent select com-
mand is necessary.
0 = no select command is expected (direct
command transmission)
0.1 to 102.3
Sync_t Within this t ime (in sec ) the interlock enabl ing
must occ ur on the command.
0 = n o syncronisati on over interl ocking
0.1 to 6553.5
RS_Mon_t Return state information monitoring time in
seconds (S).
0 = no return state information monitoring
0.0 1 to 65 5.35
Command_prolong_t Command prolongation time in seconds (S)
0.0 1 to 32 7.67
RS_outp_same_state_1 Selection of command outpu t and c ommand
confirm ation, if return st ate is already end
positi on b ef or e out pu t.
Att ention : only active if R S_m on_t is ≠ 0.
Sync_Input_t Within this time ( in sec) the enabling over the
sync ronisati on inpu t mus t oc c ur on the c om-
mand.
0 = no syncronisation over syncronisation
input.
Att ention: Function onl y active if sync_t = 0
0.1 to 6553.5
1_out_of_n_t Within this time (in sec) the 1 out of n enabling
must occ ur on the command.
0 = no 1 out of n enabli ng nec essary.
Att ention : F unction on ly acti ve if sync_t = 0.
0.1 to 25.5
Engineering via SICAM WEB
386 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Processing type Parameter Meaning
RS_Mon_Source Source of state information for state infor-
mation m on it or in g
• Peripherals
• O pen-/c los ed loop c ontr ol funct i on
• B oth (l ogic al OR)
Sw_Seq_command_seq Switchin g sequence: output addit ion al com-
mand before or after the command
Sw_Seq_addtl_com Switching sequence: S elect the additional
command
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
QOC>8 If QO C > 8 (Qualifier of Command) is accept-
ed, so all QOC > 8 will be int erpreted as
QOC = 0
RS_Image Paramet er w orks only with AC P 1703 platform
DO _SI – di gital ou tp ut –
single-point information receive_format Sourc e of dat apoint
Fail_behav Behavior at failure
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
DO _SX – sing le-point
informati on and s ing le
com m and output
receive_format Source of d atapoint
Fail_behav Behavior at failure
• Keep
• Terminate
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
select_execute_t M ax. tim e b etween select and ex ecut e (in
seconds). Af ter this ti me a recent select com-
mand is necessary.
0 = no select command is expected (direct
command transmission)
0 to 6553.5
RS_Image_CASDU1 Address of corr esponding return state infor-
mation (S)
0 to 255
RS_Image_CASDU2 Address of corr esponding return state infor-
mation (S)
0 to 255
RS_Image_IOA1 Address of corresponding return state infor-
mation (S)
0 to 255
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 387
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Processing type Parameter Meaning
RS_Image_IOA2 Address of corresponding return state infor-
mation (S)
0 to 255
RS_Image_IOA3 Address of corresponding return state infor-
mation (S)
0 to 255
Term_with_Conf Sending of termin ation immedi ately after
sending of confirm ation (S)
NO/YES
Output_t C ommand output time in seconds (S).
Att ention: The tim e comes into effect on ly, if in
th e m essage is not defined any time.
0.0 1 to 32 7.67
termination_t Tim e b etween confirm ation and termi nation (s)
0 = no termination
0 to 6553.5
RS_react_t Information reaction time (S)
Pulse comm and: 0 .. tim e appropriat e to
output time
P ersisit ent command: 0 . . time ap propri ate to
termination time
0 to 6553.5
SW_C O _SYNC_A –
command synchroniza-
ti on ab ortion
–
S W_CO_SYNC_R -
command synchroniza-
tion is running
–
SW_DO – Software data
point digital outpu t –
9.1.11.4.4 Parameters with Assignment on the AI Module
Processing type Parameter Meaning
AI_I – current value
acqisition line frequency The noise rejection takes place for the
parametrized line frequency
• 50 Hz
• 60 Hz
• 16.7 Hz
Zero range Zero range suppression (and check of the
plausibility lim its) (S)
NO/YES
thresh_additive Change thr esh old in % of X_100 % (S) AI_T:
% of temperature rang e
0 to 1000.0
thresh_uncond Ch ange thres hold in % of X_100% (S) AI_T:
% of temperature rang e
0 to 103.00
block Blocking (=not used) (S)
NO/YES
Engineering via SICAM WEB
388 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Processing type Parameter Meaning
Proc ess ing grid Processing grid in seconds
0.1 to 25.5
X_0% Nominal range in the physic al unit of the
input/outp ut (0 %) (S)
-50.0 to 50.0
X_100% Nominal range in the physical unit of the
input/ output (1 00%)
-50.0 to 50.0
Y_0% T ech n ological or n orm aliz ed val ue 0% ( S)
-100000000 0000000 .000 to
1000000000000000.000
Y_100% Technol ogical or n orm aliz ed value 10 0% (S)
-100000000 0000000 .000 to
1000000000000000.000
Smoothing 0 - 99 in %. 0% = no smoothing, 99% = high-
est possible smoothing
0 to 99
MV_conv_free_Xl Limit of not plaus ibl e range. Parameter is onl y
effective, if the param eter ze-
r o_r ang e_a_MV_conv is set to fr ee
par ametrizabl e (in the physical unit of the
input) (S)
-10 3. 00 to 103. 00
zero_range_Xzu Upper limit of zero r ange in % of X_100% (S)
-10 3. 00 to 103. 00
zero_range_Xzl Lower l imit of zero r ange in % of X_100% (S)
-10 3. 00 to 103. 00
zero_range_Yz Technol ogical or norm alized valu e of z er o
range (S)
-100000000 0000000 .000 to
1000000000000000.000
zer o_r an ge_ a MV_conv Zero range suppression (and check of the
plausi bility limits) either st andard or free
parametrizable (S)
• Standard
• Fr ee c onfigur able
OV_suppr_t OV suppr ession time in seconds, 0=no OV
suppression
0 to 255
standard load The measuring range c an be adapted with
changi ng t he l oad ( S)
NO/YES
AI_U – vol tag e val u e
acqisition line frequency The noise rejection takes place for the
parametrized line frequency
• 50 Hz
• 60 Hz
• 16.7 Hz
Zero range Zero range suppression (and check of the
plausibility lim its) (S)
NO/YES
thresh_additive Change thr esh old in % of X_100 % (S) AI_T:
% of temperature rang e
0 to 1000.0
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 389
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Processing type Parameter Meaning
thresh_uncond Ch ange thres hold in % of X_100% (S) AI_T:
% of temperature rang e
0 to 103.00
block Blocking (=not used) (S)
NO/YES
Proc ess ing grid Processing grid in seconds
0.1 to 25.5
X_0% Nominal range in the physic al unit of the
input/outp ut (0 %) (S)
-50.0 to 50.0
X_100% Nominal range in the physical unit of the
input/ output (1 00%)
-50.0 to 50.0
Y_0% T ech n ological or n orm aliz ed val ue 0% ( S)
-100000000 0000000 .000 to
1000000000000000.000
Y_100% Technol ogical or n orm aliz ed value 10 0% (S)
-100000000 0000000 .000 to
1000000000000000.000
Smoothing 0 - 99 in %. 0% = no smoothing, 99% = high-
est possible smoothing
0 to 99
MV_conv_free_Xl Limit of not plaus ibl e range. Parameter is onl y
effective, if the param eter ze-
r o_r ang e_a_MV_conv is set to fr ee
par ametrizabl e (in the physical unit of the
input) (S)
-10 3. 00 to 103. 00
zero_range_Xzu Upper limit of zero r ange in % of X_100% (S)
-10 3. 00 to 103. 00
zero_range_Xzl Lower l imit of zero r ange in % of X_100% (S)
-10 3. 00 to 103. 00
zero_range_Yz Technol ogical or norm alized valu e of z er o
range (S)
-100000000 0000000 .000 to
1000000000000000.000
zer o_r an ge_ a MV_conv Zero range suppression (and check of the
plausi bility limits) either st andard or free
parametrizable (S)
• Standard
• Fr ee c onfigur able
OV_suppr_t OV suppr ession time in seconds, 0=no OV
suppression
0 to 255
standard load The measuring range c an be adapted with
changi ng t he l oad ( S)
NO/YES
SW_COSPHI - software
power factor thresh_additive Change threshold in % of X_100 % (S) AI_T:
% of temperature rang e
0 to 1000.0
thresh_uncond Ch ange thres hold in % of X_100% (S) AI_T:
% of temperature rang e
0 to 103.00
Engineering via SICAM WEB
390 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Processing type Parameter Meaning
SW_CT_FDIR_I>_I>> I> Trip valu e in amp er e for ov ercurren t detec tion
for short circuit 0: function disabled
50 t o 200 0
I>> T rip valu e in amp er e for ov ercurren t detec tion
for short circuit 0: function disabled
50 t o 200 0
I>>_t Time del ay for overcu rrent detecti on
0.0 4 to 60
I>_t T im e delay for overcu rrent det ection
0.0 4 to 60
t_reset Auto reset time
0 = function disabled
SW_CT_FDIR_IN IN> Trip valu e i n ampere for groun d fault 0: func-
ti on disabl ed
0.4 to 2000
IN>_Idir Earth c urrent for earth fault detection using
the wattm etric m eth od 0: functi on disabled
0.2 to 30
IN>_ground_type G round poin t treat m ent meth od
• Solid
• Isolated
• Resonant
IN>_U0 Gr ound poin t displacem ent voltag e in pr ocen t
of primar y v oltag e 0: f unc tion disabl ed
0 to 100
IN>_U0_t Ground poin t d ispl acement volt age time d elay
0.0 4 to 60
IN>_t Time delay for ground fault indication
0.0 4 to 60
t_reset Auto reset time
0 = function disabled
SW_CT_MV_SELECTIO
Nmeasured_value_selection Selec tion of a m eas ured val u e
thresh_additive Change thr esh old in % of X_100 % (S) AI_T:
% of temperature rang e
0 to 1000.0
thresh_uncond Ch ange thres hold in % of X_100% (S) AI_T:
% of temperature rang e
0 to 103.00
SW_CT_PDIR –
SW_F – software fre -
quency thresh_additive Chang e t hres hold in % of X_100% (S) AI_T:
% of temperature rang e
0 to 1000.0
thresh_uncond Ch ange thres hold in % of X_100% (S) AI_T:
% of temperature rang e
0 to 103.00
SW_PQ - sof tware power thresh_ additive C hang e thr esh old in % of X_100% (S ) AI_T:
% of temperature rang e
0 to 1000.0
thresh_uncond Ch ange thres hold in % of X_100% (S) AI_T:
% of temperature rang e
0 to 103.00
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 391
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Processing type Parameter Meaning
SW_REV - revision –
SW_T_VT_NOK – volt a-
ge tr ans f or m er n ok SID-BSE Source ident ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
SW_UI - software volt-
age, current thresh_additive Ch ange threshold in % of X_100 % (S) AI_T:
% of temperature rang e
0 to 1000.0
thresh_uncond Ch ange thres hold in % of X_100% (S) AI_T:
% of temperature rang e
0 to 103.00
T _AI_I – current trans-
former input line_frequency_transformer configuration of line frequ ency
• 50 Hz
• 60 Hz
thresh_additive Change thr esh old in % of X_100 % (S) AI_T:
% of temperature rang e
0 to 1000.0
thresh_uncond Ch ange thres hold in % of X_100% (S) AI_T:
% of temperature rang e
0 to 103.00
transformer_X_100% Nominal r ange of transformer/input: second-
ary
• 85 10: 1 A - 8511: L ow P ower ( 22 5 mV)
• 8510: 5 A - 8511 : L ow P ower ( 22 5 mV)
transformer_Y_100% Nominal range of transformer: primary in kV
or 230 V or in Ampere
50 t o 800
transformer_Y_100%_5A N ominal rang e of 5A - current transf or mer: in
Ampere. Only valid for AI-
8510 an d X_1 00% =
5 A.
50 t o 400
Overrange Definiti on of the overrange for QDS 'OV ' in %
of the nominal range of the transformer
T _AI _U - voltage t rans-
former input line_frequency_transformer configuration of line frequ ency
• 50 Hz
• 60 Hz
primary_voltage_correction Corr ecti on valu e for pri m ary voltag e
thresh_additive Change thr esh old in % of X_100 % (S) AI_T:
% of temperature rang e
0 to 1000.0
thresh_uncond Ch ange thres hold in % of X_100% (S) AI_T:
% of temperature rang e
0 to 103.00
transformer_X_100% Nominal r ange of transformer/input: second-
ary
• 85 10: 1 00 V/SQ RT3 - 851 1: 3. 25 V/SQ RT3
• 8510: 2 30 V - 8511: 3.2 5 V/SQ RT3
• 8510: 4 00 V/SQ RT3 - 851 1: 3.25 V/SQ RT3
transformer_Y_100% Nominal range of transformer: primary in kV
or 230 V or in Ampere
1.0 to 36.0
Engineering via SICAM WEB
392 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Processing type Parameter Meaning
transformer_type Transformer type
transformer_angle Ang le between upper and lower s id e of trans-
former
0 to 359
Overrange Definiti on of the overrange for QDS 'OV ' in %
of the nominal range of the transformer
9.1.11.4.5 Parameters with Assignment on the AO Module
Processing type Parameter Meaning
AO_I – anal og ou tput
current fail_s u bs t val ue Substitu te v alue, if behavior of failure is
par ametrized on ouput subs tit ute valu e (S)
-100000000 0000000 .000 to
1000000000000000.000
select_execute_t M ax. tim e b etween select and ex ecut e (in
seconds). Af ter this ti me a recent select com-
mand is necessary. 0 = no select comm and is
expected (direct command transmission)
0 to 6553.5
Fail_behav Behavior at failure
• Keep
• Substitute value
block Blocking (=not used) (S)
NO/YES
X_0% Nominal range in the physic al unit of the
input/outp ut (0 %) (S)
-20.0 to 20.0
X_100% Nominal range in the physical unit of the
input/ output (1 00%)
-20.0 to 20.0
Y_0% T ech n ological or n orm aliz ed val ue 0% ( S)
-100000000 0000000 .000 to
1000000000000000.000
Y_100% Technol ogical or n orm aliz ed value 10 0% (S)
-100000000 0000000 .000 to
1000000000000000.000
receive format Source of d atapoint
spontaneous
termination_t Tim e b etween confirm ation and termi nation (s)
0 = no termination
0 to 6553.5
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
AO_U – an al og outp ut
voltage fail_s ubs t val u e Substitute value, if behavi or of failure is
par ametrized on ouput subs tit ute valu e (S)
-100000000 0000000 .000 to
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 393
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Processing type Parameter Meaning
1000000000000000.000
select_execute_t M ax. tim e b etween select and ex ecut e (in
seconds). Af ter this ti me a recent select com-
mand is necessary. 0 = no select comm and is
expected (direct command transmission)
0 to 6553.5
Fail_behav Behavior at failure
• Keep
• Substitute value
block Blocking (=not used) (S)
NO/YES
X_0% Nominal range in the physic al unit of the
input/outp ut (0 %) (S)
-10.0 to 10.0
X_100% Nominal range in the physical unit of the
input/ output (1 00%)
-10.0 to 10.0
Y_0% T ech n ological or n orm aliz ed val ue 0% ( S)
-100000000 0000000 .000 to
1000000000000000.000
Y_100% Technol ogical or n orm aliz ed value 10 0% (S)
-100000000 0000000 .000 to
1000000000000000.000
receive format Source of d atapoint
spontaneous
termination_t Tim e b etween confirm ation and termi nation (s)
0 = no termination
0 to 6553.5
SID-BSE S ource i dent ification basic system el emen t
SID-ST Source identification station number if mul-
tipoint traffic mode 0…99 if R-SID 0…254; if
aut omatic, the SID w ill be learned
SID-SSE Source identification supplementary system
element
Engineering via SICAM WEB
394 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.11.5 Circuitry of Signals
For the signal types, different circuitry variants are resulting.
Function Signal type Wiring Circuitry
Bin ary informat ion acqu isi-
tion Single-p oi nt inform ation 1 digit al input
D oubl e-poi nt inform ation 2 subsequent digital inputs
Counti ng pulse acquisition Int egr ated t otals 1 digital input
Current/v olt ag e ac qu is iti on Current 1 anal og in put
Voltage 1 anal og in put
T emperature ac qu is iti on Temperature 2-wire 1 an al og in put
3-wire
4-wire
Resistance 2-wire 1 an al og in put
3-wire
4-wire
Pulse comm and outp ut Single command 1-pole 1 digit al out put
1.5-pole 1 digital outp ut
+ 1 di gital output for group relay
2-pole 2 subsequ ent digi tal outputs
Do uble command 1-pole 2 su bsequent digi tal outputs
1.5- pol e 2 su bsequent digi tal outputs
+ 1 di gital output for group relay
2-pole 4 subsequ ent digi tal outputs
Bin ary i nformat ion outpu t Singl e-poi nt inform ati on 1 d igital output
Current/v olt ag e outp ut C urrent 1 analog outp ut
Voltage 1 anal og out p ut
Sig nal typ e and wi ring are d ep end ent on t he resp ecti ve I/ O Modul e.
Note
Please consider the indications in section 2.1.5.4,C onfiguration Rules for I/O Modules.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 395
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.11.5.1 Binary Information Acquisition
For the acquisition of single-point or double-point information items, an appropriate digital in-
put module must be equipped, and the DI signals to be used must be configured.
Power Monitoring
You can activate the power monitoring for digital inputs jeweils with the parameter
SVM_monitoring. The monitoring takes place by groups:
Group 0: IOM x – IN D00…IN D07
Group 1: IOM 1 – IN D10…IN D13 (for DI-810x)
IOM x – IN D10…IN D17 (for DI-610x, DI-811x)
For the power monitoring, the last input o f a group (IN D07 and IN D13 resp. IN D17) must be
wired with the protected sensor voltage. Thereby the number of process information items is
reduced to 7 resp. 3 inputs fo r e ach group.
By means of a further parameter, the power monitoring can be parameterized this way, that
not one input for each group is responsible for the monitoring, but the last input of an
I/O Module for the entire automation unit. Thereby the desired I/O Module is selected.
Note
With a mi xture of 1 ms and 10 ms input modules, the power monitoring s hould b e set on an input m odul e
with 1
ms accurac y.
You find furthe r information in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral Ele-
ments According to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapters "Single-Point Information" and "Double-
Point Infor mation", r espectively in the section "Sensor Voltage Monitoring (Power Monitoring)".
9.1.11.5.2 Counting Pulse Acquisition
Standard Counting Pulse Acquisition
For the acquisiti on of counting pulses, an appropriate di gital input module must be equipped,
and the DI signals to be used must be configured.
Power Monitoring
You can activate the power monitoring for digital inputs jeweils with the parameter
SVM_monitoring. The monitoring takes place by groups:
Group 0: IOM x – IN D00…IN D07
Group 1: IOM 1 – IN D10…IN D13 (for DI-810x)
IOM x – IN D10…IN D17 (for DI-610x, DI-811x)
For the power monitoring, the last input o f a group (IN D07 and IN D13 resp. IN D17) must be
wired with the protected sensor voltage. Thereby the number of process information items is
reduced to 7 resp. 3 inputs fo r e ach group.
By means of a further parameter, the power monitoring can be parameterized this way, that
not one input for each group is responsible for the monitoring, but the last input of an
I/O Module for the entire automation unit. Thereby the desired I/O Module is selected.
Note
With a mi xture of 1 ms and 10 ms input modules, the power monitoring s hould b e set on an input m odul e
with 1
ms accurac y.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
396 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
You find furthe r information in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral Ele-
ments According to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapters "Integrated Totals via Counting Pulses",
in t he section "Sensor Voltage Monitoring ( Power Monitoring)".
Set Counter
You can set an integrated total on a defined value, if a message for set counter has been as-
signed to the respective data point (signal list).
You find the details thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral Ele-
ments According to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapter "Integrated totals via Count Pulses", sec-
tion "Set Counter" and section "Counter Interr ogation".
Buffered Counting Pulse Acquisition
The buffered counting pul se acquisition enables the acquisition of counting pulses, even if the
target device is de-energized. Thereto a module TE-6430 must be equipped, and the DI sig-
nals to be used must be configured.
9.1.11.5.3 Current/Voltage Acquisition
For the acquisition of currents and voltages an appropriate analog input modul must be
equipped, and the AI signal s to be used must be configured.
You find the functional details and the settings in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Func-
tions Peripheral Elements According to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapter "Currents” as w ell as
chapter "Voltages ".
Note
With the m odul es AI-6300, AI -630 7, AI-6308, AI-8320 a mixed circuit ry of curr ent and vol tag e is not per-
mitted .
For the direct acquisition of currents, voltages and the frequency the modules AI-8510 with
CM-8820 and AI-8511 are available.
You find the functional details and the settings in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Func-
tions Peripheral Elements According to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapter "Measurement in
Three-Phase Systems – I/O Module".
Note
If with AI-8510 the param eter tr ansform er _X_1 00% is set to 100 V/√3 , then th e parameter tr ansfor m-
er_ Y_100% may h ave a valu e fr om 1 to 36 only. The parameter transform er _Y_100 % may be 230 V onl y
if parameter transform er_X_100% is set to 230 V.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 397
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.11.5.4 Temperature Acquisition
For the acquisiti on of temperatures an an appropriate anal og input module must be equipped,
and the AI signals to be used must be configured.
Connection of Resistance Thermom eters
The conn ection of the resis tance thermometers can b e carried out in 2-, 3- or 4-wire technolo -
gy. With the 2-wire technology a calibration process is required. If no calibration process has
been carried out, the target d evice records a cal ibration error in the diagnos is.
You find the instruction for the calibration process in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Func-
tions Peripheral Elements According to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapter "Temperatures ", sec-
tion "Acquisition".
Direct Measure men t
In the configuration of the contacts for the module you can select be tween Temperature and
Resistor.
With the resistance acqui sition the preprocessing functions on the module (adaption, gradient
monitoring) are deactivated, in or der to meet the process requiremen ts concer ning the re-
sponse time (for instance for the acquisition of transformer taps). The preprocessing functions
must be replicated in need in the open-/ closed-loop control function.
Note
T he d irect measur ement is supported f or the m odul e AI-63 10 as of revision "-A" .
The differentiation between tempera ture acq uisition and resistance acquisition (parameter
value_selection) happens group by group for each value. To activate the direct measure-
ment, for the b oth values of a group a temperature acquisition mus t n ot be paramet erized.
Group 0: IOM x – IN V0 and IOM x – IN V1
Group 1: IOM x – IN V2 and IOM x – IN V3
If for a group temperature acqui sition and resistance acquisition is parameterized, the acquisi-
ti on happens with all preprocessings (m ean value creation and transient suppression).
W ith the temperature acquisi tion (i.e. Pt20) via a resistance acquisition, the mean value crea-
tion and transient monitoring must be replicated in the open-/closed-loop control function.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
398 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.11.5.5 Command Output
Standard Command Output
For the ou tput of standard commands (OC) an appropriate digital output module must be
equipped, and the DO signals to be used must be configured.
Comm on Settings:
• Monitor pulse duration
The command output time defines how long the actuator is actuated. The output time can
be set for each data point with the parameter output_t.
• Monitor return information
The return information monito ring is used to limit the command output to the output time
required by the process. The return information monitoring can be activated for each data
point with paramet er RS_Mon_t.
• Procedure for the command transmission according to IEC 60870-5-101/104
The procedure for "direct command" is set b y mea ns of the parameter
select_execute_t = 0.
The pr ocedure for "select and execu te comma nd" is s et by mean s of the paramet er
select_execute_t > 0. The parameterized value specifies, within which time the execute
c ommand mu st be receiv ed following the selection command.
You find the exact information on the command output in the manual SICAM RTUs Common
Functions Peripheral Elements According to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapter "Pulse Com-
mands", section "Functions Independent on the Hardware of the System Element".
Assignment Return Information to Pulse Command
This function coordinates binary i nformation and pulse commands that are acquired or output
on SICAM TM I/O Modules. You find the exact information thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs
Common Functions Peripheral Elements According to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapter "Return
Information to Pulse Command Assignment".
• Parameter-settable assignment
The assignment of an information (DI signal) to a pulse command (DO signal) is adjusta-
ble thro ugh the 5- digit address of the return information (parameters RS_Image_CASDU1,
RS_Image_CASDU2,RS_Image_IOA1,RS_Image_IOA2,RS_Image_IOA3).
No assignment takes place if the parameters are set to the v alue 255 (default value) the
target dev ice utilizes the fixed a ssignment.
• Predefined assignment
If the equipped sequence of I/O Modules is sui table, an i nformation i s assigned automati-
cally to a command. Otherwise no assignment takes place. You find the exact assignment
in the following table.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 399
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
I/O Master Module with Firmware USIO80
Type Predefi n ed A s signm ent
Single information to single command
(1-pole):
DI-610x with DO-6200
EM IOM x – IN D00 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D00
EM IOM x – IN D01 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D01
: :
EM IOM x – IN D07 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D07
EM IOM x – IN D10 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D10
EM IOM x – IN D11 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D11
: :
EM IOM x – IN D17 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D17
Single information to single command
(1-pole):
DI-610x with DO-6212
(2 DO-6212 with 1 DI-610x possible)
SI IOM x – IN D00 ... command IO M y – OUT D00
SI IOM x – IN D01 ... command IO M y – OUT D01
: :
SI IOM x – IN D07 ... command IO M y – OUT D07
SI IOM x – IN D10 ... command IO M z – OUT D00
SI IOM x – IN D11 ... command IO M z – OUT D01
: :
SI IOM x – IN D17 ... command IO M z – OUT D07
Single information to single command
(1-pole):
DI-610x with DO-6230
SI IOM x – IN D00 ... command IO M y – CA00
SI IOM x – IN D01 ... command IO M y – CA01
: :
SI IOM x – IN D07 ... command IO M y – CA07
SI IOM x – IN D10 ... command IO M y – CB00
SI IOM x – IN D11 ... command IO M y – CB01
: :
SI IOM x – IN D17 ... command IO M y – CB07
Single information to single command
(1.5-pole):
DI-610x with DO-6212
(2 DO-6212 with 1 DI-610x possible)
SI IOM x – IN D00 ... command IO M y – OUT D00
SI IOM x – IN D01 ... command IO M y – OUT D01
: :
SI IOM x – IN D06 ... command IO M y – OUT D06
SI IOM x – IN D10 ... command IO M z – OUT D00
SI IOM x – IN D11 ... command IO M z – OUT D01
: :
SI IOM x – IN D16 ... command IO M z – OUT D06
Single information to single command
(1.5-pole):
DI-610x with DO-6230
SI IOM x – IN D00 ... command IO M y – CA00
SI IOM x – IN D01 ... command IO M y – CA01
: :
SI IOM x – IN D07 ... command IO M y – CA07
SI IOM x – IN D10 ... command IO M y – CB00
SI IOM x – IN D11 ... command IO M y – CB01
: :
SI IOM x – IN D17 ... command IO M y – CB07
Single information to single command
(2-pole):
DI-610x with DO-6212
(2 DO-6212 with 1 DI-610x possible)
SI IOM x – IN D00 ... command IO M y – OUT D00/D01
SI IOM x – IN D02 ... command IO M y – OUT D02/D03
SI IOM x – IN D04 ... command IO M y – OUT D04/D05
SI IOM x – IN D06 ... command IO M y – OUT D06/D07
SI IOM x – IN D10 ... command IO M z – OUT D00/D01
SI IOM x – IN D12 ... command IO M z – OUT D02/D03
SI IOM x – IN D14 ... command IO M z – OUT D04/D05
SI IOM x – IN D16 ... command IO M z – OUT D06/D07
Single information to single command
(2-pole):
DI-610x with DO-6230
SI IOM x – IN D00 ... command IO M y – CA00/C B00
SI IOM x – IN D01 ... command IO M y – CA01/C B01
: :
SI IOM x – IN D07 ... command IO M y – CA07/C B07
Engineering via SICAM WEB
400 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Type Predefi n ed A s signm ent
Double information to double command
(1-pole):
DI-610x with DO-6200
DI IOM x – IN D00/D01 ... command IOM y – OUT D00/D01
DI IOM x – IN D02/D03 ... command IOM y – OUT D02/D03
DI IOM x – IN D04/D05 ... command IOM y – OUT D04/D05
DI IOM x – IN D06/D07 ... command IOM y – OUT D06/D07
DI IOM x – IN D10/D11 ... command IOM y – OUT D10/D11
DI IOM x – IN D12/D13 ... command IOM y – OUT D12/D13
DI IOM x – IN D14/D15 ... command IOM y – OUT D14/D15
DI IOM x – IN D16/D17 ... command IOM y – OUT D16/D17
Double information to double command
(1-pole):
DI-610x with DO-6212
(2 DO-6212 with 1 DI-610x possible)
DI IOM x – IN D00/D01 ... command IOM y – OUT D00/D01
DI IOM x – IN D02/D03 ... command IOM y – OUT D02/D03
DI IOM x – IN D04/D05 ... command IOM y – OUT D04/D05
DI IOM x – IN D06/D07 ... command IOM y – OUT D06/D07
DI IOM x – IN D10/D11 ... command IOM z – OUT D0 0/D01
DI IOM x – IN D12/D13 ... command IOM z – OUT D0 2/D03
DI IOM x – IN D14/D15 ... command IOM z – OUT D0 4/D05
DI IOM x – IN D16/D17 ... command IOM z – OUT D0 6/D07
Double information to double command
(1-pole):
DI-610x with DO-6230
DI IOM x – IN D00/D01 … command IOM y – CA00/CA01
DI IOM x – IN D02/D03 ... command IOM y – CA02/CA03
DI IOM x – IN D04/D05 ... command IOM y – CA04/CA05
DI IOM x – IN D06/D07 ... command IOM y – CA06/CA07
DI IOM x – IN D10/D11 ... command IOM y – CB00/CB01
DI IOM x – IN D12/D13 ... command IOM y – CB02/CB03
DI IOM x – IN D14/D15 ... command IOM y – CB04/CB05
DI IOM x – IN D16/D17 ... command IOM y – CB06/CB07
Double information to double command
(1.5-pole):
DI-610x with DO-6212
(2 DO-6212 with 1 DI-610x possible)
DI IOM x – IN D00/D01 ... command IOM y – OUT D00/D01
DI IOM x – IN D02/D03 ... command IOM y – OUT D02/D03
DI IOM x – IN D04/D05 ... command IOM y – OUT D04/D05
DI IOM x – IN D10/D11 ... command IOM z – OUT D0 0/D01
DI IOM x – IN D12/D13 ... command IOM z – OUT D0 2/D03
DI IOM x – IN D14/D15 ... command IOM z – OUT D0 4/D05
Double information to double command
(1.5-pole):
DI-610x with DO-6230
DI IOM x – IN D00/D01 … command IOM y – CA00/CA01
DI IOM x – IN D02/D03 ... command IOM y – CA02/CA03
DI IOM x – IN D04/D05 ... command IOM y – CA04/CA05
DI IOM x – IN D06/D07 ... command IOM y – CA06/CA07
DI IOM x – IN D10/D11 ... command IOM y – CB00/CB01
DI IOM x – IN D12/D13 ... command IOM y – CB02/CB03
DI IOM x – IN D14/D15 ... command IOM y – CB04/CB05
DI IOM x – IN D16/D17 ... command IOM y – CB06/CB07
Double information to double command
(2-pole):
DI-610x with DO-6212
(2 DO-6212 with 1 DI-610x possible)
DI IOM x – IN D00/D01 ... command IOM y – OUT D00..D03
DI IOM x – IN D04/D05 ... command IOM y – OUT D04..D07
DI IOM x – IN D10/D11 ... command IOM z – OUT D00..D03
DI IOM x – IN D14/D15 ... command IOM z – OUT D04..D07
Double information to double command
(2-pole):
DI-610x with DO-6230
DI IOM x – IN D00/D01 ... command IOM y – CA00..CB01
DI IOM x – IN D02/D03 ... command IOM y – CA02..CB03
DI IOM x – IN D04/D05 ... command IOM y – CA04..CB05
DI IOM x – IN D06/D07 ... command IOM y – CA06..CB07
x = 0..7, y = x+1, z = x+2
Note
In eac h cas e th e module DO-6 2xx must be equi pped direc tly after t he m odul e DI- 610 x.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 401
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
I/O Master Module with Firmware USIO81
Type Predefi n ed A s signm ent
Single information to single command
(1-pole):
DI-810x m with it DO-820x
EM IOM x – IN D00 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D00
EM IOM x – IN D01 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D01
: :
EM IOM x – IN D07 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D07
Single information to single command
(1-pole):
DI-811x with DO-821x
(2 DO-8212 with 1 DI-811x possible)
EM IOM x – IN D00 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D00
EM IOM x – IN D01 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D01
: :
EM IOM x – IN D07 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D07
EM IOM x – IN D10 ... comm and IOM z – OUT D00
EM IOM x – IN D11 ... comm and IOM z – OUT D01
: :
EM IOM x – IN D17 ... comm and IOM z – OUT D07
Single information to single command
(1,5-pole):
DI-810x with DO-820x
EM IOM x – IN D00 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D00
EM IOM x – IN D01 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D01
: :
EM IOM x – IN D06 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D06
Single information to single command
(1,5-pole):
DI-811x with DO-821x
(2 DO-821x with 1 DI-811x possible)
EM IOM x – IN D00 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D00
EM IOM x – IN D01 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D01
: :
EM IOM x – IN D06 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D06
EM IOM x – IN D10 ... comm and IOM z – OUT D00
EM IOM x – IN D11 ... comm and IOM z – OUT D01
: :
EM IOM x – IN D16 ... comm and IOM z – OUT D06
Single information to single command
(2-pole):
DI-810x with DO-820x
EM IOM x – IN D00 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D00/D01
EM IOM x – IN D02 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D02/D03
EM IOM x – IN D04 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D04/D05
EM IOM x – IN D06 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D06/D07
Single information to single command
(2-pole):
DI-811x with DO-821x
(2 DO-821x with 1 DI-811x possible)
EM IOM x – IN D00 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D00/D01
EM IOM x – IN D02 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D02/D03
EM IOM x – IN D04 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D04/D05
EM IOM x – IN D06 ... comm and IOM y – OUT D06/D07
EM IOM x – IN D10 ... comm and IOM z – OUT D00/D01
EM IOM x – IN D12 ... comm and IOM z – OUT D02/D03
EM IOM x – IN D14 ... comm and IOM z – OUT D04/D05
EM IOM x – IN D16 ... comm and IOM z – OUT D06/D07
Double information to double command
(1-pole):
DI-810x with DO-820x
DM IOM x – IN D00/D01 ... command IOM y – OUT D00/D01
DM IOM x – IN D02/D03 ... command IOM y – OUT D02/D03
DM IOM x – IN D04/D05 ... command IOM y – OUT D04/D05
DM IOM x – IN D06/D07 ... command IOM y – OUT D06/D07
Double information to double command
(1-pole):
DI-811x with DO-821x
(2 DO-821x with 1 DI-811x possible)
DM IOM x – IN D00/D01 ... command IOM y – OUT D00/D01
DM IOM x – IN D02/D03 ... command IOM y – OUT D02/D03
DM IOM x – IN D04/D05 ... command IOM y – OUT D04/D05
DM IOM x – IN D06/D07 ... command IOM y – OUT D06/D07
DM IOM x – IN D10/D11 ... command IOM z – OUT D00/D01
DM IOM x – IN D12/D13 ... command IOM z – OUT D02/D03
DM IOM x – IN D14/D15 ... command IOM z – OUT D04/D05
DM IOM x – IN D16/D17 ... command IOM z – OUT D06/D07
Double information to double command
(1,5-pole):
DI-810x with DO-820x
DM IOM x – IN D00/D01 ... command IOM y – OUT D00/D01
DM IOM x – IN D02/D03 ... command IOM y – OUT D02/D03
DM IOM x – IN D04/D05 ... command IOM y – OUT D04/D05
Double information to double command
(1,5-pole):
DI-811x with DO-821x
(2 DO-821x with 1 DI-811x possible)
DM IOM x – IN D00/D01 ... command IOM y – OUT D00/D01
DM IOM x – IN D02/D03 ... command IOM y – OUT D02/D03
DM IOM x – IN D04/D05 ... command IOM y – OUT D04/D05
DM IOM x – IN D10/D11 ... command IOM z – OUT D00/D01
DM IOM x – IN D12/D13 ... command IOM z – OUT D02/D03
DM IOM x – IN D14/D15 ... command IOM z – OUT D04/D05
Engineering via SICAM WEB
402 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Type Predefi n ed A s signm ent
Double information to double command
(2-pole):
DI-810x with DO-820x
DM IOM x – IN D00/D01 ... command IOM y – OUT D00..D03
DM IOM x – IN D04/D05 ... command IOM y – OUT D04..D07
Double information to double command
(2-pole):
DI-811x with DO-821x
(2 DO-821x mit 1 DI-811x possible)
DM IOM x – IN D00/D01 ... command IOM y – OUT D00..D03
DM IOM x – IN D04/D05 ... command IOM y – OUT D04..D07
DM IOM x – IN D10/D11 ... command IOM z – OUT D00..D03
DM IOM x – IN D14/D15 ... command IOM z – OUT D04..D07
x = 0..7, y = x+1, z = x+2
Note
In eac h cas e th e module DO-6 2xx must be equi pped direc tly after t he m odul e DI- 610 x.
Checked Command Output
For the output of checked commands the corresponding digital output modules must be
equipped and the DO signals to be used must be configured.
Parameters are set only on the command output relay module.
You find the exact information on the checked command output in the manual SICAM RTUs
Common Functions Peripheral Elements According to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapter "Pulse
Commands", section "Functions Dependent on the Hardware of the System Element".
Required I/O Modules:
• 1 command output basic module, alternatively
─ DO-6220 – command output with internal checks IC1
─ DO-6221 – command output with resistance check RC1
• 1 up to 5 command output relay modules DO-6230, alternatively
─ 8 relay outputs for 16 pulse commands with 1- or 1.5-pole wi ring
─ 8 pulse commands with 2-pole wiring
Note
A mixed wirin g ( 1-, 1.5- and 2-pol e) on one module DO -6230 is not permis sibl e. For varied wirings add i-
ti onal DO-62 30 mus t b e used.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 403
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.11.5.6 Binary Information Output
For the output of binary information a d igital output module must be equipped, and the DO
signals to be used must be configured.
Wi th th e paramet er Fail_behav you can determine the behavior of a binary information
output upon failure of the Master Module. Y ou find further information thereto in t he manual
SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral Elements According to IEC 60870-5-101/104,
chapter "Binary Information Output", section "Deactivation or Retention on Failure".
9.1.11.5.7 Current/Voltage Output
For the output of currents or Vol tages an analog output module must be equipped, and the AO
signals to be used must be configured.
Wi th th e paramet er Fail_behav you can determine the behavior of a binary information
output upon failure of the Master Module. Y ou find further information thereto in t he manual
SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral Elements According to IEC 60870-5-101/104,
chapter "Binary Information Output", section "Deactivation or Retention on Failure".
Engineering via SICAM WEB
404 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.11.6 Import and Export of the Signal List
In the menu Ho m e | Signals you can import and export a signal list already previously cre-
ated.
9.1.11.6.1 Export Signal List
This is how to export your signal list:
• Click on the triangle on the upper ri ght side in order to open the workspace for defin-
ing signals
• Click on the button
The si gnal list will be generated as *.csv file. After that, a dialog for download opens.
• Click Start downl oad in order to save the file locally
• After saving, click on the button
The storage procedure is dependent on the web browser and consequently may vary. Follow
the instructions of your web browser. The file type . csv must be kept.
Note
During the generation procedure the menu must not be left. T he sele ction of another webpage may lead to
th e occurrence of undefined states.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 405
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
The signal list can now be opened as *.csv file and modified.
• Save your changes in the signal list and save it as *.csv file
9.1.11.6.2 Import Signal List
This is how to import your signal list:
• Click on the triangle on the upper right si de in order to open the workspace for defi n-
ing signals
• Click on the button
You have the possibility to abort the procedure via the button .
• Click Select a file to open the selection dialog
• Select the source directory and the source file (the file type must be *.csv)
• Click on the button
The target device starts the l oading procedure. The duration of the loading proc edure de-
pends on the number of signals and the used communication connection.
The file is checked upon validity. If the data is valid, it is written on the SD card of the target
device . Otherwise an error indication is displayed.
After successful import, the following dialog appears:
• Click on the button
Further steps: Assigning (Master,I/O Master,I/Os), Apply.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
406 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.12 Usage of CP-8000/CP-802x as SICAM PAS I/O
The devices CP-8000/CP-802x can be used as non-licensed SICAM PAS substations. The
differentiation between normal operation and operation as SICAM PAS I/O is done via a pa-
rameter.
With operati on as SICAM PAS I/O, the IEC 60870-5-104 protocol element is defined as a
SICAM PAS I/O interface upon startup. All stations that are connected with this protocol ele-
ment are switc hed to SICAM PAS I/O mode. A connection with a normall y operated station on
the same proto col element is not po ssible.
Prerequisite for the operation as SICAM PAS I/O i s an equipped I EC 60870-5-104 protocol el-
ement (in the following example PRE0 is used).
Set in the direc tory SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | Communication | PRE0 the
parameter project specific settings to YES.
Now appears the directory SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | Communication |
PRE0 | project specific settings. Here you can set the parameter SICAM PAS IO mode to
YES.
For the operation as SICAM PAS I/O the following param eters are relevant:
•SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | AU common settings
─Plant
─Device name
•SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | AU common settings | common address of
ASDU (CASDU)
─CASDU1 (must be set equally for all data points)
─CASDU2 (must be set equally for all data points)
•SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | Network settings | IP address
─Own IP address X1/X4
•SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | PRE0 | Network connection | LAN | IEC 104
parameter
─Timeout connection setup t0
─Timeout transmit t1
─Timeout transmit acknowledge t2
─Timeout connection check t3
─Max. no. of APDUs until acknowledgement (k)
─number of APDUs until acknowledgement (w)
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 407
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
•SICAM A8000 CP-80xx | Master module | PRE0 | Connection definition
─ S i nc e th e IE C 60 87 0- 5- 104 pa ramet ers i n S IC AM PA S c an onl y b e c onf i gu red o nce for
all connec tion, the following par ameters must be adjus ted equally in all connection def-
inition:
Parameter Value
Stat. no. <internal st ation number>
IP address <SICAM PAS>
Controlling/Controlled Controlled
Redundancy None
Stop behaviour Save
Failure Notify
Clear ring buf fer No
Data throu ghpu t li mit in r ecei ve direc tion 0
Data throu ghpu t limit in send dire ction 0
Signals in the function diagram
Exi sting modules deliver signals. If the CASDU is invalid, it will be replaced by the CASDU pa-
rameterized on the Master Module.
Signals via I/O Modules
If availabl e, each signal is described by its signal name, otherwise by its IEC 60870-5-104 ad-
dress.l
The I/O modules deliver all signals assigned to software data points depending on a hardware
pin.
9.1.12.1 Synchro nization of the I/O Configuration in SICAM PAS
The configuration of the I/Os can be imported in SICAM PAS, for instance via a system con-
figurator. Thereto the configuration can be downloaded as XML file via a menu item in
SICAM WEB. You will find further details in section 9.3.5,Download SICAM PAS I/O Configu-
ration.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
408 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.13 Test Functions
• Menu Home | I/O Modules
The Test Functions serve for the visualization and for the intended changing of process sig-
nals with use of I/O Modules.
The test page supports the following tasks:
• Display signals assignm ents for a selected I/O Module
─ Display corresponding actual process values (signal inputs and outputs)
• Changing of process values (only signal outputs)
Note
T he test func tions are only supported for hardware datapoints (s pon taneous input and output signals).
Sig nals assigned to a softw are datap oint or to a datap oint that can on ly be tr ansferr ed periodically are not
supported.
Note
After the initi al sel ection of the test page within a session, the direc tory tree is shown within 3 s in cas e of
a fast c onnection. In case of a slow connection (GPRS), th e loading time ma y b e longer. The same ap-
plies also f or the ini tial sel ecti on of an I /O M odul e.
Directory Tree
The test page contains a direc tory tree with all equipped modu les on the left side.
Only I/O Modules can be selected to perform test functions.
Side Bar
By means of clicking on the side bar right beside the directory tree, the display area can be
extended.
By means of clicking on the side bar rightmost, the control area for the changing of proc ess
values can be opened (if the test page is opened for the first time in a session, the control ar-
ea is closed).
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 409
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.13.1.1 Supported Signal Types
Processing type Type identification
Sign al inputs
DI_SI Sin gle-p oi nt informati on (T I 30)
DI_DI Doubl e-poi nt information (TI 31 )
DI_CV Counter valu e (TI 37)
DI_C V_Sub Counter valu e (TI 37)
AI_I Measured v alu e n ormalized (TI 34)
Measured v alu e scaled (TI 35)
Measured v alu e s hort floating poin t (TI 36)
AI_U Measured v alu e n ormalized (TI 34)
Measured v alu e scaled (TI 35)
Measured v alu e s hort floating poin t (TI 36)
AI_T Measured v alu e n ormalized (TI 34)
Measured v alu e scaled (TI 35)
Measured v alu e s hort floating poin t (TI 36)
T_AI_I (CTVT) Measured v alu e n ormalized (TI 34)
Measured v alu e scaled (TI 35)
Measured v alu e s hort floating poin t (TI 36)
T_ AI_U ( CTVT) Measured v alu e n ormalized (TI 34)
Measured v alu e scaled (TI 35)
Measured v alu e s hort floating poin t (TI 36)
Signal outp uts
DO_SI Single-poi nt informati on (T I 30)
DO_SX Single-poi nt informati on (T I 30)
Sin gle command (TI 4 5)
DO_DX Single command (TI 45)
Double command (TI 46)
DO_SC_1POL Single command (TI 45)
DO_SC_1.5POL Single command (TI 45)
DO_SC_2POL Single command (TI 45)
DO_DC_1POL Single command (T I 45)
Double command (TI 46)
Tap positioning command (TI 47)
DO_DC_1.5POL Single command (TI 45)
Double command (TI 46)
Tap positioning command (TI 47)
DO_DC_2POL Single command (T I 45)
Double command (TI 46)
Tap positioning command (TI 47)
AO_I Meas ured val ue normed (TI 34)
Measured v alu e scaled (TI 35)
Measured v alu e s hort floating poin t (TI 36)
Setpoint normed (TI 48)
Setpoint s cal ed (TI 49)
Setpoint short floati ng point (TI 50)
AO_U Meas ured val ue normed (TI 34)
Measured v alu e scaled (TI 35)
Measured v alu e s hort floating poin t (TI 36)
Setpoint normed (TI 48)
Setpoint s cal ed (TI 49)
Setpoint short floati ng point (TI 50)
Engineering via SICAM WEB
410 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.13.2 Display Process Values
If you select an I/O Module for the process display, SICAM WEB performs the following steps:
• Load signal assignments for the selected I/O Module from the target device
• Load actual process values and the according states from the target device
Note
If you modify t he signal assi gnments for an I/O M odule, th ese ch ang es are not immediately visi ble in the
test page. After changing a signal assignment you save the settings, after that a startup of the target
device is req uired. Onl y then the data in the test page is loaded again from the d evice when selec ting the
corr es p on ding I/O M od ul e.
When selecting an I/O Module, a table is display ed in the status area right besi de the direct ory
tree. Each row of the table is a signal assignment of the related I/O Module. The displayed
values can be read only.
The table contains the following columns:
• Checkbox
(only for signal output)
• DATAPOINT
Datapoint name and Hardware pins on the I/O Module
• VALUE
Actual process value
• SINCE
Time tag of the last change of state
• SIGNAL
Name *) and IEC 60870-5-101/104 address
• TI
Type identification
––––––
*) empty, if engin eered wit h an older SICAM W EB vers ion or with th e SICAM TOOLBO X II
You can change the column width with exception of the fixed columns. The column width is
maintained during the session, even i f another men u is selected . Only i f y ou selec t a noth er
I/O Module, the column width will be reset.
Example: Di gital i np ut – single-p oint informatio n
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 411
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Example: Digital input – double-point informati on, counter value
Update Counter Value
Counter values (TI 37) are not transmitted by the I/O Master Module upon each change, but
by means of a corresponding counter interrogation. With that, the displayed process value can
be also updated.
If a counter value is assigned on the sel ected DI module, then a button appears below the sta-
tus area.
• In order to initiate the counter interrogation, click on the button
• Select in the di alog the param eterized counter group (or all groups)
• Select the desired action:
─ Exam pl e: “Freeze and transmit”, if you want to update the status display
─ Example: “Freeze with reset and transmit”, if you want to set the value to 0 and update
the status display
• After that, click on the button
• Click on the button in order to close the dialog
The updated process value of the requested group is now displayed.
Note
T he counter group and acti on corresp ond to t he identifiers FRZ and RQT in the messag e to the I/O M aster
Module.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
412 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Example: Digital output – binary information state
Example: Digital output – command state
Example: Analog input – measured value, floating point
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 413
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1. 13.2.1 Suppo rted T ype I denti fi cations and Possi ble Valu es
Type Identification Possible value
Sin gl e-poi nt inform ati on
(TI 30) Off (0)
On (1)
D oubl e-poi nt inform ation
(TI 31) Intermediate (00),
Off (01)
On (10)
Error (11)
Sin gle command (TI 4 5) Off (0)
On (1)
Double command (TI 46) Terminated (00)
Off (01)
On (10)
Error (11)
T ap position command (TI 47) Terminated (00)
Lower (01)
Higher (10)
Error (11)
Count er value (TI 3 7)
Meas ured v al u e normal iz ed
(TI 34) -1…+1-15
Measured v alu e scaled (TI 35) -32768…+32767 (15 Bit + sig n)
Measured value short floating
point (TI 36) -1.000•1015…+1.000•1015
Setpoint normalized (TI 48) -1…+1-15
Setpoint scaled (TI 49) -32 768…+32767 (1 5 Bit + sign)
Setpoint short floating point
(TI 50) -1.000•1015…+1.000•1015
V alue f rom device without convers ion
The values are converted depending on the type identific ation (TI). Analog values are dis-
played as conditi oned val ues.
The data format of the displayed inputs corresponds to the setting of the respective data point
on the I/O Module (signal list).
Engineering via SICAM WEB
414 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.13.3 Change Process Values
The status of signal outputs can be changed (forced) for test purposes. Please consider
thereby that the status of a sim ulated output can change automatically by
• settings in the telecontrol function
• running application program (status change by logic operation)
• the communication (status change in the received message)
It is not possible to set new process values for signal inputs.
Warning
T he stat us chan ge of sig nal outputs with the plant running can lead to damage to p ersons and mac hines .
Ens ure t hat aggregat es in the control area of the c ommand output as w ell as thos e s ubsequent aggr e-
gat es in the process chain are protected and th at persons in the vicinity are warned.
• Select a DO module or an AO module
Signal outputs assigned to the selected I/O Module are listed i n a table in the status area.
• Click on the side bar right beside the status area in order to open the control area on the
ri ght side
As long as no si gnal has been selected, the control area remains inactive.
You can select 1 signal output or several si gnal outputs of the sam e type in order to change
their state conjointly. When selecting signal outputs with different type identifications, a notifi-
cation is shown.
Exception with c omma nd s: Due to the 1-out-of-n inter locking, with commands only 1 signal
output can be changed simultaneously.
Note
Errors that th e target device recogn izes upon forcing outputs (for inst ance by means of intern al int erlocks,
application parameters, etc.) are recorded in the diagnosis (menu History).
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 415
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
This is how to change a process value:
Example: do uble c omman d ou tput
• In the directory tree, m ark the corresponding DO module
• Click on the side bar left beside the status area, if you want to extend it
• Mark the row with the desired datapoint
Control area:
• Select a “New value”
The data format corresponds to the setting of the data point on the I/O Module (signal list).
• Select the “Qualifier of command“ option
Wi th selection undefined the settings of the respective data point on the I/O Module (out-
put_t_0,output_t_1) are used for the duration for the command output.
Wi th selection Short command execution time or Long command execution time the
corresponding values of the AU co mmon s ettings are used for the duration for the
c omma nd o utput.
Wi th selection Persistan t co mmand a continuous command i s output (only with pro-
cessing type DO_SX and DO_DX).
• Enter the “Originator“
This valu e defines th e sourc e addr ess for the respective command (0…255).
• Select the “Select before execute“ option
Wi th selection Yes and button you activate the select command. You activate the ex-
ecute command, when you click on the button once more within the adjusted time
(select_execute_t).
Wi th selection No and button you activate the execute command directly.
The new process value is transferred to the target device and displayed in the col umn VALUE.
You find further details in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral E lements
According to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapter "Pulse Commands", section "Functions Inde-
pendent of the Hardware of the Systemelement", sections "Select and Execute Command",
"Set Control Location", "Command Output Time".
Engineering via SICAM WEB
416 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Example: Setpoint command , normalized
• In the directory tree, m ark the corresponding AO module
• Click on the side bar left beside the status area, if you want to extend it
• Mark the row with the desired datapoint
Control area:
• Select a “New value”
The data format corresponds to the setting of the data point on the I/O Module (signal list).
• Select the “Select before execute“ option
Wi th selection Yes and button you activate the select command. You activate the ex-
ecute command, when you click on the button once more within the adjusted time
(select_execute_t).
Wi th selection No and button you activate the execute command directly.
The new process value is transferred to the target device and displayed in the col umn VALUE.
You find further details in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral E lements
According to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapter "Setpoint Values by means of Currents and Volt-
ages", section "Select and Execute Command".
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 417
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Example: single-point information output
• In the directory tree, m ark the corresponding DO module
• Click on the side bar left beside the status area, if you want to extend it
• Mark the row with the desired datapoint
Control area:
• Select a “New value”
• Click on the button
The new process value is transferred to the target device and displayed in the col umn VALUE.
Type Identifications and Possible Values
The fo l lowin g type id entific ations an d attribu tes are s up ported to fo rce a n ew proces s valu e:
Type identification New value Select
before
execute
Qualifier of command Origi-
nator
Sin gl e-poi nt inform ati on
(TI 30) Off (0)
On (1)
Sin gle command (TI 4 5) Off (0)
On (1)
No
Yes
No determination
Long command exec ution time
Sh or t com mand exec ution ti me
Persistent command
0…255
Double command (TI 46) Off (01)
On (10)
Tap position command
(TI 47) Lower (01)
Higher (10)
Meas ured v al u e normal-
ized (TI 34) -1…+1-15
Measured v alu e scaled
(TI 35) -32768…
+32767
Measured v alu e s hort
f loating point (TI 36) -1.000•1015…
+1.000•1015
S et point command nor-
maliz ed (TI 48) -1…+1-15
No
Yes
Setpoint command scaled
(TI 49) -32768…
+32767
Setpoint command short
f loating point (TI 50) -1.000•1015…
+1.000•1015
Engineering via SICAM WEB
418 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.14 Logging
• Menu Hom e | Alarms & Events
In operation, the oc curring notifications from the system diagnosis and from the proc ess are
recorded upon a change of state.
9.1.14.1 Show Event List
By selecting the submenu Events the event list is displayed. The display is performed as a
table. The table has only reading rights.
Even ts are recorded chro nologically upon a chan ge of state i n a n event buffer. The events are
distinguished in 2 classes:
• Diagnosis events (notifications from the diagnosis function)
• Process events (states of signals that are marked as event), refer to
9.1.11.2.1,Configurable Logging and Display of Si gnal States
When selecting the event list, the most current records (up to 50) are loaded. If more than
50 records are in the event buffer, when scrolling to the bottom the next 50 records will be
loaded. The number of loaded records and the total number are displayed above the table.
The table is sorted chronologically descending (latest event first, oldest event at last), the time
tagging has a resolution of 1 ms. If a new event occurs, this automatically prepended at the
first place of the tab le. The older ev ents are moved down.
The event buffer contains up to 4096 records and is managed as ring buffer. This means, if
the event buffer has been fully written, the respective oldest record is overwritten by the most
current.
The event buf fer is stored non-volatile.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 419
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Halt Function
By means of clicking on the button you can halt the display of new events. If new events
occur, then they are recorded furthermore in the event buffer, but not displayed in the table.
Dependi ng on the state the button changes its design:
• Event display halted and no new event occurred:
• Event display halted and new event occurred:
By means of clicking the green button the new events are displ ayed in the table.
By means of clicking the general button the event list is reloaded. With activated halt
function, this is thereby not cancel ed.
Structure of the Table
Column Value Meaning/Note
Class Diagnosis D i agn os is even t
Process Proc ess even t
Name <Si gnal name> M ax. 99 ch aract ers, only if engin eered w it h
SICAM WEB
(applies f or pr ocess events)
104 addr ess <IEC 60870-5-101/104 address> Parameterized CASDU1-CASDU2-IOA1-
IOA2-IOA3
(applies f or pr ocess events)
TI <Number> T ype identificati on ( 30, 31, 45, 46)
(applies f or pr ocess events)
Process text <Error class) Internal diagnos is class
(applies f or diagnosis events)
<Status nam e> Max. 13 ch aracters
(applies f or pr ocess events)
Value Coming
Going Defined status text
(applies f or diagnosis events)
<Status text On>
<Status text Off>
<Status text faulty position>
<Status text intermediate position>
Freely par ameterizable status text
(applies f or pr ocess events)
Quality NT
IV At failure of I/O Module
If value invalid
(applies f or pr ocess events)
Time tag YYYY-MM-DD,
Thh:mm:ss:ms+hh:mm Date and time
Note
When selecting another menu within the session (e.g. settings, sig nals), the content of the table remains,
but the p ollin g for new events is stop ped. If the event page is reopened ag ain, all ev ents since lea ving th e
event pag e are automaticall y load ed.
If during the leavi ng of the event page a ring buffer ov erflow oc curred , only the last 4000 even ts can be
loaded.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
420 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.14.1.1 Export Even t List
With the exp ort function y ou ca n save the events which are reco rded in the ring b uffer in a file
on your PC.
• Click on the button
The ta rget devic e sav es th e record s in a file.
• You can abort the procedure by clicking on
• Click on the button in order to start the export
After the export, the file is provided for the download (format .csv). A dialog is opened with the
link Start download.
• Click with the right mouse button on the link
A dialog for the selecti on of the saving path is opened. The default file name can be changed,
if needed. Follow the instructions of your web browser.
• You can abort the procedure by clicking on
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 421
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.14.2 Show Alarm List
By selecting the submenu Alarms the alarm list is displayed. The display is performed as a
table. The table has only reading rights.
Alarms are recorded chronologically upon a change of state in an alarm buffer. The alarms
are distingui shed in 2 classes:
• Diagnosis alarms (notifications from the diagnosis function)
• Pr oc ess al arms ( st at es of si gn als th at a re m ark ed a s an al arm ), r ef er t o
9.1.11.2.1,Configurable Logging and Display of Si gnal States
When selecting the alarm list, all the present alarms are loaded, this means, the table contains
only current states. The stat es “going” and “off” are not displayed in the table. If a notification
has the state “going” or “off ”, the corresponding row disappears.
The table is sorted chronologically descending (latest alarm first, oldest alarm at last). If a new
alarm occurs, this is automatically prepended at the first place of the table. The older alarms
are moved down.
Halt Function
By means of clicking on the button you can halt the display of new alarms. If new alarms
occur, then they are recorded furthermore in the alarm buffer, but not displayed in the table.
Dependi ng on the state the button changes its design:
• Alarm display halted and no new alarm occurred:
• Alarm display halted and new alarm occurred:
By means of clicking the green button the current alarms are displayed in the table.
By means of clicking the general button the alarm list is reloaded. With activated halt
function, this is thereby not cancel ed.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
422 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Structure of the Table
Column Value Meaning/Note
Class Diagnosis D i agn os is al ar m
Process Process alarm
Name <Si gnal name> M ax. 99 ch aract ers, only if engin eered w it h
SICAM WEB
(applies for process alar ms)
104 addr ess <IEC 60870-5-101/104 address> Parameterized CASDU1-CASDU2-IOA1-
IOA2-IOA3
(applies for process alar ms)
TI <Number> T ype identificati on ( 30, 31, 45, 46)
(applies for process alar ms)
Process text <Error class) Internal diagnos is class
( appli es for di agnosis al arms )
<Status nam e> Max. 13 ch aracters
(applies for process alar ms)
Value Coming Defined status t ext
( appli es for di agnosis al arms )
<Status text On>
<Status text faulty position>
<Status text intermediate position>
Freely par ameterizable status text
(applies for process alar ms)
Quality NT
IV At failure of I/O Module
If value invalid
(applies for process alar ms)
Note
When selecting another menu within the session (e.g. settings, sig nals), the content of the table remains,
but the polli ng for new alarms is st opped . If the alarm page is reopened agai n, all c urrent alarms are au-
tomatically loaded.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 423
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.1.14.2.1 Export Alarm List
With the export function you can save all the current alarms in a file on your PC.
• Click on the button
The ta rget devic e sav es th e record s in a file.
• You can abort the procedure by clicking on
• Click on the button in order to start the export
After the export, the file is provided for the download (format .csv). A dialog is opened with the
link Start download.
• Click with the right mouse button on the link
A dialog for the selecti on of the saving path is opened. The default file name can be changed,
if needed. Follow the instructions of your web browser.
• You can abort the procedure by clicking on
Engineering via SICAM WEB
424 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.2 Automation
For the accomplishment of freel y definabl e open-/closed-loop control tasks you can create op-
tionally an application program as instruction list (IL).
Overview of the Tasks
Task Meaning
Cr eat e ins tr uc tion lis t Edit the application program
Import program code Transfer instruction list f rom PC to th e targ et d evice or
copy offline on t he SD card
Export program code T ransfer instr uction list f rom target de vice n ach PC
Cold start Initi aliz e i nstructi on lis t and reset all vari abl es
Wa rm start Init iali ze instruc tion lis t and reset all volati le variab les
Halt Halt cyclic program processing
Continue Contin ue cyclic program processing
Cycle step Execute one pr ogram cycle
Statistics Informat i on on mod e, cyc l e time and m em ory usage
Test functions • St at us of inp uts/ outpu ts
• Sim ulat ion of i nputs
You find further details in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and Basic
System Elements, chapter "Automation", section "Restricted Open-/Closed-Loop Control
Function", "Applicat ion Program".
Exceptional thereto please consider the following:
Note
T he signals from the p er iphery are dis tribut ed based on the settings in the Topology (data flow direction,
data flow routing). Therefore, a system variab le for the data flow routing must not be used in the ins truc-
tion list.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 425
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.2.1 Creating an Instruction List (IL)
The creation of an instruction list is only possible independentl y from the target device. For the
programming is an ASCII-Editor (for instance Microsoft Notepad ®) require d.
Example
The instruction list must be stored as file type .plc.
For loading the program code into the target device please follow the instruction in section
9.2.2.1.1,Import Appli cation Program.
You find the general specification of the programming language (IL) in the manual SICAM
RTUs Common Functions System and Basic System Elements, chapter "Automation", section
"Restricted Open-/Closed-Loop Contr ol Function", "Applicat ion Program", "Instruction List".
9.2.1.1 Structure of the Instruction List
The instruction list consists of 3 parts (in the followi ng sequence):
• Startup (PLC_RESET)
The startup part is run through once after a startup. Here all variabl es can be initialized,
that are required directly after startup and before the current initial image.
• Initialization (PLC_INIT)
The initializa tion p art is ru n throu gh o nce after a startup. Here all v ariables can be initial-
ized , that a re required directly after the current initial image and before the execution of
the cycl e part.
• Cycle (PLC_START)
The cycle part is run through cyclically (CP-8000/CP-802x provides 1 task). The cycle tim e
is definable by means of a system variable.
You will find some select ed program examples in appendix B,Examples for Instruction Lists
(IL).
Engineering via SICAM WEB
426 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.2.1.2 Syntax for Instructions
9.2.1.2.1 General
Each instruction command must be in one line. Each line must be concluded with a paragraph
break, line break or both (done automatically by the text editor).
An instruction command consists of the command (operation) and an operand.
Example:
LD M_BOOL_TEST (*command: LD operand: M_BOOL_TEST*)
Each operation produces a calculated value (result). The following operation can calculate fur-
ther with this result.
9.2.1.2.2 Adressing of I/O Variables
The format of an I/O variable must corres pond with the respective input/o utput of the periph-
ery.
A command or setpoint value is assigned to an I/O variable by an ST operation and the ad-
dress of the operand. A state or value of an I/O variable is read by an LD operation and the
address of the operand.
The attribute of the I/O variable must be separated by a ".". An I/O variable without attribute is
not allowed.
Example for the simple syntax:
I_030_001_000_000_TEST.VALUE
0_031_005_001_000.OFF
Example for the expanded syntax:
E_045_001_001_001_002_003_TEST.VALUE or
E_045_001_001_001_002_003.VALUE
Note
If the same IOA is used input- and output side, the freely definable Name must be different.
Sp ecial char acters are not allowed.
Datapoints of the I/O Master Module
The datapoints of the I/O Master Module are listed in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help,
chapter “Parameter Documentation and Diagnosis Info”, section “1703 ACP and 1703 Ax
(IEC) | Firmwares | USIO81 (USIO80 in case of SICAM TM I/O Modules) under the respective
category.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 427
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.2.1.2.3 Addressing of Flags
A flag is assigned by an ST operation and the address of the operand. The val ue of a flag is
written by anLD operation and the address of the operand.
The number format must be c hosen according to the forma t of the valu e to be sto red.
Example:
LD I_030_00 2_000_000. VALUE
ST M_BOOL_F LAG00
Note
At startup all flags which are not signed as "retain" are initialized with 0.
9.2.1.2.4 Call of Functions
Functions have only temporary variables, therefore with each call all necessary call parame-
ters must be set. Not used call parameters do not affect the result on execution of the func-
tion.
Ex ample: If an addition (ADD) of 3 values is performed, then the inputs IN0,IN1,IN2 are
used. The remaining inputs are automatically set to 0.
The writing of inputs of a function must always begin with IN0 and take place in ascending
order without gaps.
The call param eters must be interchanged with a combination of LD and ST.
The name of the call parameter is produc ed from the nam e of the function and the name of
the parameter separated by a ".".
Example:
LD 9 (*load value 9 into the accumulator*)
ST SQRT.IN0 (*store at input for square root function*)
CAL SQRT (*call function*)
ST ADD.IN0 (*store result from*)
(*square root function at input 0 for ADD func-
tion*)
LD 17 (*load value 17 into the accumulator*)
ST ADD.IN1 (*store at input 1 for ADD function*)
CAL ADD (*call function*)
ST M_DINT_RESULT (*store result in a flag*)
The results of the respective functions are written in the accumulat or. In the example th e valu e
is also stored on the flag M_DINT_RESULT.
After the call of a function (CAL) all inputs of the respective function are set to the default val-
ues again.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
428 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Example:
LD M_DINT_COMPARE (*load flag*)
ST EQ.IN0 (*store at input 0 for equal function*)
LD 3 (*load value 3*)
ST EQ.IN1 (*store at input 1 for equal function*)
CAL EQ (*call function*)
ST O_030_008_000_000.VALUE (*if both values are equal the output of
the function is set to 1*)
If a comparison of two values is performed, the output is set if the flag M_DINT_COMPARE is
written with 3 (the writing of the flag is not included here).
Note
When li nking inputs of the following functions with „const ant valu es“ the typ e-safe call CAL is to b e used:
ADD,SUB,MUL,MUL,DIV,GT,GE,EQ,NE,LE,LT (with the respective type specificities).
All binar y functions (AND,XOR, …) ar e autom aticall y BO OL and hence do not need to be provided with a
CAL.
When cr eatin g an IL , at the listed functions BOOL mus t be l ink ed as constant w ith 0 and 1, num erical
cons tant of the val u e 1 and 0 with 00 or 01, since the runtime currently does not support a differ enti ating +
(h owev er, a leadin g 0).
9.2.1.2.5 Call of Function Blocks
Function blocks do not have any temporary variables. Each new (derived) function block oc-
cupies a ne w memory in the RAM.
Respectively the first result of the function block is written in the accumulator. If a function
block has more than one result, then this can be accessed as with the parameter transfer.
Example:
LD 1
ST CTU_TEST.CU
ST CTU_TEST.R
LD 5
ST CTU_TEST.PV
CAL CTU_TEST
LD CTU_TEST.CV (*access to 2nd result*)
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 429
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.2.1.3 Instruction Comments
Comments in the application program can be set at any arbitrary place and must be included
between brackets and stars. The documentation can al so extend over several lines.
Example:
LD 15 (*load constant 15*)
ST M_DINT_CONSTANT (*store in flag*)
The followi ng characters may be used:
• Numbers 0…9
• Letters A…Z,a…z
• Special characters ^!"$%&/()=?[]{}\@#'+*~<>|,;.:-_
9.2.1.4 Settings in the Application Program
With help of s ystem variables th e follo wing parameters can be set for the prog ram execution:
• Cycle time
• Spontaneous program execution
9.2.1.4.1 Setting the Cycle Time
The cycle time determines the time interval for the execution of the application program. The
shorter the set interval is the smaller must be the application program, otherwise a timeout
happens. A cycle time of for instance 2 ms is only possible for a very small application pro-
gram.
The cycle time can be specified in the IL with the variable PLC_CYCLETIME:
• In the program part PLC_RESET
Time-scale is set one time with a startup.
• In the program part PLC_START
Time-scal e is set during running operation and can be changed by m eans of the appl ica-
tion program.
Example:
PLC_RESET:
LD 20
ST PLC_CYCLETIME (*set cycle time 20 ms*)
Engineering via SICAM WEB
430 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
If the cycle time is set to the value 0, no cy clic progr am execution ta kes pla ce.
Under cert ain circumstances the cycle time can be changed independentl y by the system:
• If no cycle time is set, it is set to 100 ms (default)
• Extended due to timeout
• Retriggering due to spontaneous program execution
Affecting the Processing Time
The processing time is the duration of a complete program run. It is primarily determined by
the size of the application program (number of operations).
Note
C onsid er th at t he proc ess ing ti me of t h e ap plicati on program may b e inconstant.
The processing tim e can be extended due to:
• Num ber of communicati on connections (t o f urther autom ati on uni ts, control system)
• Number of I/O Modules on the TM-Bus
• Conditional program calls
• Diagnosis and error handling
• Test- and commissioning functions such as status and simulation of inputs/outputs
• Saving the application program (download)
• Change of parameters online
The processing time of the applicati on program is displayed on the user interface (online)
under PLC | Diagnosis .
Timeout
The processing time must not be greater than the cycle time. If the maximum processing time
successively exceeds 50% of the set cycle time five times, then the cycle time is increased by
50% independently by the system. Simultaneously an error information is set.
9.2.1.4.2 Spontaneous Program Execution
For faster reaction times, the application program can be executed spontaneous (event-
controlled). This must be defined in the startup part of the IL (PLC_RESET).
Pos sible events are:
• Status change of a data point from the periphery
• Status change of a data point from the communication
The spontaneous program execution i s enabled i n the IL by setting the variable PLC_SINGLE
to 1 (single run).
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 431
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Example:
PLC_RESET:
LD 1
ST PLC_SINGLE (*set single run*)
With a spontaneous program execution the entire application program is processed one time.
If an event occurs, the spontaneous program execution is first started after the current pro-
gram execution has completed (the applic ation program cannot interrupt i tself). T he reaction
time ca n therefore be dela yed acc ordingly .
If several events occur at the same time or one after the other just when the application pro-
gram is running, then the states are temporarily stored in a ring and processed chr onologically
with the next spontaneous program execution. The same i s also valid if a data point changes
its state several times (transient storage).
Example:
Event oc curs duri ng a cyclic program execution (S1).
Even t oc curs d uring a p aus e (S 2).
At the end of each spontaneous pass the cyclic pass is retriggered around the set cycle time.
In this case no exceeding of the cycle time i s signaled.
As long as the events occur in a time-scale that is smaller than the cycle time, only spontane-
ous program passes take place. If the cycle time is set to 0 and the spontaneous program ex-
ecution to 1, then only spontaneous program passes take place.
You find further details in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and Basic
System Elements, chapter "Automation", section "Restricted Open-/Closed-Loop Control
Function", "Internal Signa l Processing" .
S1S2
t
C C C C
C cycling processing
S spontaneous processing tP p rocessing time
tD delay ti me
tC cycle time
tCtCtCtC
tPtPtPtPtPtP
tD
Engineering via SICAM WEB
432 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.2.1.5 System Information
The followi ng system variables (VAR_GLOBAL) can be read out and evaluated in the applica-
tion program.
Variable name Meaning Format
PLC_CYCLETIME_OVERFLOW Cycle time exceeded BOOL
PLC_CYCLETIME Cycle t ime DINT
PLC_SINGLE Single run BOOL
PLC_PROCESSINGCOUNTER Number of program runs DINT
PLC_PROCESSINGTIME Processing time DINT
PLC_SYSTIME.MS System ti me millisec ond DINT
PLC_SYSTIME.SEC Syst em t im e second DINT
PLC_SYSTIME.MIN System time minute DINT
PLC_SYSTIME.IVT Syst em tim e IV bit BOOL
PLC_SYSTIME.H Syst em tim e h our DINT
PLC_SYSTIME.DST System time daylight saving BOOL
PLC_SYSTIME.DAY System ti me day DINT
PLC_SYSTIME.WEEKDAY S yst em ti m e w eek d ay DINT
PLC_SYSTIME.MONTH S ystem time mon th DINT
PLC_SYSTIME.YEAR Syst em ti m e year DINT
PLC_SYSTIME.TIME_DATE Sys tem t ime complet e (7 bytes) TIME_DATE
PLC_SYSERROR_001 Sum error internal BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_002 Sum error external BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_003 Sum err or commun ication BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_004 Sum error test BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_005 Sum er r or warni ng BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_006 Sum error board failure BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_007 Sum error f ailure BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_008 Sum error startup BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_009 M-CPU fault BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_010 Periphery fault BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_011 Protocol 0 fault BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_012 Protocol 1 fault BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_013 Protocol 2 fault BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_014 Proto col 0 communication fault BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_015 Proto col 1 communication fault BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_016 Proto col 2 communication fault BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_017 Periphery failure BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_018 Proto col 0 failure BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_019 Proto col 1 failure BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_020 Proto col 2 failure BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_021 Proto col 0 communication failure BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_022 Proto col 1 communication failure BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_023 Proto col 2 communication failure BOOL
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 433
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Variable name Meaning Format
PLC_SYSERROR_024 Protocol 3 fault BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_025 Proto col 3 communication fault BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_026 Proto col 3 failure BOOL
PLC_SYSERROR_027 Proto col 3 communication failure BOOL
Example:
PLC_START:
LD PLC_SYSERROR_005 (*sum error warning if bit = "1"*)
ST M_BOOL_ERROR005 (*store in a flag*)
You find the description of the system variables in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Func-
tions System and Basic System Elements, chapter "Automation", section "Restr icted
Open-/Closed- Loop Control Function", "Variables", "System Variables".
9.2.1.6 Command Processing According to IEC 60870-5-101/104
If a command (Activation, ACT) is generated by the controller and output on a I/O Master
Module, then the message s for command acknowledgement (ACTCON) a nd c omman d termi-
nation (ACTTERM) are generated with the corresponding output address of the control.
If the output address of the control is the same as the input address, then both messages are
automatically transmitted again to the control.
If anACT remains in the control (target = control, no periphery), then an ACTCON,ACTTERM
that is to be possibly simulated can be generated in 1 cycle pass. For this the cause of trans-
mission for the command must be set to 0 and the spontaneous bit to 1. Then one ACTCON
and one ACTTERM respectively will be transmitted.
Example:
LD 0
ST 0_045_001_001_001.COT
LD 1
ST 0_045_001_001_001.S
If this function is not used, the ACTCON a nd ACTTERM can al so be generated individually (for
this at least 2 cycl e passes are requir ed).
Note
T he corresponding t yp ident ification can be generat ed by means of Verwendun g of utili zati on of the com-
mand "with/w ithout time" (for instance TI 45/TI 58).
Engineering via SICAM WEB
434 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Singl e Comm and and Double Command
Single commands (TI 45) can be generated by the IL only with the states
0 (OFF) only with COT = 7,10 (CON,TERM) and S = 1
1 (ON)
Double commands (TI 46) can be generat ed by the IL only with the states
01 (OFF)
10 (ON)
Other states will not generat e a command output.
You find the details for the processing of commands in the manual SICAM RTUs Commo n
Functions System and Basic System Elements, chapter "Automation", section "Treat ment for
Commands to the Open-/Closed-Loop Contr ol Function according to IEC 60870-5-101/104".
9.2.1.7 Generation of Integrated Totals
There are two possibilities of integra ted tota l generation in the contr ol:
• Spontaneous transmission with change
Automatically if the input address is unequal to the output address of the controller.
• Behavior according to par ameter setti ng of the digit al inputs (rem ote c ontrol)
Automatically if the input address is equal to the output address of the controller.
9.2.2 Commissioning and Test
• Menu Home | Logic
For commissionin g and test of the application program the following fu nctions are available:
• General functions
─ Import application program
─ Export application program
─ Syntax check
• Test functions
─ Statistic information
─ Cold restart
─ Warm restart
─ Status of variables
─ Forcing signal inputs
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 435
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.2.2.1 Common Functions
When selecting the logic page, the instruction list (IL) which is currently loaded on the target
device is displayed. If still no IL was loaded into the target device, the display in the logic page
r emains empty.
9.2.2.1.1 Import Application Program
For the execution of the open-/closed-l oop control function the corresponding IL must be loaded
on the targ et dev i ce.
This is how to upload an I L to the target device:
• Click on the button , if an IL is available in ASCII format
You have the possibilit y to abort the procedure.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
436 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
• Click Select a file to open the selection dialog
• Select the source directory and the source file (the file type must be .plc)
• Click on the button in order to start the import
The target device starts the l oading procedure. The duration of the loading proc edure de-
pends on the program size and the used communication connection.
Note
During the generation procedure the menu must not be left. T he sele ction of another webpage may lead to
th e occurrence of undefined states.
The pr ogram file is chec ked upon val idity. If the data is invalid, a n error indic ation is displayed.
If the data is valid, the following dialog appears:
• Click on the button
After successful upload, the content of the IL is displ ayed in the logi c page and an automatic
Syntax Check is performed.
The result of the syntax check is displayed in the bottom toolbar. In case of error you will find
further details in the status log.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 437
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
• Click on the general button , if you want to read the status log
In case of error, please consider the conventions described in section 9.2.1, Creating an In-
struction List (IL).
This is how to activate an IL in the target device:
The changed data must be saved, otherwise the IL will be rejected when leaving the session.
• Click on the general button , if you want to save the IL
The application programm will be saved on the SD card. After the saving, a restart of the tar-
get device is required.
During startup the newly loaded program code is compiled,checked and written in the program
memory. An already present program code is thereby overwritten.
• If no error is present, the program is processed after startup.
• If an error i s present, the program i s shut down and an error indication i s recorded i n the
diagnosis and in the history.
Note
F or the transmission via Eth ernet, it is recommended t o deactivate the s ettings for HT TP 1.1 of your PC
(Control Panel, Internet Options, tab "Advanced"). Otherwise the possibility exists that CP-8000/CP-802x
can not interprete the t ransmitted ASCII f ile.
9.2.2.1.2 Load Application Programm Offline
For instance, in course of an initialization of the target device (refer to Initialization of the
Firmware) you can copy an instruction list saved as ASCII file from your PC directly on the SD
card.
• Insert the SD card in a read/write device installed on the engineering PC
• Co py t he pr ogr am fi l e i n t he roo t di rec tor y of t he S D card
• Change the file name to case plc_src.plc
• After that, insert the SD card into the target device
The target device performs a startup and checks therteby the program code:
• I f no err or i s p res ent , t he pr ogr am cod e i s c ompi led an d wri tt en int o th e pr ogram memory.
If present, the existing program code is thereby overwritten. After the startup, the new pro-
gram code will be processed.
• If an error is present, an error indication with details is recorded in the history. If present,
the existing program code is maintained and executed again after startup.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
438 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.2.2.1.3 Export Application Program
For archiving purpose or for editing you can dow nload the IL that is loade d in the target de-
vice.
This is how to download an IL from the target device:
• Click on the button , if you want to create a backup of the IL loaded in the target de-
vice
• Click with the right mouse button on Start download in order to open the dialog for saving
• Select the storage location and, if needed, change the file name; the file type .plc must be
kept
• Click on the button in order to close the dialog
The storage procedure is dependent on the web browser and consequently may vary. Follow
the ins tructions of your web bro ws er.
The content of the displayed IL is written into the selected file. The target is a text file that con-
tains the program code in ASCII format. The file can be read or changed with a text editor (for
instance Microsof t Notep ad ®).
9.2.2.1.4 Syntax Check
Besides the automatic syntax check upon import of an IL, this function can be performed also
manually at any time, for instance after termi nation and anew start of a session.
By clicking the button the instruction list can be checked upon errors, if needed. The fol-
lowing criteria are checked:
• Syntax, logic, addressirng
• Limits for program size, cycle time, memory
In case of erro r you find further information in the s tatus log:
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 439
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.2.2.2 Test Functions
Diagnosis and test of the applicati on program provide read functions that display information
fro m the open-/closed-loop control function and write functions that influence the open-/closed-
loop control function.
You get to the diagnosis a nd test of the application program v ia the menu Home | Logic
test .
Read Functions
Available for the user names administrator and guest (can be used from
administrator and more than one guest at the same time).
• Display statistic information of the application program
• Display current value of selected variables (signal status)
For both functions a cyclic polling from the target device in a grid of 1 s is performed.
Write Functions
Only available for user name administrator. When logging on to the target device as
guest, the control elements for the writing operations are not visible in the logic test page.
• Change status of the application program
─ Cold start
─ Warm start
─ Halt cyclic processing
─ Continue cyclic processing
─ Run 1 cycle
• Change value of selected variable (forcing signal)
Engineering via SICAM WEB
440 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.2.2.2.1 Statistic Information
In the logic test page the program statistic information and the currently loaded IL are dis-
played. If no or an empty IL is loaded (no applicati on program is running in the target device),
the logic test page shows all the values set to 0 and the IL display is em pty.
Display
Information Meaning
State Running
Normal program execut ion
Halt
Program execut ion h alted (t he processing c an be halted eith er manu ally
or by the system due to an error)
Cycle time <Set val ue>
Increas ement of the adj ust ed cycle time by t he sys tem possible (see
section 9.2.1.4.1,Setting the Cycle Time)
<A ctual val ue>
Process ing time of the ap plication progr am at t he moment of the re-
f reshment of th e diag nosis m enu
<Maximal value>
Maximum reached program processing time since the last startup
Memory code <Number> / 131072 bytes
Us ed program mem ory on the SD card of ma ximum num ber of b ytes
(application program size)
Var <Number> / 4096 bytes
Used variables of maximum number of bytes
Test mode off / on
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 441
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.2.2.2.2 Display Current Value of Selected Variables
At the right side of the logic test page you can enter up to 10 variable names fro m the IL dis-
played at the left side of the page. You can also copy a variable name from the IL and paste it
into an input field.
After entering a valid v ariable name into the in put field, t he curr ent value o f this variable is dis-
played right beside the input field.
The update is performed in a grid of 1 s.
Example: Binary valu e
If you select a binary variable, T is displayed for TRUE and F for FALSE:
Example: Analog val ue
If you selec t a numeric va riable, the n umber is displayed a s follows:
Engineering via SICAM WEB
442 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Example: Vario us v ariables
The value display happens for each selected variable in the designated data format.
Ex ample: Invalid variable
With invalid variables, like with empty fields, the value unknown is displa yed :
Valid are only th ose va ria bles that are us ed in the curren t runnin g IL.
9.2.2.2.3 Change Status of the Application Program
For each possible action, a n acc ording button is plac ed in the logic test p age. After ea ch ac-
tion, the current status of the application program is requested from the target device, and the
buttons are enabled or disabled accordingly.
In normal mode of the ap plication program, the state is dis play ed as follows:
The control buttons are enabled/blocked as follows:
With execution of one of the functions, the test mode is switched on:
• Halt of the application program (immediately)
• Cold start of the application program (per request)
• Warm start of the application program (per request)
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 443
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Halt program
Precondition: The application program is running in normal mode.
When clicking on the button , the cyclic processing of the application program is halted
and the test mode is automatically switched on.
This is displayed as follows:
The buttons are enabl ed/blocked as follows:
Run Single Program Cycle
Precondition: The application program is halted.
When cl icking the button (Cycle step), the application program executes only one single
c ycle and is halted again.
The status display of the application program and the buttons do not change.
With this function you can trace for instance the status change of variables for each program
cycle, or change the value of a si gnal input for exactly 1 program cycle.
Continue Progra m Processing
Precondition: The application program is halted.
When c licking the button , the application program is processed cyclically again and the
test mode remains switched on.
This statu s changes as follows:
The buttons are enabl ed/blocked as follows:
Engineering via SICAM WEB
444 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Switch off Test Mode
Precondition: The application program is in the test mode.
If you click on the button , the te st mode will be terminated.
The status changes as follows:
Cold Start
When pressing the button (Cold start), the following dialog is opened:
You have the possibilit y to abort the procedure.
• Click on the button in order to perform a cold start
The test mode is switched on and the values of all variables are initialized with 0 and the ap-
plication program is restarted. The program parts PLC_RESET a nd PLC_INIT a re pro cess ed
once and if the program has been previously
• in the State: runn ing, the prog ram part PLC_START is processed cyclically again
• in the State: halt, the program processing is halted
Warm Start
When pressing the button (Warm start), the following di alog is opened:
You have the possibilit y to abort the procedure.
• Click on the button in order to perform a warm restart
The test mode is switched on and the values of the volatile variables are ini tial ized w ith 0 an d
the application pr ogram is restarted. The prog ram parts PLC_RESET and PLC_INIT are pro-
cessed once and if the program has been previously
• in the State: runn ing, the prog ram part PLC_START is processed cyclically again
• in the State: halt, the program processing is halted
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 445
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.2.2.2.4 Change Value of Selected Variable
The changing of values is only possible for signal inputs. Signal outputs and local variables
are overwritten b y th e application program every cy cle, therefore a permanent forcing for
those values is not provided.
It is not possible to force more than one signal input at the same time. If you want to change
more than one signal input, this can only be done one after another.
When forcing a signal input, the according signal is auto matic ally separated from the inpu t
process image and therefore this signal i s not overwritten each cycle. Additionally the applica-
tion program is switched to the test mode automatically.
The test mode is maintained even if you switch to other pages within the session with the tar-
get device. If the communication with SICAM WEB is disconnected, the test mode is automat-
ically terminated by the target device after 30 seconds.
You can terminate the test mode manually by pressing the button :
• All values for the signal inputs are tak en from the process image again
• The m anually changed values during test mode are then overwritten by the respective
process value again
Warning
T he value change of a signal input can – depen dent on the pr ogrammed logic – have an impact on the
status of si gnal outputs.
T he chang e of st ate of sign al outputs with the
plant running can lead to d amag e to persons and m achi nes.
Ens ure t hat aggregat es in the control area of the c ommand output as w ell as thos e s ubsequent aggr e-
gat es in the process chain are protected and th at persons in the vicinity are warned.
This is how to overwrite the value of a variable:
Below the IL you can enter a variable name from the IL into the input field VARIABLE. You can
also copy a variable name from the IL and paste it into an input field.
If the variable n ame is invalid or empty, the t ype is displa yed as unknown and the button
is disabled.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
446 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
If the variable name is valid, the type and the actual value of the variable is displayed:
You can now enter a value into the field N EW VAL UE . The permitted value range is displ ayed
right beside the button .
Example: Binary valu e
If you select a signal input with data type BOOL, the value range T, F is displayed.
When you enter a valid value, for instance T, the button is enabled.
• Click on the button
The new va lue i s written on the signal in the IL an d is displayed right bes ide the v aria ble ty pe.
The test mode is automatically switched on and the button is enabled.
You also can regard simultaneously the status of up to 10 variables from the IL.
If you click on the button , the test mode is terminated.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 447
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Example: Analog val ue
W hen selecting a signal with datatype DINT, the value range -3276 8 to 327 67 is dis-
played.
If you enter a valid value, for instance 10, the button is activated.
• Click on the button
The new va lue i s written on the signal in the IL an d is displayed right bes ide the v aria ble ty pe.
The test mode is automatically switched on and the button is enabled.
W hen entering a signal with data type REAL, you must enter the new value with a decimal
point, otherwise a corresponding notice is displayed. The di splay looks th en as follows :
When ent ering the n ew value correctly and pres sing th e button , the n ew value i s written
on the signal and is displayed right besi de the data type:
If you click on the button , the te st mode will be terminated.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
448 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.3 Administrative Functions
For the performance of the following functions you get via the button :
• Restart device
• Backup device settings
• Restore device settings
• Upload ICD, IID file
• Download SICAM PAS IO configuration
• Download process data archive
• Update firmware
• Update SICAM WEB
• Install language package
Note
T hese func ti ons are only all ow ed for th e user t ype administrator (except d ow nl oad).
9.3.1 Restart Device
This function allows you to restart the target device at any arbitrary moment (for instance after
change of several parameters that require a restart).
Select thereto th e submenu Restart device .
The foll owing dialog will appear:
You have the possibilit y to abort the procedure.
• Confirm the procedure with
If settings still have not been saved, the following dialog will appear:
You have the possibility to abort the procedure in order to save the changes.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 449
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
• If you want to perform the restart, click on the button
à unsaved changes will be rejected thereby!
The followi ng information will appear during a restart:
At the bottom of the dialog the current startup time is displayed. Depending on the size of the
engineering data, the startup time can take up to 15 minutes.
A successful restart of the device is shown by the following dialog:
• Click in order to quit the session with the target device
• Click the suitable hyperlink in order to return to the Logon page of the previously started
target device
• If in the target device the parameter Autoconfiguration was set to YES, the IP address
is set to 169.254.0.1; that remains until it is assigned anew by the set DHCP server (see
9.1.2.7,Autoconfiguration)
Caution
A startup concernes also th e aut omation function (if used). You find further informati on in section 9.2.2,
Commissioning and Test.
Note
With the initi al comm iss ioni ng, th e startup may last up t o 15 minutes , since at this the files on the SD card
will be unpacked and the system folders
on the SD card are created.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
450 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.3.2 Download Device Settings
This function enables to save the entire engi neering data of the tar get devi ce as a backup on
the engineering PC. The backup contains firmware codes and engineering data (parameters
and – if present - instruction list).
Select thereto th e submenu Backup device settings .
The foll owing dialog will appear:
You have the possibilit y to abort the procedure.
• Confirm the procedure with
If settings still have not been saved, the following dialog will appear:
You have to abort the procedure and save the changes.
If the settings have been saved, the target device starts with the generation of the backup file.
The progres s is thereby displa yed by th e web server. T his proc edur e can ta ke a few minutes .
Note
During gen eration proc edur es the website must not be left. Th e sel ecti on of an other websit e m ay lead to
th e occurrence of undefined states.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 451
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
When the generation of the backup file has finished, the following dialog appears:
• Click on Start download
The storing procedure may vary dependent on the used web browser and may take some
time, depending on the file size and transmissi on rate. Follow the instructions of your web
browser. Th e file name is p ut to gether of
SICAM_A8000_BACKUP_<customer>_<plant>_<station>_<hash value of file>.cmc.
• After successful generation click on in order to close the dialog
Note
T he f ile saved via SICAM WEB can not be imp orted int o the SICAM TOOLBOX II.
9.3.3 Restore Device Settings
This function gives you the possibility of restoring and loading all previousl y backed up set-
tin gs and parame terizations into the de vice.
With this procedure, all telecontrol parameters, instruction list and firmware codes are stored
jointly on the SD card in the Master Module.
Select thereto th e submenu Restore devic e settings .
You have the possibilit y to abort the procedure.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
452 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
• Click Select a file in order to open the selection dialog
• Select the source directory and the source file (file type must be cmc, file name including
path name must not exceed 128 characters)
• Click on the button
The target device starts the l oading procedure. The duration of the loading proc edure de-
pends on the file size and the used communication connection.
Note
During l oadin g proced ures the websit e must n ot be l eft. The sel ecti on of anoth er webs ite m ay l e ad to th e
occurrence of un defi ned stat es.
Subsequently the file is checked upon integrity. Thereto, a cryptologic hash function is calcu-
lated over the file a nd the result is compared with th e hash valu e in the filename:
• If the file is valid, the data is written on the SD card of the target device and all settings in
the target devi ce a re adapted
• With different results, the file is deleted and no changes are carried out; an error infor-
mation is displayed
After successful upload the target device will be restarted:
• Click on the button in order to close the dialog
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 453
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.3.3.1 Loading Device Settings Offline
For the duplication of an already existing parameterization, you can write the data also without
target devi ce (offline) on a SD card with the program Sicam_first_startup.
Thereto a backup file created with the function Save devi c e s et tings via SICAM WEB must
exist (file ty pe .cmc). Further you need a read/write device for SD cards connected on the en-
gineering PC, a corresponding driver installed on the PC (if needed), as well as a suitable SD
card.
• Insert the SD card into the read/write device
• Start the program Sicam_first_startup per double click
The Sicam_first_startup splash screen i s opened, and the Sicam_first_startup symbol appears in
the notification area of the tas kbar:
• Click on the splash screen in order to close it
• Click then with the right mouse button on the Sicam_first_startup symbol
The context menu of Sicam_first_startup i s opened:
• Change the language if needed and open the context m enu again
• After that click on Write flash card from A8000 parameter file
Engineering via SICAM WEB
454 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
The file selection dialog for the source is o pened:
• S elec t no w th e so urc e direct ory and t he sour ce f ile of the t ype *.cmc and accept
The file selection dialog for the target is open ed:
• Select the target drive (read/write device) and accept
Sicam_first_startup generates the files with the format needed for the web server from the pa-
rameter file an d stores them on the SD c ard. Th e gen eration terminates wi th a noti fication.
The write procedure takes a few seconds (watch the Active-LED on the read/write device, as
far as present). When the write procedure is completed, you can insert the SD card into the
target device, whereupon a startup is performed.
After the startup you can logon to the target device via SICAM WEB, for instance to adapt the
param eterization or to carry out test functions.
Note
With op erati on in a netw ork first a val id IP ad dress must be ass ign ed b y means of the program
Sicam_first_startup.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 455
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.3.4 Upload ICD/IID File
For the configuration of elect rical substation devices IEC 61850 specifies the “substati on con-
figuration description language” (SCL) as representat ion format. Depending on the purpose of
the SCL file, it is classified into various file types.
CP-8000/CP-802x devices support the file types ICD and IID. The corresponding files can be
uploaded only to IEC 61850 protocol elements.
Note
The function is supported as of the following firmware revision level: CPC80 V.12, ET85 V.04.
Select thereto th e submenu Upload ICD/IID file .
If t he IEC 61850 protocol element is not equipped or if the firmware revision (Master Module,
protocol element) does not support ICD/IID file upload, an error information is displayed:
• Close the dialog with and check the configuration under Har dware & Protocols.
You have the possibilit y to abort the procedure.
• Click Sel ect a file in order to open the selection dialog
• Select the source file (the file type must be *.icd or *.iid)
• Select the target protocol element
• Click on the button
Engineering via SICAM WEB
456 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
The target device starts the l oading procedure. The duration of the loading proc edure de-
pends on the file size and the used communication connection.
Subsequently the file is checked upon validity.
If the data is not valid or if the file size exceeds 10 MB, an error information is displayed.
• Close the dialog with
If the data is valid, it is written on the SD card of the target device.
After successful upload the following dialog appears:
• Confirm the procedure with
Subsequently the following dialog appears:
You have the possibility to abort the restart of the device and to update further firmware.
• Click on the button in order to restart th e dev ice
Note
During l oadin g proced ures the websit e must n ot be l eft. The sel ecti on of anoth er webs ite m ay l e ad to th e
occurrence of un defi ned stat es.
W ith startup the uploaded file will be stored on the SD card under \ETx5\5_<BSE>_<ZSE>.icd.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 457
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.3.5 Download SICAM PAS I/O Configuration
For the usage of CP-8000/CP-802x as SICAM PAS I/O the configuration of the data points
can be synchronized with a superi or devi ce SICAM PAS.
The configuration of the data points can be downloaded as XML file and be stored on the en-
gineering PC. This file can be imported subsequently into SICAM PAS.
The file contains system-technical i nformation from the Master Module and from the
IEC 60870-5-104 protocol element, as well as the signals processed via I/O Modules and via
the application program.
Select thereto th e submenu Download SICAM PAS IO configuratio n .
The foll owing dialog will appear:
You have the possibilit y to abort the procedure.
• Confirm the procedure with
If settings still have not been saved, the following dialog will appear:
You have to abort the procedure and save the changes.
If the settings have been saved, the target device starts with the generation of the configura-
tion file. The progress is thereby displa yed by the web server. This proc edu re can take a few
minutes.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
458 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Note
During gen eration proc edur es the website must not be left. Th e sel ecti on of an other websit e m ay lead to
th e occurrence of undefined states.
With the generation of the configuration file the parameters used for SICAM PAS I\O are
checked. With faulty parameterization the following dialog appears:
You have to abort the procedure and correct the parameters, refer to Parameter check.
W hen the generation of the configuration file has finished, the following dial og appears:
• Click on Start download
The storing procedure may vary dependent on the used web browser and may take some
time, depending on the file size and transmissi on rate. Follow the instructions of your web
browser. The file name is put together of PASIO_CFG<date>_<time>.xml.
• After successful generation click on in order to close the dialog
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 459
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Example for a configuration
Parameter check
During the generation of the XML file the configured data points and assigned IL elements are
checked.
The XML fil e can be downl oaded, if the following conventions are fulfilled:
• CASDU1 and CASDU2 of signals are corresponding to the setting on Master Module
• Signals assigned to the hardware pins of a DO with TI 45…TI 50
─ must use “ Select b efore execu te” i n the sam e wa y
• Signals assigned to the hardware pins of an AO with TI 48…TI 50
─ must use “Term inati on” i n the same way
• Si gn als fr om t he a ppl icati o n pr ogram wit h TI 45… TI 50 a re t rea ted as di rec tl y ex ecu ted
─ if any signal is imported from the application program, all other signals from any source
with the same type identifier have to be configured as directly executed
• Signals from the application program with TI 48…TI 50 are treated as terminated
─ i f a ny comm a nd si gn al i s im p ort ed fr om t he ap pli c at ion pr o gr am, al l oth er si g nal s f r om
any so urce with the same type i dentifier have to be co nfigured as terminated
In case of error, the error indication is written into the XML file. This is stored on the SD card
in the directory \System\Downloads.
In order to read the XML file yo u must remove the SD card fr om the target device and put it in-
to a card reader installed on your engineering PC.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
460 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Note
When replugging the SD card into the target device, a startup will be performed.
Example for a configuration (with error)
Parameters for the SICAM PAS coupling
XML field Parameter
RTU_NAME Plant name
LRU_NAME Device nam e
ASDU_ADDRESS CASDU2 x 256 + CASDU1
NETWORK_CONNECTION IP_ADDRESS Own IP add ress X1/X4
TIMEOUT_T0
TIMEOUT_T1
TIMEOUT_T2
TIMEOUT_T3
Timeout connection set up t 0
Timeout transmit t 1
Timeout transmit a ckno wled ge t 2
Timeout connection che ck t 3
MAX_NUM_UNRECEIPTED_SEND_TELEGRAMS Max. n o. o f AP DUs unti l ac know ledg e-
ment (k)
MAX_NUM_UNRECEIPTED_RECEIVED_TELEG
RAMS number of APDU s until acknowle dgem ent
(w)
SINGLE_CMD_SEL_BEFORE_EXE select_execute_t for TI 45 (0 = direct)
DOUBLE_CMD_SEL_BEFORE_EXE select_execute_t for TI 46 (0 = direct)
TAP_CMD_SEL_BEFORE_EXE select_execute_t for TI 47 (0 = direct)
SETPOINT_NORMALIZED_SEL_BEFORE_EXE select_execute_t for TI 48 (0 = direct)
SETPOINT_SCALED_SEL_BEFORE_EXE select_execute_t for TI 49 (0 = direct)
SETPOINT_FLOAT_SEL_BEFORE_EXE select_execute_t for TI 50 (0 = direct)
SEND_CMD_END_TERMINATION Termination_t for TI 48…TI 50 (0 = terminat-
ed)
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 461
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Signals for the SICAM PAS coupling
Process-technical settings Signal
DIG ITAL_VALUE, DIGITAL_VALUE_TYPE = SINGLE TI 30
DIG ITAL_VALUE, DIGITAL_VALUE_TYPE = DOUBLE TI 31
ANALOG_VALUE, ANALOG_VALUE_TY PE = NORMALIZED TI 34
ANALOG_VALUE, ANALOG_VALUE_TY PE = SCALED TI 35
ANALOG_VALUE, ANALOG_VALUE_TY PE = FLOAT TI 36
COUNTER_VALUE TI 37
DIGITAL_CONTROL, DIGITAL_CONTROL_TYPE = SINGLE TI 45
DIGITAL_ CONTROL, DIGITAL_CONTROL_TYPE = DOUBLE TI 46
ANALOG_CONTROL, ANALOG_CONTROL_TYPE = NORMALIZED TI 48
ANALOG_CONTROL, ANALOG_CONTROL_TYPE = SCALED TI 49
ANALOG_CONTROL, ANALOG_CONTROL_TYPE = FLOAT TI 50
OUTPUT_TIME0 1)
OUTPUT_TIME1 2)
OUTPUT_TIME2 3)
TI 45, TI 46, TI 47
TELEGRAM_ADDRESS (IO A3 x 65 536) +
(IOA2 x 25 6) + IOA1
HIERARCHICAL_NAME Sign al n am e if avail abl e, else
CASDU_<casdu>_IOA_<ioa>
DIGITAL_CONTROL, DIGITAL_CONTROL_TYPE = SINGLE TI 45
1) single command: Output_t, double command: output_t0,output_t1
2) AU common sett ings | S hort pul se d urat ion
3) AU common sett ings | L ong puls e du rati on
9.3.6 Download Process Data Archive
The data which is stored in the process data archive can be downloaded as CSV file and be
stored on the engineering PC. This file can be subsequently read as a table.
The file c ontains those binary information items, measured values and integ rated totals, that
have b een parameterized for the record in the process data archive (s ee 9.1.11.2.1,Configu-
rabl e Logging and Di splay of Signal States).
Select thereto th e submenu Downloa d pr ocess data archive .
The foll owing dialog will appear:
Engineering via SICAM WEB
462 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
You have the possibilit y to abort the procedure.
• Confirm the procedure with
If the download – probably in another session – has already been started but not yet been
terminat ed, the following dialog will a ppea r:
You have to abort the procedure and await the completion of the previous download.
If the settings have been saved, the target device starts with the generation of the archive file.
The progres s is thereby displa yed by th e web server. T his proc edur e can ta ke a few minutes .
If due to an error the archive file cannot be produc ed, the following dialog appears:
A cause may be for instance a bad communication connection or the memory usage in the
target dev ice.
You have to abort the procedure and try agai n. If the error is persistent, check the communi-
cation and/or – if possible – trigger a startup of the target device.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 463
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
W hen the generation of the archive file has finished successfully, the following dialog appears:
• Click on Start download
The storing procedure may vary dependent on the used web browser and may take some
time, depending on the file size (max. 1 GB) and transmission rate. Follow the instructions of
your web browser. The file name is put together of PROC_ARCHIVE<date>_<time>.csv.
• Click on in order to close the dialog
You now can log off from the target system, or continue with the work in the current session.
The download keeps on running in the background until it is terminated.
The download can be aborted at any time by means of:
• Cancel function via web browser
• Closing the web browser
Example for an Archive File
Engineering via SICAM WEB
464 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
9.3.7 Update Firmware
With this function you are able to loa d the mo st recent firmwares into the t arg et d evice.
Select thereto th e submenu Update firmw are .
You have the possibilit y to abort the procedure.
• Click Sel ect a file in order to open the selection dialog
• Select the source directory and the source file (the file type must be *.bin)
• Click on the button
The target device starts the l oading procedure. The duration of the loading proc edure de-
pends on the file size and the used communication connection.
Note
During l oadin g proced ures the websit e must n ot be l eft. The sel ecti on of anoth er webs ite m ay l e ad to th e
occurrence of un defi ned stat es.
Subsequently the file is checked upon validity. If the data is valid, it is written on the SD card
of the target device. Otherwise, an error information is displayed.
After successful upload the following dialog appears:
• Click on the button
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 465
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Subsequently the following dialog appears:
You have the possibility to abort the restart of the device and to update further firmware.
• Click on the button in order to restart th e dev ice
9.3.8 Update SICAM WEB
This function gives you the possibility of using the most recent software for the SICAM WEB
application.
Select thereto th e submenu Updat e applicati on sof tware .
You have the possibilit y to abort the procedure.
• Click Sel ect a file in order to open the selection dialog
• Select the source directory and the source file (the file type must be *.web)
• Click on the button
The target device starts the l oading procedure. The duration of the loading proc edure de-
pends on the file size and the used communication connection.
Note
During l oadin g proced ures the websit e must n ot be l eft. The sel ecti on of anoth er webs ite m ay l e ad to th e
occurrence of un defi ned stat es.
Subsequently the file is checked upon validity. If the data is valid, it is written on the SD card
of the target device. Otherwise, an error information is displayed.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
466 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
After successful upload the following dialog appears:
• Click on the button
Subsequently the following dialog appears:
You have the possibility to abort the restart of the device and to update further firmware.
• Click on the button in order to restart th e dev ice
9.3.9 Install Language Package
This function gives you the possibility of installing additional languages for the graphical user
interface.
You have the possibilit y to abort the procedure.
• Click Sel ect a file in order to open the selection dialog
• Select the source directory and the source file (the file type must be *. nls)
• Click on the button
Engineering via SICAM WEB
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 467
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
The target device starts the l oading procedure. The duration of the loading proc edure de-
pends on the file size and the used communication connection.
Note
During l oadin g proced ures the websit e must n ot be l eft. The sel ecti on of anoth er webs ite m ay l e ad to th e
occurrence of un defi ned stat es.
Subsequently the file is checked upon validity. If the data is valid, it is written on the SD card
of the target device. Otherwise, an error information is displayed.
After successful upload the following dialog appears:
• Click on the button
Subsequently the following dialog appears:
You have the possibility to abort the restart of the device and to update further firmware.
• Click on the button in order to restart th e dev ice
The newly insta lled language is available in the dropdown list of the Logon dialog.
Note
Ap art from the stand ard l anguages English and German, presently no language packag es are d ef in ed.
Engineering via SICAM WEB
468 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Eng ineerin g via SI CA M Device Manager
470 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
10.1 General Information
The S ICAM Dev ice M an ag er is the intuitiv e engineering softwa re for SIC AM A8000 series.
• Project- and device administration
• Multiply devices
• Online connection to devices via SICAM WEB
You will find the instructions for this tool in the do cument SICAM Device Manager User Manu-
al (D51-003).
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 471
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11 Service
Contents
11.1 Operation and Display Elements ................................................................... 472
11.2 Che cks a nd Sys tem D isplay ......................................................................... 492
11.3 Diagnosis ..................................................................................................... 496
11.4 Maintenance of the Hardw are ....................................................................... 515
11.5 Firmware Update .......................................................................................... 519
11.6 Remote Main tenan ce ................................................................................... 523
This chapter describes the internal checks and displays of the devices CP-8000/CP-802x,
which diagnosis options are available, what is to be considered with the exchange of the sys-
tem or external modules, and how functional updates can be loaded into the system.
Service
472 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.1 Operation and Display Elements
The operati on and display elem ents of CP-8000/CP-802x are located on the front o f the re-
spect i ve housing.
CP-8000 provides an LED status display and an integrated LCD text display.
CP-8000
PS-862x and CP-802x provide an LED status display each.
CP-8021 CP-8022 PS-862x PS-864x
F4F3F2F1
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RS-485
OH3
ETH
LK4
PK4
SD
X4
Display
Status and
Function LEDs
Keys
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 473
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.1.1 Description of the LED Display
The LED display comprises the operating states
• LEDs for the system status
• LEDs for the connection st atus of the communication interfaces (dependent on the config-
ured p rotocol elements)
Meaning of the subsequently represented symbols:
Symbol Status Symbol Status
˜ Active (lighting) § Flashes regularly
™ Inactive (dark) V Flashes irregularly
ž Flickers (data exchange) x Not relevant
System Status
CP-8000/CP-802x
Name Color Function LED Meaning
POK Green P ow er ok
(only CP-8000) ˜Pow er s uppl y w ith out error
™• Su m er r or ( voltag e f ailur e, p ow er sup pl y d ef ecti ve,
etc.)
• Startup
RY Yellow Ready ˜System ready
§• L oad in g of par am et ers i nt o th e Flas h PRO M
• Load in g of firmw ar e int o th e Flas h PR OM
™• S ys t em or s pec if ic mod ul e n ot read y
V• Startup
ER Red Error ˜• Sum error (internal error, external error, warning,
module failure, system failure; inclusive I/O Master
Module)
• Startup
™No error
PS-862x/PS-864x
Name Color Function LED Meaning
RY Yellow Ready ˜Module ready
§• 1 s int er val: PS in b oot load er ( s t artup)
• 0.3 s int erv al: C onn ecti on t o C P-8 02 x interrupted
• 0.1 s interval: Loading of firmware into the Flas h
PROM
™• Su m err or ( volt age f ailur e, p ow er sup pl y d ef ecti ve,
at least one of the moni tored voltages smaller t han
setpoin t val u e)
• Startup
Service
474 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Connection Status
Name Color Function LED Meaning
LK1 Yellow Link X1 ˜Physical connection to the Ethernet Hub
™• St art up C onn ecti on not es t abl ish ed
• Startup
PK1 Yellow Pack ag e X1 žActivity (TCP frame sent/received)
™Startup
OH2 Yellow Off hook X2 žSe nding message
˜Connection with minimum one physic al partner set up
(di al-up tr af f ic )
™• C onn ec ti on not est ablish ed
• Startup
RTX2 Yellow Receive/transmit
data X2 žAc tivit y on send/r ecei ve lin e
™Startup
OH3 Yellow Off hook X3 žSe nding message
˜Connection with minimum one physic al partner set up
(di al-up tr af f ic )
™• C onn ec ti on not est ablish ed
• Startup
RTX3 Yellow Receive/transmit
data X3 žS endi ng or r ec ei vin g m essag e
™Startup
LK4 Yellow Link X4 ˜Physical connection to the Ethernet Hub
™• St art up C onn ecti on not es t abl ish ed
• Startup
PK4 Yellow Pack ag e X4 žActivity (TCP frame sent/received)
™Startup
OH6 Yellow Off hook X6 žSe nding message
˜Connection with minimum one physic al partner set up
(di al-up tr af f ic )
™• C onn ec ti on not est ablish ed
• Startup
RTX6 Yellow Receive/transmit
data X6 žS endi ng or r ec ei vin g m essag e
™Startup
LK7 Yellow Link X7 ˜Conn ect i on est ablis h ed
§0.5 s: net search, not registered, turning off
1 s: registered to mobil e net wor k
2 s: error (SIM, regist ration, IPsec, …)
™• C onn ec ti on n ot es tabl ished
• Startup
PK7 Yellow Pack ag e X7 žData exch ang e with GPR S m odem
™Startup
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 475
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.1.2 Description of the LCD Display (only CP-8000)
The LCD display comprises
• Device Information
• Configuration
• Monitoring
• Alarms
Ov erview of the menu struc ture:
Main menu 1.0
Device information 2.0
Configuration 3.0
Monitoring 4.0
Alarms
Submenu 1.1
Device 2.1
I/O Modules 3.1
Ereignisse (Alar m lis t)
2.1.1
IOM0
2.1.2
IOM1
…
2.1.8
IOM7
3.1.1
All E ven ts
3.1.2
DEF Events
3.1.3
DIA Events
1.2
Language 2.2
Protocols 3.2
Alarms
2.2.1
PRE0
2.2.2
PRE1
2.2.3
PRE2
2.2.4
PRE3
3.3
Cockpit
1.3
Display 2.3
Version
1.4
Startu p page 3.4
I/O Modules
3.4.1
IOM0
3.4.2
IOM1
…
3.4.8
IOM7
Note
Consider the notes in section 4.3,Climatic Ambient Conditions.
Service
476 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.1.2.1 Navigation
The navigation within the menus is done via the function keys F1 to F4. Th eir current function
is shown in the bottom row of the display.
Name Function Meaning
F1 ESC • B ack to the previ ous men u
• Reject entry
F2 ▲S election up (circulating list)
+Value +1
F3 ▼S election down ( circ ulat ing lis t)
-Value -1
F4 MENU Back t o the previ ous m en u
ENTER • Open subm enu
• Op en list
EDIT Edit val u e
OK Accept
11.1.2.2 Device Information
The me nu itemt Device informa tion is devided
in the submenus
• Device
• Language
• Display
• Startup page
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 477
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.1.2.2.1 Device
Information on the device itself can be found in
the submenu Device.
Submenu Submenu Display/settings Meaning/range
1.1
Device –Ar ticle number
Serial nu mber
MAC address(es) 1 or 2 ac cordin g to par am eter
IP addr es s
Ha rdware/firmware identifica-
tion
11.1.2.2.2 Language
In the submenu Language you can sele ct the
language of the displ ay. All available languages
are l isted in alph abetical order.
With the function keys ▲ and ▼ you can select a language.
Press the function key OK to activate the selected language.
Submenu Submenu Display/settings Meaning/range
1.2
Language –Deutsch
English
Service
478 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Language settings have no impact on
• labels of the function keys
• parameterized name and state of events (appear as they have been parameterized)
• parameterized name and state of alarms (appear as they have been parameterized)
• name and state of diagnosis events (fixed in english)
• name and state of diagnosis alarms (fixed in english)
11.1.2.2.3 Display
In the submenu Display you can change the
display settings (e.g. brightness, contrast).
With the function keys ▲ and ▼ you can select a parameter.
Press the function key EDIT to edit the selected parameter.
For changing press the function key + or – and accept with OK.
Submenu Submenu Display/settings Meaning/range
1.3
Display – Contrast 1…9
B ackl ig ht l ev el 1…3
B ackl ig ht di m m ed 0…2
Time until dimmed 0…99
Invert display ¨◄►þ
Display test
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 479
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.1.2.2.4 Start Page
In the submenu Star t up pa g e you can select
that page which shall be di splayed after a
startup.
With the function keys ▲ and ▼ you can select a page.
Press the function key OK to activate the selected page.
After the next startup of the target device the selected page is displayed.
Submenu Submenu Display/settings Meaning/range
1.4
Startu p page –M ain m en u
I/O Modules 1
I/O Modules 2
: :
I/O Modules 8
All E ven ts
DEF Events
DIA Events
Alarms
Cockpit 1
Cockpit 2
: :
Cockpit 32
Note
If the selec ted page is not existing, then the sup erior menu will be dis played.
E xam ple: s el ecti on of an I/O M odule th at is not equi pp ed.
Service
480 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.1.2.3 Configuration
The me nu item Configuration is devided in the
submenus
• I/O Modules
• Protocols
• Version
11.1.2.3.1 I/O Modules
In the submenu I/O Mo dules you can select the
status display of the internal and – if used –
external I/O Modules ( only with equipped
I /O Ma ster Module).
You may also view equipped I/O Modu les in the
Monitoring | I/O Modules su bmenu.
The image besides shows the standard sub-
menu.
Menu with external SICAM I/O Modules (exam-
ple) Menu with external SICAM TM
I/O Modules (example)
With the function keys ▲ and ▼ you can select an I/O Module.
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 481
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
With the function key ENTER you get to the status display of the selected I/O Module.
Status of digital outputs (exam ple) Status of digital in puts (example)
With the function keys ▲ and ▼ you can switch direct ly between the I/O Modules.
Submenu Submenu Function Status Meaning
2.1
I/O Modules 2.1.1
IOM0: DO-820xOUT D00…
OUT D07 ˜DI: activated
™DI: not activated
2.1.2
IOM1: DI-810xIN D00…IN D07
IN D10…IN D13 ˜DO : acti v ated
™DO: not activated
2.1.3
IOM2: 1) <Value> AI: i nput valu e 2)
<Value> AO: output val u e 2)
2.1.4
IOM3: 1)
2.1.5
IOM4: 1)
2.1.6
IOM5: 1)
2.1.7
IOM6: 1)
2.1.8
IOM7: 1)
1) dependent on the respective module
2) percentage of the measuring range of th e respective module
Service
482 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.1.2.3.2 Protocols
In the submenu Protocols the status of the
individual communication connections is dis-
played (only with configured protocol).
The image besides shows an example without
configured PRE1.
Meaning of the status symbols in the Protocols menu:
Submenu Submenu Function Status Meaning
2.2
Protocols 2.2.1
PRE0: <Firmware> ˜(All) conn ecti on(s) estab-
lished
2.2.2
PRE1: <Firmware> ˜!Not all connect ions estab-
lished
2.2.3
PRE2: <Firmware> ™!No c onnec tion est ablis hed
™Connecti on not establis hed
2.2.4
PRE3: <Firmware> ™?No detai led information av ail-
able for this protocol
X? No interface is assigned to
this protoc ol
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 483
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Examples:
This example is valid for LAN/multi-point traffic-
master and dial-up traffic-master.
• Only parametrized connections are
displayed.
• If there are more connections available as
can be shown on one page, these will be
displayed on the next page.
Meaning of the status s ymbols:
˜ Connection is established
™ Connection is not estab lish ed
This example i s valid for point-to-point or multi-
point traffic-slave.
Meaning of the status s ymbols:
˜ Connection is established
™ Connection is not estab lish ed
This information is displayed if there are no
details available for this protocol.
Service
484 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.1.2.3.3 Version
In the submenu Version th e version numbers of
the individual firmwares ar e dis play ed.
11.1.2.4 Monitoring
The me nu item Monitoring is devided in the
submenus
• Events
• Alarms
• Cockpit
• I/O Modules
The subm enu Events | ALL Ev ents displays a list with max. of 4000 process and diagnosis
events.
The subm enu Alarms displays a list with max. of 4000 process and diagnosis alarms (you
may also view the alarm list from the main menu ite m Alarms).
The subm enu Cockpit displ ays up to 32 configurable groups wit h up to 255 signals each.
The subm enu I/O Modules displays the signal states at the inputs and outputs of the
equipped I/O Modules.
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 485
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
The followi ng signals can be defined by means of parameter as proc ess event and/or process
alarm (refer to 9.1.11.2.1,Configurable Logging and Displ ay of Signal States):
Type of signal Designation Type identifier
(TI) Process
event Process
alarm
Sin gle point informati on SI TI 30 ü ü
Double point informati on DI TI 31 ü ü
Single command SC TI 45 ü
Do uble command DC TI 46 ü
The following diagnosi s events and diagnosis al arms (sum errors) are generated by the de-
v ice and entered in the lis t. These diagn osis even ts cannot be p arameterized:
Event process text Meaning Diagno-
sis event Diagno-
sis alarm
D ia I n tError Internal error ü ü
Dia ExtError E xtern al err or ü ü
Dia ComError Communi cat io n error ü ü
Dia Test Test ü ü
Dia Warning Warning ü ü
Dia BoardFail Board fail ure ü ü
Dia Restart Restart ü ü
11.1.2.4.1 Events | ALL Events
The subm enu Events is devided i n the sub-
menus
• All Events
• DEF Events (process events)
• DIA Events (diagnosis events)
Service
486 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
In the submenu All Eve nts all proc ess even ts
and diagnosis events are displayed in chrono-
logical order (most recent entry first).
In the header yo u can s ee whic h entry you have
s elected and the amoun t of all entries.
After opening the list, the most recent entry is
automatica lly s elected .
You can navi gate through the entir e list via function keys ▼ and ▲.
In th e selected entry you c an see detailed informa tion o n the selected entr y (d ate,
timestamp, etc.).
Using the function key TOP, you go to the beginning of the list (and select the first entry).
The oscillating function key TOP shows that a new event is active.
• Press the oscillating function key TOP to refresh the entire list
The function key TOP will not be oscillating if you did select the first entry and a new event
occurs. In this case, however, the list will be refreshed.
Submenu Submenu Display/settings Meaning/range
3.1
Events 3.1.1
All E ven ts E vent nam e • Fr eely p aram eteri z able t ext
(applies f or pr ocess events)
• Al w ays b egin ning wit h “D i a”
(applies for d ia gnosis
events)
Status • Fr eel y p aram eteri z able t e xt
(applies f or pr ocess events)
• C omin g, goin g ( ap pl ies f or
diagnosis events)
Qu alit y bit Applies for process events
(TI 30 and TI 31) onl y:
?: not topical
!: invalid
#: bl oc k ed
$: substituted
Date Date of the selected event
Time stamp Timestamp of the selected
event
T ime quality b it !: invalid (optional)
Ind icati on of d ayl ig ht- savi ng
time S: d aylight-saving time (op-
tional)
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 487
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.1.2.4.2 Events | DEF Events
The subm enü Events | DEF Events shows
exclusively process events in a list.
For a more detailed description of the display and navigation, refer to section 11.1.2.4.1,
Events | ALL Events.
Submenu Submenu Display/settings Meaning/range
3.1
Events 3.1.2
DEF Events Event n am e Freely parameterizable text
(applies f or pr ocess events)
Status Freely parameterizable text
Qu alit y bit Valid for process-events
(TI 30 and TI 31) onl y:
?: not topical
!: invalid
#: bl oc k ed
$: substituted
Date Date of the selected event
Time stamp Timestamp of the selected
event
T ime quality b it !: invalid (optional)
Ind icati on of d ayl ig ht- savi ng
time S: d aylight-saving time
(optional)
Service
488 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.1.2.4.3 Events | DIA Events
The subm enü Events | DIA Events shows
exclusively diagnosis events in a list.
For a more detailed description of the display and navigation, refer to section 11.1.2.4.1,
Events | ALL Events.
Submenu Submenu Display/settings Meaning/range
3.1
Events 3.1.3
DIA Events Event n am e Freely d efinable text
Status Freel y d efinable text
Date Date of the selected event
Time stamp Timestamp of the selected
event
T ime quality b it !: invalid (optional)
Ind icati on of d ayl ig ht- savi ng
time S: d aylight-saving time
(optional)
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 489
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.1.2.4.4 Alarms
After opening the list, the most recent entry is automatically selected.
In the hea der y ou can see w hic h entry you hav e selected an d the amo unt of all entries.
In the submenu Alarms alarms are displa yed in
chronological order (most recent entry first).
In the header yo u can s ee whic h entry you have
s elected and the amoun t of all entries.
After opening the list, the most recent entry is
automatica lly s elected .
You can navi gate through the entir e list via function keys ▼ and ▲.
In th e selected entry you c an see detailed informa tion o n the selected entr y (d ate,
timestamp, etc.).
Using the function key TOP, you go to the beginning of the list (and select the first entry).
The oscillating function key TOP shows that a new alarm is active.
• Press the oscillating function key TOP to refresh the entire list
The function key TOP will not be oscillating, if you did select the first entry and a new alarm
occurs. In this case, however, the list will be refreshed.
Submenu Submenu Display/settings Meaning/range
3.2
Alarms –Alarm name Freely defin able text (applies
for process alarms)
Always beginning with “Dia”
( appli es for di agnosis al arms )
Status • Fr eel y def in abl e t ext ( ap -
plies for process alarms)
• C omin g ( appl i es f or di ag-
nosis alarms) *)
*) no historical alarms
Service
490 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.1.2.4.5 Cockpit
The subm enu Cockpit is devid ed in f reely de-
fi nable groups.
Under each group, the status of si gnals as-
signed to the group can be read:
• Binary information (process data message)
• Measured values (process data measured
value)
The groups and their assi gned signal s are de-
fine d via the enginee ring tool (SICAM WEB:
r efer to sec tion 9.1.11.2.1,Configurable Logging
and Display of Signal States).
You can navi gate through the entir e list via function keys ▼ and ▲
You can open the selected group with the function key OK.
Under the opened group the respectively as-
signed si gnals appear with the status di splay.
Example: binary information items
In this example, 3 bin ary information items are
assigned to the group positions 1, 3 and 4.
Position 2 is not assigned.
Example: measured values
In this example, 2 measured valu es are as-
signed to the group positions 1 and 5.
Positions 2, 3 and 4 are not assigned.
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 491
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Submenu Submenu Display/settings Meaning/range
3.3
Cockpit <Group 1>
<Group 2>
<Group 3>
:
<Group 32>
Signal name Fr eely definable text
Status Freely definabl e text (applies
f or bin ar y infor m ati on)
Value Freely definable text (ap plies
f or anal og inform ati on)
Unit Freely definable text (applies
f or anal og inform ati on)
Qu alit y bit Valid for process-events
(TI 30 and TI 31) onl y:
?: not topical
!: invalid
#: bl oc k ed
$: substituted
11.1.2.4.6 I/O Modules
In the submenu I/O Mo dules you can select
the status display for the indivi dual I/O Modules
(only with equipped I/O Master Modul e).
The image besides shows the standard sub-
menu.
The menu structure and the displa y corresp on ds with the submenu Configuration | I/O
Modules (see section 11.1.2.3.1,I/O Modules).
Service
492 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.2 Checks and System Display
The single s ystem elements car ry o ut c hecks of th e hardware and software. If an error is de-
tected, this leads
• to a signaling on the LED display
• dependent of the severeness of the error possibly
─ to an abort of the startup
─ i n operation to a shutdown of the m odul es or firmware
After an errorless startup of a system element further checks are carried out.
11.2.1 Checks during Startup
Startup (step) RY ER Error/reaction
P ower-up or reset ™ ˜ Star t startup
™• Modul e def ecti ve
• M assi ve error in th e p r ogr am memor y
Check of the code memory (flash
PROM) ™ ˜ PROM error (code)
• M odul e is sh ut dow n
• St art up is ab orted
Check of the data memory (RAM) with
add ress error check ™ ˜ RAM error (data)
• M odul e is shut d own
• St art up is ab orted
Check whether SD card is present ™ ˜ SD card not present
Check of the c hecksum of all parame-
t er files and firmware files on the SD
card
™ ˜ Checksum error on the SD card
• Di agn osis i nform ati on is s et
Check whether all parameters on the
SD card are present ™ ˜ Parameter files incompl ete
• Fir m ware is shut down
• St art up is ab orted
Check whether all firmware files on the
SD card are present ™ ˜ Firmware code incomplete
Check whet her the firm ware cod e of
th e subordin ate system elements
(prot oc ol elem ents, I/O M as ter Modul e)
is current
™ ˜ If not, Load firmware code at a later time
Revision ch eck of the param eters in
th e p aramet er memory ™ ˜ If th e p arameters are not current, th ey are
loaded from t he SD card
Check parameter memory (fl ash-
PROM) ™ ˜ C hecks um err or of the par amet ers
• Fir m ware is shut down
• s tartup is abort ed
Initiate the startup of the subordinate
syst em el em ents ™ ˜
C heck for accorda nce of t he parame -
t eri zed HW c onfiguration with the
mechanical configuration (I/O Modules)
™ ˜ C onf ig ur ation err or
• th e wrong ly conf igur ed or def ect ive mod ul e
is n ot op eration al
• s ucc es si onal modu l es ar e n ot oper ati onal
Check of the configuration for pulse
com m and output ™ ˜ Config urati on err or
• Puls e c omman d outp ut is loc k ed for all
modules
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 493
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Startup (step) RY ER Error/reaction
Loadin g the p aram eters to the s ubor di-
nat e system elem ents ™ ˜ T oo li ttle mem ory on t he pr otoc ol element or
I/O M aster Module
• Fir m war e on th e protocol elem ent or I/O
Master Module is s hut down
Check of the parameter contents ™ ˜ Parameter error
Startup completed (OK) ˜ ™
Startup completed (Fehler) ˜ ˜
Error (startup aborted) RY ER Note
Module defective ™ ™ Replace system/extern al module
PROM err or (c ode) ™ ˜ R eplac e syst em/ ext ernal mod ule
RAM error (data) ™ ˜ R eplac e syst em/ ext ernal mod ule
P ar ameter files incompl ete ™ ˜ • R ead diagnosis
• Init iali ze aut omati on u nit
Ch ecksum error of the param eters ™ ˜ • R ead diagn osis
• Init iali ze aut omati on u nit
Parameter error ™ ˜ Read diagnosis
Error (startup cont inued) RY ER Note
No SD card present ˜ ˜ • R ead diagnosis
• Ins ert SD c ard
• Init i alize autom ation uni t
Firmware code incomplete ˜ ˜ • R ead diagnosis
• L od f irmw are n ewl y
C onfig uration err or ˜ ˜ Read diagnosis
T oo li ttle memory on th e prot ocol el e-
ment or I/O M ast er Modu l e ˜ ˜ Read diagnosis
Parameter error ˜ ˜ Read d iagn osis ( dep endin g on typ e of error)
Note
“Firmware shut down” means t hat all f unctions wi th exc eption of th ose, which ar e neces sary for the c om-
municati on wit h t he eng ineerin g t ool in the loc al operatin g mod e, are halted. In this s tate all outputs are
terminated.
B y m eans of the lighted display this s tate can not be identif ied clearly. On occurrence of this stat e, a
diagn ostic inform ation is set wit h an error code. This s tate c an now onl y be ended w ith a P ow er up or
Reset. The r eset can be ini tiated both by the SICAM TOOLBOX II as well as with SIC AM WEB.
Note
“M odul e shut dow n” means that all activities of the hardware and f irm w are ar e h alt ed. In this s tate all
out puts are t erminated.
B y m eans of the lighted dis play this st ate can not be identifi ed clearly . This stat e can now only be ended
with a Pow er up or Reset.
The reset can be initiated by the SICAM TOOLBOX II as well as with
SICAM WEB.
Service
494 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.2.2 Checks after Startup
Cy clic op eration RY ER Error/reaction
Check of the communication connec-
tions ˜ ˜ Comm uni cat io n error
• Communication f ail ure
• Communic ation fault
Communication conne ctions set up
(OK) ˜ ™
Function ch ec k of th e I /O M odules ov er
th e TM bus ˜ ˜ I/O Module error
• P eri od ic al inf orm ati on f or t he open -/c l osed-
loop control function
• Diagnos is inf or mation
I/O Modules operational (OK) ˜ ™
Error RY ER Note
Co mmunication failure ˜ ˜ • Diagnosis
• Ch eck c ommunic ati on lin es
• Ch eck r emot e s tat ion
Commu ni cat io n error ˜ ˜ Diagnosis
I/O M odule err or ˜ ˜ • Diagnosis
• Repl ac e syst em ( if in t ern al modu l e)
• Repl ac e I/O M od ule (if ext ern al mod ul e)
Load firmware cod e RY ER Error/reaction
S ystem element is shut dow n and the
firmware code is loaded from the SD
card
˜ ˜
Init iate startup of th e Mast er Module for
new loaded syst em elements ( protoc ol
elemen t, I/O M aster M odul e)
˜ ˜
startup completed (OK) ˜ ™
startup completed (error) ˜ ˜
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 495
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.2.3 Behavior of the Process Outputs upon Startup and Failure
With failure of the supply voltage and during startup of the system all the process outputs are
terminated.
After startup of the Master Module the periodical information items for th e open-/closed-loop
contro l function are initialized with the value 0 and a status "faulty" dependent on the
I/O Module.
After startup of the I/O Master Module all periodical information items from faultless inputs are
written with the current preprocessed value, and the corresponding status "faulty" is reset.
The behavior of outputs upon communication failure is dependent on the I/O Module and can
be defined for each outpu t s electiv ely with the p arameter Fail_behav.
For binary information outputs the foll owing behavi or can be selected:
•terminate (default)
•keep
For current and voltage outputs the following behavior can be selected:
•keep (default)
•substitute value
If the substitute value is selected, in the following cases the value defined via parameter
fail_subst_value is output:
Event Description Action
Power-on Return of the supp ly
voltage after failure As long as no setpoint value was received,
the parameteri zed substitution value is calcu-
lat ed and trans ferr ed as ac tive v alue in to the
process image
Startup Startup possible via
• Remote command
• Operation
With a remote st artup the value is reset to the
last valu e, ind epend ent of t he param eteriza-
tion; if a valu e n ever was received, the substi-
tuti on val ue is outpu t
Co mmunication failure
Mast er Modu l e Subs t itu tion v al u e is out put
F ailur e M ast er Mod ul e Subst itu tion v al u e is out put
Service
496 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.3 Diagnosis
11.3.1 Distinction of the Error Types
The following l isting explains the different error type s and their logging.
• System errors
─ Supervision of the system , communi cation, time synchroni zation by the firmware of the
configured system elements
− Logging in the online diagnosis
− Activation of the red error LED on the Master Module
• Parameterization errors (telecontrol function)
─ Supervision by the engineering tool
− Specific conventions or plausibility checks
− Indication upon entry or prevention of the transfer
─ Sup erv i sio n o nli ne by th e fi rm war es of t he conf i gur ed sys tem el em ent s
− Logging in the online diagnosis
− Activation of the red error LED on the Master Module
If in the target device a param eterization is loaded that does not match with the mechani-
cal prese nt system elements, this leads to the indication of a hardware e rror.
• Programming errors (open-/closed-loop control function)
─ Supervision by CAEx plus (engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II)
− Specific conventions or plausibility checks
− Indication upon entry or prevention of the transfer
─ Supervision by the CAEx plus compiler (engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II)
− Logging in the "Error state viewer"
─ Supervision by the ASCII-Compiler during startup (engineering via SICAM W EB)
− Logging in the PLC diagnosis
─ Su pervi si on onl ine by t he fi rm ware of th e Ma st er Modul e
− Logging in the online diagnosis
• Operator errors
Are largely excluded due to plausibility checks or queries by the engineering tool (addi-
tional hints see Appendix C.1,Errors with the Engineering via SICAM WEB).
Note
Naturally, all op er ator i nputs , suc h as f or exampl e t he loadi ng of p aram eters or th e online testin g, are
subjec t to the responsibi lity of th e user.
Prof ound kn ow ledg e of the automat ion techniqu e i n general, as well as the documents ment ion ed in the
P reface is presume d.
Errors that are recorded in the online diagnosis are devided in diagnosis classes and contain
further indications about the possible error cause, as well as hints for the error eli mination
(“cause“, “rem edy“).
You find the meaning of the diagnosis classes in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Func-
tions System and Basic System Elements, chapter „System Services“, sect ion „Diagnostic and
Signaling“.
You find the error indications recorded in the online diagnosis in the SICAM TOOLBOX II
Online Help, c hapter "Parameter Documentation and Diagnosis Info", s ection "Diagnosis In-
formation", under the respective firmware.
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 497
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.3.2 SICAM TOOLBOX II
11.3.2.1 Connection Possibilities for the Diagnosis
For the access to the diagnosis data of CP-8000/CP-802x, an onli ne connection of the engi-
neering PC to the t arget devic e is required. Read ing access is at the same ti me possible local-
ly and from the distance. W riting access (example: startup request to the target device) is only
exclusively possible.
You find the basi c connection possibilities in section 7.7.1,SICAM TOOLBOX II. Following
you find some application examples.
Direct connection
Ethernet TCP/IP
TOOLBOX II
Revision:
License Pak:
Version 5 | Sieme ns AG
Direct cable (RS )
-232
Service
498 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Connection via Ethernet
f
Remote connection via further automation units
Ethernet TCP/IP
TOOLBOX II
Revision:
License Pak:
Version 5 | Siem ens AG
Ethernet TCP/IP
TOO L B OX II
Revision:
License Pak:
Version 5 | Sieme ns AG
CM-1820 Toolbox cable
(EIA-232)
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 499
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.3.2.2 Diagnosis Overview
CP-8000/CP-802x contains extensive diagnosis functions for monitoring the system. Since the
firmware ex ecutes the appr opriate error monitoring routines automa tically, no settings b y th e
user a re nec ess ary th ereto.
With the tool "Diagnostic" (TOOLBOX II | Service Progr ams | Diagnostic) , system states
and err or information i tems can b e read , a nd printed out if required.
The foll owing functions are avai lable:
• Network overview diagnosis
The error entries of all automation units in the network are output in a report window via
the menu Network overview diagnostic (su m infor mation).
• Acknowledge network
Via the button Acknowledge network , the error entries of all automation units located
in the network are deleted, insofar as they are no longer present.
• AU overview diagnosis
The error entries of all automation units in the network are output in a report window via
the menu AU overview diagnostic (sum information for each system element able to
report).
• AU individual diagnosis
The error entries of each system element in the AU are output in a report window via dou-
ble-cl ick on the respective A U.
• History Diagnosis
The time dependent course of error entries is output in a report window vi a the menu
History Diagnosis .
• Clear history diagnosis
Via the button Clear , a ll error entries located in the history diagnostis are deleted, in so-
far as they ar e no longer present.
• Automatic diagnosis
An overview of the error entries of all automation units in a network as well as their system
elements is output in a report window via the menu Automa tic diagnosis . The outputs
are structured hierarchically in
─ Network overview diagnosis
─ AU overview diagnosis
─ AU single diagnosis
─ History (if preset)
Service
500 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Automatic Diagnosis (Example)
You find further details on the diagnosis functions in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help,
chapter "Diagnos is".
You find the d description of the diagnosis functions in the manual SICAM RTUs Common
Functions System and Basic System Elements, chapter "System Services", section "Diagno-
sis".
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 501
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.3.2.3 System Performance
Information on the system performance of a selected automation unit can be interrogated with
the tool "Online Maintenance Function".
The foll owing functions are avai lable:
• Display equipped system elements
• Read serial numbers
• Display/delete data flow routing
• Shut down selected system elements
• Shut down selected automation unit
• Startup selected system elements
• Startup automation unit
• Display time
• Memory check
• Data processing capacity
• Control- and bus runtime
You find further details on the main tenance functions in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help,
chapter “Service Programs”, section “Special Programs | Service Function Online".
11.3.2.4 Diagnosis of the Open-/Closed-Loop Control Function
With the tool "CAEx plus" the following status information can be displayed for each task with
the function ONLINE Test :
• Parameterized cycle time
• Current runtime
• Minimum/maximum runtime
• Number of runtime time-outs
• Bus runtime
You find furthe r information in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and
Basic Syst em Elements, chapter "Automation", section "Open-/ Closed-loop Control Function",
section "Display Status Information".
system
performance service
function
online
selection AU
time display
memory check
data processing
capacity
control and bus
runtime
stop
startup
Service
502 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Errors that can occur with the creation of the function diagram (for example the linking of a bi-
nary signal to an analog input of a function) are displayed in a separate report window ("POU
e rror check"):
• Automatic upon incorrect input
• Manually with the function Early error detection (pop-up menu in the function diagram)
You find the exact details in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter "Editors", section "FBD Edi-
tor", section "Operation in FBD Editor".
Errors with Engineering
Errors that can occ ur wi th en gineering are d is play ed centrally in the "Error -state viewer" of
"CAEx plus". It essentially concerns thereby
• Indications of the installation
• Indications of the export/import
• Indications of the project management
• Indications of the FBD editor
• Indications of the code generation
• Object-related indications
• Indications of the object assistant
• Indications of the typical import
• Indications of the signal list
• Indications of hardware signal data bases
The indi cati ons are created after the i nitiation of a function (for instance "code generation").
You find the exact details in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter "Additional Products", section
"Error-State Viewer".
Errors with the Target Device Connecti on
Errors that can o ccur with the targ et d evice connection are di splayed cent rally in the "Error-
state viewer" of "CAEx plus". It concerns thereby notofications
• of the target device connection
• of the code generator
• of the control panel
• of the online applications
• of the "Open Operating System"
• of the target device integrat ion in the proj ect managem ent
• of the "openPLC"
You find the exact details in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter "Target System Connection",
section "Program Messages for Target System Connection".
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 503
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.3.3 SICAM WEB
11.3.3.1 Connection Possibilities for the Diagnosis
For the access to the diagnosis data of CP-8000/CP-802x, an onli ne connection of the engi-
neering PC to the target device is required. Reading access is also possible if the target de-
vice was engineered via the SICAM TOOLBOX II. Writing access (example: startup request to
the target device) is only exclusively possible.
You find the basi c connection possibilities in section 7.7.2,SICAM WEB. Followi ng you find
s ome a pplic ation examples.
Direct Connection
Ethernet TCP/IP
Direct cable (RS )
-232
Service
504 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Connection via Ethernet
11.3.3.2 Diagnosis Overview
CP-8000/CP-802x provides an automatic diagnosis system. This recognizes ocurring errors,
and generates corr espondi ng indications.
The system diagnosis can be read out in different menus:
• Device information
• Diagnosis indications
─ Diagnosis status
─ Diagnosis logbook
The recorded indications are differentiated in:
• Errors with the hardware (modules and wiring)
• Errors with the communication
• Errors with the parameter setting
• Errors with the application program
Note
Error in dications may cont ain addit ion al statements about the p oss ibl e err or c ause and not es for th e er ror
removal.
Ethernet TCP/IP
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 505
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.3.3.3 Device Information
• Menu Home | Device
On the devic e pag e, you can s ee the s pecific info rmation o f the target dev ice:
• Device view
• Article number
• Application software and revision level
• Device information according to settings
• System time
Example for CP-8000
Under System status you will see those system elements of the target device with the loaded
firm ware that are not in the OK state:
• System element (Master Module, I/O Master Module, I/O Module, protocol element)
• Status: Faulty (system element in the OK st ate are n ot displayed)
• Designation of the system element
• Revision level of the loaded firmware
Under Protocol details resides in case of a protocol according to IEC 61850 a hyperlink to
the webserver of the protoc ol element. Prer equ isite is t hat the web s erver h as been ac tivated
(in the directory tree under SICA M A8000 CP-80xx | Master modu le | PRE <0…3>: Ethernet
Interface IEC61850 Ed.2 | HTTP web server = enabled).
Service
506 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
To connect with the IEC 61850 web server click on Details…, the protocol details will be
opened in a new tab of the web browser:
You find further information for that in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Protocol
Elements, chapter "LAN Communication (61850)", section "Web Server".
Example for CP-8022
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 507
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.3.3.4 Diagnosis
• Menu Home | Diagnosis
11.3.3.4.1 Diagnosis Status
W hen opening the diagnosis status page, the currentl y existing errors will be read from the
target device and will be listed in a table as plain text.
Note
The reading of all d iagnosis indications may take some time depending on the communication connection.
T he process cannot be aborted.
The diagnosis shows all current errors in the target device. The display takes place in plai n
text in c hronological ord er.
The content of each column (exception: Detail info) can be sorted descending or ascending.
Service
508 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
The table contains the following columns:
Column Name Designation
Module N ame of the system elem ent
Severity Informational
Warning
Error
Topic for easy navigation, e.g.:: oper atin g system, , startup, com munica-
ti on t o station xy, prot ocol el emen t and s o on
Error text Short description
D etail info Detailed description
Error class Board failure
Communication
Intern
Startup
Warning
Event
Err or ID Failure ID
If you select a row of the table, an area with more detailed information is opened on the right
side.
Note
When reopening the diagnosis st at us page within th e same session, the displayed diagnos is status indica-
tions will not be refreshed.
This is how to update diagnosis status indications:
• Click on the general button for reading again all diagnosis status indications from the
device
The existing table will be del eted and all detail information will be read out completely from the
device and will be listed in a table.
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 509
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.3.3.4.2 Diagnosis Logbook
When opening the diagnosis logbook page, the recorded indications will be read from the tar-
get device and will be listed in a table as plain text.
Note
T he reading of all diagn osis log book ind ications m ay take some time depending on the communication
connection. The process can not be aborted.
The diagnosis logbook shows the chronological sequence of all coming and going errors in
the target d evi ce. The display tak es plac e in plain text in chronolo gical ord er (resolution 1 ms).
The content of each column (exception: detail info) can be sorted descending or ascending.
The table contains the following columns:
Column Name Designation
Date/time Tim e s tam p of th e diag nosis entry
Module N ame of the system elem ent
Severity Informational
Warning
Error
Topic for easy n avigation, e.g.: operati ng sys tem, st ar tup, com munication to
station x y, protoc ol elem en t and s o on
Error text Short description
Error state Raising or cl eared error
D etail info Detailed description
Error class Board failure
Communication
Intern
Startup
Warning
Event
Err or ID Failure ID
Service
510 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
W ith the initial readi ng in a session, the 30 most current entries are displ ayed.
• Click on the button , if you want to see entries with an earlier tim estamp
Thereupon, the next older indications are loaded and displ ayed. As long as not all indications
have been loaded, the button remains activated.
The error table captures up to 10000 entries and is stored non-volatile. If the error table is full,
the respective oldest entry will be overwritten with the most current one (ring buffer).
If you select a row of the table, an area with more detailed information is opened on the right
side.
• Click on the sidebar right beside the table, if you want to hide the detailed description of
the selected entry
Note
When reopening the diagnos is logbook
page wi thin the s am e sess ion , th e disp layed indicati ons wi ll not be
refreshed.
This is how to update diagnosis logbook indications:
• Click on the general button for reading again all diagnosis logbook i ndications from
the device
The existing table will be deleted and onl y those entri es which have been created by the de-
v ic e since th e last reading proc edur e will b e read out from the device and will be listed in a ta-
ble.
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 511
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.3.3.4.3 Export Diagnosis Logbook
W ith the export function you can save the diagnosis entries which are recorded in the ring
buffer in a file on your PC.
• Click on the button
The target system saves the records in a file.
• You can abort the procedure by clicking on
• Click on the button in order to start the export
After the export, the file is provided for the download (format .csv). A dialog is opened with the
link Start download.
• Click with the right mouse button on the link
A dialog for the selecti on of the saving path is opened. The default file name can be changed,
if needed. Follow the instructions of your web browser.
• You can abort the procedure by clicking on
Service
512 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.3.3.4.4 Security Logbook
W hen opening the security logbook page, the recorded indicati ons will be read from the target
device and will be listed in a table as plain text.
Note
The reading of all security log book indications may t ake some tim e d epending on th e communication
connection. The process can not be aborted.
The diagnosis logbook shows the chronological sequence of all coming and going errors in
the target d evi ce. The display tak es plac e in plain text in chronolo gical ord er (resolution 1 ms).
The table contains the following columns:
Column Name Designation
Time stamp T ime stamp of th e security-relevant information
S yst em ad dr ess Address of the corresponding hardware
Information Region numbe r
Component
Mast er Modu l e addres s
Sup pl em en tar y Mod ul e ad dress
Class Notice
Warning
Alert
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 513
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.3.3.4.5 Export Security Logbook
W ith the export function you can save the diagnosis entries which are recorded in the ring
buffer in a file on your PC.
• Click on the button
The target system saves the records in a file.
• You can abort the procedure by clicking on
• Click on the button in order to start the export
After the export, the file is provided for the download (format .csv). A dialog is opened with the
link Start download.
• Click with the right mouse button on the link
A dialog for the selecti on of the saving path is opened. The default file name can be changed,
if needed. Follow the instructions of your web browser.
• You can abort the procedure by clicking on
Service
514 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.3.3.5 Diagnosis of the Time
Via the me nu Time you get to the time diagnosis. Here the time state is displayed.
The time state indicates whether the time has a daylight saving offset and is valid.
Errors with the tim e synchronization are recorded in the Diagnosis status and in the Diagnosis
logbook.
11.3.3.6 Diagnosis of the Open-/Closed-Loop Control Function
For the supervision of the open-/closed-loop control function several diagnosis functions are
available.
Errors due to the logic operations or by means of external influence are displayed in the Diag-
nosis logbook. The corr esponding supervision routines are performed automatically, no user
s ettings are required therefore.
Errors due to the syntax or program si ze are recognized automati cally after the loading and
display ed in the status log (see section 9.2.2.1.1,Import A ppli ca tion Progr am).
If the IL was loaded offline (via storage in the root directory of the SD card), you can start the
syntax check manually in the menu Logic .
• Click on the button
The check result is display ed in the bottom tool bar. I n case of error the d etails ar e di splay ed
in the status log.
• Click on the global button , if you want to read the status log
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 515
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.4 Maintenance of the Hardware
11.4.1 Recognition of Hardware Errors
11.4.1.1 Internal Modules
W ith startup and during the operati on CP-8000/CP-802x supervises the hardware. A faulty or
failed module is notified by means of the error LED on the system and, if accasion arises, on
the faulty I/O Module. Further , a record in th e online diagnosis tak es place.
If a hardware error exists, a replacement of the system or of the external I/O Module is re-
quired.
11.4.1.2 SD Card
CP-8000/CP-802x accesses with each startup the SD card and checks it. The following cases
lead to errors with the SD card:
• SD card not available
• SD card defective
• Wrong type of SD card
• SD card empty
• SD card not formatted
• Checksum error with firmware codes
• Checksum error with parameter files
Possible caus es for a check sum error are power fail ure or write error during a loa ding pro-
cesses on the SD card.
Upon startup with erroneous SD card the supplementary system elements are not started,
hence for instance no remote communication is possible.
CP-8000/CP-802x accesses also during operati on the SD card due to operator control actions
or loading processes. With missing SD card loa ding processes are blocked. With engineering
via SICAM WEB the access is blocked, with loading of web pages (change of the menu) the
web browser notifies an error. The targ et device performs an automatic logoff. The lo gon is
only possible again wit h ins erted S D ca rd.
Warning
Inserting the SD card dur ing operati on leads to a restar t of the relevant t arget device!
Service
516 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.4.2 Replacement of a Module
The connection of the process signals takes place by means of withdrawable screw terminals.
Since these screw termin als carry the wiring, yo u do not n eed to loos en any wires up on mod-
ule exchange. The screw terminals are packed with each module.
The replacement of a module is achievable without a special tool:
• Detach the terminals from the bottom side of the m odule (power suppl y at first)
• Detach the communication plugs from the upper side and fr ont of the module
• Rem ove the m odule from the DIN rail
• Before replacing the Master Module, you can unlock and withdraw the SD card thr ough
pressing, and then insert it easily in the new Master Module (the application data is stored
non-volatile on the SD card)
• Put the new module in place of the withdrawn system on the DIN rail
• Attach the terminals at the bottom side of the m odule (power supply at last)
Warning
F or m odul es that operat e with volt ages > 60 V, c ar e must be taken that mani pul ation on the perip heral
connectors may only be carried out in a de-energized stat e.
T he d isplay (LCD, LED) of the d evices and m odul es do not grant a guaran tee t hat the periph eral conn ect-
ors are d e- en erg iz ed.
For the replac ement of a Master Module please consider the instructions in the sections 6.4.2,
Mounting of the Master Module and 6.4.3,Removal/Shifting of the Master Module.
When rep lacing a m odule by the same typ e (same revis ion level), the engineering data (pa-
rameters and application program) stored on the SD card can be applied automatically for the
new module.
If the relevant type is no longer available, then the appropriate successor product is to be
used. When replacing a module by a another type, a n anew parameterization is necessary.
This applies i n particular, if something in the functionality of a module (firmware) was
changed, or a module was removed or added. In this case, the corresponding firmware up-
date mus t be loaded before the parameter-setting takes place (see section 11.5,Firmware
Update).
After the replacement of a system, this is operational after a startup.
Note
With CP-80 00, i nternal mod ules cann ot b e exchang ed.
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 517
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.4.3 Adapt New Equipped I/O Modules in the Parameterization
• Remove the I/O Master Module in the parameterization and click on the button
• After request, carry out a startup of the target device
• Add the I/O Master Module again and click on the button
• After request, carry out a startup of the target device
CP-8000/CP-802x "learns " thereby the new equi pped I/O Modules.
Note
Please consider that with the removal of the I/O Master Module the existing paramet erization (config ura-
tion and s ettings of t he I/Os) is lost.
With star tup the parameterization of the learnt I/Os is built up new ly with the default v alu es.
11.4.3.1 Adding I/O Modules
Additionally equipped I/O Modul es are recognized by CP-8000/CP-802 x and "learnt“ upon
startup, without notifying an error thereby. With parameterization via SICAM WEB, new mod-
ules are added automatically in the director y tree.
11.4.4 Replacement of the SD Card
New SD cards can be ordered at Siemens, see appendix A.9,Memory Cards.
You find the hints for the replacement of the SD card in section 6.6.1,SD Card.
Caution
Insert or remove the SD car d only in t he de- energized Master Module. The c ontents of a SD car d can
become invalid if it is removed during a running write proc edure. If occasion ar ises, the c ontents of th e SD
car d must be delet ed and written newl y again.
You find further te chnic al info rmation in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System
and Basic System Elements, chapter "System Serv ices", section "Data St orage on Flash
Card".
Service
518 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.4.4.1 Initialization of the Firmware
With use of a suitable, still empty SD card, you must download the Firmwares from the web -
site http://www.siemens.com/sicam and copy it into the root directory of the SD card.
•CPC80
• optionally firmware for protocols
• optionally firmware for periphery
•SWEB00 in case of parameterization via SICAM WEB
When the required files are stored o n the SD card, insert the SD card into the de-energized
target devi ce and switch that on. During startup the firmwares are configured in the target de-
vice.
Note
T he startup may l ast up t o 15 minut es (depending on the number of firmwar es).
11.4.5 Replacement of the SIM Card (only CP-8022)
When signing a new mobile radio contract or whith change of the mobile network provider you
will be supplied with a new SIM card.
For the activati on of the GPRS communication you must replace the hitherto used SIM card
by the new one.
You find the hints for the replacement of the SD card in section 6.6.2,SIM Card.
Note
Rem ovi ng or inserting t he SIM card is allowed onl y i n t he de-en er giz ed device!
Subsequently, the access data must be adapted in the parameterization, see 9.1.2.6,Settings
for Internal GPRS Modem (CP-8022).
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 519
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.5 Firmware Update
In CP-8000/CP-802 x, a new system element or the functionality of a system element can be
updated i n need. For each system element, an indi vidual loadable firmware is provided. You
fin d in formation the reto in section 7.3,Loadable Firmwar es.
For the accomplishment of firmware updates different methods a re possible:
• Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
─ online
─ offline
• Engineering via SICAM WEB
─ online
─ offline
11.5.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II
The SICAM TOOLBOX II contains after its installation all current firmware revisions (based on
the date of issue of the installed version).
Procedure for the Update of System Elem ents
11.5.1.1 Interrogation of the Firmware Revision
The fi rmware revisions o f all configured system elemen ts (Master Module, I/O Master Module,
protocol elements) can be displayed and printed with the tool "Revision Interrogation and Dis-
play" for a s elected automation unit.
You find furthe r details on the tool in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "Service
Programs", section "Revision Inter rogation and Display" .
inte rr og ate fir m -
ware revision
new firmware
available
import master
data
update target
system load
firmware
master data
update
revision
interrogation
selection AU
Save firmwa re file on
TOOLBOX PC
select firmware file to
be imported
selection AU
open
start import
load
Service
520 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.5.1.2 Importing Master Data into the SICAM T OOLBOX II
New firmware codes can be loaded into the SICAM TOOLBOX II with the tool "Master Data
Update". Thereto belong
• Libraries for the tool OPM II
• Firmwares of SICAM RTUs system elements
You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "OPM II", section
"Master Data Update" .
An additional option provides the tool "Live Update". You fi nd the information thereto in the
SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "Service Programs", sect ion "Live Update".
11.5.1.3 Loading Firmware Codes into the T arget Device
Firmware codes that are stored in the SICAM TOOLBOX II can be loaded into a target device.
11.5.1.3.1 Loading Firmware Online
For the accomplishment the engineering PC must be connected with the target device, and a
suitable SD card must be inserted i n the target device. The configuration options li sted in sec-
tion 7.7.1,S ICAM TOOLBOX II apply.
Note
A serial connection via modem is not supported.
With the tool "Load Firmware" ( TOOL BOX II | Service Programs ) you can lo ad firmware
c od es into the target device. The follo w in g op tions are available:
• Load intelligent
The latest firmware revision available in the SICAM TOOLBOX II is loaded, if it is more
current than that one on the corresponding system element
• Load unconditional
The latest firmware revision available in the SICAM TOOLBOX II is loaded
You find the instructions thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "Service
Programs", section "Load Firmware".
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 521
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.5.1.3.2 Loading Firmware Offline
For the accomplishment a SD card reader/writer must be connected on the Toolbox PC, and a
s uitable S D card must be in serted.
With the tool "OPM II" you can select the corresponding AE via the menu Tools | Sy stem
technique . Via the context menu of the automation unit Flashc ard | cr eate fi les… you
can transfer firmware files on a SD card.
You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "OPM II", section
"System tec hnique | SICAM RTUs | Load Flashcard".
Insert the SD card afterwards in the de-energized target device, and then switch on the power
supply. The target device performs a startup (duration up to 15 minutes depending on number
and size of the loaded files) and loads thereby the firmwares of the corresponding modules.
11.5.2 SICAM WEB
11.5.2.1 Loading Firmware Codes into the T arget Device
With engi neering via SICAM WEB, updated firmware codes that are provided on the website
http://www.siemens.com/sicam can be loaded into a target device in a simple manner.
Note
SICAM TOOLBOX II firmware updates can not be loaded vi a SICAM WEB.
11.5.2.1.1 Loading Firmware Online
For the accomplishment the engineering PC must be connected with the target device, and a
suitable SD card must be inserted in the target device. The configuration options listed under
section 7.7.2,SICAM WEB appl y.
Via the me nu Uploa d/Download you can load each time 1 firmware file directly into the
target devic e. You find the instruction thereto in t he section 9.3.7,Update Firmware.
With loading the firmware is stored on the SD card in the target device. Afterwards the target
device performs a startup, whereby the belonging module is updated (if already configured).
Not yet configured system elements appear now in the selection in the menu Configura-
tion .
Note
F or the load ing via SIC AM WEB an alread y runnin g firmware CPC80 a nd SWEB00 must exist in the target
device. This is already loaded on the SD card equip ped in the target device ex works.
Service
522 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.5.2.1.2 Loading Firmware Offline
For the accomplishment a SD card reader/wri ter must be connected on the engineering PC,
and a suitable SD card must be inserted.
• Copy now the required firmware files from the PC into the root directory of the SD card
• Insert the SD card afterwards in the de-energized target device
• Then switch the power supply on
The target device performs a startup (duration up to 15 mi nutes depending on number and
size of the loaded files) and loads thereby the firmwares of the corresponding modules (if al-
ready configur ed).
11.5.3 Errors with Loading of Firmware
For a perfect functioning of the Master Module, it is absolutely necessary that the loading pro-
c ess comp letes without errors.
If the l oading process is terminat ed with an error, canc el it. A fterward s, start the loading pro-
cess again and attempt to compl ete without error. If an error occurs again, check the record in
the diagnosis and the lighted displ ay on the Master Module.
The followi ng reasons lead to a malfunction of the Master Module:
• Voltage failure
• Premature abortion by the user
• Failure (defect, shutdown) of the engineering PC
• Abortion due to hardware error
• Abortion or excessively long fault of the communication connection between engineering
PC and target device
You find further te chnic al info rmation in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System
and Basic System Elements, chapter "System Serv ices", sections "Loading Operation" and
"Firmware Shut Down".
Note
A system that is def ective can be recognized by the fact, that after a restart of the target device the yellow
RY-LED an d the r ed ER-LED do not light up. An access with t he SIC AM TOOLBOX II is no longer possi-
ble in this case.
In this case please consult our C ust omer Support Center.
Service
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 523
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
11.6 Remote Maintenance
With the help of the "web.engineering" option, you can remotely operate (remote maintenance
session) a rem ote SICAM TOOLBOX II that can be reached via a data connection (Modem,
ISDN, LAN/WAN) with a controlling PC (remote maintenance center).
With "web.engineering" all SICAM TOOLBOX II clients work with a central web server which is
running the SICAM TOOLBOX II. The SICAM TOOLBOX II is operated thereby in the web
browser.
11.6.1 Configuration of Server and Clients
Install on the web server Microsoft Windows ® with "Terminal Services Web Access" (TS Web
Access). After that install the SICAM TOOLBOX II on this server.
On the clients is no installation required, the access to the web server takes place via the Mi-
crosoft In ternet Explorer ® (as of version 5.0).
You find a detailed description of the configuration in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help,
chapter "w eb.engineering".
Ethernet TCP/IP
web.engineering
(Server)
Engineering data on
plant PC (Client)
Service
524 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 525
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
AOrder Information
Contents
A.1 Basic Units ................................................................................................... 526
A.2 Pow er Supply Modules ................................................................................. 527
A.3 SICAM I/O Modules ...................................................................................... 528
A.4 SICAM TM I/O Modules ................................................................................ 531
A.5 Interface Modules ......................................................................................... 535
A.6 Transmiss ion Facilities ................................................................................. 536
A.7 Re commen de d Up stre am Pow er Supp ly De vices ......................................... 538
A.8 Cables and Plugs ......................................................................................... 539
A.9 Memory Cards .............................................................................................. 541
A.10 Engineering Tools ........................................................................................ 542
Ord er Inform ati on
526 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
A.1 Basic Units
Designation Article number
CP- 80 00 Mast er M odul e wit h I/ O
Temperature range -25 to +70°C 6MF2101-0AB10-0AA0
CP- 80 00 Mast er M odul e wit h I/ O
Temperature range -40 to +70°C 6MF2101-1AB10-0AA0
CP- 8021 M aster M odul e
Temperature range -40 to +70°C
Note: E xternal power supply module
required!
6MF2802-1AA00
CP- 8022 M aster M odul e
Temperature range -40 to +70°C
Note: E xternal power supply module
required!
6MF2802-2AA00
Note
With deliver y, the r espective system is alread y equ ipped with an SD card.
SICAM CMIC
F4F3F2F1
SICAM A8000
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RTX2
RS-485
OH3
RTX3
ETH
LK4
PK4 SD
X4
CP-8000
SICAM CMIC
F4F3F2F1
SICAM A8000
POK
RY
ER
ETH
LK1
PK1
RS-232
OH2
RTX2
RS-485
OH3
RTX3
ETH
LK4
PK4 SD
X4
CP-8000
X3
RTX3
SICA M A8 00 0 C P-8 0 2 1
LK1
ETH
X1
PK1
LK4
ETH
X4
PK4
OH2
O H3
RS-2 32
X2
RS-48 5
RTX2
RY ER
X7
X6
RTX6
X3
RTX3
SI CAM A8 0 0 0 CP -8 0 2 2
L K1
ETH
X1
P K1
L K4
ETH
X4
P K4
OH2
OH3
O H6
RS-232
X2
RS-485
SIM
RS-485
RTX2
RY
PK7L K7
R S - 2 3 2
ER
Ord er Inform ati on
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 527
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
A.2 Power Supply Modules
Designation Article number
PS-8620 Power Supply
DC 24 to 60 V
Note: Only fo r CP-802x!
6MF2862-0AA00
PS-8622 Power Supply
DC 110 to 220 V
Note: Only fo r CP-802x!
6MF2862-2AA00
PS-8640 Power Supply
DC 24 to 60 V
Note: Only fo r CP-802x!
6MF2864-0AA00
PS-8642 Power Supply
DC 100 to 240 V /AC 100 to 240 V
Note: Only fo r CP-802x!
6MF2864-2AA00
Spare Part
Designation Article number
CM-8812 Bus Connector SICAM I/O
10 pcs .
(This bus connector is incl uded wit h
all PS-862x and PS-86 4x modules)
C53207-A5812-D481
Ord er Inform ati on
528 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
A.3 SICAM I/O Modules
Designation Article number
DI-8110 Digital Input
2x8, DC 24 V 6MF2811-0AA00
DI-8111 Digital Input
2x8, DC 48/60 V 6MF2811-1AA00
DI-8112 Digital Input
2x8, DC 110 V 6MF2811-2AA00
DI-8113 Digital Input
2x8, DC 220 V 6MF2811-3AA00
DO -8212 Digital Output Relay
8x DC 24 to 220 V /AC 230 V 6MF2821-2AA00
SICAM A8000 DI-8110
X2
X1
SICAM A800 0 DI-8111
X2
X1
SICAM A800 0 DI-8112
X2
X1
SICAM A800 0 DI-8113
X2
X1
SICAM A8 000 D O-8 2 12
RY
X4
X3
X2
X1
Ord er Inform ati on
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 529
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Designation Article number
AI-8310 Analog Input
2x 2 Pt100/Pt1000 6MF2831-0AA00
AI-8320 Analog Input
4x ±20 mA/±10 V 6MF2832-0AA00
AI-8510 Analog Input
3x U (230 V), 3x I (LoPo)
Note: CM-882 0 is required for th e
current meas ur em en t!
6MF2811-6AA00
AI-8511 Analog Input
3x U (LoPo), 3x I (LoPo) 6MF2851-1AA00
AO-8380 Analog Output
4x ±20 mA/±10 V 6MF2838-0AA00
CM-88 20 CT Adapter for AI -8510
3xI 1 A_5 A/225 mV 6MF2882-0AA00
SICAM A8000 AI-8510
X2
X1
SICAM A800 0 AI-832 0
RY
X4
X3
X2
X1
SICAM A800 0 AI-851 0
X2
X1
SICAM A800 0 AI-851 1
X2
X1
SICAM A8 000 AO-8 3 80
RY
X4
X3
X2
X1
SICAM A800 0 CM-882 0
X2
X1
Ord er Inform ati on
530 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Spare Part
Designation Article number
CM-8812 Bus Connector SICAM I/O
10 pcs .
(This bus connector is incl uded wit h
all PS-862x and PS-86 4x modules)
C53207-A5812-D481
A.3.1 Accessory
Designation Article number
CM-88 11 Coupling Mod ule for
SICAM I/O Modules
Not e: Only for SICAM I/O Modules at
CP-8000!
6MF2881-1AA00
Ord er Inform ati on
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 531
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
A.4 SICAM TM I/O Modules
Designation Article number
DI-6100 Digital Input
2x8, DC 24 to 60 V 6MF1113-0GB00-0AA0
DI-6101 Digital Input
2x8, DC 110 /220 V 6MF1113-0GB01-0AA0
DI-6102 Digital Input
2x8, DC 24 to 60 V 1 ms 6MF1113-0GB02-0AA0
DI-6103 Digital Input
2x8, DC 110/220 V 1 ms 6MF1113-0GB03-0AA0
DI-6104 Digital Input
2x8, DC 220 V 6MF1113-0GB04-0AA0
Ord er Inform ati on
532 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Designation Article number
DO -6200 Digital Output Transistor
2x8, DC 24 to 60 V 6MF1113-0GC00-0AA0
DO -6212 Digital Output Relays
8x DC 24 to 220 V /AC 230 V 6MF1113-0GC12-0AA0
DO -6220 Command Out
Basic module 6MF1113-0GC20-0AA0
DO -6221 Command Out
B asic m odu l e meas ur em ent 6MF1113-0GC21-0AA0
DO -6230 Command Outpu t
R elay m od ul e 6MF1113-0GC30-0AA0
AI-6300 Analog Input
2x2 ±20 m A/±10 V 6MF1113-0GD00-0AA0
Ord er Inform ati on
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 533
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Designation Article number
AI-6307 Analog Input
2x2 ±2. 5 mA/±5 mA/±10 V 6MF1113-0GD07-0AA0
AI-6308 Analog Input
2x2 ±1 mA/±2 mA/±10 V 6MF1113-0GD08-0AA0
AI-6310 Analog Input
2x2 Pt100/Ni100 6MF1113-0GD10-0AA0
AO-6380 Analog Output
4x ±20 mA/±10 mA/±10 V 6MF1113-0GD80-0AA0
TE-6430 Counter Input
2x DC 2 4 to 60 V 6MF1113-0GE30-0AA0
Ord er Inform ati on
534 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
A.4.1 Accessory
Designation Article number
CM-68 11 Coupli ng SICAM TM
I/O Modules
Note: Only fo r
SICAM TM I /O Modules at CP-8000!
6MF1113-0GJ11-0AA0
Bus termination for TM housing
Note: The bus termination for TM
housin g (TC6-050) is part of this item
6MF1313-0GA50-0AA0
Ord er Inform ati on
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 535
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
A.5 Interface Modules
Designation Article number
CM-08 19 Con verter RS-232/RS-485
insulated 6MF1111-2AJ10-0AF0
CM-08 21 Fi eldbus Interf ace Ring
(3x FO, 1x el.) 6MF1111-0AJ21-0AA0
CM-08 22 Fi eldbus Interf ace Star
(4x FO) 6MF1111-0AJ22-0AA0
CM-08 23 Fi eldbus Interf ace Ring
(3x FO,1x RS-485) 6MF1111-0AJ23-0AA0
CM-08 29 Con verter RS-232/RS-422;
RS485 6MF1111-2AJ20-0AA0
CM-08 47 Fiberoptic Interface
(el.-FO) 6MF1113-0AJ47-0AA0
Ord er Inform ati on
536 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
A.6 Tran smissi on Faciliti es
Designation Article number
CE-0701 WT Channel Modem for
DIN rail installation, 2,0 W 6MF1102-0CA81-0AA0
M874-2 GPRS Modem SCALANCE 6GK5874-2AA00
MD741-1 GPRS Router 6NH9741-1AA00
RUGGEDCOM RX1400
Ethernet switch and TCP/IP router 6ZB5531-0AL01
Siemens Converte r LWE - RS232
De tails siehe:
http://w3.siemens.com/smartgrid/glob
al/en/products-systems-
soluti-
ons/protection/accessories/communic
ation-equipment/pages/7xv5652.aspx
7XV5652
Si em ens Mi ni Starc ou pler
De tails siehe:
http://w3.siemens.com/smartgrid/glob
al/en/products-systems-
soluti-
ons/protection/accessories/communic
ation-equipment/pages/7xv5450.aspx
7XV5450
ANT 794-4MR Antenna LTE (4G),
UMTS (3G), GSM (2G) 6NH9860-1AA00
Ord er Inform ati on
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 537
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
A.6.1 Recommended Third-Party Products
Designation Internet lin k
TP Radio WDM 8000
Multi-point tra ffic www.tpradio.com
SATELLINE 2ASxE
Multi-point tra ffic www.satel.com
We stermo TD-36AV
(AC 22 to 264 V/DC 18 to 300 V)
Westermo TD-36LV
(AC 10 to 30 V/DC 10 to 60 V)
Dial-u p traffic analog
www.westermo.com
Westermo IDW-90
Dial-up traffic ISDN www.westermo.com
Cinterion MC52iT dualband m odem
GSM 90 0/18 00 MHz
incl. mounting set for DIN rail and
connection cable (1.5 m)
www.cinterion.com
MC Technologies MC55iw quadband
modem
GSM 850/900/1800/1900 MHz
www.mc-technologies.net
Dr. Neuhaus Tainy EMOD-V2-IO
or
Dr. Neuhaus Tainy EMOD-L1-IO
www.neuhaus.de
REEL K70ZCR
GSM 850/ 900/1 800/ 1900 M H z +
UMTS + WLAN 2400 MHz
www.reel-gmbh.de
Ord er Inform ati on
538 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
A.7 Recommended U pstre am Power Supply Devices
Bezeichnung Internet lin k
MTM Power HSA50 S24
AC 90 to 264 V or
DC 120 to 340 V
Output DC 24 V, 2,1 A
www.mtm-power.com
SYKO EWS 01 U.06.05.20
AC 82 to 264 V
Output 5 V, 2 A
SYKO EWS 01 U.06.24.05
DC 36 to 350 V
Output 24 V, 0,5 A
www.syko.de
Ord er Inform ati on
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 539
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
A.8 Cables and Plu gs
Designation Article number
Indus trial Ethernet TP Cord
RJ45/RJ45, CAT 6A, TP cable 4x 2
(–2 5°C t o 80°C *)), length
1 m
2 m
3 m
4 m
6 m
10 m
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH30
6XV1870-3QH40
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
Industrial Ethernet TP XP Cord
RJ45/RJ45, CAT 6A, crossed TP
cable 4x 2 (–25°C to 80°C *)), length
1 m
6XV1870-3RH10
Indus trial Ethernet TP Cord
RJ45/RJ45, CAT 6A, crossed TP
cable 4x 2 (–25°C to 80°C *)), length
0.5 m
6XV1870-3QE50
CM-68 10 TM I/O modul es extension
cable 6MF1113-0GJ10-0AA0
*) –40 to 80°C in fixed installation
Ord er Inform ati on
540 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
A.8.1 Recommended Third-Party Products
Designation Internet lin k
Connection CM-8820 → AI 8510
HSLCH FRNC (7x 0,75 mm²) www.meinhart.at
Connection CM-8820 → AI 8510
ÖLFLE X FD 855 CP (7 G 0,5 mm²) www.lappkabel.de
D-Sub/RJ45 Adapter (female)
MHDA9-SMJ8-M-K
Order no. 382-2695
http://at.rs-
online.com/web/p/product
s/3822695/
D-Sub/RJ45 Adapter (male)
MHDA9-PMJ8-M-K
Order no. 382-2689
http://at.rs-
online.com/web/p/product
s/3822689/
FTDI Chip US232R-10 (RS 429-274)
mit 10 cm Kabel http://at.rs-
onli-
ne.com/web/p/products/0
429274/
FTDI Chip US232R-100-BLK (RS
687-7806) mit 1 m Kabel http://at.rs-
onli-
ne.com/web/p/products/6
877806/
Ord er Inform ati on
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 541
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
A.9 Memory Cards
Designation Article number
SD Card 512 MB
T emper ature r ange -40°C to 70°C
(spare part)
6MF1213-2GA05-0AA0
SD Card 2 GB
T emper ature r ange -25°C to 70°C
(spare part)
6MF1213-1GA05-
0AA0HH
Ord er Inform ati on
542 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
A.10 Engineering Tools
A.10.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II
Note
Pl ease n ot e t h at CP-800 0/CP-80 2x is supported by the SICAM TOOLBOX II as of version 6.01.
Designation Item number
SICAM TOOLBOX II V6 License
Catal og, License Ordering D30-017-6
SICAM TOOLBOX II S38-100
The SICAM TOOLBOX II is supplied on an USB stick. For the usage of the single tools soft-
ware licenses ar e required.
You find the exact order information in the document SICAM TOOLBOX II V6 License Cata-
log, License Ordering.
A.10.2 SICAM WEB
Designation Item number
SWEB00 SCD-001-1
Sicam_first_startup SC8-900-1
A.10.3 SICAM Device Manager
Designation Item number
SICAM Device Manager S51-000
The SICAM Device Manager is supplied on a DVD. For the usage of the tool a software li-
c ens e is req uired. The l icen se key is sup plied on a USB stic k
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 543
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
BExamples for Instruction Lists (IL)
Contents
B.1 Transfer an Input to a Signalling Output and to a Co mmand Output .............. 544
B.2 Co mbine tw o Inpu ts w ith AND ...................................................................... 54 5
B.3 Line ar Ada ptat ion w ith Va lue Se lect ion ......................................................... 546
B.4 Operating Hours Counter .............................................................................. 547
B.5 Bou nce Suppress ion .................................................................................... 549
B.6 Setpoint Command ....................................................................................... 551
B.7 Speed Comparison ....................................................................................... 552
Examples for Instruction Lists (IL)
544 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
B.1 Transfer an Input to a Signalling Output and to a Com-
mand Output
The first digital input of the Master Module (with default address and type identification
I_030_002_000_000.VALUE) is loaded into the accumulator. In the next line the loaded
value is transferred to the outputs O_030_008_000_000.VALUE and
O_045_009_000_000.VALUE.
Changing the input type from single command to single message with the engineering tool
(webbrowser), the relay at the output D00 picks up when the inpu t b ecomes logical 1. Other-
wise this output address will be sent to the communication because it is not existing within the
periph ery. Th e default address of the c omma nd i s D01.
PLC_RESET:
PLC_INIT:
PLC_START:
LD I_030_002_000_000.VALUE (*IN00 TI:30 IOA1:002 IOA2:000 IOA3:000*)
ST O_030_008_000_000.VALUE (*store at output as binary information*)
ST O_045_009_000_000.VALUE (*store at output as command*)
Examples for Instruction Lists (IL)
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 545
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
B.2 Combine two Inputs with AND
The cycle time is set to 50 ms. The first two inputs of the Master Module will be combined by
logical AND. The result is transferred to a flag and additional to a digital output. The type iden-
tification of the output is single message.
PLC_RESET:
LD 50 (*load value 50*)
ST PLC_CYCLETIME (*store at system variable for cycle*)
(*time in ms*)
PLC_INIT:
PLC_START:
LD I_030_002_000_000.VALUE (*read input IN00*)
ST AND.IN0 (*store at input 0 for AND function*)
LD I_030_003_000_000.VALUE (*read input IN01*)
ST AND.IN1 (*store at input 1 for AND function*)
CAL AND (*call function*)
ST M_BOOL_TESTFLAG (*store in a flag*)
ST O_030_008_000_000.VALUE (*store as single command output*)
Examples for Instruction Lists (IL)
546 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
B.3 Linear Adaptation with Value Sel ection
Two anal og values are compar ed and the higher one i s selected (MAX). With this one an ad-
aptation kx+d is performed. Th e proces sed v alue receiv es a new address
(O_036_032_001_001.VALUE). The constants for k (M_REAL_CONSTANTforK) and d
(M_REAL_CONSTANTforD) are defined with initial values in the progr amm sequence
PLC_INIT.
PLC_RESET:
LD 10
ST PLC_CYCLETIME (*cycle time in ms*)
PLC_INIT:
LD 10
ST M_REAL_CONSTANTforK (*constant for k*)
LD -5
ST M_REAL_CONSTANTforD (*constant for d*)
PLC_START:
LD I_036_032_000_000.VALUE (*input 1*)
ST MAX.IN0
LD I_036_033_000_000.VALUE (*input 2*)
ST MAX.IN1
CAL MAX (*the greater value of both is used*)
ST M_REAL_MAXVALUE (*serves for reading which value will*)
ST MUL.IN0 (*be used*)
LD M_REAL_CONSTANTforK
ST MUL.IN1
CAL MUL (*the selected value is multiplicated*)
ST ADD.IN0 (*with the constant and results as "kx"*)
LD M_REAL_CONSTANTforD
ST ADD.IN1
CAL ADD (*after the multiplication add "d"*)
ST O_036_032_001_001.VALUE (*selected adapted value*)
Examples for Instruction Lists (IL)
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 547
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
B.4 Operating Hours Counter
A clock pulse generator (TCLK_PULSE) is running with a frequency of 30s logical 1 and 30s
logical 0. The edge change from 0 to 1 is switched to the CU Input of the upward-counter
(CTU_COUNTER.CU) and the counter will be incremented with 1 per minute.
The sum of the operating hours results of two values:
• Current counter score (CTU_COUNTER.CV)
• Counter score before the last power down (MR_DINT_MINUTES)
The score will be saved i n a retaining flag (M_DINT_MINUTESOLD). This means, after a
power down (startup) the counter will continue with incrementing based on the last value.
The hours result by minutes devided by 60. The hours always will be recalculated based on
the minutes, the same after a power down.
PLC_RESET:
LD 10
ST PLC_CYCLETIME (*cycle time in ms*)
PLC_INIT:
LD MR_DINT_MINUTES (*load power-fail safe value*)
ST M_DINT_MINUTESOLD (*freeze in a flag as old value*)
PLC_START:
(*Operating hours counter*)
LD PLC_SYSTIME.SEC (*fetch second value of the system time*)
ST M_DINT_SEC (*and store in variable*)
LD M_DINT_SEC (*current second*)
EQ 0 (*compare with second 0*)
ST CTU_COUNTER.CU (*HIGH always at the second 0, required*)
(*edge detection is implemented within*)
(*the counter*)
CAL CTU_COUNTER (*increments the counter*)
LD CTU_COUNTER.CV (*load current counter score*)
ST ADD.IN0 (*store at input 0 for ADD function*)
LD M_DINT_MINUTESOLD (*load old value*)
ST ADD.IN1 (*store at input 1 for ADD function*)
CAL ADD (*call ADD function*)
ST MR_DINT_MINUTES (*store sum of operating minutes in a*)
(*retaining flag, after startup the*)
(*old value will be added to the*)
(*current counter score*)
ST DIV.IN0 (*store at input 0 for DIV function*)
LD 60 (*load constant for 60 minutes*)
ST DIV.IN1 (*store at input 1 for DIV function*)
CAL DIV (*call DIV function*)
ST M_DINT_HOURS (*sum of operating hours = minutes*)
(*divided by 60*)
To reset the counter score it is necessary to reset the counter (CTU_COUNTER.R) as well as
the flag with the retain ed value (M_DINT_MINUTESOLD).
Examples for Instruction Lists (IL)
548 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
This could be ex ecuted by a su broutin e before PLC_RESET. With RET the subroutine will be
left.
(*SUBROUTINE*)
ResetCounter:
LD 0 (*the old value for operating minutes*)
ST M_DINT_MINUTESOLD (*is set to "0"*)
ST M_BOOL_RESET (*reset the flag for running this*)
(*subroutine*)
LD 1
ST CTU_COUNTER.R (*reset counter by input R*)
RET
(*END SUBROUTINE*)
The call of the s ubro utin e could be execu ted a t t he end (after ST M_DI NT _HOURS). Therefore
the flag (M_BOOL_RESET) must be set to 1. Instead of the flag an input address could be
used, for instance a command.
Reaching the command CALC the call of the subroutine will be executed. In the subroutine the
flag (M_BOOL_RESET) will be reset to 0, otherwise the counter would last at 0 as l ong as the
flag will be reset to 0.
LD 0 (*besides reset of the time the*)
ST CTU_COUNTER.R (*counter input R is set to "0"*)
LD M_BOOL_RESET (*if the flag is set to "1"*)
CALC ResetCounter (*call the subroutine ResetCounter*)
Examples for Instruction Lists (IL)
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 549
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
B.5 Bounce Suppression
If an input si gnal is bouncing, the blocked bit (BL) is set. The number of state changes until
the BL bit is set, as well as the monitoring time during which the information must be static un-
til the BL bit is reset, are adjustable via constants. An output is set to 0 dur ing the BL bit is set.
W ith an edge detection for the rising edge (R_TRIG_INEDRISE0) and the falling edge
(F_EDTIMEFALL0) the counter (CTU_EDC0) will be incremented by 1. At the same time the R
input of the counter is reset via an ON delay for the rising edge (TON_EDTIMERISE0) as well
as for the falling edge ( TON_EDTIMEFALL0). W ith this function all state changes of the input
will be integrated by the counter (started with the first edge and triggered by each following
one).
As soon as a state change of the input happens the flag (M_BOOL_COUNTER00) is reset and
the input of an AND (module 8) is set (inverted). If the sum of state changes is greater as or
equal to a defined number (CV>=PV) the counter output is set as well, and the BL bit is set.
Wi th th e set BL bit the output is reset by another AND (module 9).
After termination of the m onitoring time the R input of the counter is set again, and the counter
is reset. If the BL bit is set, it will be reset as well (output of module 8 is 0).
In the procession sequence the R input of the counter must be reset first, because only after-
wards the positive edge at the CU input of the counter causes an increment. Therefore the ap-
plication program handles the R input before the CU input of the counter.
TON
TON
&
&
Parameter
1
1
CU
PV R
Q
CTU_FLZ0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
input
in the INIT part
R_TRIGINEDRISE0
F_TRIG_INEDFALL0
TON_EDTIMERISE0
TON_EDTIMEFALL0
M_BOOL_COUNTER00
M_BOOL_MODULE7
output
counter
upward
M_BOOL_MODULE03
blocked
Examples for Instruction Lists (IL)
550 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Example: number of state changes >= 5
monitoring time of the stability of the input = 10 s
PLC_RESET:
LD 20
ST PLC_CYCLETIME (*cycle time in ms*)
PLC_INIT:
LD 5 (*number of transients until*)
ST CTU_FLZ0.PV (*information is set bouncing*)
(*once detected as bouncing, the input signal must last statical "1" for
a preset time until the blocked bit will be reset again*)
LD 10000 (*load constant for 10s*)
ST TON_EDTIMERISE0.PT (*ON delay rising edge*)
ST TON_EDTIMEFALL0.PT (*ON delay falling edge*)
PLC_START:
(*Modules 4,5,6,7 – if there are no more state changes of the input, the
counter will be reset when the preset monitoring time has expired*)
LD I_030_002_000_000.VALUE (*input*)
ST M_BOOL_INPUT00
ST TON_EDTIMERISE0.IN (*rising edge - module 4*)
STN TON_EDTIMEFALL0.IN (*falling edge - module 5*)
CAL TON_EDTIMERISE0.IN (*call module 4*)
ST OR.IN0
CAL TON_EDTIMEFALL0 (*call module 5*)
ST OR.IN1
CAL OR (*call module 6*)
ST M_BOOL_COUNTER00 (*also in graphic*)
ST CTU_EDC0.R (*reset input of counter - module 7*)
(*Modules 1,2,3,7 – rising and falling edge of the input are combined
with an OR and put to the CU input of the counter – each change will be
added*)
LD M_BOOL_INPUT00
ST R_TRIG_INEDRISE0.CLK (*rising edge - module 1*)
ST F_TRIG_INEDFALL0.CLK (*falling edge - module 2*)
CAL R_TRIG_INEDRISE0 (*call module 1*)
ST OR.IN0
CAL F_TRIG_INEDFALL0 (*call module 2*)
ST OR.IN1
CAL OR (*call module 3*)
ST CTU_EDC0.CU (*count up input of counter - module 7*)
ST M_BOOL_MODULE3 (*only for graphic*)
(*Modules 7,8 – with the first edge change the monitoring time will be
started. If the number of edges is greater then the number of transients
within this time, the output of the AND (module 8) is set = blocked*)
CAL CTU_EDC0 (*call module 7*)
ST M_BOOL_MODULE7 (*only for graphic*)
ST AND.IN0
LDN M_BOOL_COUNTER00
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND (*call module 8*)
ST M_BOOL_BOUNCING00 (*is set if the input is bouncing*)
ST O_030_002_000_000.BL (*set blocked bit of the input*)
(*Module 9 - the output is reset during the input is detected as bounc-
ing*)
LD M_BOOL_INPUT00
ST AND.IN0
LD M_BOOL_BOUNCING00
STN AND.IN1
CAL AND (*call module 9 – if bouncing, then "0"*)
ST O_030_002_000_000.VALUE (*output of input information*)
Examples for Instruction Lists (IL)
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 551
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
B.6 Setp oint Comm a n d
PLC_RESET:
LD 20
ST PLC_CYCLETIME (*cycle time in ms*)
PLC_START:
(*Mapping inputs to flags*)
LD I_050_171_105_000.S_E (*setpoint command select/execute*)
ST M_BOOL_NyttBVCmL45
LD I_030_008_004_000.VALUE (*single-point information input*)
ST M_BOOL_OmkHandL45
LD I_036_018_039_000.VALUE (*measured value float input*)
ST M_REAL_CmL45
LD I_050_171_105_000.VALUE (*setpoint command float input*)
ST M_REAL_BvCmL45DC
(*Temporary test variables*)
LD I_050_171_105_000.S (*check for a rising edge, otherwise*)
ST R_TRIG_PosFlank1.CLK (*create a confirmation each cycle*)
CAL R_TRIG_PosFlank1 (*if you have no setpoint the logic*)
JMPN HOPP90 (*will jump over the COT procedure*)
LD I_050_171_105_000.S_E
ST O_050_171_105_000.S_E (*here you have to add the select*)
(*before execute procedure*)
ST M_BOOL_NyttBVCmL45 (*setpoint command select/execute*)
LD I_050_171_105_000.VALUE
ST O_050_171_105_000.VALUE (*setpoint command float output*)
ST M_REAL_BvCmL45DC
(*Example for select before execute*)
LD 7 (*7 = confirmation, 10 = termination,*)
ST O_050_171_105_000.COT (*if you set 0, the confirmation would*)
(*be created here, and the termination*)
(*in the following cycle*)
LD 1
ST O_050_171_105_000.S (*setpoint command spontaneous*)
HOPP90:
Examples for Instruction Lists (IL)
552 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
B.7 Speed Comparison
PLC_RESET:
LD 100
ST PLC_CYCLETIME (*cycle time in ms*)
PLC_INIT:
LD 1000 (*drop off delay in ms*)
ST TOF_FLAENDSTEIG0.PT
ST TOF_FLAENDFALL0.PT
PLC_START:
(*Check speed value on change*)
LD I_034_016_000_000.S (*load spontaneous bit speed value*)
JMPN NO_CHANGE (*jump if no change of value*)
(*Change of speed value present*)
LD I_034_016_000_000.VALUE (*load speed value*)
ST M_REAL_WERTNEU (*current speed value to flag*)
ST SUB.IN0
LD M_REAL_WERTALT (*load old speed value*)
ST SUB.IN1
CAL SUB (*form difference value*)
ST M_REAL_WERTDIF (*difference value to flag*)
(*Take over change of value*)
LD M_REAL_WERTNEU (*load current value*)
ST M_REAL_WERTALT (*save current value for next *)
(*change of value*)
(*Value comparison speed ascending*)
LD M_REAL_WERTDIF (*load diff. value*)
ST GT.IN0
LD 0
ST GT.IN1
CAL GT (*diff. value > 0: speed ascending*)
ST M_BOOL_DZST (*set flag speed ascending*)
(*Value comparison speed descending*)
LD M_REAL_WERTDIF (*load diff. value*)
ST LT.IN0
LD 0
ST LT.IN1
CAL LT (*diff. value < 0: speed descending*)
ST M_BOOL_DZFA (*set flag speed descending*)
NO_CHANGE: (*jump mark if no change of value*)
(*Drop-off delay speed ascending*)
LD M_BOOL_DZST (*load flag speed ascending*)
ST TOF_FLAENDSTEIG0.IN
CAL TOF_FLAENDSTEIG0 (*drop-off delay*)
LD TOF_FLAENDSTEIG0.Q
ST O_030_048_000_000.VALUE (*reset output*)
(*Drop-off delay speed descending*)
LD M_BOOL_DZFA (*load flag speed descending*)
ST TOF_FLAENDFALL0.IN
CAL TOF_FLAENDFALL0 (*drop-off delay*)
LD TOF_FLAENDFALL0.Q
ST O_030_049_000_000.VALUE (*set binary output*)
(*Reset flags for speed ascending, descending*)
LD 0
ST M_BOOL_DZST (*reset flag speed ascending*)
ST M_BOOL_DZFA (*reset flag speed descending*)
Error Handling
554 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
C.1 Er rors with the Engineering via SICAM W EB
The fo llowing tab le sh ows a variety of po ssible operating errors whic h can occur wi th eng i-
neering via SICAM WEB. It does not lay claim to completeness, since depending on the used
connection, system configuration and web browser different conditions can occur.
There is al so no warranty that the described remedies really always lead to the desired goal.
Characteristic Possible cause Remedy
After entry of the IP address
of a t arget device in the web
browser the indication "web
page not av ai l abl e"
• T her e is no conn ec tion t o
the selected target device
• T arg et devic e is switc h ed
off
• IP addr ess is wr ong
• Anew call of the IP address in the
web browser res p. “Refresh”
• Check whether target device is
switched on and connect ed with th e
PC
• With oper at i on via E th ern et and
without router the network address-
es of the t arget device and PC mus t
f it (dep endent on th e s ubn et mask)
Af ter an up d ate in the web
br owser (by selection of a
menu or by transfer of a
parameter) th e logon page
appears
• T the s ess ion was alr eady
terminated by means of the
int ern al w atc hd og
• T he s ess ion was t er min at-
ed b y m eans of l ogon by
another user
• A void ext en d ed pauses (> 15 min)
dur ing t he operation or parameteri-
zation pr oc ed ure
• St ore chan g ed p ar am eters b y
clicking on the appl y button
After loadi ng of an IL the web
brows er tries to refresh over
long time (> 1 min) or no
r eturn information from th e
loading process occurs at all
• T he IL to be load ed is t oo
large (> 128kByte)
• G ener all y a loadi ng proc ess
takes longer the larger the
IL is
• C anc el l oad i ng pr ocess (s t op func -
ti on i n th e w eb br owser)
• C heck whet h er err ors are r ec ord ed
in the Diagnosis
• L oad a s m aller IL
• When th e t arg et devic e res ponds
after the loading process, check
wh et h er t he IL is app lied
After loadi ng of an IL web
pages are faulty or empt y;
possibly the red ER LED is
lighting
• An in vali d IL ( wron g fil e or
file format) has be en loade d
• Dur ing the tr ans missi on a
connection fault may have
been oc c urred
• R ead err or dis pl ay in t h e diag n os is
• Ch eck wh eth er the corr ect source
f ile is l oaded
• Ch eck whet h er the f il e which c on-
tains the IL is a text file (ASCII for-
mat)
• Ch eck wh eth er the c or r ec t c ontr ol
code is in the text file
After startup of the system
th e app lication pr ogram
remains stopped
There is a s yntax error • Ch ec k whet her errors ar e r ec or ded
in the Diagnosis
• C orr ect the IL in the ind icated lin e
number
After loading of an I L no
aut omatic rest art is requested • An in val id prog r am c od e
has b een load ed
• A connection f ault may be
occurred during the trans-
mission
• Follow err or in dication
• Evaluate diagnosis
Af ter load i ng of the param e-
ters the target device can be
selected no longer from th e
web browser; possibl y t he red
ER LED is lighting
• In t h e l oaded p aram et eri za-
ti on an in vali d or u nknow n
IP addres s is set
• An in val id par amet er fil e
has b een load ed
• Dur ing the tr ans miss ion a
connection fault may have
been oc c urred
• S et agai n a val id IP addr ess wit h
Sicam_first_startup on the target
device; ent er this addr ess aft er
success ful tr ansmission in the w eb
br owser to get access to the t arget
device
• O th erwise d et ach the SD c ard fr om
th e t ar get device and overwrite it
again with vali d p aram eters of f lin e
Error Handling
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 555
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Characteristic Possible cause Remedy
After loading of a firmware
the loaded firmware revision
does not appear in the c on-
f igur ation p ag e
Firmware c ode not load-
ed/configured completely due
t o communication fault or
operatin g er ror (e.g. menu
was quitted prematurely)
• St art a new loadi ng pr oc es s
• O bserve pr ogress disp lay
• L oad in g pr oc ess is com pl et ed
correctly when the indication
UPLOAD SUCCESSFUL ap p ears ,
with hyperlink to the target device
Error Handling
556 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 557
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
DSet Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering
PC
Contents
D.1 Se tting s in M icros oft Wind ows 8 ................................................................... 55 8
D.2 Se tting s in M icros oft Wind ows 7 ................................................................... 56 8
D.3 Se tt ings in M icros o ft Wind ows Vis ta ............................................................. 577
D.4 R es tore Setting s for the Intern et Us e ............................................................ 586
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
558 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
D.1 Settings in Microsoft Windows 8
D.1.1 Modem Installation
Select via the Start menu the item Contr ol Panel.
By way of a double-click on the symbol PHONE AND MODEM open the settings. If you have to
enter location information, write arbitrary numbers and click OK.
Click on the tab Modems and click on
The Hardware Wizard starts, which guides you comfortably through the installation . Place a
tick in the box DON’T DETECT MY MO D EM; I W ILL SELE CT IT FRO M A LIST and click Next>.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 559
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Under MANUFACTURERS: select (Standard Mo dem Types)and under MODELS: select a
STANDARD 33600 B PS MODEM, then click Next>.
In this window mark the wanted port and confirm the input wit h Next>. Complete the modem
installation in the next window with the button Finish.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
560 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Now select the button Properties in the register tab MODEMS and check the MAXIMUM PORT
SPEED of 115200, as shown in the lower window. If this setting shows another value, please
correct it and confirm with OK.
The modem installation is now complete!
D.1.2 Network Configuration
To establish a new data-communication connection, select via the Start menu the item
Control Panel.
Double-click on the symbol Network and Sharing Center.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 561
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Click on SET UP A N EW CO NNE CT ION OR N ETWORK .
In the following wi ndow, as Network Connections Type select the item CONNECT T O THE
INTERNET. Then go to Next>.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
562 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
If an Internet connection is already exi sting, the following windows appears. Select SET UP A
NEW CONNECT IO N AN YW AY, a nd continue.
As next step you have to select CONNECT ION MANU ALLY. Please click on DIAL-UP CONN ECT ION
and continue.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 563
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
In the next step, enter an optional C ONNECTION N A ME, and an optional numerical value in the
field DIAL UP PHONE NUBMER.Furthermore enter a USER NAME and a PASSWORD. Whe n you
have carried out these steps, confirm each time with Next>.
Pay attention to the ticks in the boxes. Finally, click on Connect.
A window appears with the connection test, that you can abort.
Then select SET UP T HE CON NECTION A NYWAY.
Click now on the network icon in the notification area of the Taskbar.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
564 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Now a vi ew of all available networks opens. Sel ect hereby the new dial-up connection and
click on Connect.
Click in the window “Connect …” on the button Properties.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 565
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Check the settings and if necessary correct them. Then confirm with OK.
Now select the tab NETWORKING.
Mark the line Internet Prot ocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) and then click on
Properties.
In this window the item s OBT AIN AN IP ADD RES S AUT O MAT ICAL LY and OBTAIN DNS SERV ER
ADD RE SS AUT O MAT ICAL LY must be selected. Continue with Advanced….
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
566 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
In the last window of the settings, under the register tab IP SETTINGS, the box USE DEFAULT
GATEWAY ON RE MOTE N ET WO RK must not be ticked. Confirm the i nputs in each window with
OK.
Click now on the network icon in the notification area of the Taskbar.
Now a vi ew of all available networks opens. Sel ect hereby the new dial-up connection and
click on Connect.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 567
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Click in the window „Connect …“ on the button Dial.
The installation and configuration is thereby complete!
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
568 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
D.2 Settings in Microsoft Windows 7
D.2.1 Modem Installation
Select via the Start menu the item Contr ol Panel.
Open the modem-group with a double-click on the symbol PHONE AND MODEM. Go to the in-
dex tab M ODEMS and click on ADD... to install the modem.
The Hardware Wizard starts, which guides you comfortably through the installation . Place a
tick in the box DON’T DETECT MY MO D EM; I W ILL SELE CT IT FRO M A LIST and click Next>.
Under MANUFACTURERS: select (Standard Mo dem Types)and under MODELS: select a
STANDARD 33600 B PS MODEM, then click Next>.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 569
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
In this window mark the wanted port and confirm the input wit h Next>. Complete the modem
installation in the next window with the button Finish.
Now select the button Properties in the register tab MODEMS and check the MAXIMUM PORT
SPEED of 115200, as shown in the lower window. If this setting shows another value, please
correct it and confirm with OK.
The modem installation is now complete!
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
570 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
D.2.2 Network Configuration
To establish a new data-communication connection, select via the Start menu the item
Control Panel.
Double-click on the symbol Network and Sharing Center.
Click on SET UP A N EW CO NNE CT ION OR N ETWORK .
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 571
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
In the following wi ndow, as Network Connections Type select the item CONNECT T O THE
INTERNET. Then go to Next>.
As next step you have to select CONNECT ION MANU ALLY.
Click on DIAL-UP CON NECTION and continue.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
572 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
In the next step, enter an optional name for your CONNECTION, and an optional numerical val-
ue in the field DIAL U P PHO N E NU BMER .Furtherm ore enter a USER NAME and a P ASSWORD.
When y ou h ave c arried out thes e steps, c onfirm ea ch time wi th Next>.
Pay attention to the ticks in the boxes. Finally, click on Connect.
A window appears with the connection test, that you can abort.
Then select SET UP T HE CON NECTION A NYWAY.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 573
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Finally, click on C LOSE.
For advanced settings and to check the new dial-up connection, click in the “Network and
Sharing Center” on CONNECT T O A N ETWORK.Click with the right mouse button on
CONN ECT ION T O SI E and select Properties.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
574 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Check the settings and if necessary correct them. Then confirm with OK.
Mark the line Internet Prot ocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) and then click on
Properties.
In this window the item s OBT AIN AN IP ADD RES S AUT O MAT ICAL LY and OBTAIN DNS SERV ER
ADD RE SS AUT O MAT ICAL LY must be selected. Continue with Advanced….
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 575
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
In the last window of the settings, under the register tab IP SETTINGS, the box USE DEFAULT
GATEWAY ON RE MOTE N ET WO RK must not be ticked. Confirm the i nputs in each window with
OK.
In order to set up a connect ion, select via the Start menu the item Control Pa nel .
Click on CONNECT T O A NETWORK in the Network Sharing Center. Select the connection and
click on the button Connect.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
576 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Click in the window "Connect …" on the button Dial.
The installation and configuration is thereby complete!
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 577
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
D.3 Settings in Microsoft Windows Vista
D.3.1 Modem Installation
Select via the Start menu the item Contr ol Panel.
Open the modem-group and double-c lick on the symbol Phone and Modem Options. Click on the
tab MODEMS and click on Add… to install the modem.
The Hardware Wizard starts, which guides you comfortably through the installation . Place a
tick in the box DON’T DETECT MY MO D EM; I W ILL SELE CT IT FRO M A LIST and cli ck on Next>.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
578 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Under MANUFACTURERS select (Sta ndard Mo de m Ty pe s) and under MODELS select
Standard 33 60 0 bp s Mo dem, then click Next>.
In this window mark the wanted port and confirm the input wit h Next>. Complete the modem
installation in the next window with the button Finish.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 579
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Now select the button Properties in the register tab MODEMS and check the MAXIMUM PORT
SPEED of 115200, as shown in the lower window. If this setting shows another value, please
correct it and confirm with OK.
The modem installation is now complete.
D.3.2 Network Configuration
To set up a new data-communication connection, select via the Start menu the item Control
Panel.
Double-click on the symbol Network Connections.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
580 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Go to CREATE A NEW CONNECTION .
In the following window select the item CONNECT T O THE INTERNET as network connection
type. Then continue with Next>.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 581
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
As next step you have to select the connection type.
Click on DIAL-UP and continue.
In the next step, enter an optional C ONNECTION N A ME and an optional numerical value i n the
field DIAL-UP PHONE NUMBER.Furtherm ore, enter a USER NAME and a PASSWORD.
Pay attention to the ticks in the boxes. Finally, click on Connect.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
582 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Then a window appears with the connection test, that you can abort.
Then select SET UP T HE CON NECTION A NYWAY.
To finish click on Cancel.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 583
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
For advanced setti ngs and to check the new dial-up connection cl ick with the right mouse but-
ton on DIAL-UP CONNECTION SIE DIAL-U P CONNECT ION and select the m enu item Properties.
Check the settings and if necessary correct them. Then confirm with OK.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
584 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Mark the line Internet Protocol (TCP/IPv4) and then click on Properties.
In this window the item s OBT AIN AN IP ADD RES S AUT O MAT ICAL LY and OBTAIN DNS SERV ER
ADD RE SS AUT O MAT ICAL LY must be selected. Continue with Advanced….
In the last window of the settings, under the register tab GENERAL, the box USE DEFAULT
GATEWAY ON RE MOTE N ET WO RK must not be ticked. Confirm with OK.
In order to set up a connect ion, select via the Start menu the item Connect to and select Di-
al-up Connection SIE.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 585
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Or you can set up the connection via this window, if it is still open, by clicking the button
Connect.
Click in the window "Connect …"on the button Dial.
The installation and configuration is thereby complete.
Set Up Dial-Up Connection on Engineering PC
586 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
D.4 Rest ore Settings for the Internet Use
Note
T he n ew di al up connection is now t he default connect ion w hich is ac tivated if the web browser is called . If
th e web browser w as used befor e for br ow si ng t he internet, this does not work now any m or e.
In order to use the web browser further for browsing the internet, you must m odify the new dial
up connection as follows (the followi ng steps are exemplary and depend on the respective
operating system of the engi neering PC):
• Open via the start menu the Contr ol Panel
• Depending on the display select Network and Internet, and then Internet Options
• Select the register tab CONNECTIONS
• Mark the option NEVER DIAL A CONN ECTIO N and confirm with OK
Now you can use the web br owser again for browsing the internet.
Note
In order to set up a connection to SICAM MIC now, you m ust start at first the new dial up connection
manual ly, and afterw ards you can connect with the respecti ve target device.
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 587
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
EUse Cases
Contents
E.1 Us ag e as Telec ontro l Sub sta tion .................................................................. 588
E.2 Usage as Telecontrol Substation with Node Function (Protocol Converter) ... 589
E.3 Usage as Telecontrol Substation with Integrated Switch for External System
Connection ................................................................................................... 590
E.4 Usage as Telecontrol Substation with Integrated Switch for SICAM TOOLBOX II
Connection ................................................................................................... 591
E.5 Usage with Static Routes .............................................................................. 592
E.6 Us age with IPSec VPN ................................................................................. 595
E.7 Us ag e of the Intern al GPR S Mo de m (CP- 80 22) ............................................ 59 9
This chapter shows the network structure of typical applications of CP-8000/CP-802x.
Note
T he IP-addr esses and subnet maks sh ow n i n these examples ar e ex empl ary and serve onl y for b et ter
understan ding. Th es e m ust be adop ted according to your appl ication .
Use Cases
588 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
E.1 Usage as Teleco ntro l Substa tion
Features
• Communication with the control system via IEC 60870-5-104
• 1 IP address
• 1 subnet mask
• 1 default router
• Communication to the process with local peripherals or serial communications protocols
(e.g. MODBUS, …)
• Parameter Network settings | IP address | Mode of Ethernet ports =
1 IP address (connected ports in switch mode)
(i n this case both Ethernet int erfaces use the MAC address of X1)
In this configuration CP-8000, CP-8021 or CP-8022 can be reached with the set IP ad-
dress via both Ethernet interfaces (X1 or X4). The unused port is not deactivated.
Office Zone
CP-8000
X4
X1
Router
Process
ESC
CP-8021 CP-8022
Control Cen ter
IP add ress
172.17.0.22
Subnet mask 255.255.0.0
PREx / ET8 4
IP address
172.16.0.3
255.255.0.0
172.16.0.254
Subnet mask
Default router
IP address 172.16.0.254
Su bstation Zone
Control Center Zone
Use Cases
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 589
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
E.2 Usage as Telec ontrol Substa tion with Node Function
(Protocol Converter)
Features
• Communication with the control system via IEC 60870-5-104
(Ethernet interface, X1 or X4, can be set by parameter)
• Communication with the protective devices via IEC 61850
(Ethernet interface, X1 or X4, can be set by parameter)
• 2 IP addresses
• 2 logically separated subnets
─ Communicati on only visible on the LAN within the subnet
─ Data exchange between subnets only via SICAM A8000 application function
• 1 default router
• Parameter Network settings | IP adress | Mode of Ethernet Ports =
2 IP addresses (independent port s)
(in this case both Ethernet interfaces have different MAC addresses)
Office Zone
X4
X1
Router
E SC
CP-8000 CP-8021 CP-8022
Switch
Control Center
IP address
172.17.0.22
Subnet mask 255.255.0.0
PREx / ET84
IP address
172.16.0.3
255.255.0.0
172.16.0.254
Subnet mask
Default router
PREx / ET83
IP address
192.168.1.130
255.255.255.0
172.16.0.254
Subnet mask
Default router
IP address 172.16.0.254
IP address 192.168.1.n
Substation Zone
Control Center Zone
Use Cases
590 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
E.3 Usage a s Telecontro l Substation with Integra ted Switch
for External System Connection
Features
• Communication with the control system via IEC 60870-5-104
(Ethernet-Interface, X1 or X4, can be set by param eter)
• Communication with the external system via IEC 60870-5-104
(Ethernet interface, X1 or X4, can be set by parameter)
• CP-8000, CP-8021 or CP-8022 is used as switch between control system and external
system
• 1 IP address
• 1 subnet mask
• 1 default router
• Parameter Network settings | IP address | Mode of Ethernet Ports =
1 IP address (connected ports in switch mode)
(i n this case both Ethernet int erfaces use the MAC address of X1)
Office Zone
X4
X1
Router
E SC
CP-8000 CP-8021 CP-8022
Control Center
IP address
172.16.0.4
255.255.0.0
172.16.0.254
Subnet mask
Default router
PREx / ET84
IP address
Subnet mask
Default router
172.16.0.3
255.255.0.0
172.16.0.254
IP address
172.17.0.22
Subnet mask 255.255.0.0
IP address 172.16.0.254
External
device
Substation Zone
Control Center Zone
Use Cases
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 591
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
E.4 Usage a s Telecontro l Substation with Integra ted Switch
for SICAM TOOLBOX II Connection
Features
• Communication with the control system via IEC 60870-5-104
(Ethernet interface, X1 or X4, can be set by parameter)
• Communication with SICAM TOOLBOX II via http/https
(Ethernet interface, X1 or X4, can be set by parameter)
• CP-8000, CP-8021 or CP-8022 serves as switch between control system and
SICAM TOOLBOX II
By means of SICAM TOOLBOX II, which is connected via the integrated switch, it is pos-
sible to reach the local SICAM A8000 and further SICAM RTUs components via the “Con-
trol Center Zone“. It depends on the networ k configuration which can be reached.
• 1 IP address
• 1 subnet mask
• 1 default router
• Parameter Network settings | IP adress | Mode of Ethernet Ports =
1 IP address (connected ports in switch mode)
Office Zone
X4
X1
Router
SICAM TOOLBOX II
E SC
CP-8000 CP-8021 CP-8022
Control Center
IP address
172.16.0.4
255.255.0.0
172.16.0.254
Subnet mask
Default router
IP address
172.17.0.22
Subnet mask 255.255.0.0
IP address 172.16.0.254
PREx / ET84
IP address
Subnet mask
Default router
172.16.0.3
255.255.0.0
172.16.0.254
Substation Zone
Control Center Zone
Use Cases
592 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
E.5 Usa ge with Static Routes
E.5.1 General
Static routing is based on a fixed definition of the path of data packages between two end sys-
tems. Thi s definition i s written down by administrators in a routing table. This kind of routing
serves f or security, respectively is used in networ k configurations, if several default gateways
are used.
Because of the big effort for the manual maintaining of the tables the number of routes is re-
stricted.
• Number of static routes: 10
• Parameter of static routes:
─Source IP address
─Destination IP address
─Gateway IP address
─Subnet mask
• Interfaces: X1, X4
E.5.2 Configuration
Activation of the „static routes“
Parameter Network settings | IP address | advanced parameters | Enable
static routes = YES.
Definition of the routing table
Parameter Network settings | IP address | advanced parameters | static
routes = Number of lines x (max. 10).
Mode of the Ethe rnet Ports
Parameter Network settings | IP address | Mode of ethernet ports = 1 IP ad-
dress (connected ports in switch mode):
The data packages are sent via the i nterfaces X1 and X4.
Parameter Network settings | IP address | Mode of ethernet ports = 2 IP ad-
dresses (independent port s):
The data packages are sent via that interface (X1 or X4) to which the respective source IP
address (Own IP address X0 or Own IP address X1) is assigned.
Use Cases
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 593
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Example A
This exam ple shows the usage of 2 static routes from CP-8000, CP-8021 or CP-8022 via
2 gateways to control center in different IP networks.
SIC AM A8000
IEC 61850
60870-104
IEC 61850
60870-104
ESC
CP-8021 CP-8022
CP-8000
X4
X1
Control Center B
255.255
IP address
Subne t mask
172.16.50.2
.255.0
Control Center D
255.255
IP address
Subnet ma sk
172.16.51.2
.255.0
IP address
Subne t mask
172.16.50.100
.255.0 255.255
Cisco Ro u ter
255.255
Gateway IP address - Route 0
IP address
Subnet mask
192.168.94.250
.255.0
IP address
Subnet ma sk
172.16.51.100
.255.0 255.255
Control Center A
255.25 5
Destina tion IP address - Route 0
IP address
Subnet mask
172.16.50.1
.255.0
Maste r Modul: 1 IP address
192.168.94.1
255.255.255.0
192.168.94.250
Mode of Ethernet Ports
Own IP address
Subnet mask
Default gateway
Source IP address - Static route 0
Source IP address
Source IP address
192.168.94.1
192.168.94.1
Source IP address - Static route 1
Static rout e 1
Static route 0
Control Center C
255.25 5
Destination IP address - Route 1
IP address
Subnet mask
172.16.51.1
.255.0
Cisco Ro u ter
255.255
Gateway IP address - Route 1
IP address
Subnet mask
192.168.94.251
.255.0
Substati on Zone
Control C enter Zone 1 Control C enter Zone 2
Use Cases
594 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Example B
SIC AM A8000
Substati on Zone
O ffi c e Z on e
Control C enter Zone 1
IEC 61850
60870-104
O ffi c e Z on e
Control C enter Zone 2
IEC 61850
60870-104
X4
X1
ESC
CP-8021 CP-8022
CP-8000
Source IP address - Static route 1
Own IP address X4
Subnet Mask X4
10.9.16.1
255.255.255.0
Control Center B
255.255
IP address
Subne t mask
172.16.50.2
.255.0
Control Center D
255.255
IP address
Subnet ma sk
172.16.51.2
.255.0
IP address
Subne t mask
172.16.50.100
.255.0 255.255
Cis co Rou ter
255.255
Gateway IP address - Route 0
IP address
Subnet mask
192.168.94.250
.255.0
IP address
Subnet ma sk
172.16.51.100
.255.0 255.255
Control Center A
255.25 5
Destina tion IP address - Route 0
IP address
Subnet mask
172.16.50.1
.255.0
Master Mo dul: 2 IP addresses
255.255.255.0
.168.94.250
Mode of ethernet ports
Subnet mask
Default gateway
192
Source IP address - Static route 0
Own IP address X1
Subnet Mask X1
192.168.94.1
255.255.255.0
Static route 1
Static route 0
Control Center C
255.25 5
Destination IP address - Route 1
IP address
Subnet mask
172.16.51.1
.255.0
Cisco Router
255.255
Gateway IP address - Route 1
IP address
Subnet mask
10.9.16.240
.255.0
Use Cases
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 595
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
E.6 Usa ge with IPSec VPN
Features
• Com muni cat i on with t he cont rol syst em via IE C 6 0870- 5-10 4 ( Et her net i nterf ac e X1 or X4
can be set by parameter)
• 1 or 2 IP addresses
• 1 subnet mask
• 1 default router
•Network settings | Security | IP security enabled = YES
Afterw ards, t he paramet ers w hich are required for the configuration of the IPSec co nnec-
ti on, are available under Network settings | Security | IP security :
ICMP ping reply
IPSec VPN tunnel 1 enabled
IPSec VPN tunnel 2 enabled
Local site | Identifier (local ID)
Local site | VPN client IP address
Local site | VPN client default gateway
Local site | VPN client subnet mask
Remote site 1 | Identifier (remote ID)
Remote site 1 | IP-Address
Remote site 1 | Subnet IP address
Remote site 1 | Subnet mask
IKE security associations 1 | Internet key exchange (IKE) version
IKE security associations 1 | SA lifetime (timeout)
IKE security associations 1 | Auto-selection of authentication & en-
cryption *)
IPSec authentication | Pre-shared Key
IPSec security associations 1 | SA lifetime (timeout)
IPSec security associations 1 | SA lifetime (data size limit)
IPSec security associations 1 | Auto-selection of authentication & en-
cryption *)
IPSec tunnel supervision by ping 1 | Ping enabled
IPSec tunnel supervision by ping 1 | Ping cycle time
IPSec tunnel supervision by ping 1 | Ping peer IP address
___
*) if NO:
Encryption algorit hm
Authentication alg orit hm
Diffie Hellman gro up
Note
CP- 800 0, CP-8021, CP-8022 and the remot e station mus t be configur ed in diff er ent n etwor ks w hen IPS ec
VPN is used.
The parameters Remote site <x> |Subnet IP addr ess and Remote site <x> |Subnet mask
are necessary for the SICAM A8000 internal r outer function.
Th e certifi cate SHA256 must be us ed (obsolete: SHA1).
In Google Chrome ® the cach e must be deleted before the l ogon with SICAM WEB via https.
F or routing in 2 tunn els it is necessary to define both remote stations (Remote site 1 and Rem ote site 2 ).
Use Cases
596 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
E.6.1 Usage as Telecontrol Substation with IPSec VPN via fixed Net-
work
Note
T he default g at ew ay un der Local site | VPN c lien t de faul t gatewa y
must be the extern al visi bl e
IP addres s of th e router, i n this example 192.168.1.151.
X4
X1
WAN
Office Zone
SICAM
TOOLBOX II
SI CAM TOOLBOX II
UDP
IEC 61850
60870-104
https
NTP Server
SNMP Manager
SICAM WEB
SICAM WEB
https
Office Zone
SICAM
TOOLBOX II
UDP
IEC 61850
60870-104
https
NTP Server
SNMP Manager
SICAM WEB
https
I
P
s
e
c
V
P
N
T
u
n
n
e
l
I
P
s
e
c
V
P
N
T
u
n
n
e
l
CP-8000
CP-8000
ESC
ESC
CP-8021 CP-8022
2 redundant routers
Cisco 1941 (HSRP)
2 redundant routers
Cisco 1941 (HSRP)
Own IP address X4
Subnet mask X4
192.168.5.1
255.255.255.0
IP security - Remote site 2
IP addre ss
192.168.1.152
IP security - Remote site 2
Subnet IP address
Subnet mask
122.33.0.0
255.255.255.0
IP security - Remote site 1
IP address
192.168.1.151
IP s ecurity - Loca l site
VPN client IP address
192.168.1.161
Own IP address X1 VPN0
Subnet ma sk X1 VPN0
Own IP address X1 VPN1
Subnet ma sk X1 VPN1
172.16.1.58
255.255.0.0
122.32.1.58
255.255.255.0
IP security - Remote site 1
Subnet IP address
Subnet mask
172.17.0.0
255.255.248.0
IP address 122.33.0.254
Control system or SICAM AK 3
IP address 122.33.0.2
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0
IP address 172.17.0.254
Control system or SICAM AK 3
IP address 172.17.0.22
Subnet mask 255.255.248.0
Substat ion Zone
C ontrol Center Zone 1 Control Center Zone 2
Use Cases
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 597
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
E.6.2 Usage as Telecontrol Substation with IPSec VPN via GPRS Rout-
er and ADSL Network
Note
T he default g at ew ay un der Local site | VPN c lien t de faul t gatewa y
must be the extern al visi bl e
IP address (=2nd IP addr ess ) of th e GPRS rout er, in th is example 192.168.1.2.
ADSL
X4
X1
GSM/GPRS
Office Zone
SICAM
TOOLBOX II
SICAM TOOLBOX II
UDP
IEC 61850
60870-104
https
NTP Serv er
SNMP Manager
SICAM WEB
SICAM WEB
IPsecVPNTunnel
https
Office Zone
SICAM
TOOLBOX II
UDP
IEC 61850
60870-104
https
NTP Server
SNMP Manager
SICAM WEB
https
IPsecVPNTunnel
192.168.5.2
CP-8000
CP-8000
E SC
ESC
CP-8021
GPRS Modem
Siemens Scalance M874-2 2.5G Router
dynamic IP address 90.90.90.82 (public)
internal 2 IP address 192.168.1.2
nd
2 redundant routers
Cisco 1941 (HSRP) 2 redundant routers
Cisco 1941 (HSRP)
Own IP address X4
Subnet mask X4
192.168.5.1
255.255.255.0
IP security - Remote site 2
IP address
50.50.50.83
IP security - Remote site 2
Subnet IP address
Subnet mask
122.33.0.0
255.255.255.0
IP security - Remote site 1
IP address
40.40.40.83
IP security - Local site
VPN client IP address
192.168.1.161
Own IP address X1 VPN0
Subnet ma sk X1 VPN0
Own IP address X1 VPN1
Subnet ma sk X1 VPN1
172.16.1.58
255.255.0.0
122.32.1.58
255.255.255.0
IP security - Remote site 1
Subnet I P address
Subnet mask
172.17.0.0
255.255.248.0
IP address 122.33.0.254
Control system or SICAM AK 3
IP address 122.33.0.2
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0
I P addres s 172.17.0.254
Control system or SICAM AK 3
IP address 172.17.0.22
Subnet mask 255.255.248.0
ADSL router
static IP address 40.40.40.82
(public)
ADSL router
static IP address 50.50.50.82
(public)
Substat ion Zone
Con tro l Center Zone 2Co ntr ol Center Zone 1
Use Cases
598 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
E.6.3 Usage as Telecontrol Substation with IPSec VPN via GPRS Net-
work
Note
T he default g at ew ay un der Local site | VPN c lien t de faul t gatewa y must b e th e extern al visibl
e
IP address (=2nd IP addr ess ) of th e GPRS rout er, in th is example 192.168.1.2.
X4
X1
GSM/GPRS
Office Zone
SICAM
TOOLBOX II
SICA M TOOLBOX II
UDP
IEC 61850
60870-104
https
NTP Serv er
SNMP Manager
SICAM WEB
SICAM WEB
IPsecVPNTunnel
https
Office Zone
SICAM
TOOLBOX II
UDP
IEC 61850
60870-104
https
NTP Serv er
SNMP Manager
SICAM WEB
https
IPsecVPNTunnel
192.168.5.2
CP-8000
CP-8000
ESC
E SC
CP-8021
GPRS Modem
Siemens Scalance M874-2 2.5G Router
static IP address 192.168.1.161 (GPRS-VPN)
internal 2 IP address 192.168.1.2
nd
GPRS Modem
Sieme ns Scala nce M874-2 2.5G Router
static IP address 90.90.90.81
(GPRS-VPN)
2 redundant routers
Cisco 1941 (HSRP) 2 redundant routers
Cisco 1941 (HSRP)
Own IP address X4
Subnet mask X4
192.168.5.1
255.255.255.0
IP security - Remote site 2
IP address
192.168.1.152
IP security - Remote site 2
Subnet IP address
Subnet mask
122.33.0.0
255.255.255.0
IP security - Remote site 1
IP address
192.168.1.151
IP security - Local site
VPN client IP address
192.168.1.161
Own IP address X1 VPN0
Subnet mask X1 VPN0
Own IP address X1 VPN1
Subnet mask X1 VPN1
172.16.1.58
255.255.0.0
122.32.1.58
255.255.255.0
IP security - Remote site 1
Subnet IP address
Subnet mask
172.17.0.0
255.255.248.0
GPRS Modem
Siemens Scalance M 874-2 2.5G Router
static IP address 90.90.90.82
(GPRS-VPN)
IP address 122.33.0.254
Cont rol system or SICAM AK 3
IP address 122.33.0.2
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0
IP address 172.17.0.254
Control system or SICAM AK 3
IP address 172.17.0.22
Subnet mask 255.255.248.0
Substation Zone
Control Center Zone 2Contr ol C enter Zone 1
Use Cases
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 599
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
E.7 Usage of the Internal GPRS Modem (CP-8022)
Features/Settings for Applicati on without IPsec VPN
• Com munication with t he c ontrol s yst em vi a IEC 6087 0-5-10 4 (GPRS i nt erfa ce X7)
• The default router is in this case the GPRS network and that is adjusted internally with
connection setup. It can not be parameterized.
•Network settings | GPRS | enable GPRS communication =YES
Features/Settings for Application with IPsec VPN
• Communi cat ion wit h t he c ontrol s yst em vi a IEC 6087 0-5-104 (GP RS i nterface X7)
•Network settings | Security | IP security enabled = YES
Afterw ards, t he paramet ers w hich are required for the configuration of the IPSec co nnec-
ti on, are available under Network settings | Security | IP security :
ICMP ping reply
IPSec VPN tunnel 1 enabled
IPSec VPN tunnel 2 enabled
Local site | Identifier (Local ID)
Remote site 1 | Identifier (Remote ID)
Remote site 1 | IP-Address
Remote site 1 | Subnet IP-Address
Remote site 1 | Subnet mask
IKE security associations 1 | Internet key exchange (IKE) Version
IKE security associations 1 | SA lifetime (timeout)
IKE security associations 1 | Auto-selection of authentication & en-
cryption *)
IPSec authentication | Pre-shared key
IPSec security associations 1 | SA lifetime (timeout)
IPSec security associations 1 | SA lifetime (data size limit)
IPSec security associations 1 | Auto-selection of authentication & en-
cryption *)
IPSec tunnel supervision by ping 1 | Ping enabled
IPSec tunnel supervision by ping 1 | Ping cycle time
IPSec tunnel supervision by ping 1 | Ping peer IP-address
___
*) if NO:
Encryption algorit hm
Authentication alg orit hm
Diffie Hellman gro up
Note f or network configuration
CP- 802 2 and the remot e station must b e configured in diff er ent networks when IPSec VP N is used.
The parameters Remote site <x> |Subnet IP addr ess and Remote site <x> |Subnet mask
are necessary for the SICAM A8000 internal r outer function.
Th e certifi cate SHA256 must be us ed (obsolete: SHA1).
In Google Chrome ® the cach e must be deleted before the l ogon with SICAM WEB via https.
F or r outing in 2 tu nnels it is necessary to def ine both remot e stations (remote site 1 and r emote site 2).
Use Cases
600 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
E.7.1 GPRS Communication without IPSec VPN
CP-8022 does not establish a VPN tunnel with this application. The advantage of this applica-
ti on is that with deploym ent of multiple CP-8022 substations the VPN gateway router does not
have to maintain a VPN tunnel to each CP-8022 substation.
Disadvantage is that this application is based on a relativel y weak authenticati on and encryp-
tion of the mobile network. Further, a special contract with the mobile radio provid er or service
provider is necessary and a transitional security does not e xist.
Note
Si emens rec ommends with this configurati on t he param eteriz ation of an I P address for th e l ocal LAN
int erfaces X1/X4 as a pr ecaut ion. T hereby you can pr even t a “loc kou t” du e to an erroneou s GPR S config-
uration.
When GPRS is acti vated , the local LAN interfaces X1 and X4 are operated in switc h mode.
T he s tatic privat e IP addres s (f rom th e mobi le r adio provi der) must be param eteriz ed also in th e device
(parameter Own IP addre ss G PRS).
Office Zone
SICAM TOOLBOX II
UDP IEC 61850
60870-104
https
NTP Server
SNMP Manager
SICAM WEB
https
CP-8022
IPsec VPN Tunnel
GGSN
(Gateway GPRS Support Node)
Router
X1/X4
X7
X1/X4
GPRS antenna
Own IP address X1/X4
Subnet mask X1/X4
192.168.0.5
255.255.0.0
Mobile network +
private APN
Public fixed IP network
Own IP address GPRS
Subnet mask GPRS
172.16.0.3
255.255.255.0
(This is an example! The IP address is
assigned from the GPRS network. Due
to the own APN for the SIM card it is a
static IP address)
IP address: 172.17.0.254
Control system or SICAM AK 3
IP address 172.17.0.22
Subnet mask 255.255.248.0
Subnet IP address
Subne t mask
172.17.0.0
255.255.248.0
Process
Substation Zone
Control Center Zone 1
Use Cases
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 601
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
E.7.2 GPRS Communication with 1 IPSec VPN Tunnel
Note
Si emens rec ommends with this configurati on t he param eteriz ation of an I P address for th e l ocal LAN
int erfaces X1/X4 as a pr ecaut ion. T hereby you can pr even t a “loc kou t” du e to an erroneou s GPR S config-
uration.
When GPRS is acti vated , the local LAN interfaces X1 and X4 are operated in switc h mode.
Office Zone
SICAM T OOLBOX II
UDP IEC 61850
60870-104
https
NTP Server
SNMP Manager
SICAM WEB
https
Router
Router
IPsec VPN Tunnel
CP-8022
X7
X1/X4
Own IP address GPRS VPN0
Subnet ma sk GPRS VPN0
172.16.0.3
255.255.255.0
IP security - Remote site 1
IP address
192.168.1.151
IP addr ess 172.17.0.254
Control system or SICAM AK 3
IP address 172.17.0.22
Subnet mask 255.255.248.0
IP securit y - Loca l site
Identifier (Local ID)
local-id
IP Security - Remote site 1
Identifer (Remote ID)
Subnet IP address
Subnet ma sk
remote-id1
172.17.0.0
255.255.248.0
GPRS antenna
Process
Public mobile network
Public fixed IP network
Substation Zone
Control Center Zone 1
Own IP address X1/X4
Subnet mask X1/X4
192.168.0.5
255.255.0.0
(The local site IP address is the address
from the GPRS network)
Use Cases
602 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
E.7.3 GPRS Communication with 2 IPSec VPN Tunnel
Note
Si emens rec ommends with this configurati on t he param eteriz ation of an I P address for th e l ocal LAN
int erfaces X1/X4 as a pr ecaut ion. T hereby you can pr even t a “loc kou t” du e to an erroneou s GPR S config-
uration.
When GPRS is acti vated , the local LAN interfaces X1 and X4 are operated in switc h mode.
CP-8022
Office Zone
SICAM
TOOLBOX II
UDP
https
NTP Server
SNMP Manager
SICAM
WEB
https
IEC 61850
60870-104
Router
Office Zone
SICAM
TOOLBOX II
UDP
https
NTP Server
SNMP Manager
SICAM
WEB
https
IEC 61850
60870-104
Router
Router
Router
IPsec VPN Tunnel 2
IPsec VPN Tunnel 1
X7
X1/X4
Control system or SICAM AK 3
IP address 122.33.0.2
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0
IP security - Remote site 2
IP address
192.168.1.152
IP address 122.33.0.254
IP Security - Remote site 2
Identifier (Remote ID)
Subnet IP address
Subnet mask
remote-id2
122.33.0.0
255.255.255.0
IP security - Remote site 1
IP address
192.168.1.151
IP address 172.17.0.254
IP Security - Remote site 1
Identifier (Remote ID)
Subnet IP address
Subnet mask
remote-id1
172.17.0.0
255.255.248.0
Control system or SICAM AK 3
IP address 172.17.0.22
Subnet mask 255.255.248.0
Own IP address GPRS VPN0
Subnet mask GPRS VPN0
Own IP address GPRS VPN1
Subnet mask GPRS VPN1
172.16.0.3
255.255.255.0
122.32.1.58
255.255.255.0
IP security - Local site
Identifier (Local ID)
local-id
GPRS antenna
Process
Public mobile network
Public fixed IP network
Substation Zone
Control Center Zone 2Control Center Zone 1
Own IP address X1/X4
Subnet mask X1/X4
192.168.0.5
255.255.0.0
(The l ocal site IP address is the address
from the GPRS network)
Use Cases
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 603
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 605
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Glossary
A
Adre ss type The address type defines if a system-technic al or a proc ess-technical address is entered as address of a
datapoint in a mess age
Analog inputHardw are for the acq uisit ion of an anal og sign al via meas uring transf ormer (measu red valu e via current,
voltage, temperature, resistance)
Anal og i nput module
Module (submodule, I/O M odule, etc.) to ac quir e an alog signals. Task of an "analog input" is the eval ua-
ti on of analog signals, and consequentl y t he recup eration of the anal og process inform ation items . De-
pendin g on the c ompreh ensi on of th e term, the adap tation is also includ ed or not.
Anal og outp ut
H ard w are for th e output of an an alog si gnal to a display equi pm ent ( meas ured v alu e) or to the setpoi nt-
value inp ut to an actu ator (current , volt age)
Analog output module
Module (s ubmodul e, I /O M odul e, etc.) for th e output of analog s ignals. Task of an "analog output" is the
tr ansform ation of arithm etical val ues to currents or volt ages, and cons equen tly for the output of anal og
process informa tion items.
Application program
Logical arrangement of all prog ram lang uage elements and cons tructs , that are required for th e i nten ded
signal proc essing for th e control of a m achine or of a pr ocess wit h a PLC system (ac c. to
IEC 61131-12.1).
With CAEx plus application progr ams for open-/closed- loop control functions are creat ed. An application
pr ogram com prises the task(s ) an d the rel ated program inst ances an d type instances. An ap plication pro-
gr am is exec ut ed by a resource (ž CPU).
Application service data unit
T he application ser vice d ata unit (ASD U ) is comp osed of a data unit id entifier and a informati on object.
T he data u nit identif ier has always the same structure for all ASDUs and consists of 4 oc tets . Its structure
is as follows:
• T ype identification
• Variable stru cture qua lifier
• Cause of transmissi on
• Common address of ASDU
T he comm on addres s of ASD U shall nor mal ly be identical to th e address used in t he link lay er. The infor-
mation ob ject c onsists of an inform ation object id entif ier, a s et of information elem ents and, if pr esent, a
time t ag. The informati on object identif ier cons ists of 2 oc tets. Its s truc ture is as foll ows:
• Function type
• Information number
ASDU ž Application Service Data Unit
Assign Linking of dat apoint-related information w ith the object, with th at the f uncti ons process such informati on.
At d ata sources and data sinks of a d ata st ream, dat apoin t-r elated information is inserted to or extr acted
f rom th e dat astream b y means of messag es. At a source, t his information is pro vided by a f unction, at a
sink it is utilized by a function.
AU ž Automation Unit
Auto mati on unit
An aut omat ion un it is a mod ular struc tured device for the acquisition, proc ess ing an d outp ut of proc ess in-
f ormati on. I t com municat es in aut omati on networks vi a a serial or Ethernet protoc ols wit h oth er au tom a-
tion units or control center syst ems.
An automati on unit consists of at l east 1 mounting rac k or 1 DIN r ail (dep ending on system), 1 power sup-
ply and 1 Mast er M od ule, as well as opti onal I/O Master Modu l es an d option al protocol elem ents .
Glossary
606 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Automatic dataflow routing
T he r outin g of ind ividual proc ess infor mati on items is n ot nec essar y. S impl y onl y th e directi on ( mon itoring
dir ection, contr ol d irect ion, both directions ) the messag es are to b e transmitt ed mus t be parameterized.
T he t ype ident ific ation of eac h message giv es inf or mati on about to which class a message bel ongs and
with whic h meth ods it is to be dis tributed.
Messages w ith process inform ation in monit oring direction are distributed b y means of an entry in t he to-
pology. Messages with pr ocess informati on in control directi on are distributed to their targ et that is deter-
mined by their CASDU and via interfaces t hat ar e defin ed in the topology. The CASDU is interpr et ed as
t arget ad dress .
Ax Bus Enables the secured (hamming distance 4), serial, sys tem-internal communication between the Master
Modul e and th e I /O Mas ter Module
B
Binary Repres ent ation of inform ation by m eans of 2 different st at es or 2 d is cr eet valu es ( =dig ital)
Binär y signalElec trical sign al that is used for the transport of a binary proc ess information; as well as the dig ital signal,
2 diff er ent and not coherent ranges of t he electrical signals are defin ed, for eac h a status/ valu e that the
binary proc ess informati on can r eceive. Therefor e, in the tec hnical dat a of digit al inputs that are des ign ed
f or t he acquisition of binary sig nals , voltage ranges for "logical 0" and "logical 1", the universal d esi gnation
for the both states/values.
Binary input Designati on for a m odule, a submodule, an I/O M odule etc. for th e acquisiti on of binar y signals; tas k of a
"binar y i nput" is the eval uati on of bi nar y sign als and t her efore t he recov ery of t he binar y pr ocess infor-
mation
Binary input Hardw are for th e ac quisiti on of a bin ary sign al (singl e-point inform atio n, doub le-p oint informati on)
Binary output
Hardware for the output of a bi nary sign al (i nformat ion or command)
Binary process information
Process information of type ž bi nary, e.g. circuit breaker positi on ON/O FF
BSE Basic System Element (ž Mast er Module)
C
CAEx plus Tool for th e creation of application programs ( Computer Aid ed Engin eerin g), b ased on the tool l ogiCAD ®
from the co mpany logi.cals ®
CASDU Common Adress of the ž ASDU, that part of the ASDU, that is common f or all ASDUs of a station
Cause of transmission
Spontaneous transmission, general interrogation data, periodical data, command preparation, command
command activ ation (acc. to IEC 60870-5-101)
Class 1 d ata If several data points are to be transmitted to the central station (spo ntaneous or on requ est) at th e same
time, the Class 1 dat a will be sent before the Cl ass 2 data (priorit y).
With di al-up t raffic, dat a of the Class 1 lead to a spont aneous connection setup and data transmission.
Class 2 d ata If several data points are to be transmitted to the central station (spo ntaneous or on requ est) at th e same
time, the Class 2 dat a will be sent aft er the Class 1 data.
With di al-up t raffic, the connection setup and the data transmission takes place only upon interrogation by
the central station.
Com mand directi on
Transmission facility from the central station to a substation
Glossary
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 607
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Command return information
T he comm and return information is an additional informati on for the double-point information, displays the
r eason for the s tatus change (breaker trip ping or swit ching oper ation in progress)
Configuration
C onf igur ation is used in a multiple meaning:
a) engin eering of the conf igurati on of an aut omati on unit in the engineering tool
b) physical aligning and mount ing of the configured hard war e
– plugging in th e slot defined by t he configuration (s lot addres sing), or
– setting the address defined by the configuration, and plugging in an arbitrary slot (adjust able addr ess)
COT ž Cause of Transmission
CPU Central Processing Unit
CTS Clear to S end, handshake control l ine of an RS-232 interfac e
Cy clic t rans mis sion
Period ical tr ansm ission according to th e scan rate of the application program
D
Data clas s This assignment is specified in the standard IEC 60870- 5-101/-104, and serves for the priorization of i n-
f ormation ob jects for th e transmissi on by the communication function:
ž Cl ass 1 data
ž Cl ass 2 data
Data flow routing
Functi ons and methods for distribution of mes sages to ist targets:
ž Automatic data flow rout ing
ž Selective dat a fl ow routing
Datapoint Analog or binar y i nform ation (proc ess data point, System data p oint)
Data st r eam Transp or ts a sequence of dat a-point r elated information through th e tel econtr ol system from a source t o
one or m or e sinks.
There are spontaneous and periodical data streams. (spontaeous data strems transport information in tel-
egrams)
Datentr ansporter and syste m message router
Sys tem-int ernal distribution point for applicati on data and system data messages from and to t he singl e
systemf unctions resp. app licati on; application data is distributed by means of r outing, sys tem data by
means of tar get addressing to the dat a sinks
DCD Data Carr ier Det ect; control line of a RS-232 int erface for the eval uation of the r ecei ve signal level
DCE Data Communications Equ ipment; for exampl e a modem
DDC Data Dis trib ution Cent er; Tool f or the export, im port and/ or administr ati on of SICAM TO O LBOX II data
Detailed diagnostic record
Com prises 16 diagnostic bits (of a system diagnostic class) that commonly b elong logically togeth er
Deta iled diagnostic table
Contai ns all diag nost ic bits recogniz ed by the system elem ents
DI ž Digital input
Glossary
608 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
DI ž Double-point Informa tion
Digital input ž Binary input
Digital outputž B inary output
DMS Digit al Mu ltipl ex S yst em
DO ž Digital out put
Double command
A pair of comman ds each of w hich is used to c ause operational equi pmen t to change to one of tw o d e-
termined states.
Double-point information
Monitored information r epresent ed by two bits ch ar acterizing t wo determined s tates and two states of op-
er ati on al equi pm en t.
DSR Data Set Ready; control line of an RS-232 interface
DTR Data Terminal Ready; control line of an RS-232 interface
E
EM II Confiugration tool of SICAM T OOLBOX II (Engineeri ng Manager II)
Ethernet Wired local network accordin g t o IEEE 802.3
External error
Error that is detected th rough m onitoring the inform ation f rom sensors and actu ators.
Can concern the I/O Master Modul e, the w iring, and sensors or actuators, insofar as t he source of error
can not b e u neq uivocall y localized to t he I/O Master M odul e; otherwis e it w ould be an intern al err or .
Externally manag ed parameter
Parameter th at is required on a module (e.g. supplementary module), however, is managed and stored on
th e h igh er-l evel module
F
FAT File system on storage media (File Alloc ation Table); FAT16 up to 2 GB, FA T32 as of 3 2 GB capacity
Fiel dbus inter fa ce pr oce ss or
The fieldbus interface processor serves for the serial connection of SICAM RTUs systems to a Profibus
(Profibus Master); Profibus Slaves are connected acc. to EN 50170-2
FIP ž F ield bus int erfac e processor
Firewall Blockage of a loc al netw ork or comput er agains t n ot allowed access from a supraregi onal net w ork. F unc-
ti on for the filtering of data f rom the int ernet for the prot ecti on against in vaders an d malic ious softw are.
Firmware Program th at is not chang eabl e b y t he us er , th at adds a predefin ed and param eter-settable functi onali ty
to the hardware
FPU Floating Point Unit
FUD ž Function diagr am
Glossary
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 609
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Function diagram
Graphical program for open -/closed-loop control functions according IEC 61131-3
FW Firmware
G
Global parameter
P ar ameter that is man aged and stor ed on the s ystem element (central sys tem function) but used also on
oth er syst em el emen ts of th e automation unit
GPRS Global Package Radio Service. Data rates up to 171 kbps, usually up to 85 kbps. Package-oriented con-
nection based on TC P/ IP and U D P/IP . B illi ng usu all y accor ding t o d ata vol ume. Net w or k expansion area-
wide.
GSM Global System for Mobile Communication with t he services speech, SMS, direct data connections
H
I
ICD IED Capability Description; def ines the entir e possibi lities of an IED type and s er ves as tem plate for th e
system or IED configurator
IED Intell igen t El ectronical D evice
IID Instantiatede IED Description
IL ž Instruction list
Instr ucti on li st
Line-orient ed pr ogram for open-/closed-loop control functions acc. to IEC 61131-3
Internal errors
Int ernal er rors are err ors which are un ambigu ousl y caused by the system element
IOA Information Object Address
I/O Master Module
Sup plem ent ary syst em elem ent for pr ocess dat a ac quis iti on and/or control of actu ators t hat comunicates
via the Ax Bus with the Master Module
ISDN Integr ated Standard for Digital Network
K
L
LAN Local Area Network
Load share operation
Redundant commun ication via 2 int erfaces, whereby the m essages a re partiti oned in un distu rbed opera-
ti on on both int erfac es accordin g t o part icular rul es ( dep end ent on load or priority)
Loc al param eter
P arameter t hat is manag ed on th e own m odule (firmware) and is used only there
Glossary
610 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
M
Master Module
S ystem element for proc essing of informati on according to diff er ent criter ions (e.g. autom ation,
t elec ontr ol, etc.) and for the administr ation of s ystem f unc tions (e. g. parameter, diagnosis, etc).
MDI Media-Dep end ent Int erface, adapt ation to th e cable type
MIB Management Information Base; description file for SNMP
Modem Data tr ansmissi on device f or connectin g date en d devices to th e telephone n etw ork
Module Hardware t hat is equip ped in a mounti ng rack or on a carrier modul e; har dware of a sys tem elem ent
Module failure
Signals t hat the internal communication wi th a m odule is no more pos sibl e and is common ly replicated by
th e supervising Mast er Mod ule
Module number
S yst em-tec hnical ident ification of a s ys tem el em ent w ithin an autom ati on unit, part of t he IOA in a m es-
sage wit h system-technical address in g. T h e other parts of the IOA are t he val u e nu m ber and the
subaddress.
Mounting rack
Device wher ein that modu les an d i nstruments are inst alled
N
Network interface processor
T he network interface processor ser ves for the connection of SICAM systems to th e Ethernet LAN accord-
ing to IEEE 80 2.3
NIP ž Network interface processor
Non-volatile Func tion: also with/after volt age failure further avail able (no d efect); inform ation in a memory: not t ransi-
ent, undetachably
Normally open contact
Relay contact th at is open when the relay is not activated; the contact closes when the relay is activated
O
OPM II Central SICAM TOOLBOX II configuration tool (Object-oriented Processdata Manager)
Output a ctiv eIf the output pu lse is set and a com mand output ( binary output) is alr eady s elected (r elay activated), the
command is output t o th e proc ess
P
PBA P eri pheral Board A ddress; used in syst ems with multi ple I/O Mas ter Modules ( to be set via a har dware
switch on the respective I/O Master Module)
PCM Puls Code Modulation
Peridocal contr ol circuit c heck
T he periodical control circuit check detec ts if th e command circuits are ready to function correctly, without
activat ing the act uator.Control circuits are checked on e b y one, by ac tivat ing all its relays, one by one,
thus closing the control circuit with hig h restistance.
Glossary
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 611
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Periodical datapoint
A periodical datap oint is used for th e e xchange of a process si gnal or a derived inf or mati on between the
I/O M aster Module and the high er -level open-/closed-loop control f unc tion.
Periodical information
A period ical inform ation has a d eterministic transmission beh avi or an d is used for the exc hang e of a pro-
cess sig nal or a derived infor mati on between th e I/O Master M odul e and t he high er-level open-/cl osed-
loop control function.
A periodical information is al w ays transmitted in groups and consequently with the transmission alread y
have a chr onologicall y cons ist ent in terrelationshi p.
Periodical transmission
E xch ang e of a process si gnal or a d er i ved informat ion between the I/O M aster M odul e and th e hi gher-
level open-/cl osed-loop control function.
PLC ž Programmable Logic Controller
PRE ž Protocol Element
Programmable logic controller
Digit ally op erating el ectronic system, designed for use in an indus trial environ men t, w hich uses a pro-
grammable memor y for t he internal storage of user-orient ed instructions for impl emen ting sp ecific func -
tions such as logic, sequencing, timing, c ounti ng and arith metic, t o control, through digital or an alog inputs
and outputs , var ious typ es of mac hi nes or proc esses. Both t he PC (PLC) and its associ ated perip herals
ar e d esig ned s o th at they can b e easily in tegrated int o an in dustr ial control system and easi ly us ed in all
th eir int end ed functions (acc. to IEC 61131-1, chapter 2.50) .
Prot o col elem ent
Sup plement ary system element for com munication wit h other aut omation units or control s ystems that
comunicat es vi a t he internal bus (ZBG -Bus) wi th the Mast er Modu le
PSR SICAM TOOLBOX II configuration tool
PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network
PT 100 Temp erature-dep endent resistance elem ent with PT 100 c haracteristi c
Q
R
RADIUS R emote Authentication Dial-In User Service
Client-Server pr otoc ol that serves for the central ad ministration of authentication, authorization and for th e
accounting (AAA) for users which c onnect to a network. RADIUS is u sed wi th dial-u p conn ecti ons vi a mo-
dem, ISDN, VPN, WLAN (IEEE 802. 1X) an d DSL. The RADIUS Server pr ovides for the s ervice the au-
th entication ( ch ec k of user name an d p assw ord).
Routing R outing of data streams: Messag es are "routed" f rom their sources to their sinks. This works sim ilar to di-
recting railroad cars by setting track switcher. Messages contain data point related info rmation.
Retained variables
V ari ab les in a non-volatil e mem ory. T h e valu e of the var iabl e is r etai ned durin g a power failure.
Router Network device for conn ecting tw o independent network segments as i nternet and LAN
RS-232 Standard for serial data transmission
RS-485 Standard for serial data transmission
RTS Request to S end (s witch on transmit device), control line of an RS-232 interfac e
Glossary
612 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
S
SCD Subs tation Config uration D esc ription; description of t he entire subst ation
SD card Secure Digit al Memory Card; up to 2 GB storage cap acity
SD-HC Secure Digital High Capacity Memory Card; up to 32 GB storage capacity
SD-XC Secur e Digit al Extended C apacity Memory C ard; up to 2 TB storage capacity
Selective dataflow routing
R out ing of indi vi dual proc ess infor m ation items . I n si mpl e applications the messages ar e distrib uted b y
means of an entry in the t opol ogy. For more complex ap plications, th e messages can b e distributed selec-
tively by means of dataflow filters: for each c ommunication interfac e, band-pass filters or blocking filters
can be set. Also wildcards can be used for all address attributes of the message, to direct the dataflow
very specific.
SI ž Single-point information
Serial i nt erf ace module
H ard ware of a pr ot ocol el em ent that c an be inst all ed on a Mast er Modul e
Serial i nterfac e proc essor
The serial interface processor serves for the s erial connection of SICAM RTUs systems via a transmission
f acil ity or via a direct c onnection
SIM ž Serial interface module
SIP ž Serial interface processor
Single command
A command used t o cause a change of st ate of operation al equipment in one directi on
Single-point information
Monitored inform ation repres ented by on ly one bit charact erizi ng tw o determined s tates of operati onal
equipment
SMS Short Messag e Service, transmis si on of up to 160 ch aracters
SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol
Spont an eo us dat ap oint
Binar y i nformation that is t ransmitted upon c hange sp ontaneousl y in a message. It is always transmitted
individ uall y, and usually has a time t ag i n order t o b e able to establish a chronologicall y consist ent interre-
lat i ons hi p after w ards .
With th e c urrent, voltage and cou nting pulse acq uisition a s pontaneous transmis si on of th e informati on
t akes place threshold value controll ed (exception:clas s 2 data with dial- up traff ic).
Spont aneous information object
A spontaneous information object that is transmitted up on change spontaneously in a message, and is
used for the exchang e of a proc ess sig nal or a deriv ed informati on (including st atus) between the I /O
Master Modu le and the particular au tom ation unit , anoth er au tomation uni t or a contr ol syst em.
A spontaneous inf ormati on object is always transm itted indi vidually and normal ly has a tim e stamp , i n or-
der to be able to establish a c hron olog icall y consisten t int errelati onsh ip later.
Spontaneous transmission
S er ves for th e exch ang e of a proc ess si gnal or a d erived informati on (inclus ive st atus) between th e I/O
Master Modu le and the ow n automation unit , another aut omati on unit or a c ontrol cent er system
SSE ž Supplementar y system elemen t
Glossary
SICAM A80 00 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP-8022 Manual Unrestricted 613
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
SSM T ool for the administration of SIC AM TOOLBOX II d ata (Siemens Stammdaten Manager); reserved for
develop er of Siemens AG.
Supp leme nt ary syste m elem ent
Sup plem entar y s yst em elements ar e situated hier archically below t he Mast er Module; there are
I/O M as ter M odul es, and prot oc ol elem ents
Switch Network device for conn et ion and dis tr ibu tion in ethernet
System element
Functional unit consisting of hardw are and firmware
System-int ernal inform atio n
Information that is used exclusively for the exchange of contr ol inform ation bet ween I/O Mas ter Modul es
and system f uncti ons, and that is not available to t he user. I t can be transported through the system li ke a
ž peri odical informati on or like a ž spontaneous infor mation object.
A syst em-internal inf ormati on is only mentioned in order to explain the behavi or of the described func-
tions.
T
TAP Telocator Alphanumeric Protocol
TCP/IP Transmission Control Proto col/Internet Protocol
TETRA T errestrial tru nked radio, universal platform for d ifferent mob ile r adio services, time mu ltiplex s ystem with
4 time slots
TM T er minal Module; M odul e for mounting on a DIN -rail
TM bus Bus between peripheral control module (M aster) and I/O Mod ule (Sla ve)
SICAM TOOLBOX II
PC-based s et of tools for configur at ion and service of SI CAM automation units
U
User diagnost i c cl as ses
S er ve for the cl assif icati on of th e i ndi vidu al diagnosis inform ation ite ms additi onal ly to t he sys tem diag-
nostic classes. The are freely allocatable (maximal 8 classes).
User di agnost ic record s
Diagnosis i nformation items, that are formed by means of application-spec ific routings from the diagnosis
bits of the detailed d iagn ostic table. Maximal 8 user diagnost ic classes c an be allocat ed.
V
VAC Volts of Alternatin g C urrent
VDC Volts of Direct Current
VPN Virtual Pri vate Netw ork (logical connection for secure transmission of data via internet)
W
WAN Wide Area Network
Glossary
614 Unrestricted SICAM A8000 / CP-8000 • CP-8021 • CP- 8022 Manual
DC8-037-2.02 , Edit ion 10.2017
Web servicesWeb standard for function calls between independent devices
X
Z
